Beyond Linux ® From Scratch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cracklib

Installation of CrackLib

If desired, apply the Heimdal patch (note that with this patch the original library is not affected; this patch only creates an additional library used by the Heimdal password-checking routines):

patch -Np1 -i ../cracklib-2.8.9-heimdal-1.patch

Install CrackLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.8.0 /usr/lib/libcrack.so

Issue the following commands as the root user to install the recommended word list and create the CrackLib dictionary. Other word lists (text based, one word per line) can also be used by simply installing them into /usr/share/dict and adding them to the create-cracklib-dict command.

install -v -m644 -D ../cracklib-words.gz \
    /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
ln -v -s cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words &&
echo $(hostname) >>/usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words &&
install -v -m755 -d /lib/cracklib &&
create-cracklib-dict /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words \
                     /usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words

If desired, check the proper operation of the library as an unprivileged user using the tests included with the package:

make test

Important

If you are installing CrackLib after your LFS system has been completed and you have the Shadow package installed, you must reinstall Shadow-4.0.15 if you wish to provide strong password support on your system. If you are now going to install the Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 package, you may disregard this note as Shadow will be reinstalled after the Linux-PAM installation.

Command Explanations

--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict: This parameter forces the installation of the CrackLib dictionary to the /lib hierarchy.

mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2* /lib and ln -v -sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.8.0 ...: These two commands move the libcrack.so.2.8.0 library and associated symlink from /usr/lib to /lib, then recreates the /usr/lib/libcrack.so symlink pointing to the relocated file.

install -v -m644 -D ...: This command creates the /usr/share/dict directory (if it doesn't already exist) and installs the compressed word list there.

ln -v -s cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words: The word list is linked to /usr/share/dict/words as historically, words is the primary word list in the /usr/share/dict directory. Omit this command if you already have a /usr/share/dict/words file installed on your system.

echo $(hostname) >>...: The value of hostname is echoed to a file called cracklib-extra-words. This extra file is intended to be a site specific list which includes easy to guess passwords such as company or department names, user's names, product names, computer names, domain names, etc.

create-cracklib-dict ...: This command creates the CrackLib dictionary from the word lists. Modify the command to add any additional word lists you have installed.

Installed Programs: cracklib-check, cracklib-format, cracklib-packer, cracklib-unpacker and create-cracklib-dict

Installed Libraries: libcrack.{so,a} and optionally, libcrack_heimdal.{so,a} and cracklibmodule.{so,a} Python module

Installed Directories: /lib/cracklib, /usr/share/dict and /usr/share/cracklib

Short Descriptions

`create-cracklib-dict`	is used to create the CrackLib dictionary from the given word list(s).
`libcrack.{so,a}`	provides a fast dictionary lookup method for strong password enforcement.

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0

Introduction to Linux-PAM

The Linux-PAM package contains Pluggable Authentication Modules. This is useful to enable the local system administrator to choose how applications authenticate users.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/pre/library/Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/pre/library/Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 267ea71253615342261f9fc486d06647
Download size: 783 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional documentation: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/pre/doc/Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0-docs.tar.bz2

Linux-PAM Dependencies

Optional

CrackLib-2.8.9, Prelude, and sgmltools-lite

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/linux-pam

Installation of Linux-PAM

If you downloaded the documentation, unpack the tarball into the doc directory of the source tree:

tar -xf ../Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0-docs.tar.bz2 -C doc

Install Linux-PAM by running the following commands:

./configure --libdir=/usr/lib \
            --sbindir=/lib/security \
            --enable-securedir=/lib/security \
            --enable-docdir=/usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 \
            --enable-read-both-confs &&
make

The test suite will not provide meaningful results until the package has been installed and configured. If, after installing the package and creating a minimum configuration as shown below in the 'other' example, you wish to run the tests, issue make check.

Tip

Don't delete the Linux-PAM source tree until after you reinstall the Shadow package. The reinstallation of the Shadow package includes much more stringent security for the PAM configuration, and you can run the Linux-PAM test suite after completing the Shadow instructions to test the new setup. All the tests should pass.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 4755 /lib/security/unix_chkpwd &&
mv -v /lib/security/pam_tally /sbin &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libpam*.so.0* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpam.so.0.81.3 /usr/lib/libpam.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpamc.so.0.81.0 /usr/lib/libpamc.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpam_misc.so.0.81.2 /usr/lib/libpam_misc.so

If you downloaded the documentation, install it using the following command:

for DOCTYPE in html pdf ps txts
do
    cp -v -R doc/$DOCTYPE /usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0
done

Command Explanations

--libdir=/usr/lib: This parameter results in the libraries being installed in /usr/lib.

--sbindir=/lib/security: This parameter results in two executables, one which is not intended to be run from the command line, being installed in the same directory as the PAM modules. One of the executables is later moved to the /sbin directory.

--enable-securedir=/lib/security: This parameter results in the PAM modules being installed in /lib/security.

--enable-docdir=...: This parameter results in the documentation being installed in a versioned directory name.

--enable-read-both-confs: This parameter allows the local administrator to choose which configuration file setup to use.

chmod -v 4755 /lib/security/unix_chkpwd: The unix_chkpwd password-helper program must be setuid so that non-root processes can access the shadow-password file.

mv -v /lib/security/pam_tally /sbin: The pam_tally program is designed to be run by the system administrator, possibly in single-user mode, so it is moved to the appropriate directory.

mv -v /usr/lib/libpam*.so.0* /lib: This command moves the dynamic libraries to /lib as they may be required in single user mode.

ln -v -sf ...: These commands recreate the .so symlinks as the libraries they pointed to were moved to /lib.

Configuring Linux-PAM

Config Files

/etc/security/* and /etc/pam.d/* or /etc/pam.conf

Configuration Information

Configuration information is placed in /etc/pam.d/ or /etc/pam.conf depending on system administrator preference. Below are example files of each type:

# Begin /etc/pam.d/other

auth            required        pam_unix.so     nullok
account         required        pam_unix.so
session         required        pam_unix.so
password        required        pam_unix.so     nullok

# End /etc/pam.d/other

# Begin /etc/pam.conf

other           auth            required        pam_unix.so     nullok
other           account         required        pam_unix.so
other           session         required        pam_unix.so
other           password        required        pam_unix.so     nullok

# End /etc/pam.conf

The PAM man page (man pam) provides a good starting point for descriptions of fields and allowable entries. The Linux-PAM System Administrators' Guide is recommended for additional information.

Refer to http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/modules.html for a list of various modules available.

Important

You should now reinstall the Shadow-4.0.15 package.

Installed Program: pam_tally

Installed Libraries: libpam.{so,a}, libpamc.{so,a}, and libpam_misc.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/pam.d, /etc/security, /lib/security and /usr/include/security

Short Descriptions

pam_tally	is used to view or manipulate the `faillog` file.
`libpam.{so,a}`	provides the interfaces between applications and the PAM modules.

Shadow-4.0.15

Introduction to Shadow

Shadow was indeed installed in LFS and there is no reason to reinstall it unless you installed CrackLib or Linux-PAM after your LFS system was completed. If you have installed CrackLib after LFS, then reinstalling Shadow will enable strong password support. If you have installed Linux-PAM, reinstalling Shadow will allow programs such as login and su to utilize PAM.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.pld.org.pl/software/shadow/old/shadow-4.0.15.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.pld.org.pl/software/shadow/old/shadow-4.0.15.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a0452fa989f8ba45023cc5a08136568e
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Shadow Dependencies

Required

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 and/or CrackLib-2.8.9

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shadow

Installation of Shadow

Important

The installation shown below is for a situation where Linux-PAM has been installed (with or without a CrackLib installation) and Shadow is being reinstalled to support the Linux-PAM installation. If you are reinstalling Shadow to provide strong password support via the CrackLib library and you have not installed Linux-PAM, ensure you add the --with-libcrack parameter to the configure script below.

Reinstall Shadow by running the following commands:

./configure --libdir=/lib \
            --enable-shared \
            --without-selinux &&
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile &&
find man -name Makefile -exec sed -i '/groups/d' {} \; &&
sed -i -e 's/ ko//' \
       -e 's/ zh_CN zh_TW//' \
    man/Makefile &&

for i in de es fi fr id it pt_BR; do
    convert-mans UTF-8 ISO-8859-1 man/${i}/*.?
done &&

for i in cs hu pl; do
    convert-mans UTF-8 ISO-8859-2 man/${i}/*.?
done &&

convert-mans UTF-8 EUC-JP man/ja/*.? &&
convert-mans UTF-8 KOI8-R man/ru/*.? &&
convert-mans UTF-8 ISO-8859-9 man/tr/*.? &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin &&
mv -v /lib/libshadow.*a /usr/lib &&
rm -v /lib/libshadow.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libshadow.so.0 /usr/lib/libshadow.so

Command Explanations

--without-selinux: Support for selinux is enabled by default, but selinux is not built in a base LFS system. The configure script will fail if this option is not used.

sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile: This command is used to suppress the installation of the groups program as the version from the Coreutils package installed during LFS is preferred.

find man -name Makefile -exec ... {} \;: This command is used to suppress the installation of the groups man pages so the existing ones installed from the Coreutils package are not replaced.

sed -i -e '...' -e '...' man/Makefile: This command disables the installation of Chinese and Korean manual pages, since Man-DB cannot format them properly.

convert-mans ...: These commands are used to convert some of the man pages so that Man-DB will display them in the expected encodings.

mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin: The passwd program may be needed during times when the /usr filesystem is not mounted so it is moved into the root partition.

mv -v ...; rm -v ...; ln -v ...: These commands are used to move the libshadow library to the root partition to support the moving of the passwd program earlier.

Configuring Linux-PAM to Work with Shadow

Note

The rest of this page is devoted to configuring Shadow to work properly with Linux-PAM. If you do not have Linux-PAM installed, and you reinstalled Shadow to support strong passwords via the CrackLib library, no further configuration is required.

Config Files

/etc/pam.d/* or alternatively /etc/pam.conf, /etc/login.defs and /etc/security/*

Configuration Information

Configuring your system to use Linux-PAM can be a complex task. The information below will provide a basic setup so that Shadow's login and password functionality will work effectively with Linux-PAM. Review the information and links on the Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 page for further configuration information. For information specific to integrating Shadow, Linux-PAM and CrackLib, you can visit the following links:

Configuring /etc/login.defs

The login program currently performs many functions which Linux-PAM modules should now handle. The following sed command will comment out the appropriate lines in /etc/login.defs, and stop login from performing these functions (a backup file named /etc/login.defs.orig is also created to preserve the original file's contents). Issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 /etc/login.defs /etc/login.defs.orig &&
for FUNCTION in LASTLOG_ENAB MAIL_CHECK_ENAB \
                PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB CONSOLE \
                MOTD_FILE NOLOGINS_FILE PASS_MIN_LEN \
                SU_WHEEL_ONLY MD5_CRYPT_ENAB \
                CONSOLE_GROUPS ENVIRON_FILE \
                ULIMIT ENV_TZ ENV_HZ ENV_SUPATH \
                ENV_PATH QMAIL_DIR MAIL_DIR MAIL_FILE \
                CHFN_AUTH FAILLOG_ENAB QUOTAS_ENAB FTMP_FILE \
                OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB CRACKLIB_DICTPATH \
                PASS_CHANGE_TRIES PASS_ALWAYS_WARN
do
    sed -i "s/^$FUNCTION/# &/" /etc/login.defs
done

Configuring the /etc/pam.d/ Files

As mentioned previously in the Linux-PAM instructions, Linux-PAM has two supported methods for configuration. The commands below assume that you've chosen to use a directory based configuration, where each program has its own configuration file. You can optionally use a single /etc/pam.conf configuration file by using the text from the files below, and supplying the program name as an additional first field for each line.

As the root user, create the /etc/pam.d directory with the following command:

install -v -d -m755 /etc/pam.d

While still the root user, add the following Linux-PAM configuration files to the /etc/pam.d/ directory (or add the contents to the /etc/pam.conf file) with the following commands:

'login' (with CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/login

auth        requisite      pam_securetty.so
auth        requisite      pam_nologin.so
auth        required       pam_unix.so
account     required       pam_access.so
account     required       pam_unix.so
session     required       pam_env.so
session     required       pam_motd.so
session     required       pam_limits.so
session     optional       pam_mail.so      dir=/var/mail standard
session     optional       pam_lastlog.so
session     required       pam_unix.so
password    required       pam_cracklib.so  retry=3 difok=8 minlen=5 \
                                            dcredit=3 ocredit=3 \
                                            ucredit=2 lcredit=2
password    required       pam_unix.so      md5 shadow use_authtok

# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF

'login' (without CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/login

auth        requisite      pam_securetty.so
auth        requisite      pam_nologin.so
auth        required       pam_env.so
auth        required       pam_unix.so
account     required       pam_access.so
account     required       pam_unix.so
session     required       pam_motd.so
session     required       pam_limits.so
session     optional       pam_mail.so      dir=/var/mail standard
session     optional       pam_lastlog.so
session     required       pam_unix.so
password    required       pam_unix.so      md5 shadow

# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF

'passwd' (with CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd

password    required       pam_cracklib.so  retry=3 difok=8 minlen=5 \
                                            dcredit=3  ocredit=3 \
                                            ucredit=2  lcredit=2
password    required       pam_unix.so      md5 shadow use_authtok

# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF

'passwd' (without CrackLib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd

password    required       pam_unix.so      md5 shadow

# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF

'su'

cat > /etc/pam.d/su << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/su

auth        sufficient      pam_rootok.so
auth        required        pam_unix.so
account     required        pam_unix.so
session     optional        pam_mail.so     dir=/var/mail standard
session     required        pam_env.so
session     required        pam_unix.so

# End /etc/pam.d/su
EOF

'chage'

cat > /etc/pam.d/chage << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/chage

auth        sufficient      pam_rootok.so
auth        required        pam_unix.so
account     required        pam_unix.so
session     required        pam_unix.so
password    required        pam_permit.so

# End /etc/pam.d/chage
EOF

'chpasswd', 'newusers', 'groupadd', 'groupdel', 'groupmod', 'useradd', 'userdel', and 'usermod'

for PROGRAM in chpasswd newusers groupadd groupdel \
               groupmod useradd userdel usermod
do
    install -v -m644 /etc/pam.d/chage /etc/pam.d/$PROGRAM
    sed -i "s/chage/$PROGRAM/" /etc/pam.d/$PROGRAM
done

Warning

At this point, you should do a simple test to see if Shadow is working as expected. Open another terminal and log in as a user, then su to root. If you do not see any errors, then all is well and you should proceed with the rest of the configuration. If you did receive errors, stop now and double check the above configuration files manually. You can also run the test suite from the Linux-PAM package to assist you in determining the problem. If you cannot find and fix the error, you should recompile Shadow replacing --with-libpam with --without-libpam in the above instructions (also move the /etc/login.defs.orig backup file to /etc/login.defs). If you fail to do this and the errors remain, you will be unable to log into your system.

Other

Currently, /etc/pam.d/other is configured to allow anyone with an account on the machine to use PAM-aware programs without a configuration file for that program. After testing Linux-PAM for proper configuration, install a more restrictive other file so that program-specific configuration files are required:

cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/other

auth        required        pam_deny.so
auth        required        pam_warn.so
account     required        pam_deny.so
session     required        pam_deny.so
password    required        pam_deny.so
password    required        pam_warn.so

# End /etc/pam.d/other
EOF

If you preserved the source tree from the Linux-PAM package (or you feel like unpacking that tarball, then running configure and make), now would be a good time to run the test suite from this package. This test suite will use the configuration you just finished during the tests. All the tests should pass.

Configuring Login Access

Instead of using the /etc/login.access file for controlling access to the system, Linux-PAM uses the pam_access.so module along with the /etc/security/access.conf file. Rename the /etc/login.access file using the following command:

if [ -f /etc/login.access ]; then
    mv -v /etc/login.access /etc/login.access.NOUSE
fi

Configuring Resource Limits

Instead of using the /etc/limits file for limiting usage of system resources, Linux-PAM uses the pam_limits.so module along with the /etc/security/limits.conf file. Rename the /etc/limits file using the following command:

if [ -f /etc/limits ]; then
    mv -v /etc/limits /etc/limits.NOUSE
fi

Configuring Default Environment

During previous configuration, several items were removed from /etc/login.defs. Some of these items are now controlled by the pam_env.so module and the /etc/security/pam_env.conf configuration file. In particular, the default path has been changed. To recover your default path, execute the following commands:

ENV_PATH=`grep '^ENV_PATH' /etc/login.defs.orig | \
    awk '{ print $2 }' | sed 's/PATH=//'` &&
echo 'PATH        DEFAULT='`echo "${ENV_PATH}"`\
'        OVERRIDE=${PATH}' \
    >> /etc/security/pam_env.conf &&
unset ENV_PATH

Note

ENV_SUPATH is no longer supported. You must create a valid /root/.bashrc file to provide a modified path for the super-user.

A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.2/chapter06/shadow.html#contents-shadow.

Iptables-1.3.6

Introduction to Iptables

The next part of this chapter deals with firewalls. The principal firewall tool for Linux, as of the 2.4 kernel series, is iptables. It replaces ipchains from the 2.2 series and ipfwadm from the 2.0 series. You will need to install iptables if you intend on using any form of a firewall.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.netfilter.org/projects/iptables/files/iptables-1.3.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.netfilter.org/pub/iptables/iptables-1.3.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 077e886a9c90a11bb47f3d7a4fc4a689
Download size: 185 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/iptables

Kernel Configuration

A firewall in Linux is accomplished through a portion of the kernel called netfilter. The interface to netfilter is iptables. To use it, the appropriate kernel configuration parameters are found in Networking ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ Network Packet Filtering ⇒ Core Netfilter Configuration (and) IP: Netfilter Configuration.

Installation of Iptables

Note

The installation below does not include building some specialized extension libraries which require the raw headers in the Linux source code. If you wish to build the additional extensions (if you aren't sure, then you probably don't), you can look at the INSTALL file to see an example of how to change the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to point at the Linux source code. Note that if you upgrade the kernel version, you may also need to recompile iptables and that the BLFS team has not tested using the raw kernel headers.

For some non-x86 architectures, the raw kernel headers may be required. In that case, modify the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to point at the Linux source code.

Install iptables by running the following commands:

make PREFIX=/usr LIBDIR=/lib BINDIR=/sbin KERNEL_DIR=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr LIBDIR=/lib BINDIR=/sbin KERNEL_DIR=/usr install

Command Explanations

PREFIX=/usr LIBDIR=/lib BINDIR=/sbin: Compiles and installs iptables libraries into /lib, binaries into /sbin and the remainder into the /usr hierarchy instead of /usr/local. Firewalls are generally activated during the boot process and /usr may not be mounted at that time.

KERNEL_DIR=/usr: This parameter is used to point at the sanitized kernel headers in /usr and not use the raw kernel headers in /usr/src/linux.

Configuring Iptables

Introductory instructions for configuring your firewall are presented in the next section: Firewalling

Boot Script

To set up the iptables firewall at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-iptables

Installed Programs: iptables, iptables-restore, iptables-save and ip6tables

Installed Libraries: libip6t_*.so and libipt_*.so

Installed Directory: /lib/iptables

Short Descriptions

iptables	is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IP packet filter rules in the Linux kernel.
iptables-restore	is used to restore IP Tables from data specified on STDIN. Use I/O redirection provided by your shell to read from a file.
iptables-save	is used to dump the contents of an IP Table in easily parseable format to STDOUT. Use I/O-redirection provided by your shell to write to a file.
ip6tables	is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IPv6 packet filter rules in the Linux kernel. Several different tables may be defined. Each table contains a number of built-in chains and may also contain user-defined chains.
`libip*.so`	library modules are various modules (implemented as dynamic libraries) which extend the core functionality of iptables.

Setting Up a Network Firewall

Before you read this part of the chapter, you should have already installed iptables as described in the previous section.

Introduction to Firewall Creation

The general purpose of a firewall is to protect a computer or a network against malicious access.

In a perfect world, every daemon or service on every machine is perfectly configured and immune to flaws such as buffer overflows or other problems regarding its security. Furthermore, you trust every user accessing your services. In this world, you do not need to have a firewall.

In the real world however, daemons may be misconfigured and exploits against essential services are freely available. You may wish to choose which services are accessible by certain machines or you may wish to limit which machines or applications are allowed external access. Alternatively, you may simply not trust some of your applications or users. You are probably connected to the Internet. In this world, a firewall is essential.

Don't assume however, that having a firewall makes careful configuration redundant, or that it makes any negligent misconfiguration harmless. It doesn't prevent anyone from exploiting a service you intentionally offer but haven't recently updated or patched after an exploit went public. Despite having a firewall, you need to keep applications and daemons on your system properly configured and up to date. A firewall is not a cure all, but should be an essential part of your overall security strategy.

Meaning of the Word "Firewall"

The word firewall can have several different meanings.

Personal Firewall

This is a hardware device or software program commercially sold (or offered via freeware) by companies such as Symantec which claims that it secures a home or desktop computer connected to the Internet. This type of firewall is highly relevant for users who do not know how their computers might be accessed via the Internet or how to disable that access, especially if they are always online and connected via broadband links.

Masquerading Router

This is a system placed between the Internet and an intranet. To minimize the risk of compromising the firewall itself, it should generally have only one role—that of protecting the intranet. Although not completely risk free, the tasks of doing the routing and IP masquerading (rewriting IP headers of the packets it routes from clients with private IP addresses onto the Internet so that they seem to come from the firewall itself) are commonly considered relatively secure.

BusyBox

This is often an old computer you may have retired and nearly forgotten, performing masquerading or routing functions, but offering non-firewall services such as a web-cache or mail. This may be used for home networks, but is not to be considered as secure as a firewall only machine because the combination of server and router/firewall on one machine raises the complexity of the setup.

Firewall with a Demilitarized Zone [Not Further Described Here]

This box performs masquerading or routing, but grants public access to some branch of your network which, because of public IPs and a physically separated structure, is essentially a separate network with direct Internet access. The servers on this network are those which must be easily accessible from both the Internet and intranet. The firewall protects both networks. This type of firewall has a minimum of three network interfaces.

Packetfilter

This type of firewall does routing or masquerading, but does not maintain a state table of ongoing communication streams. It is fast, but quite limited in its ability to block undesired packets without blocking desired packets.

Now You Can Start to Build your Firewall

Caution

This introduction on how to setup a firewall is not a complete guide to securing systems. Firewalling is a complex issue that requires careful configuration. The scripts quoted here are simply intended to give examples of how a firewall works. They are not intended to fit into any particular configuration and may not provide complete protection from an attack.

Customization of these scripts for your specific situation will be necessary for an optimal configuration, but you should make a serious study of the iptables documentation and creating firewalls in general before hacking away. Have a look at the list of links for further reading at the end of this section for more details. There you will find a list of URLs that contain quite comprehensive information about building your own firewall.

The firewall configuration script installed in the iptables section differs from the standard configuration script. It only has two of the standard targets: start and status. The other targets are clear and lock. For instance if you issue:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables start

the firewall will be restarted just as it is upon system startup. The status target will present a list of all currently implemented rules. The clear target turns off all firewall rules and the lock target will block all packets in and out of the computer with the exception of the loopback interface.

The main startup firewall is located in the file /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables. The sections below provide three different approaches that can be used for a system.

Note

You should always run your firewall rules from a script. This ensures consistency and a record of what was done. It also allows retention of comments that are essential for understanding the rules long after they were written.

Personal Firewall

A Personal Firewall is designed to let you access all the services offered on the Internet, but keep your box secure and your data private.

Below is a slightly modified version of Rusty Russell's recommendation from the Linux 2.4 Packet Filtering HOWTO. It is still applicable to the Linux 2.6 kernels.

cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh

# Begin $rc_base/rc.iptables

# Insert connection-tracking modules
# (not needed if built into the kernel)
modprobe ip_tables
modprobe iptable_filter
modprobe ip_conntrack
modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp
modprobe ipt_state
modprobe ipt_LOG

# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route

# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies

# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects

# Don¹t send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects

# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface, where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter

# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians

# be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses  (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr

# disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn

# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT   DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT  DROP

# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z

iptables -t nat -F

# Allow local-only connections
iptables -A INPUT  -i lo -j ACCEPT

# Free output on any interface to any ip for any service
# (equal to -P ACCEPT)
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT

# Permit answers on already established connections
# and permit new connections related to established ones
# (e.g. port mode ftp)
iptables -A INPUT -m state --state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT

# Log everything else. What's Windows' latest exploitable vulnerability?
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "

# End $rc_base/rc.iptables
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables

This script is quite simple, it drops all traffic coming into your computer that wasn't initiated from your computer, but as long as you are simply surfing the Internet you are unlikely to exceed its limits.

If you frequently encounter certain delays at accessing FTP servers, take a look at BusyBox example number 4.

Even if you have daemons or services running on your system, these will be inaccessible everywhere but from your computer itself. If you want to allow access to services on your machine, such as ssh or ping, take a look at BusyBox.

Masquerading Router

A true Firewall has two interfaces, one connected to an intranet, in this example eth0, and one connected to the Internet, here ppp0. To provide the maximum security for the firewall itself, make sure that there are no unnecessary servers running on it such as X11 et al. As a general principle, the firewall itself should not access any untrusted service (think of a remote server giving answers that makes a daemon on your system crash, or even worse, that implements a worm via a buffer-overflow).

cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh

# Begin $rc_base/rc.iptables

echo
echo "You're using the example configuration for a setup of a firewall"
echo "from Beyond Linux From Scratch."
echo "This example is far from being complete, it is only meant"
echo "to be a reference."
echo "Firewall security is a complex issue, that exceeds the scope"
echo "of the configuration rules below."
echo "You can find additional information"
echo "about firewalls in Chapter 4 of the BLFS book."
echo "http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs"
echo

# Insert iptables modules (not needed if built into the kernel).

modprobe ip_tables
modprobe iptable_filter
modprobe ip_conntrack
modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp
modprobe ipt_state
modprobe iptable_nat
modprobe ip_nat_ftp
modprobe ipt_MASQUERADE
modprobe ipt_LOG
modprobe ipt_REJECT

# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route

# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies

# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects

# Don¹t send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects

# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter

# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians

# Be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses  (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr

# Disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# Too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn

# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT   DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT  DROP

# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z

iptables -t nat -F

# Allow local connections
iptables -A INPUT  -i lo -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT

# Allow forwarding if the initiated on the intranet
iptables -A FORWARD -m state --state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A FORWARD  -i ! ppp+ -m state --state NEW      -j ACCEPT

# Do masquerading
# (not needed if intranet is not using private ip-addresses)
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o ppp+ -j MASQUERADE

# Log everything for debugging
# (last of all rules, but before policy rules)
iptables -A INPUT   -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT  "
iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:FORWARD"
iptables -A OUTPUT  -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:OUTPUT "

# Enable IP Forwarding
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables

With this script your intranet should be reasonably secure against external attacks. No one should be able to setup a new connection to any internal service and, if it's masqueraded, makes your intranet invisible to the Internet. Furthermore, your firewall should be relatively safe because there are no services running that a cracker could attack.

Note

If the interface you're connecting to the Internet doesn't connect via PPP, you will need to change <ppp+> to the name of the interface (e.g., eth1) which you are using.

BusyBox

This scenario isn't too different from the Masquerading Router, but additionally offers some services to your intranet. Examples of this can be when you want to administer your firewall from another host on your intranet or use it as a proxy or a name server.

Note

Outlining a true concept of how to protect a server that offers services on the Internet goes far beyond the scope of this document. See the references at the end of this section for more information.

Be cautious. Every service you have enabled makes your setup more complex and your firewall less secure. You are exposed to the risks of misconfigured services or running a service with an exploitable bug. A firewall should generally not run any extra services. See the introduction to the Masquerading Router for some more details.

If you want to add services such as internal Samba or name servers that do not need to access the Internet themselves, the additional statements are quite simple and should still be acceptable from a security standpoint. Just add the following lines into the script before the logging rules.

iptables -A INPUT  -i ! ppp+  -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o ! ppp+  -j ACCEPT

If daemons, such as squid, have to access the Internet themselves, you could open OUTPUT generally and restrict INPUT.

iptables -A INPUT -m state --state ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT

However, it is generally not advisable to leave OUTPUT unrestricted. You lose any control over trojans who would like to "call home", and a bit of redundancy in case you've (mis-)configured a service so that it broadcasts its existence to the world.

To accomplish this, you should restrict INPUT and OUTPUT on all ports except those that it's absolutely necessary to have open. Which ports you have to open depends on your needs: mostly you will find them by looking for failed accesses in your log files.

Have a Look at the Following Examples:

Squid is caching the web:

iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
iptables -A INPUT  -p tcp --sport 80 -m state --state ESTABLISHED \
  -j ACCEPT

Your caching name server (e.g., named) does its lookups via UDP:
```
iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT
```

You want to be able to ping your computer to ensure it's still alive:

iptables -A INPUT  -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-reply   -j ACCEPT

If you are frequently accessing FTP servers or enjoy chatting, you might notice certain delays because some implementations of these daemons have the feature of querying an identd on your system to obtain usernames. Although there's really little harm in this, having an identd running is not recommended because many security experts feel the service gives out too much additional information.

To avoid these delays you could reject the requests with a 'tcp-reset':
```
iptables -A INPUT  -p tcp --dport 113 -j REJECT --reject-with tcp-reset
```
To log and drop invalid packets (packets that came in after netfilter's timeout or some types of network scans):
```
iptables -I INPUT -p tcp -m state --state INVALID \
  -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INVALID"
iptables -I INPUT -p tcp -m state --state INVALID -j DROP
```
Anything coming from the outside should not have a private address, this is a common attack called IP-spoofing:
```
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 10.0.0.0/8     -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 172.16.0.0/12  -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 192.168.0.0/16 -j DROP
```
There are other addresses that you may also want to drop: 0.0.0.0/8, 127.0.0.0/8, 224.0.0.0/3 (multicast and experimental), 169.254.0.0/16 (Link Local Networks), and 192.0.2.0/24 (IANA defined test network).

If your firewall is a DHCP client, you need to allow those packets:

iptables -A INPUT  -i ppp0 -p udp -s 0.0.0.0 --sport 67 \
   -d 255.255.255.255 --dport 68 -j ACCEPT

To simplify debugging and be fair to anyone who'd like to access a service you have disabled, purposely or by mistake, you could REJECT those packets that are dropped.

Obviously this must be done directly after logging as the very last lines before the packets are dropped by policy:
```
iptables -A INPUT -j REJECT
```

These are only examples to show you some of the capabilities of the firewall code in Linux. Have a look at the man page of iptables. There you will find much more information. The port numbers needed for this can be found in /etc/services, in case you didn't find them by trial and error in your log file.

Conclusion

Finally, there is one fact you must not forget: The effort spent attacking a system corresponds to the value the cracker expects to gain from it. If you are responsible for valuable information, you need to spend the time to protect it properly.

Extra Information

Where to Start with Further Reading on Firewalls

www.netfilter.org - Homepage of the netfilter/iptables project
Netfilter related FAQ
Netfilter related HOWTO's
en.tldp.org/LDP/nag2/x-087-2-firewall.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Security-HOWTO.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Firewall-HOWTO.html
www.ibm.com/developerworks/security/library/s-fire.html
www.ibm.com/developerworks/security/library/s-fire2.html

www.linuxsecurity.com/docs/
www.little-idiot.de/firewall (German & outdated, but very comprehensive)
www.linuxgazette.com/issue65/stumpel.html
linux.oreillynet.com/pub/a/linux/2000/03/10/netadmin/ddos.html
staff.washington.edu/dittrich/misc/ddos
www.e-infomax.com/ipmasq
www.circlemud.org/~jelson/writings/security/index.htm
www.securityfocus.com
www.cert.org - tech_tips
security.ittoolbox.com
www.linux-firewall-tools.com/linux/
logi.cc/linux/athome-firewall.php3
www.insecure.org/reading.html
www.robertgraham.com/pubs/firewall-seen.html

GnuPG-1.4.3

Introduction to GnuPG

The GnuPG package contains a public/private key encryptor. This is becoming useful for signing files or emails as proof of identity and preventing tampering with the contents of the file or email.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://public.ftp.planetmirror.com/pub/gnupg/gnupg-1.4.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-1.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d237d8fe1c4afa379f56dbda0e0b40e4
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

GnuPG Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, libusb-0.1.12, cURL-7.15.3, an MTA, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, and docbook-to-man

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnupg

Installation of GnuPG

Install GnuPG by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following commands:

make -C doc pdf ps html &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gpg.txt doc/gpg.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gpgv.txt doc/gpgv.texi

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/gpg &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.3 &&
mv -v /usr/share/gnupg/{FAQ,faq.html} /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.3 &&
install -v -m644 \
    doc/{highlights-1.4.txt,OpenPGP,samplekeys.asc,DETAILS,*.texi} \
    /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.3

If you created alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

cp -v -R doc/gpg{,v}.{dvi,html,pdf,ps,txt} /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.3

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This command creates a gnupg directory in /usr/lib instead of /usr/libexec.

chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/gpg: gpg is installed setuid root to avoid swapping out sensitive data.

Installed Programs: gpg, gpg-zip, gpgsplit, and gpgv

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnupg, /usr/share/gnupg and /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.3

Short Descriptions

gpg	is the backend (command-line interface) for this OpenPGP implementation.
gpgsplit	separates key rings.
gpgv	is a verify only version of gpg.

Tripwire-2.4.0.1

Introduction to Tripwire

The Tripwire package contains programs used to verify the integrity of the files on a given system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tripwire/tripwire-2.4.0.1-src.tar.bz2?download
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: b371f79ac23cacc9ad40b1da76b4a0c4
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/tripwire-2.4.0.1-gcc4_build_fixes-1.patch

Tripwire Dependencies

Required

Optional

An MTA

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tripwire

Installation of Tripwire

Compile Tripwire by running the following commands:

ln -s contrib install &&
patch -Np1 -i ../tripwire-2.4.0.1-gcc4_build_fixes-1.patch &&
sed -i -e 's@TWDB="${prefix}@TWDB="/var@' install/install.cfg &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/tripwire &&
make

Warning

The default configuration is to use a local MTA. If you don't have an MTA installed and have no wish to install one, modify install/install.cfg to use an SMTP server instead. Otherwise the install will fail.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/share/doc/tripwire

Command Explanations

ln -s contrib install: This command creates a symbolic link in the build directory needed for installation.

sed -i -e 's@TWDB="${prefix}@TWDB="/var@' install/install.cfg: This command tells the package to install the program database and reports in /var/lib/tripwire.

make install: This command creates the Tripwire security keys as well as installing the binaries. There are two keys: a site key and a local key which are stored in /etc/tripwire/.

cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/share/doc/tripwire: This command installs the documentation.

Configuring Tripwire

Config Files

/etc/tripwire/*

Configuration Information

Tripwire uses a policy file to determine which files are integrity checked. The default policy file (/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt) is for a default Redhat installation and will need to be updated for your system.

Policy files should be tailored to each individual distribution and/or installation. Some custom policy files can be found below:

http://home.iprimus.com.au/glombowski/blfs/twpol-all.txt
Checks integrity of all files
http://home.iprimus.com.au/glombowski/blfs/twpol-lfs.txt
Custom policy file for Base LFS 3.0 system
http://home.iprimus.com.au/glombowski/blfs/twpol-suse7.2.txt
Custom policy file for SuSE 7.2 system

Download the custom policy file you'd like to try, copy it into /etc/tripwire/, and use it instead of twpol.txt. It is, however, recommended that you make your own policy file. Get ideas from the examples above and read /usr/share/doc/tripwire/policyguide.txt for additional information. twpol.txt is a good policy file for beginners as it will note any changes to the file system and can even be used as an annoying way of keeping track of changes for uninstallation of software.

After your policy file has been transferred to /etc/tripwire/ you may begin the configuration steps (perform as the root):

twadmin --create-polfile --site-keyfile /etc/tripwire/site.key \
    /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init

Usage Information

To use Tripwire after creating a policy file to run a report, use the following command:

tripwire --check > /etc/tripwire/report.txt

View the output to check the integrity of your files. An automatic integrity report can be produced by using a cron facility to schedule the runs.

Please note that after you run an integrity check, you must examine the report (or email) and then modify the Tripwire database to reflect the changed files on your system. This is so that Tripwire will not continually notify you that files you intentionally changed are a security violation. To do this you must first ls -l /var/lib/tripwire/report/ and note the name of the newest file which starts with linux- and ends in .twr. This encrypted file was created during the last report creation and is needed to update the Tripwire database of your system. Then, as the root user, type in the following command making the appropriate substitutions for <?>:

tripwire --update -twrfile \
    /var/lib/tripwire/report/linux-<???????>-<??????>.twr

You will be placed into vim with a copy of the report in front of you. If all the changes were good, then just type :x and after entering your local key, the database will be updated. If there are files which you still want to be warned about, remove the 'x' before the filename in the report and type :x.

A good summary of tripwire operations can be found at http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/ch-tripwire.html.

Changing the Policy File

If you are unhappy with your policy file and would like to modify it or use a new one, modify the policy file and then execute the following commands as the root user:

twadmin --create-polfile /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init

Installed Programs: siggen, tripwire, twadmin, and twprint.

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/tripwire, /usr/share/doc/tripwire, and /var/lib/tripwire

Short Descriptions

siggen	is a signature gathering utility that displays the hash function values for the specified files.
tripwire	is the main file integrity checking program.
twadmin	administrative and utility tool used to perform certain administrative functions related to Tripwire files and configuration options.
twprint	prints Tripwire database and report files in clear text format.

Heimdal-0.7.2

Introduction to Heimdal

Heimdal is a free implementation of Kerberos 5 that aims to be compatible with MIT krb5 and is backward compatible with krb4. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. Basically it preserves the integrity of passwords in any untrusted network (like the Internet). Kerberized applications work hand-in-hand with sites that support Kerberos to ensure that passwords cannot be stolen or compromised. A Kerberos installation will make changes to the authentication mechanisms on your network and will overwrite several programs and daemons from the Coreutils, Inetutils, Qpopper and Shadow packages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.vc-graz.ac.at/mirror/crypto/kerberos/heimdal/heimdal-0.7.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.pdc.kth.se/pub/heimdal/src/heimdal-0.7.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c937580d6f8b11bf7f0e540530e1dc18
Download size: 4.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 96.9 MB
Estimated build time: 2.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: ftp://ftp.pdc.kth.se/pub/heimdal/src/heimdal-0.7.2-setuid-patch.txt
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/heimdal-0.7.2-fhs_compliance-1.patch
Required patch for CrackLib support: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/heimdal-0.7.2-cracklib-1.patch

Heimdal Dependencies

Required to Build the Server-Side Tools

Berkeley DB-4.4.20 is recommended (installed in LFS) or GDBM-1.8.3

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, X Window System, CrackLib-2.8.9 (compiled with the heimdal patch), and krb4

Note

Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like NTP-4.2.0a) is required since Kerberos won't authenticate if the time differential between a kerberized client and the KDC server is more than 5 minutes.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/heimdal

Installation of Heimdal

Warning

Ensure you really need a Kerberos installation before you decide to install this package. Failure to install and configure the package in accordance with the instructions below can alter your system so that users cannot log in.

If you wish the Heimdal package to link against the CrackLib library to provide enforcement of strong passwords (requires CrackLib-2.8.9 installed with the heimdal patch), you must apply a patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../heimdal-0.7.2-cracklib-1.patch

Install Heimdal by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../heimdal-0.7.2-setuid-patch.txt &&
patch -Np1 -i ../heimdal-0.7.2-fhs_compliance-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/heimdal \
            --libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
            --datadir=/var/lib/heimdal \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib/heimdal \
            --enable-shared \
            --with-readline=/usr &&
make

If you wish to create HTML documentation, issue the following command:

make -C doc heimdal.html

If you wish to create a text-based version of the documentation, issue the following commands:

cd doc &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o heimdal.txt heimdal.texi &&
cd ..

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

mv -v /usr/include/fnmatch.h /usr/include/fnmatch.h.glibc &&
mv -v /usr/include/glob.h /usr/include/glob.h.glibc &&
mv -v /usr/include/ss/ss.h /usr/include/ss/ss.h.e2fsprogs &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libss.a /usr/lib/libss.a.e2fsprogs &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libss.so /usr/lib/libss.so.e2fsprogs &&
make install &&
mv -v /usr/include/fnmatch.h /usr/include/fnmatch.h.heimdal &&
mv -v /usr/include/fnmatch.h.glibc /usr/include/fnmatch.h &&
mv -v /usr/include/glob.h /usr/include/glob.h.heimdal &&
mv -v /usr/include/glob.h.glibc /usr/include/glob.h &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2/standardisation &&
install -v -m644 doc/{init-creds,layman.asc} \
    /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/standardisation/* \
    /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2/standardisation &&
mv -v /bin/login /bin/login.shadow &&
mv -v /bin/su /bin/su.shadow &&
mv -v /usr/bin/{login,su} /bin &&
ln -v -sf ../../bin/login /usr/bin &&
mv -v /usr/lib/lib{otp,kafs,krb5,asn1,roken,crypto}.so.* \
      /usr/lib/libdb-4.4.so /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libdb-4.4.so /usr/lib/libdb.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libdb-4.4.so /usr/lib/libdb-4.so &&
for SYMLINK in otp.so.0.1.3  kafs.so.0.4.1   krb5.so.17.4.0 \
               asn1.so.6.1.0 roken.so.16.1.0 crypto.so.0.9.8
do
    ln -v -sf ../../lib/lib$SYMLINK \
        /usr/lib/lib`echo $SYMLINK | cut -d. -f1`.so
done
ldconfig

If you built the HTML or text-based documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/heimdal.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/heimdal.txt /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2

Command Explanations

mv -v /usr/include/... and mv -v /usr/lib/libss.*: The Heimdal installation will overwrite two interface headers from the Glibc package and an interface header, static library and library symbolic link from the E2fsprogs package. These commands move the original files out of the way before the installation, and then restore the original Glibc headers after the installation. The two Heimdal headers are renamed and preserved on the system. Testing has shown that the system is stable using the Heimdal version of the libss library and interface header.

--libexecdir=/usr/sbin: This switch puts the daemon programs into /usr/sbin.

Tip

If you want to preserve all your existing Inetutils package daemons, install the Heimdal daemons into /usr/sbin/heimdal (or wherever you want). Since these programs will be called from (x)inetd or rc scripts, it really doesn't matter where they are installed, as long as they are correctly specified in the /etc/(x)inetd.conf file and rc scripts. If you choose something other than /usr/sbin, you may want to move some of the user programs (such as kadmin) to /usr/sbin manually so they'll be in the privileged user's default PATH.

mv ... .shadow; mv ... /bin; ln -v -sf ../../bin...: The login and su programs installed by Heimdal belong in the /bin directory. The login program is symlinked because Heimdal is expecting to find it in /usr/bin. The old executables are preserved before the move so that they can be restored if you experience problems logging into the system after the Heimdal package is installed and configured.

mv ... /lib; ln -v -sf ../../lib/lib... /usr/lib...: The login and su programs installed by Heimdal link against Heimdal libraries as well as libraries provided by the OpenSSL and Berkeley DB packages. These libraries are moved to /lib to be FHS compliant and also in case /usr is located on a separate partition which may not always be mounted.

Configuring Heimdal

Config Files

/etc/heimdal/*

Configuration Information

Note

All the configuration steps shown below must be accomplished by the root user unless otherwise noted.

Master KDC Server Configuration

Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following commands:

install -v -m755 -d /etc/heimdal &&
cat > /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf

[libdefaults]
    default_realm = <EXAMPLE.COM>
    encrypt = true

[realms]
    <EXAMPLE.COM> = {
        kdc = <hostname.example.com>
        admin_server = <hostname.example.com>
        kpasswd_server = <hostname.example.com>
    }

[domain_realm]
    .<example.com> = <EXAMPLE.COM>

[logging]
    kdc = FILE:/var/log/kdc.log
    admin_server = FILE:/var/log/kadmin.log
    default = FILE:/var/log/krb.log

# End /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf
EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/heimdal/krb5.conf

You will need to substitute your domain and proper hostname for the occurrences of the <hostname> and <EXAMPLE.COM> names.

default_realm should be the name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't required, but both Heimdal and MIT krb5 recommend it.

encrypt = true provides encryption of all traffic between kerberized clients and servers. It's not necessary and can be left off. If you leave it off, you can encrypt all traffic from the client to the server using a switch on the client program instead.

The [realms] parameters tell the client programs where to look for the KDC authentication services.

The [domain_realm] section maps a domain to a realm.

Store the master password in a key file using the following commands:

install -v -m755 -d /var/lib/heimdal &&
kstash

Create the KDC database:

kadmin -l

The commands below will prompt you for information about the principles. Choose the defaults for now unless you know what you are doing and need to specify different values. You can go in later and change the defaults, should you feel the need. You may use the up and down arrow keys to use the history feature of kadmin in a similar manner as the bash history feature.

At the kadmin> prompt, issue the following statement:

init <EXAMPLE.COM>

The database must now be populated with at least one principle (user). For now, just use your regular login name or root. You may create as few, or as many principles as you wish using the following statement:

add <loginname>

The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:

add --random-key host/<hostname.example.com>

After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:

ext host/<hostname.example.com>

This should have created two files in /etc/heimdal: krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5) and srvtab (Kerberos 4). Both files should have 600 (root rw only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public access is crucial to the overall security of the Kerberos installation.

Eventually, you'll want to add server daemon principles to the database and extract them to the keytab file. You do this in the same way you created the host principles. Below is an example:

add --random-key ftp/<hostname.example.com>

(choose the defaults)

ext ftp/<hostname.example.com>

Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually, just to test out the installation:

/usr/sbin/kdc &

Attempt to get a TGT (ticket granting ticket) with the following command:

kinit <loginname>

You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you should list it with the following command:

klist

Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.

To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the following command:

ktutil list

This should dump a list of the host principals, along with the encryption methods used to access the principals.

At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation, setup and configuration of your new Heimdal Kerberos 5 installation.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/heimdal init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package:

make install-heimdal

Using Kerberized Client Programs

To use the kerberized client programs (telnet, ftp, rsh, rxterm, rxtelnet, rcp, xnlock), you first must get a TGT. Use the kinit program to get the ticket. After you've acquired the ticket, you can use the kerberized programs to connect to any kerberized server on the network. You will not be prompted for authentication until your ticket expires (default is one day), unless you specify a different user as a command line argument to the program.

The kerberized programs will connect to non-kerberized daemons, warning you that authentication is not encrypted.

In order to use the Heimdal X programs, you'll need to add a service port entry to the /etc/services file for the kxd server. There is no 'standardized port number' for the 'kx' service in the IANA database, so you'll have to pick an unused port number. Add an entry to the services file similar to the entry below (substitute your chosen port number for <49150>):

kx              <49150>/tcp   # Heimdal kerberos X
kx              <49150>/udp   # Heimdal kerberos X

For additional information consult the Heimdal hint on which the above instructions are based.

Installed Programs: afslog, dump_log, ftp, ftpd, hprop, hpropd, ipropd-master, ipropd-slave, kadmin, kadmind, kauth, kcm, kdc, kdestroy, kf, kfd, kgetcred, kinit, klist, kpasswd, kpasswdd, krb5-config, kstash, ktutil, kx, kxd, login, mk_cmds, otp, otpprint, pagsh, pfrom, popper, push, rcp, replay_log, rsh, rshd, rxtelnet, rxterm, string2key, su, telnet, telnetd, tenletxr, truncate-log, verify_krb5_conf and xnlock

Installed Libraries: libasn1.{so,a}, libeditline.{so,a}, libgssapi.{so,a}, libhdb.{so,a}, libkadm5clnt.{so,a}, libkadm5srv.{so,a}, libkafs.{so,a}, libkrb5.{so,a}, libotp.{so,a}, libroken.{so,a}, libsl.{so,a} and libss.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/heimdal, /usr/include/kadm5, /usr/share/doc/heimdal-0.7.2 and /var/lib/heimdal

Short Descriptions

afslog	obtains AFS tokens for a number of cells.
ftp	is a kerberized FTP client.
ftpd	is a kerberized FTP daemon.
hprop	takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of Heimdal database records.
hpropd	is a server that receives a database sent by hprop and writes it as a local database.
ipropd-master	is a daemon which runs on the master KDC server which incrementally propagates changes to the KDC database to the slave KDC servers.
ipropd-slave	is a daemon which runs on the slave KDC servers which incrementally propagates changes to the KDC database from the master KDC server.
kadmin	is a utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database.
kadmind	is a server for administrative access to the Kerberos database.
kauth	is a symbolic link to the kinit program.
kcm	is a process based credential cache for Kerberos tickets.
kdc	is a Kerberos 5 server.
kdestroy	removes a principle's current set of tickets.
kf	is a program which forwards tickets to a remote host through an authenticated and encrypted stream.
kfd	is a server used to receive forwarded tickets.
kgetcred	obtains a ticket for a service.
kinit	is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services.
klist	reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache.
kpasswd	is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords.
kpasswdd	is a Kerberos 5 password changing server.
krb5-config	gives information on how to link programs against Heimdal libraries.
kstash	stores the KDC master password in a file.
ktutil	is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs.
kx	is a program which securely forwards X connections.
kxd	is the daemon for kx.
login	is a kerberized login program.
otp	manages one-time passwords.
otpprint	prints lists of one-time passwords.
pfrom	is a script that runs push --from.
popper	is a kerberized POP-3 server.
push	is a kerberized POP mail retrieval client.
rcp	is a kerberized rcp client program.
rsh	is a kerberized rsh client program.
rshd	is a kerberized rsh server.
rxtelnet	starts a secure xterm window with a telnet to a given host and forwards X connections.
rxterm	starts a secure remote xterm.
string2key	maps a password into a key.
su	is a kerberized su client program.
telnet	is a kerberized telnet client program.
telnetd	is a kerberized telnet server.
tenletxr	forwards X connections backwards.
verify_krb5_conf	checks `krb5.conf` file for obvious errors.
xnlock	is a program that acts as a secure screen saver for workstations running X.
`libasn1.{so,a}`	provides the ASN.1 and DER functions to encode and decode the Kerberos TGTs.
`libeditline.a`	is a command-line editing library with history.
`libgssapi.{so,a}`	contain the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI) functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing source-level portability of applications to different environments.
`libhdb.{so,a}`	is a Heimdal Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library.
`libkadm5clnt.{so,a}`	contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 client-side programs.
`libkadm5srv.{so,a}`	contain the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 servers.
`libkafs.{so,a}`	contains the functions required to authenticated to AFS.
`libkrb5.{so,a}`	is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library.
`libotp.{so,a}`	contains the functions required to handle authenticating one time passwords.
`libroken.{so,a}`	is a library containing Kerberos 5 compatibility functions.

MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

Introduction to MIT Kerberos V5

MIT Kerberos V5 is a free implementation of Kerberos 5. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. It centralizes the authentication database and uses kerberized applications to work with servers or services that support Kerberos allowing single logins and encrypted communication over internal networks or the Internet.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://web.mit.edu/kerberos/www/dist/krb5/1.6/krb5-1.6-signed.tar
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: a365e39ff7d39639556c2797a0e1c3f4
Download size: 12.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 124 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

MIT Kerberos V5 Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 (for xdm based logins), OpenLDAP-2.3.27, and DejaGnu-1.4.4 (required to run the test suite)

Note

Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like NTP-4.2.0a) is required since Kerberos won't authenticate if there is a time difference between a kerberized client and the KDC server.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mitkrb

Installation of MIT Kerberos V5

MIT Kerberos V5 is distributed in a TAR file containing a compressed TAR package and a detached PGP ASC file. You'll need to unpack the distribution tar file, then unpack the compressed tar file before starting the build.

After unpacking the distribution tarball and if you have GnuPG-1.4.3 installed, you can authenticate the package with the following command:

gpg - -verify krb5-1.6.tar.gz.asc

Build MIT Kerberos V5 by running the following commands:

cd src &&
./configure CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/include/et -I/usr/include/ss" \
            --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/krb5 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --with-system-et \
            --with-system-ss \
            --enable-dns-for-realm \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

The regression test suite is designed to be run after the installation has been completed.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin &&
chmod -v 755 /bin/ksu &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so.0* /lib &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5.so.3.3 /usr/lib/libkrb5.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libk5crypto.so.3.1 /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5support.so.0.1 /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so&&

install -m644 -v ../doc/*.info* /usr/share/info &&
for INFOFILE in 425 5-admin 5-install 5-user; do
    install-info --info-dir=/usr/share/info \
                 /usr/share/info/krb$INFOFILE.info
    rm ../doc/krb$INFOFILE.info*
done &&

install -m755 -v -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.6 &&
cp -Rv ../doc/* /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.6

Warning

login.krb5 does not support Shadow passwords. As a result, when the Kerberos server is unavailable, the default fall through to /etc/password will not work because the passwords have been moved to /etc/shadow during the LFS build process. Entering the following commands without moving the passwords back to /etc/password could prevent any logins.

After considering (and understanding) the above warning, the following commands can be entered as the root user to replace the existing login program with the Kerberized version (after preserving the original) and move the support libraries to a location available when the /usr filesystem is not mounted:

mv -v /bin/login /bin/login.shadow &&
install -m755 -v /usr/sbin/login.krb5 /bin/login &&

mv -v /usr/lib/libdes425.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb4.so.2* /lib &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libdes425.so.3.0 /usr/lib/libdes425.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb4.so.2.0 /usr/lib/libkrb4.so &&

ldconfig

To test the installation, you must have DejaGnu-1.4.4 installed and issue: make check. The RPC layer tests will require a portmap daemon (see portmap-5beta) running and configured to listen on the regular network interface (not localhost). See the “Testing the Build” section of the krb5-install.html file in the ../doc directory for complete information on running the regression tests.

Command Explanations

--enable-dns-for-realm: This parameter allows realms to be resolved using the DNS server.

--with-system-et: This parameter causes the build to use the system-installed versions of the error-table support software.

--with-system-ss: This parameter causes the build to use the system-installed versions of the subsystem command-line interface software.

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that the Kerberos variable run-time data is located in /var/lib instead of /usr/var.

mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin: Moves the ksu program to the /bin directory so that it is available when the /usr filesystem is not mounted.

mv -v ... /lib && ln -v -sf ...: These libraries are moved to /lib so they are available when the /usr filesystem is not mounted.

Configuring MIT Kerberos V5

Config Files

/etc/krb5/krb5.conf and /var/lib/krb5kdc/kdc.conf

Configuration Information

Kerberos Configuration

Tip

You should consider installing some sort of password checking dictionary so that you can configure the installation to only accept strong passwords. A suitable dictionary to use is shown in the CrackLib-2.8.9 instructions. Note that only one file can be used, but you can concatenate many files into one. The configuration file shown below assumes you have installed a dictionary to /usr/share/dict/words.

Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /etc/krb5 &&
cat > /etc/krb5/krb5.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/krb5/krb5.conf

[libdefaults]
    default_realm = <LFS.ORG>
    encrypt = true

[realms]
    <LFS.ORG> = {
        kdc = <belgarath.lfs.org>
        admin_server = <belgarath.lfs.org>
        dict_file = /usr/share/dict/words
    }

[domain_realm]
    .<lfs.org> = <LFS.ORG>

[logging]
    kdc = SYSLOG[:INFO[:AUTH]]
    admin_server = SYSLOG[INFO[:AUTH]]
    default = SYSLOG[[:SYS]]

# End /etc/krb5/krb5.conf
EOF

You will need to substitute your domain and proper hostname for the occurences of the <belgarath> and <lfs.org> names.

default_realm should be the name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't required, but both Heimdal and MIT recommend it.

The [realms] parameters tell the client programs where to look for the KDC authentication services.

The [domain_realm] section maps a domain to a realm.

Create the KDC database:

kdb5_util create -r <LFS.ORG> -s

Now you should populate the database with principles (users). For now, just use your regular login name or root.

kadmin.local
kadmin: add_policy dict-only
kadmin: addprinc -policy dict-only <loginname>

The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:

kadmin: addprinc -randkey host/<belgarath.lfs.org>

After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:

kadmin: ktadd host/<belgarath.lfs.org>

This should have created a file in /etc/krb5 named krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5). This file should have 600 (root rw only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public access is crucial to the overall security of the Kerberos installation.

Eventually, you'll want to add server daemon principles to the database and extract them to the keytab file. You do this in the same way you created the host principles. Below is an example:

kadmin: addprinc -randkey ftp/<belgarath.lfs.org>
kadmin: ktadd ftp/<belgarath.lfs.org>

Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually, just to test out the installation:

/usr/sbin/krb5kdc &

Attempt to get a ticket with the following command:

kinit <loginname>

You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you can list it with the following command:

klist

Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.

To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the following command:

ktutil
ktutil: rkt /etc/krb5/krb5.keytab
ktutil: l

This should dump a list of the host principal, along with the encryption methods used to access the principal.

At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation and configuration of the package.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/kerberos init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-kerberos

Using Kerberized Client Programs

To use the kerberized client programs (telnet, ftp, rsh, rcp, rlogin), you first must get an authentication ticket. Use the kinit program to get the ticket. After you've acquired the ticket, you can use the kerberized programs to connect to any kerberized server on the network. You will not be prompted for authentication until your ticket expires (default is one day), unless you specify a different user as a command line argument to the program.

The kerberized programs will connect to non kerberized daemons, warning you that authentication is not encrypted.

Using Kerberized Server Programs

Using kerberized server programs (telnetd, kpropd, klogind and kshd) requires two additional configuration steps. First the /etc/services file must be updated to include eklogin and krb5_prop. Second, the inetd.conf or xinetd.conf must be modified for each server that will be activated, usually replacing the server from Inetutils-1.4.2.

Additional Information

For additional information consult Documentation for krb-1.6 on which the above instructions are based.

Installed Programs: ftp, ftpd, gss-client, gss-server, k5srvutil, kadmin, kadmin.local, kadmind, kdb5_ldap_util, kdb5_util, kdestroy, kinit, klist, klogind, kpasswd, kprop, kpropd, krb5-config, krb5-send-pr, krb524d, krb524init, krb5kdc, kshd, ksu, ktutil, kvno, login.krb5, rcp, rlogin, rsh, sclient, sim_client, sim_server, sserver, telnet, telnetd, uuclient, uuserver and v4rcp

Installed Libraries: libdes425.so, libgssapi_krb5.so, libgssrpc.so, libk5crypto.so, libkadm5clnt.so, libkadm5srv.so, libkdb5.so, libkdb_ldap.so, libkrb4.so, libkrb5.so and libkrb5support.so

Installed Directories: /etc/krb5, /usr/include/{gssapi,gssrpc,kerberosIV,krb5}, /usr/lib/krb5, /usr/share/{doc/krb5-1.6,examples,gnats} and /var/lib/krb5kdc

Short Descriptions

ftp	is a kerberized FTP client.
ftpd	is a kerberized FTP daemon.
k5srvutil	is a host keytable manipulation utility.
kadmin	is an utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database.
kadmind	is a server for administrative access to a Kerberos database.
kdb5_util	is the KDC database utility.
kdestroy	removes the current set of tickets.
kinit	is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services.
klist	reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache.
klogind	is the server that responds to rlogin requests.
kpasswd	is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords.
kprop	takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of database records.
kpropd	receives a database sent by kprop and writes it as a local database.
krb5-config	gives information on how to link programs against libraries.
krb5kdc	is a Kerberos 5 server.
kshd	is the server that responds to rsh requests.
ksu	is the super user program using Kerberos protocol. Requires a properly configured `/etc/shells` and `~/.k5login` containing principals authorized to become super users.
ktutil	is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs.
kvno	prints keyversion numbers of Kerberos principals.
login.krb5	is a kerberized login program.
rcp	is a kerberized rcp client program.
rlogin	is a kerberized rlogin client program.
rsh	is a kerberized rsh client program.
telnet	is a kerberized telnet client program.
telnetd	is a kerberized telnet server.
`libgssapi_krb5.so`	contain the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI) functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing source-level portability of applications to different environments.
`libkadm5clnt.so`	contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 client-side programs.
`libkadm5srv.so`	contain the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 servers.
`libkdb5.so`	is a Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library.
`libkrb5.so`	is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library.

Cyrus SASL-2.1.21

Introduction to Cyrus SASL

The Cyrus SASL package contains a Simple Authentication and Security Layer, a method for adding authentication support to connection-based protocols. To use SASL, a protocol includes a command for identifying and authenticating a user to a server and for optionally negotiating protection of subsequent protocol interactions. If its use is negotiated, a security layer is inserted between the protocol and the connection.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.andrew.cmu.edu/pub/cyrus-mail/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.andrew.cmu.edu/pub/cyrus-mail/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dde02db234dea892bee298390890502e
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21-openldap23-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21-openssl98-1.patch

Cyrus SASL Dependencies

Required

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, JDK-1.5.0_10, MySQL-5.0.21, PostgreSQL-8.1.3, GDBM-1.8.3, krb4, SQLite, and Dmalloc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl

Installation of Cyrus SASL

Install Cyrus SASL by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../cyrus-sasl-2.1.21-openldap23-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../cyrus-sasl-2.1.21-openssl98-1.patch &&
sed -i '/sasl_global/s/^static //' lib/client.c &&
sed -i 's/cat8/man8/' saslauthd/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2 \
            --with-saslauthd=/var/run &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite. If you are planning on using the GSSAPI authentication mechanism, it is recommended to test it after installing the package using the sample server and client programs which were built in the preceding step. Instructions for performing the tests can be found at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/cyrus-sasl.txt.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{*.{html,txt,fig},ONEWS,TODO} \
    saslauthd/LDAP_SASLAUTHD /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21 &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl

Command Explanations

sed ... lib/client.c: This command fixes an issue when compiling Cyrus SASL with GCC-4.

sed 's/cat8/man8/' ...: This command puts the saslauthd man page in a more standard location.

--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2: This parameter forces the saslauthd database to be created in /var/lib/sasl instead of /etc.

--with-saslauthd=/var/run: This parameter forces saslauthd to use the FHS compliant directory /var/run for variable run-time data.

--with-ldap: This parameter enables use with OpenLDAP.

--enable-ldapdb: This parameter enables the LDAPDB authentication backend. There is a circular dependency with this parameter. See http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl for a solution to this problem.

install -v -m644 ...: These commands install documentation which is not installed by the make install command.

install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl: This directory must exist when starting saslauthd. If you're not going to be running the daemon, you may omit the creation of this directory.

Configuring Cyrus SASL

Config Files

/etc/saslauthd.conf (for saslauthd LDAP configuration) and /usr/lib/sasl2/Appname.conf (where "Appname" is the application defined name of the application)

Configuration Information

See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21/sysadmin.html for information on what to include in the application configuration files. See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21/LDAP_SASLAUTHD for configuring saslauthd with OpenLDAP.

Init Script

If you need to run the saslauthd daemon at system startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/cyrus-sasl init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-cyrus-sasl

Note

You'll need to modify the init script and replace the <authmech> parameter to the -a switch with your desired authentication mechanism.

Installed Programs: saslauthd, sasldblistusers2, and saslpasswd2

Installed Libraries: libjavasasl.so, libsasl2.so, and numerous SASL plugins and Java classes

Installed Directories: /usr/include/sasl, /usr/lib/java/classes/sasl, /usr/lib/sasl2, /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.21, and /var/lib/sasl

Short Descriptions

saslauthd	is the SASL authentication server.
sasldblistusers2	is used to list the users in the SASL password database `sasldb2`.
saslpasswd2	is used to set and delete a user's SASL password and mechanism specific secrets in the SASL password database `sasldb2`.
`libsasl2.so`	is a general purpose authentication library for server and client applications.

Stunnel-4.15

Introduction to Stunnel

The Stunnel package contains a program that allows you to encrypt arbitrary TCP connections inside SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) so you can easily communicate with clients over secure channels. Stunnel can be used to add SSL functionality to commonly used Inetd daemons like POP-2, POP-3, and IMAP servers, to standalone daemons like NNTP, SMTP and HTTP, and in tunneling PPP over network sockets without changes to the server package source code.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.stunnel.org/download/stunnel/src/stunnel-4.15.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://stunnel.mirt.net/stunnel/stunnel-4.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2c00153ad099a5f9c5609e8d1dbbe470
Download size: 497 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Stunnel Dependencies

Required

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/stunnel

Installation of Stunnel

The stunnel daemon will be run in a chroot jail by an unprivileged user. Create the new user, group and chroot home directory structure using the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 51 stunnel &&
useradd -c "Stunnel Daemon" -d /var/lib/stunnel \
        -g stunnel -s /bin/false -u 51 stunnel &&
install -v -m 1770 -o stunnel -g stunnel -d /var/lib/stunnel/run

Note

A signed SSL Certificate and a Private Key is necessary to run the stunnel daemon. If you own, or have already created a signed SSL Certificate you wish to use, copy it to /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem before starting the build (ensure only root has read and write access), otherwise you will be prompted to create one during the installation process. The .pem file must be formatted as shown below:

-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
<many encrypted lines of unencrypted key>
-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
<many encrypted lines of certificate>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----

Install Stunnel by running the following commands:

sed -i -e 's|nogroup|stunnel|' \
       -e 's|$(prefix)/var/lib|$(localstatedir)|' \
    tools/Makefile.in
sed -i 's|doc/stunnel|&-$(VERSION)|' {,doc/,tools/}Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --localstatedir=/var/lib --disable-libwrap &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '...' -e '...' tools/Makefile.in: This sed command modifies the group and directory used for the chroot jail to conform with the parameters created earlier.

sed -i '...' {,doc/,tools/}Makefile.in: This sed command modifies the location of the installed docs to a versioned directory.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter forces the configuration directory to /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter sets the installation to use /var/lib/stunnel instead of creating and using /usr/var/stunnel.

--disable-libwrap: This parameter is required if you don't have tcpwrappers installed. Remove the parameter if tcpwrappers is installed.

make install: This command installs the package and, if you did not copy an stunnel.pem file to the /etc/stunnel directory, prompts you for the necessary information to create one. Ensure you reply to the

Common Name (FQDN of your server) [localhost]:

prompt with the name or IP address you will be using to access the service(s).

Configuring Stunnel

Config Files

/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

Configuration Information

Create a basic /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf configuration file using the following commands:

cat >/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF" &&
# File: /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

pid = /run/stunnel.pid
chroot = /var/lib/stunnel
client = no
setuid = stunnel
setgid = stunnel

EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

Next, you need to add the service(s) you wish to encrypt to the configuration file. The format is as follows:

[<service>]
accept  = <hostname:portnumber>
connect = <hostname:portnumber>

If you use Stunnel to encrypt a daemon started from [x]inetd, you may need to disable that daemon in the /etc/[x]inetd.conf file and enable a corresponding <service>_stunnel service. You may have to add an appropriate entry in /etc/services as well.

For a full explanation of the commands and syntax used in the configuration file, run man stunnel. To see a BLFS example of an actual setup of an stunnel encrypted service, read the the section called “Configuring SWAT” in the Samba instructions.

Boot Script

To automatically start the stunnel daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/stunnel bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-stunnel

Installed Programs: stunnel and stunnel3

Installed Library: libstunnel.so

Installed Directories: /etc/stunnel, /var/lib/stunnel and /usr/share/doc/stunnel-4.15

Short Descriptions

stunnel	is a program designed to work as an SSL encryption wrapper between remote clients and local ({x}inetd-startable) or remote servers.
stunnel3	is a Perl wrapper script to use stunnel 3.x syntax with stunnel >=4.05.
`libstunnel.so`	contains the API functions required by Stunnel.

Sudo-1.6.8p12

Introduction to Sudo

The sudo package allows a system administrator to give certain users (or groups of users) the ability to run some (or all) commands as root or another user while logging the commands and arguments.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.courtesan.com/sudo/dist/sudo-1.6.8p12.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: b29893c06192df6230dd5f340f3badf5
Download size: 576 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/sudo-1.6.8p12-envvar_fix-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sudo

Installation of Sudo

Install sudo by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../sudo-1.6.8p12-envvar_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
    --enable-noargs-shell --with-ignore-dot --with-all-insults \
    --enable-shell-sets-home &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-noargs-shell: This switch allows sudo to run a shell if invoked with no arguments.

--with-ignore-dot: This switch causes sudo to ignore '.' in the PATH.

--with-all-insults: This switch includes all the sudo insult sets.

--enable-shell-sets-home: This switch sets HOME to the target user in shell mode.

Note

There are many options to sudo's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete list.

Configuring Sudo

Config File

/etc/sudoers

Configuration Information

The sudoers file can be quite complicated. It is composed of two types of entries: aliases (basically variables) and user specifications (which specify who may run what). The installation installs a default configuration that has no privileges installed for any user.

One example usage is to allow the system administrator to execute any program without typing a password each time root privileges are needed. This can be configured as:

# User alias specification
User_Alias  ADMIN = YourLoginId

# Allow people in group ADMIN to run all commands without a password
ADMIN       ALL = NOPASSWD: ALL

For details, see man sudoers.

Note

The Sudo developers highly recommend using the visudo program to edit the sudoers file. This will provide basic sanity checking like syntax parsing and file permission to avoid some possible mistakes that could lead to a vulnerable configuration.

Installed Programs: sudo, sudoedit, and visudo

Installed Library: sudo_noexec.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

sudo	executes a command as another user as permitted by the `/etc/sudoers` configuration file.
sudoedit	is a hard link to sudo that implies the `-e` option to invoke an editor as another user.
visudo	allows for safer editing of the `sudoers` file.
`sudo_noexec.so`	enables support for the "noexec" functionality which prevents a dynamically-linked program being run by sudo from executing another program (think shell escapes).

NSS-3.11.3

Introduction to NSS

The Network Security Services (NSS) package is a set of libraries designed to support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2 and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509 v3 certificates, and other security standards. This is useful for implementing SSL and S/MIME or other Internet security standards into an application.

The NSS package requires the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries as a prerequisite for building. The NSS package tarball contains the code necessary to build the NSPR libraries. These libraries are built and installed using the instructions below. Essentially, the NSS package is now a combined NSS/NSPR installation.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_11_3_RTM/src/nss-3.11.3-with-nspr-4.6.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_11_3_RTM/src/nss-3.11.3-with-nspr-4.6.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e50f0e1ccb964ed02c22eec02e4d30d2
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (additional 0.9 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/nss-3.11.3-with-nspr-4.6.3-fedora_fixes-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nss

Installation of NSS

Install NSS by running the following commands:

bash

export WORKINGDIR=$PWD &&
export BUILD_OPT=1 &&

patch -Np1 -i ../nss-3.11.3-with-nspr-4.6.3-fedora_fixes-1.patch &&

cd mozilla/security/nss &&
make nss_build_all &&
cd ../.. &&

export NSS_LINUXDIR=$(basename `ls -d $WORKINGDIR/mozilla/dist/Linux*`)

To test the results, you'll need to set the domain name of your system in the DOMSUF environment variable. Most of the tests will fail if you don't provide the correct domain name. A self-generated log file will be parsed at the end of the test to display how many tests passed. It should return 800. To run the tests, ensure you change the export DOMSUF command below to an appropriate value, e.g., mydomain.com and issue the following commands:

bash

export DOMSUF=<validdomain.name> &&
export PATH=$PATH:$WORKINGDIR/mozilla/dist/$NSS_LINUXDIR/bin &&
export TEST_RESULTSDIR=$WORKINGDIR/mozilla/tests_results/security &&

cd security/nss/tests &&
sed -i 's/gmake/make/' common/init.sh &&
./all.sh &&

grep Passed $TEST_RESULTSDIR/$(hostname).1/results.html | wc -l &&

exit

Caution

If you switch to the root user using a method that does not inherit the environment from the unprivileged user, ensure that root's NSS_LINUXDIR environment variable is set correctly before proceeding with the installation commands.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 nsprpub/$NSS_LINUXDIR/config/nspr-config \
                 security/nss/cmd/config/nss-config \
    /usr/bin &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/pkgconfig &&
install -v -m644 nsprpub/lib/pkgconfig/nspr.pc \
                 security/nss/lib/pkgconfig/nss.pc \
    /usr/lib/pkgconfig &&

cd dist &&

install -v -m755 $NSS_LINUXDIR/lib/*.so /usr/lib &&
install -v -m644 $NSS_LINUXDIR/lib/{*.chk,libcrmf.a} /usr/lib &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/{nss,nspr} &&
install -v -m644 {public,private}/nss/* /usr/include/nss &&
cp -v -RL $NSS_LINUXDIR/include/* /usr/include/nspr &&
chmod -v 644 /usr/include/nspr/prvrsion.h

Now as the unprivileged user, exit the bash shell started at the beginning of the installation to restore the environment to the original state.

exit

Command Explanations

bash: Shells are started as many environment variables are created during the installation process. Exiting the shells serves the purpose of restoring the environment and returning back to the original directory when the installation is complete.

export WORKINGDIR=$PWD: This variable is set because many of the commands are dependent on knowing the full path of certain directories. WORKINGDIR establishes a known path so that all others can be determined relative to this.

export BUILD_OPT=1: This variable is set so that the build is performed with no debugging symbols built into the binaries and that the default compiler optimizations are used.

export NSS_LINUXDIR=...: This variable is set so that the exact name of the architecture specific directories where the binaries are stored in the source tree can be determined.

make nss_build_all: This command builds the NSPR and NSS libraries and creates a dist directory which houses all the programs, libraries and interface headers. None of the programs created by this process are installed onto the system using the default instructions. If you need any of these programs installed, you can find them in the mozilla/dist/bin directory of the source tree.

export PATH=...: This command sets the PATH environment variable to include the executables in the source tree as some of them are required to run the test suite.

sed -i 's/gmake/make/' common/init.sh: This command changes the command used to compile some test programs.

Installed Programs: nspr-config and nss-config

Installed Libraries: libcrmf.a, libfreebl3.so, libnspr4.so, libnss3.so, libnssckbi.so, libplc4.so, libplds4.so, libsmime3.so, libsoftokn3.so and libssl3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/nspr and /usr/include/nss

Short Descriptions

nspr-config	is used to determine the NSPR installation settings of the installed NSPR libraries.
nss-config	is used to determine the NSS library settings of the installed NSS libraries.

The libnspr4.so, libplc4.so and libplds4.so libraries make up the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. These libraries provide a platform-neutral API for system level and libc like functions. The API is used in the Mozilla client, many of the Netscape/AOL/iPlanet offerings and other software applications.

The libcrmf.a, libfreebl.so, libnss3.so, libnssckbi.so, libsmime3.so, libsoftokn3.so and libnssl3.so libraries make up the NSS libraries.

Chapter 5. File Systems

Journaling file systems reduce the time needed to recover a file system that was not unmounted properly. While this can be extremely important in reducing downtime for servers, it has also become popular for desktop environments. This chapter contains two other journaling file systems you can use instead of the default LFS third extended file system.

ReiserFS-3.6.19

Introduction to ReiserFS

The ReiserFS package contains various utilities for use with the Reiser file system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs/reiserfsprogs-3.6.19.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs/reiserfsprogs-3.6.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b42cf15f6651c3ceff5cb84996c0d539
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.16 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/reiser

Installation of ReiserFS

Install ReiserFS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sbindir=/sbin &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -sf reiserfsck /sbin/fsck.reiserfs &&
ln -sf mkreiserfs /sbin/mkfs.reiserfs

Command Explanations

--prefix=/usr: This ensures that the manual pages are installed in the correct location while still installing the programs in /sbin as they should be.

--sbindir=/sbin: This ensures that the ReiserFS utilities are installed in /sbin as they should be.

Installed Programs: debugreiserfs, mkreiserfs, reiserfsck, reiserfstune, and resize_reiserfs

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

debugreiserfs	can sometimes help to solve problems with ReiserFS file systems. If it is called without options, it prints the super block of any ReiserFS file system found on the device.
mkreiserfs	creates a ReiserFS file system.
reiserfsck	is used to check or repair a ReiserFS file system.
reiserfstune	is used for tuning the ReiserFS journal. WARNING: Don't use this utility without first reading the man page thoroughly.
resize_reiserfs	is used to resize an unmounted ReiserFS file system.

XFS-2.8.18

Introduction to XFS

The XFS package contains administration and debugging tools for the XFS file system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.sunsite.dk/xfs/download/cmd_tars/xfsprogs_2.8.18-1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/download/cmd_tars/xfsprogs_2.8.18-1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6ce9e198cc79ebec6f6fb1f34ffa7709
Download size: 956 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.57 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfs

Installation of XFS

Install XFS by running the following commands:

sed -i '/autoconf/d' Makefile &&
make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG INSTALL_USER=root INSTALL_GROUP=root \
    LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="--enable-readline=yes"

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-dev &&
install -v -m755 -D libhandle/libhandle.la /usr/lib/libhandle.la &&
chmod -v 755 /lib/libhandle.so* &&
rm -f /lib/libhandle.{a,la,so} &&
ln -svf ../../lib/libhandle.so.1 /usr/lib/libhandle.so

Command Explanations

sed -i '/autoconf/d' Makefile: This command disables running autoconf because it is unnecessary.

make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG: The XFS build will fail using the default -DDEBUG flags.

INSTALL_USER=root INSTALL_GROUP=root: This sets the owner and group of the installed files.

LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="...": This passes extra configuration options to the configure script. The example --enable-readline=yes parameter enables linking the XFS programs with the libreadline.so library, in order to allow editing interactive commands.

OPTIMIZER="...": Adding this parameter to the end of the make command overrides the default optimization settings.

make install-dev: This command installs static XFS libraries, their headers and the corresponding documentation. Currently, DMAPI and xfsdump are the only packages that use the installed libraries.

install -v ... and the three following commands fix the installation of libhandle libraries.

Installed Programs: fsck.xfs, mkfs.xfs, xfs_admin, xfs_bmap, xfs_check, xfs_copy, xfs_db, xfs_freeze, xfs_growfs, xfs_info, xfs_io, xfs_logprint, xfs_mkfile, xfs_ncheck, xfs_quota, xfs_repair, and xfs_rtcp

Installed Libraries: libdisk.a, libhandle.{so,a}, libxcmd.a, libxfs.a, and libxlog.a

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xfsprogs

Short Descriptions

fsck.xfs	simply exits with a zero status, since XFS partitions are checked at mount time.
mkfs.xfs	constructs an XFS file system.
xfs_admin	changes the parameters of an XFS file system.
xfs_bmap	prints block mapping for an XFS file.
xfs_check	checks XFS file system consistency.
xfs_copy	copies the contents of an XFS file system to one or more targets in parallel.
xfs_db	is used to debug an XFS file system.
xfs_freeze	suspends access to an XFS file system.
xfs_growfs	expands an XFS file system.
xfs_info	is equivalent to invoking xfs_growfs, but specifying that no change to the file system is to be made.
xfs_io	is a debugging tool like xfs_db, but is aimed at examining the regular file I/O path rather than the raw XFS volume itself.
xfs_logprint	prints the log of an XFS file system.
xfs_mkfile	creates an XFS file, padded with zeroes by default.
xfs_ncheck	generates pathnames from inode numbers for an XFS file system.
xfs_quota	is a utility for reporting and editing various aspects of filesystem quota.
xfs_repair	repairs corrupt or damaged XFS file systems.
xfs_rtcp	copies a file to the real-time partition on an XFS file system.
`libhandle.so`	contains XFS-specific functions that provide a way to perform certain filesystem operations without using a file descriptor to access filesystem objects.

Chapter 6. Editors

This chapter is referenced in the LFS book for those wishing to use other editors on their LFS system. You're also shown how some LFS installed programs benefit from being recompiled after GUI libraries have been installed.

Vim-7.0

Introduction to Vim

The Vim package, which is an abbreviation for VI IMproved, contains a vi clone with extra features as compared to the original vi.

The default LFS instructions install vim as a part of the base system. If you would prefer to link vim against X, you should recompile vim to enable GUI mode. There is no need for special instructions since X support is automatically detected.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.at.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4ca69757678272f718b1041c810d82d8
Download size: 6.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 73 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Additional Downloads

Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/vim-7.0-fixes-14.patch
Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/vim-7.0-mandir-1.patch
Translated Vim messages: http://ftp.at.vim.org/pub/vim/extra/vim-7.0-lang.tar.gz

Vim Dependencies

Optional

GTK+-2.8.20 OR LessTif-0.94.4 OR GTK+-1.2.10, Python-2.4.4, Tcl-8.4.13, Ruby-1.8.5, and GPM-1.20.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vim

Installation of Vim

Note

If you recompile Vim to link against X, and your X libraries are not on the root partition, you will no longer have an editor for use in emergencies. You may choose to install an additional editor, not link Vim against X, or move the current vim executable to the /bin directory under a different name such as vi.

If desired, unpack the translated messages archive:

tar -xf ../vim-7.0-lang.tar.gz --strip-components=1

Install Vim by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../vim-7.0-fixes-14.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../vim-7.0-mandir-1.patch &&
echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
echo '#define SYS_GVIMRC_FILE "/etc/gvimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-features=huge &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test. The vim test suite outputs a lot of binary data to the screen, which can cause issues with the settings of the current terminal. This can be resolved by redirecting the output to a log file. Even if one of the tests fails to produce the file test.out in src/testdir, the remaining tests will still be executed. If all goes well,the final message in the log file will be ALL DONE. Note: Some color tests expect to be executed under the xterm terminal emulator.

Now, as the root user:

make install

By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-7.0, making it consistent with the location of documentation for other packages:

ln -snfv ../vim/vim70/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-7.0

Command Explanations

patch …: These patches are the same as LFS and update the package with upstream patches and ensure the man pages are placed in the proper locations.

--with-features=huge: This switch enables all the additional features available in Vim.

--enable-gui=no: This will prevent compilation of the GUI. Vim will still link against X so that some nice eye-candy such as updating the title bar of an Xterm window are available.

--without-x: If you prefer not to link Vim against X, use this switch.

--enable-perlinterp, --enable-pythoninterp, --enable-tclinterp, --enable-rubyinterp: These options include the Perl, Python, Tcl, or Ruby interpreters that allow using other application code in vim scripts.

Configuring Vim

Config Files

/etc/vimrc and ~/.vimrc

Configuration Information

Vim-7.0 introduced an integrated spell checker that doesn't requires additional libraries to be installed. To enable the spell checker you can set the following in one of the configuration files:

set spell
spelllang=en,ru

By default, Vim only installs spell files for the English language. If a spell file is not available for your language, then Vim will call $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/spellfile.vim and will try to obtain the *.spl and optionally *.sug from the vim ftp server, using the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrw plugin.

Alternatively you can manually download the *.spl and *.sug files from: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell/ and save them to ~/.vim/spell or in /usr/share/vim/vim70/spell/.

For more information about the spell checker and some other features in Vim-7.0 (such us vimgrep, tab-pages, and omni-completion), issue the following command inside Vim:

:help version7

For additional information on setting up Vim configuration files, see The vimrc Files and http://www.vi-improved.org/vimrc.php.

A list of the reinstalled files, along with their short descriptions can be found in the LFS Vim Installation Instrutions

Installed Programs: gview, gvim, gvimdiff, rgview, and rgvim

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/vim

Short Descriptions

gview	starts gvim in read-only mode.
gvim	is the editor that runs under X and includes a GUI.
gvimdiff	edits two or three versions of a file with gvim and shows the differences.
rgview	is a restricted version of gview.
rgvim	is a restricted version of gvim.

Emacs-21.4a

Introduction to Emacs

The Emacs package contains an extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-21.4a.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-21.4a.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8f9d97cbd126121bd5d97e5e31168a87
Download size: 20.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 96.8 MB
Estimated build time: 4.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/emacs-21.4a-altgr-1.patch

Emacs Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.12, LibTIFF-3.8.2, and libungif

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/emacs

Installation of Emacs

In some circumstances, the AltGr modifier key present on some keyboards is not recognized. Ensure that it is by applying the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../emacs-21.4a-altgr-1.patch

Install Emacs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make bootstrap

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib: Place library executables in a Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) location.

Installed Programs: b2m, ctags, ebrowse, emacs, emacsclient, etags, grep-changelog, and rcs-checkin

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/sbin/emacs and /usr/share/emacs

Short Descriptions

b2m	is a program to convert mail files from RMAIL format to Unix “mbox” format.
ctags	creates cross-reference tagfile database files for source code.
ebrowse	permits browsing of C++ class hierarchies from within emacs.
emacs	is an editor.
emacsclient	attaches an emacs session to an already running emacsserver instance.
etags	is another program to generate source code cross-reference tagfiles.
grep-changelog	prints entries in Change Logs matching various criteria.
rcs-checkin	is a shell script used to check files into RCS.

Nano-2.0.1

Introduction to Nano

The nano package contains a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.0/nano-2.0.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-koeln.de/editor/nano-2.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8abe33be6816ad9acd17391806b42d92
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Nano Dependencies

Optional

S-Lang-2.0.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Nano

Installation of Nano

Install nano by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/nano \
    --enable-color --enable-multibuffer --enable-nanorc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/nanorc.sample /etc/nano/nanorc.sample &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nano-2.0.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{,man/,texinfo/}*.html /usr/share/doc/nano-2.0.1

Configuring nano

Config Files

/etc/nano/nanorc and ~/.nanorc

Configuration Information

Example configuration (create as a system-wide /etc/nano/nanorc or a personal ~/.nanorc file)

set autoindent
set const
set fill 72
set historylog
set multibuffer
set nohelp
set regexp
set smooth
set suspend

Another example is the nanorc.sample file in the /etc/nano directory. It includes color configurations and has some documentation included in the comments.

Installed Programs: nano and rnano

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/nano and /usr/share/doc/nano-2.0.1

Short Descriptions

nano	is a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.
rnano	is a restricted mode for nano.

JOE-3.5

Introduction to JOE

JOE (Joe's own editor) is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/joe-editor/joe-3.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 9bdffecce7ef910feaa06452d48843de
Download size: 600 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.13 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/joe

Installation of JOE

Install JOE by running the following commands:

./configure --sysconfdir=/etc --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring JOE

Config Files

/etc/joe/jmacsrc, /etc/joe/joerc, /etc/joe/jpicorc, /etc/joe/jstarrc, /etc/joe/rjoerc, and ~/.joerc

Installed Programs: jmacs, joe, jpico, jstar, rjoe, and termidx

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /etc/joe

Short Descriptions

jmacs	is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Emacs emulation mode.
joe	is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.
jpico	is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Pico emulation mode.
jstar	is a symbolic link to joe used to launch WordStar emulation mode.
rjoe	is a symbolic link to joe that restricts JOE to editing only files which are specified on the command-line.
termidx	is a program used by joe to generate the termcap index file.

Ed-0.2

Introduction to Ed

Ed is a line-oriented text editor. It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text files, both interactively and via shell scripts. Ed isn't something which many people use. It's described here because it can be used by the patch program if you encounter an ed-based patch file. This happens rarely because diff-based patches are preferred these days.

Caution

Ed determines character boundaries incorrectly in multibyte locales. See the Breaks Multibyte Characters section of the Locale Related Issues page for a more general discussion of this problem. Use of Ed in installation instructions for BLFS packages such as teTeX-3.0 is not a problem, as BLFS instructions never use Ed to modify a file containing non-ASCII characters.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ed/ed-0.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ed/ed-0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ddd57463774cae9b50e70cd51221281b
Download size: 182 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.02 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/ed-0.2-mkstemp-2.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ed

Installation of Ed

Ed normally uses the mktemp function to create temporary files in /tmp, but this function contains a vulnerability (see the section on Temporary Files at http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Secure-Programs-HOWTO/avoid-race.html). Apply the following patch to make Ed use mkstemp instead, a secure way to create temporary files:

patch -Np1 -i ../ed-0.2-mkstemp-2.patch

Install Ed by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --exec-prefix="" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--exec-prefix="": This forces the programs to be installed into the /bin directory. Having the programs available there is useful in the event of the /usr partition being unavailable.

Installed Programs: ed and red

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ed	is a line-oriented text editor.
red	is a restricted ed—it can only edit files in the current directory and cannot execute shell commands.

Bluefish-1.0.5

Introduction to Bluefish

The Bluefish package contains a powerful X Window System editor designed for web designers, but also suitable as a programmer's editor. Bluefish supports many programming and markup languages, and as such is ideal for editing XML and HTML files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pkedu.fbt.eitn.wau.nl/~olivier/downloads/bluefish-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ratisbona.com/pub/bluefish/downloads/bluefish-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 26701c09d41e5dea987155cdc9d0ac94
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Bluefish Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20 and PCRE-6.7

Optional

GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2 (for remote files), Aspell-0.60.4 (for spellchecking), libgnomeui-2.14.1, GNOME MIME Data-2.4.2, desktop-file-utils-0.11 and shared-mime-info-0.17

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bluefish

Installation of Bluefish

Install Bluefish by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Bluefish

Config Files

~/.bluefish/*

Configuration Information

The directory ~/.bluefish is created by the program when it is first run, and the configuration files are maintained by the program automatically to preserve settings from run to run.

Installed Program: bluefish

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/bluefish

Short Descriptions

bluefish

is an X Window System editor for markup and programming.

Other Editors

pico is a text editor installed as a part of Pine-4.64.

mcedit is a text editor installed as part of MC-4.6.1.

Chapter 7. Shells

We are all familiar with the Bourne Again SHell, but there are two other user interfaces that are considered useful modern shells – the Berkeley Unix C shell and the Korn shell. This chapter installs packages compatible with these additional shell types.

ASH-0.4.0

Introduction to ASH

ash is a shell that is the most compliant with the Bourne Shell (not to be confused with Bourne Again SHell i.e., Bash installed in LFS) without any additional features. Bourne Shell is available on most commercial UNIX systems. Hence ash is useful for testing scripts to be sh-compliant. It also has small memory and space requirements compared to the other sh-compliant shells.

Caution

Ash has problems with command line editing in multibyte locales. The issue is discussed in more detail in the Breaks Multibyte Characters section of the Locale Related Issues page.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://slackware.mirrors.tds.net/pub/slackware/slackware_source/ap/ash/ash-0.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1c59f5b62a081cb0cb3b053c01d79529
Download size: 118 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/ash-0.4.0-cumulative_fixes-2.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ash

Installation of ASH

Install ASH by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../ash-0.4.0-cumulative_fixes-2.patch &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m 755 sh /bin/ash &&
install -v -m 644 sh.1 /usr/share/man/man1/ash.1

If you would like to make ash the default sh shell, make a symlink.

ln -v -sf ash /bin/sh

Configuring ASH

Config Files

ASH sources /etc/profile and $HOME/.profile

Installed Program: ash

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Description

ash

is a sh-compliant shell.

Tcsh-6.14.00

Introduction to Tcsh

The Tcsh package contains “an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell (csh)”. This is useful as an alternative shell for those who prefer C syntax to that of the bash shell, and also because some programs require the C shell in order to perform installation tasks.

Caution

Tcsh has problems with command line editing in multibyte locales. The issue is discussed in more detail in the Breaks Multibyte Characters section of the Locale Related Issues page.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/utils/shells/tcsh/tcsh-6.14.00.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/unix/shells/tcsh/tcsh-6.14.00.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 353d1bb7d2741bf8de602c7b6f0efd79
Download size: 859 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch for use with Coreutils-5.96: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/tcsh-6.14.00-colorls_compat-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcsh

Installation of Tcsh

Install Tcsh by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../tcsh-6.14.00-colorls_compat-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin &&
make &&
sh ./tcsh.man2html

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install.man &&
ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh &&
ln -v -sf tcsh.1 /usr/man/man1/csh.1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.14.00/html &&
install -v -m644 tcsh.html/* /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.14.00/html &&
install -v -m644 FAQ /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.14.00

Command Explanations

--bindir=/bin: This installs the tcsh program in /bin instead of /usr/bin.

sh ./tcsh.man2html: This creates HTML documentation from the formatted man page.

ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh: The FHS states that if there is a C shell installed, there should be a symlink from /bin/csh to it. This creates that symlink.

Configuring Tcsh

Config Files

There are numerous configuration files for the C shell. Examples of these are /etc/csh.cshrc, /etc/csh.login, /etc/csh.logout, ~/.tcshrc, ~/.cshrc, ~/.history, ~/.cshdirs, ~/.login, and ~/.logout. More information on these files can be found in the tcsh(1) man page.

Configuration Information

Update /etc/shells to include the C shell program names (as the root user):

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/bin/tcsh
/bin/csh
EOF

Installed Program: tcsh

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.14.00

Short Descriptions

tcsh

is an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell, csh. It is usable as both an interactive shell and a script processor.

ZSH-4.2.6

Introduction to ZSH

The ZSH package contains a command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells, ZSH most closely resembles KSH but includes many enhancements.

Warning

This version of ZSH does not work properly with multibyte locales (e.g., UTF-8). A development version is available that addresses many, but not all, locale related issues. You can download the development version from the ZSH Sourceforge Download Page and use the following BLFS instructions to build and install.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/zsh/zsh-4.2.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 2cefebf742c190cbc611baded825db64
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB (includes installing all documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional Documentation: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/zsh/zsh-4.2.6-doc.tar.bz2
MD5 sum: 3ca3b7c199db6eb942f2a296e3fad270

ZSH Dependencies

Optional

PCRE-6.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zsh

Installation of ZSH

If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack it the same way you would the source tarball. The documentation will unpack into the Doc directory of the source tree.

Install ZSH by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/zsh \
            --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh &&
make

If you downloaded the optional documentation, and you have teTeX-3.0 installed, you can build additional formats of the documentation by issuing any or all of the following commands:

texi2pdf  Doc/zsh.texi -o Doc/zsh.pdf &&
texi2html Doc/zsh.texi --output=Doc/zsh_1file_t.html &&
makeinfo  Doc/zsh.texi --html --no-split --no-headers \
                       -o Doc/zsh_1file_m.html &&
makeinfo  Doc/zsh.texi --plaintext -o Doc/zsh.txt

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make infodir=/usr/share/info install.info

If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/zsh-4.2.6/html install.html &&
install -v -m644 Doc/*.{ps,dvi} /usr/share/doc/zsh-4.2.6

If you built any additional formats of the documentation, install them by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 Doc/{zsh_1file*,*.{pdf,txt}} \
        /usr/share/doc/zsh-4.2.6

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh and --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh: These parameters are used so that all the ZSH configuration files are consolidated into the /etc/zsh directory. Omit these parameters if you wish to retain historical compatibility by having all the files located in the /etc directory.

Configuring ZSH

Config Files

There are a whole host of configuration files for ZSH including /etc/zsh/zshenv, /etc/zsh/zprofile, /etc/zsh/zshrc, /etc/zsh/zlogin and /etc/zsh/zlogout. You can find more information on these in the zsh(1) and related manual pages.

Configuration Information

Update /etc/shells to include the ZSH shell program names (as the root user):

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/usr/bin/zsh
/usr/bin/zsh-4.2.6
EOF

Installed Programs: zsh and zsh-4.2.6

Installed Libraries: Numerous plugin helper modules

Installed Directories: /etc/zsh, /usr/lib/zsh, /usr/share/doc/zsh-4.2.6 and /usr/share/zsh

Short Description

zsh

is a shell which has command-line editing, built-in spelling correction, programmable command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history mechanism, and a host of other features.

Part III. General Libraries and Utilities

8. General Libraries
9. Graphics and Font Libraries
10. General Utilities
11. System Utilities
12. Programming

Chapter 8. General Libraries

Libraries contain code which is often required by more than one program. This has the advantage that each program doesn't need to duplicate code (and risk introducing bugs), it just has to call functions from the libraries installed on the system. The most obvious example of a set of libraries is Glibc which is installed during the LFS book. This contains all of the C library functions which programs use.

There are two types of libraries: static and shared. Shared libraries (usually libXXX.so) are loaded into memory from the shared copy at runtime (hence the name). Static libraries (libXXX.a ) are actually linked into the program executable file itself, thus making the program file larger. Quite often, you will find both static and shared copies of the same library on your system.

Generally, you only need to install libraries when you are installing software that needs the functionality they supply. In the BLFS book, each package is presented with a list of (known) dependencies. Thus, you can figure out which libraries you need to have before installing that program. If you are installing something without using BLFS instructions, usually the README or INSTALL file will contain details of the program's requirements.

There are certain libraries which nearly everyone will need at some point. In this chapter we list these and some others and explain why you may want to install them.

PCRE-6.7

Introduction to PCRE

The PCRE package contains Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl 5.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-6.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dbbec9d178ce199e67e98c9a4f994f90
Download size: 564 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pcre

Installation of PCRE

Install PCRE by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-utf8 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make runtest.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pcre-6.7/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/pcre-6.7/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/{Tech.Notes,*.txt} /usr/share/doc/pcre-6.7

If you reinstall Grep after installing PCRE, Grep will get linked against PCRE and may cause problems if /usr is a separate mount point. To avoid this, either pass the option --disable-perl-regexp when executing ./configure for Grep or move libpcre to /lib as follows.

mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib/ &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpcre.so.0 /usr/lib/libpcre.so

Command Explanations

--enable-utf8: This switch includes the code for handling UTF-8 character strings in the library.

Installed Programs: pcregrep, pcretest, and pcre-config

Installed Libraries: libpcre.{so,a}, libpcrecpp.{so,a} and libpcreposix.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/pcre-6.7

Short Descriptions

pcregrep	is a grep that understands Perl compatible regular expressions.
pcretest	can test a Perl compatible regular expression.
pcre-config	is used during the compile process of programs linking to the PCRE libraries.

Popt-1.10.4

Introduction to Popt

The popt package contains the popt libraries which are used by some programs to parse command-line options.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://rpm.net.in/mirror/rpm-4.4.x/popt-1.10.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://wraptastic.org/pub/rpm-4.4.x/popt-1.10.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dd22a6873b43d00f75e1c1b7dcfd1ff7
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.3 MB (includes installing documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/popt

Installation of Popt

Install popt by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/*origOptString ==/c 0)" popt.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.4.6 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.

To test the results, issue:

make check

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/popt-1.10.4 &&
install -v -m644 doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/popt-1.10.4

Command Explanations

sed ...: This fix taken backported from the development version of popt fixes a problem identified by the included testsuite.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libpopt.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/popt-1.10.4

Short Descriptions

libpopt.{so,a}

is used to parse command-line options.

S-Lang-2.0.6

Introduction to S-Lang

The S-Lang package contains the S-Lang library, which provides facilities such as display/screen management, keyboard input, and keymaps.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/editors/davis/slang/v2.0/slang-2.0.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://space.mit.edu/pub/davis/slang/v2.0/slang-2.0.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: efb055000636f312d5c3de56f3c70d12
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

S-Lang Dependencies

Optional

libpng-1.2.12 and PCRE-6.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/slang

Installation of S-Lang

Install S-Lang by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make &&
make elf

To test the results, issue: make runtests.

Now, as the root user:

make install-elf &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libslang.so.2.0.6

Command Explanations

--with-readline=gnu: Use this parameter to use the system-installed version of Readline instead of the S-Lang internal version.

make elf and make install-elf: These commands create and install the dynamic shared version of the S-Lang library as well as an S-Lang script interpreter and related modules.

Configuring S-Lang

Config Files

~/.slshrc and /etc/slsh.rc

Configuration Information

As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or /usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Installed Program: slsh

Installed Libraries: libslang.{so,a} and numerous support modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/slang, /usr/share/doc/slang and /usr/share/slsh

Short Descriptions

slsh

is a simple program for interpreting S-Lang scripts. It supports dynamic loading of S-Lang modules and includes a Readline interface for interactive use.

Gamin-0.1.7

Introduction to Gamin

The Gamin package contains a File Alteration Monitor which is useful for notifying applications of changes to the file system. Gamin is compatible with FAM.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/sources/gamin-0.1.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/gamin-0.1.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1a1991ffa749b7dc2cc0573d6a2867b8
Download size: 542 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (up to 3 minutes, processor independent, to run the test suite)

Gamin Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gamin

Installation of Gamin

Install Gamin by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/sbin &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.7 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,fig,gif,txt} /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.7

Configuring Gamin

Configuration Information

No configuration is generally required and the default options should work for most users. See http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/config.html for details.

Installed Program: gam_server

Installed Libraries: libfam.{so,a}, libgamin-1.{so,a}, libgamin_shared.a and optionally, Python _gamin.{so,a} module

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.7

Short Descriptions

gam_server	is the file alteration monitor daemon that is started on demand for each user.
`libgamin.{so,a}`	contains functions that support the file allocation monitor.
`libfam.{so,a}`	contains functions that provide compatibility with FAM.

libxml-1.8.17

Introduction to libxml

The libxml package contains the libxml libraries. These are useful for parsing XML files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libxml/1.8/libxml-1.8.17.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libxml/1.8/libxml-1.8.17.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c7d1b9b1cbfcfbbc56c92f424c37d32c
Download size: 743 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libxml Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxml

Installation of libxml

Install libxml by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: xml-config

Installed Library: libxml.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnome-xml and /usr/share/gnome-xml

Short Descriptions

libxml.{so,a}

provides the functions for programs to parse files that use the XML format.

libxml2-2.6.26

Introduction to libxml2

The libxml2 package contains XML libraries. These are useful for parsing XML files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libxml2/2.6/libxml2-2.6.26.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxml2/libxml2-2.6.26.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2d8d3805041edab967368b497642f981
Download size: 4.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 84 MB (additional 183 MB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (additional 0.9 SBU to run the test suite)

libxml2 Dependencies

Optional

libxslt-1.1.17 (used for the test suite if found, but not required) and Python-2.4.4 (will install a Python library module if found)

Optional (Required to Run the Full Suite of Tests)

Python-2.4.4 and Wget-1.10.2

Note

Some packages which utilize libxml2 (such as GNOME Doc Utils) need the Python module installed to function properly and some packages (such as GNOME Panel) will not build properly if the Python module is not available.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxml2

Installation of libxml2

Install libxml2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-history: If this option is used, it enables readline support when running xmlcatalog in shell mode.

Caution

When using history support, make check will hang forever if either /etc/inputrc or ~/.inputrc has the option show-all-if-ambiguous turned on.

Installed Programs: xml2-config, xmlcatalog, and xmllint

Installed Libraries: libxml2.{so,a} and optionally, the libxml2mod.{so,a} Python module

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libxml2, /usr/share/doc/libxml2-2.6.26, /usr/share/doc/libxml2-python-2.6.26 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxml2

Short Descriptions

xml2-config	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use `libxml2`.
xmlcatalog	is used to monitor and manipulate XML and SGML catalogs.
xmllint	parses XML files and outputs reports (based upon options) to detect errors in XML coding.
`libxml2.{so,a}`	libraries provide the functions for programs to parse files that use the XML format.

libxslt-1.1.17

Introduction to libxslt

The libxslt package contains XSLT libraries. These are useful for extending libxml2 libraries to support XSLT files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libxslt/1.1/libxslt-1.1.17.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxslt/libxslt-1.1.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fde6a7a93c0eb14cba628692fa3a1000
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libxslt Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

Python-2.4.4 and Libgcrypt (requires Libgpg-error)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxslt

Installation of libxslt

Install libxslt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xslt-config and xsltproc

Installed Libraries: libexslt.{so,a}, libxslt.{so,a} and optionally, libxsltmod.{so,a} Python modules

Installed Directories: /usr/include/lib{e}xslt, /usr/lib/libxslt-plugins, /usr/share/doc/libxslt-1.1.17, and /usr/share/doc/libxslt-python-1.1.17

Short Descriptions

xslt-config	is used to find out the pre-processor, linking and compiling flags necessary to use the libxslt libraries in 3rd-party programs.
xsltproc	is used to apply XSLT stylesheets to XML documents.
`libxslt.{so,a}`	provides extensions to the `libxml2` libraries to parse files that use the XSLT format.
`libexslt.{so,a}`	is used to provide extensions to XSLT functions.

libgtkhtml-2.11.0

Introduction to libgtkhtml

The libgtkhtml package contains the libgtkhtml-2 library. This library provides an API for rendering HTML.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtkhtml/2.11/libgtkhtml-2.11.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtkhtml/2.11/libgtkhtml-2.11.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ae7fbfda3b5d118c17f089f4de64b5ef
Download size: 560 KB
Estimated disk space required: 34.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

libgtkhtml Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20 and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

GAIL-1.8.11 and GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2 (only used in the test suite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgtkhtml

Installation of libgtkhtml

Install libgtkhtml by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-accessibility &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-accessibility: This forces the package to build without linking to the libgailutil accessibility library. Remove this switch if you have GAIL installed.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgtkhtml-2.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/gtkhtml-2.0

Short Descriptions

libgtkhtml-2.{so,a}

provides the functions necessary to render and/or edit HTML.

GMP-4.2

Introduction to GMP

The GMP package contains math libraries. These have useful functions for arbitrary precision arithmetic.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-4.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/gmp-4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: aa4a4534e8870ab8ba3c093239057cca
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 47.2 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU to run the testsuite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gmp

Installation of GMP

Install GMP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-cxx --enable-mpbsd &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and you wish to create alternate formats of the documentation, issue any or all of the following commands:

make -C doc pdf &&
make -C doc ps &&
make -C doc html &&
texi2html -o doc/gmp_nochunks.html doc/gmp.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gmp.txt doc/gmp.texi

To test the results, issue: make check. Owing to various reports of mis-compilations, the maintainer strongly recommends running the test-suite and reporting any failures. The libraries should not be used in a production environment if there are problems running make check. An easy way to determine if all the tests passed is to redirect the output of the tests to a file (make check >check.log 2>&1) and issue the following command:

awk '/tests passed/{total+=$2} ; END{print total}' check.log

139 should be returned.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you created any of the alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gmp.html/* /usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/{isa_abi_headache,configuration} \
                 doc/*.{pdf,dvi,ps,html,txt} \
    /usr/share/doc/gmp-4.2

Command Explanations

--enable-cxx: This parameter enables C++ support by building the libgmpxx libraries.

--enable-mpbsd: This parameter enables building the Berkeley MP compatibility (libmp) libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgmp.{so,a}, libgmpxx.{so,a} and libmp.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libgmp.{so,a}

contains functions to operate on signed integers, rational numbers, and floating point numbers.

GDBM-1.8.3

Introduction to GDBM

The GDBM package contains the GNU Database Manager. This is a disk file format database which stores key/data-pairs in single files. The actual data of any record being stored is indexed by a unique key, which can be retrieved in less time than if it was stored in a text file.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.8.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdbm/gdbm-1.8.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1d1b1d5c0245b1c00aff92da751e9aa1
Download size: 223 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.75 MB
Estimated build time: 0.08 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdbm

Installation of GDBM

Install GDBM by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make BINOWN=root BINGRP=root install

In addition, you may need to install the DBM and NDBM compatibility headers and library since some applications look for these older dbm routines.

make BINOWN=root BINGRP=root install-compat

Command Explanations

make BINOWN=root BINGRP=root install: This command overrides the BINOWN and BINGRP variables in the Makefile changing ownership of the installed files to root instead of the bin user.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgdbm.{so,a} and libgdbm_compat.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libgdbm.{so,a}

contains functions to manipulate a hashed database.

GLib-1.2.10

Introduction to GLib

The glib package contains a low-level core library. This is useful for providing data structure handling for C, portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading, and an object system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/graphics/gimp/gtk/v1.2/glib-1.2.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v1.2/glib-1.2.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6fe30dad87c77b91b632def29dd69ef9
Download size: 412 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.19 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/glib-1.2.10-gcc34-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glib

Installation of GLib

Install glib by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../glib-1.2.10-gcc34-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libgmodule-1.2.so.0.0.10

Installed Programs: glib-config

Installed Libraries: libglib.{so,a}, libgmodule.{so,a} and libgthread.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/glib-1.2 and /usr/lib/glib

Short Descriptions

glib-config	is a tool that is used by configure scripts to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use GLib.
`libglib.{so,a}`	libraries contain a low-level core library for the GIMP Toolkit.

GLib-2.10.3

Introduction to GLib

The GLib package contains a low-level core library. This is useful for providing data structure handling for C, portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading, and an object system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.10/glib-2.10.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/glib/2.10/glib-2.10.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 87206e721c12d185d17dd9ecd7e30369
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 1.4 SBU to run the test suite)

GLib Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.20

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glib2

Installation of GLib

Install GLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring GLib

Configuration Information

By default, GLib assumes that all filenames are in the UTF-8 charset. See the Wrong Filename Encoding section of the Locale Related Issues page for more details on this kind of issue. In order to tell GLib and applications that use it that filenames are in the default locale encoding, set the variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING to the value "@locale":

cat > /etc/profile.d/glib2-locale.sh << "EOF"
# Use the current locale charset for filenames
# in applications using GLib
export G_FILENAME_ENCODING=@locale
EOF

Installed Programs: glib-genmarshal, glib-gettextize, glib-mkenums, and gobject-query

Installed Libraries: libglib-2.0.so, libgobject-2.0.so, libgmodule-2.0.so, and libgthread-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/glib-2.0, /usr/lib/glib-2.0, /usr/share/glib-2.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/glib, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gobject

Short Descriptions

glib-genmarshal	is a C code marshaller generation utility for GLib closures.
glib-gettextize	is a variant of the gettext internationalization utility.
glib-mkenums	is a C language enum description generation utility.
gobject-query	is a small utility that draws a tree of types.
GLib libraries	contain a low-level core library for the GIMP Toolkit.

LibIDL-0.8.7

Introduction to LibIDL

The libIDL package contains libraries for Interface Definition Language files. This is a specification for defining portable interfaces.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libIDL/0.8/libIDL-0.8.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libIDL/0.8/libIDL-0.8.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 53a3874beb42ddfd9a5030047a0db740
Download size: 342 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

LibIDL Dependencies

Required

Optional to Build Documentation

teTeX-3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libidl

Installation of LibIDL

Install libIDL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have teTeX installed and wish to build the documentation, issue the following commands:

make pdf &&
make ps &&
make html &&
makeinfo --plaintext libIDL2.texi >libIDL2.txt

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the documentation, issue the following commands as the root user to install it:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.7/html &&
install -v -m644 libIDL2.{pdf,dvi,ps,txt} README \
    /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.7 &&
install -v -m644 libIDL2.html/* /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.7/html

Installed Program: libIDL-config-2

Installed Library: libIDL-2.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libIDL-2.0/libIDL and /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.7

Short Descriptions

libIDL-config-2	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use `libIDL-2`.
`libIDL-2.{so,a}`	libraries provide the functions to create and maintain trees of CORBA Interface Definition Language (IDL) files.

Libcroco-0.6.1

Introduction to libcroco

The libcroco package contains libcroco libraries. This is useful for providing a CSS API.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b0975bd01eb11964f1b3f254f267a43d
Download size: 381 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libcroco Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3 and libxml2-2.6.26

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcroco

Installation of libcroco

Install libcroco by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(pwd)/src/.libs make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1/examples &&
install -v -m644 README docs/usage.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1 &&
install -v -m644 docs/examples/*.c \
    /usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1/examples

Installed Programs: croco-0.6-config and csslint-0.6

Installed Library: libcroco-0.6.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libcroco-0.6.1 and /usr/share/doc/libcroco-0.6.1

libgsf-1.14.1

Introduction to libgsf

The libgsf package contains libgsf-1 libraries. These are useful for providing an extensible input/output abstraction layer for structured file formats.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 00de00b99382d0b7e034e0fffd8951d4
Download size: 530 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libgsf Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3, libxml2-2.6.26, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

GConf-2.14.0 (required to build the gsf-office-thumbnailer program), GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2 (required to build the libgsf-gnome-1.so library which provides GNOME-2 support), and GTK-Doc-1.6

Note: you need to build the libgsf-gnome-1.so library if you plan on building Gnumeric-1.6.3 with GNOME support.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgsf

Installation of libgsf

Install libgsf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Running make check will build a battery of test programs which are built using the just-created libgsf-1 library. All the programs should build successfully with no errors displayed.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3: Pass this parameter to the configure script if you have GNOME-2 installed so that the GConf schema files are installed in the correct location.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: gsf-office-thumbnailer (optional)

Installed Libraries: libgsf-1.{so,a} and optionally, libgsf-gnome-1.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgsf-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gsf

libglade-2.6.0

Introduction to libglade

The libglade package contains libglade libraries. These are useful for loading Glade interface files in a program at runtime.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 81d7b2b64871ce23a5fae1e5da0b1f6e
Download size: 319 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libglade Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.6.26 and GTK+-2.8.20

Optional

Python-2.4.4 and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libglade

Installation of libglade

Install libglade by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: libglade-convert (requires python)

Installed Library: libglade-2.0.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libglade-2.0, /usr/share/xml/libglade, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libglade

Short Descriptions

libglade-convert	is used to convert old Glade interface files to Glade-2.0 standards.
`libglade-2.0.{so,a}`	contain the functions necessary to load Glade interface files.

Expat-2.0.0

Introduction to Expat

The Expat package contains a stream oriented C library for parsing XML.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/expat/expat-2.0.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: d945df7f1c0868c5c73cf66ba9596f3f
Download size: 450 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/expat

Installation of Expat

Install Expat by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/expat-2.0.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,png,css} /usr/share/doc/expat-2.0.0

To test the results, issue: make check as an unprivileged user. Note this must be done after the package is installed.

Installed Program: xmlwf

Installed Library: libexpat.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/expat-2.0.0

Short Descriptions

xmlwf	is a non-validating utility to check whether or not XML documents are well formed.
`libexpat.{so,a}`	contains API functions for parsing XML.

libESMTP-1.0.4

Introduction to libESMTP

The libESMTP package contains the libESMTP libraries which are used by some programs to manage email submission to a mail transport layer.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.stafford.uklinux.net/libesmtp/libesmtp-1.0.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libesmtp-1.0.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8b4e8a794adc46268f0c6a0b3fb79486
Download size: 351 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libESMTP Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libesmtp

Installation of libESMTP

Install libESMTP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: libesmtp-config

Installed Libraries: libesmtp.{so,a} and libESMTP SASL plugins

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/esmtp-plugins

Short Descriptions

libesmtp-config	displays version information and the options used to compile libESMTP.
`libesmtp.{so,a}`	is used to manage submission of electronic mail to a Mail Transport Agent.
`libesmtp SASL plugins`	are used to integrate libesmtp with SASL authentication.

Aspell-0.60.4

Introduction to Aspell

The Aspell package contains an interactive spell checking program and the Aspell libraries. Aspell can either be used as a library or as an independent spell checker.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4f1737e726d66476b9c7388831305510
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40.0 MB (Additional 8.1 MB for EN dictionary)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Additional Downloads

You'll need to download at least one dictionary. The link below will take you to a page containing links to dictionaries in many languages.

Aspell dictionaries: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict

Aspell Dependencies

Required

which-2.16

Optional

teTeX-3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aspell

Installation of Aspell

Install Aspell by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Pre-built HTML documentation is included in the package. If you have teTeX installed and you wish to build additional formats of the documentation, issue any or all of the following commands:

make -C manual pdf &&
make -C manual pdf &&
make -C manual ps &&
cd manual &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o aspell.txt aspell.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o aspell-dev.txt aspell-dev.texi &&
cd ..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.4/aspell{,-dev}.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.4/aspell.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell-dev.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.4/aspell-dev.html

If you built additional formats of the documentation, install them by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 manual/aspell{,-dev}.{ps,pdf,dvi,txt} \
    /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.4

If you do not plan to install Ispell, then copy the wrapper script ispell:

install -v -m 755 scripts/ispell /usr/bin/

If you do not plan to install Spell, then copy the wrapper script spell:

install -v -m 755 scripts/spell /usr/bin/

Command Explanations

make -C manual pdf: This command is listed twice as the first time it runs it will display an error and abort, although it creates the requested file. Running the command again ensures the other file is also created.

Configuring Aspell

Configuration Information

After Aspell is installed, you must set up at least one dictionary. Install one or more dictionaries by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: aspell, aspell-import, precat, preunzip, prezip, prezip-bin, pspell-config, run-with-aspell, word-list-compress and optionally, ispell and spell

Installed Libraries: libaspell.so and libpspell.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/pspell and /usr/lib/aspell-0.60

Short Descriptions

aspell	is a utility that can function as an ispell -a replacement, as an independent spell checker, as a test utility to test out Aspell features, and as a utility for managing dictionaries.
ispell	is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in ispell compatible mode.
spell	is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in spell compatible mode.
aspell-import	imports old personal dictionaries into Aspell.
precat	decompresses a prezipped file to stdout.
preunzip	decompresses a prezipped file.
prezip	is a prefix delta compressor, used to compress sorted word lists or other similar text files.
prezip-bin	is called by the various wrapper scripts to perform the actual compressing and decompressing.
pspell-config	displays information about the `libpspell` installation, mostly for use in build scripts.
run-with-aspell	is a script to help use Aspell as an ispell replacement.
word-list-compress	compresses or decompresses sorted word lists for use with the Aspell spell checker.
`libaspell.so`	contains spell checking API functions.
`libpspell.so`	is an interface to the `libaspell` library. All the spell checking functionality is now in `libaspell` but this library is included for backward compatibility.

SLIB-3a3

Introduction to SLIB

The SLIB package is a portable library for the Scheme programming language. It provides a platform independent framework for using “packages” of Scheme procedures and syntax. SLIB contains useful packages for all Scheme implementations, including Guile. Its catalog can be transparently extended to accommodate packages specific to a site, implementation, user or directory.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://swiss.csail.mit.edu/ftpdir/scm/OLD/slib3a3.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: eec6e9193c3c86254f7176dd8a833c4c
Download size: 846 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.5 MB (includes building and installing all docs)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/slib-3a3-blfs_install-2.patch

SLIB Dependencies

Required

Guile-1.6.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/slib

Installation of SLIB

Install SLIB by issuing the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../slib-3a3-blfs_install-2.patch &&
make

If you have teTeX installed and wish to build PDF, Postscript, HTML and text documentation, issue any or all of the following commands:

make pdfdocs &&
make psdocs &&
make htmldocs &&
make txtdocs

This package does not come with a functional test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr/ install &&

ln -v -s ../slib /usr/share/guile/1.6 &&

make prefix=/usr/ catalogs &&

mv -v /usr/share/guile/1.6/slibcat /usr/share/guile &&
ln -v -s ../slibcat /usr/share/guile/1.6 &&

make prefix=/usr/ installinfo

Command Explanations

make prefix=/usr/ catalogs: This command builds the SLIB Scheme implementation catalog.

make prefix=/usr/ installinfo: This commands installs the info documentation.

Installed Program: slib

Installed Libraries: a Scheme library system

Installed Directory: /usr/share/guile/slib and /usr/share/doc/slib-3a3

Short Descriptions

slib

is a shell script used to initialize SLIB in a named Scheme implementation. It can also be used to initialize an SLIB session using a given executable.

G-Wrap-1.3.4

Introduction to G-Wrap

The G-Wrap package contains tools for exporting C libraries into Scheme interpreters.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.gnucash.org/pub/g-wrap/source/g-wrap-1.3.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/g-wrap-1.3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bf29b8b563cc27d9f7fd90a6243653aa
Download size: 403 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

G-Wrap Dependencies

Required

SLIB-3a3 and GLib-1.2.10

Optional

guile-gtk and GCC-4.0.3 (build Java so that libffi is built)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gwrap

Installation of G-Wrap

Install G-Wrap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create alternate formats of the documentation, issue the following commands:

cd doc &&
texi2pdf g-wrap.texi &&
texi2html g-wrap.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o g-wrap.txt g-wrap.texi &&
mv texinfo.tex texinfo.tex.SAVE &&
texi2dvi g-wrap.texi &&
dvips -o g-wrap.ps g-wrap.dvi &&
cd ..

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you created the alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/g-wrap-1.3.4 &&
install -v -m644 doc/g-wrap.{pdf,html,txt,dvi,ps} \
                 /usr/share/doc/g-wrap-1.3.4

Installed Program: g-wrap-config

Installed Libraries: libgw-glib.{so,a}, libgw-gtk.{so,a}, libgw-standard.{so,a}, libgw-wct.{so,a}, libgwrap-glib.{so,a} and libgwrap-wct.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/g-wrap, /usr/share/doc/g-wrap-1.3.4 and /usr/share/guile/site

Short Descriptions

g-wrap-config

is a tool to generate CFLAGS for linking C code to the Scheme runtime libraries.

LZO-2.02

Introduction to LZO

LZO is a data compression library which is suitable for data decompression and compression in real-time. This means it favors speed over compression ratio.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.oberhumer.com/opensource/lzo/download/lzo-2.02.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-koeln.de/util/arc/lzo-2.02.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6760e5819f4238328709bf93bf10071c
Download size: 599 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.4 SBU to run the tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lzo

Installation of LZO

Install LZO by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue make check. All the checks should pass. Now issue make test to run the full suite of tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lzo-2.02 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/lzo-2.02

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: liblzo2.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/lzo and /usr/share/doc/lzo-2.02

Short Descriptions

liblzo2.{so,a}

is a data compression and decompression library.

libusb-0.1.12

Introduction to libusb

The libusb package contains a library used by some applications for USB device access.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libusb/libusb-0.1.12.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: caf182cbc7565dac0fd72155919672e6
Download size: 389 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB (includes installing all documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (includes building all documentation)

libusb Dependencies

Installation of libusb

Install libusb by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-build-docs &&
make

If you wish to build the API documentation (see the required dependencies), issue the following command:

make apidox

To test the results, issue make -k check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the HTML user manual (by having the required dependencies installed and removing the --disable-build-docs parameter from the configure command), install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/html

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/apidocs &&
install -v -m644 apidocs/html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12/apidocs

Command Explanations

--disable-build-docs: This switch avoids building the HTML user manual. Remove it if you have the required dependencies installed and wish to build the manual.

Configuring Libusb

To access raw USB devices (those not treated as a disk by the mass-storage driver), appropriate support must be available in the kernel. Check your kernel configuration for Device Drivers ⇒ USB support ⇒ Support for Host-side USB. Select any USB hardware device drivers you may need on the same page.

To have raw USB devices set up properly, add the following udev rule and add any users that need to access raw USB devices to the "usb" group.

cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/23-usb.rules << "EOF"
# Set group ownership for raw USB devices
SUBSYSTEM=="usb_device", GROUP="usb"
EOF

Installed Program: libusb-config

Installed Libraries: libusb.{so,a} and libusbpp.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libusb-0.1.12

Short Descriptions

libusb-config	is a script that provides the right compiler and linker flags for programs using `libusb`.
`libusb.{so,a}`	libraries contain C functions for accessing USB hardware.

ISO Codes-0.58-1

Introduction to ISO Codes

The ISO Codes package contains a list of country, language and currency names. This is useful when used as a central database for accessing this data.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/i/iso-codes_0.58-1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.2.0/i/iso-codes_0.58-1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 05f90ad07a5169dd0faadf5ba0530497
Download size: 8.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 59.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ISO Codes Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/iso-codes

Installation of ISO Codes

Install ISO Codes by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/iso-codes, /usr/share/xml/iso-codes and many directories in the /usr/share/locale hierarchy

GMime-2.2.2

Introduction to GMime

The GMime package contains a set of utilities for parsing and creating messages using the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) as defined by the applicable RFCs. See the GMime web site for the RFCs resourced. This is useful as it provides an API which adheres to the MIME specification as closely as possible while also providing programmers with an extremely easy to use interface to the API functions.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://spruce.sourceforge.net/gmime/sources/v2.2/gmime-2.2.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: e9b07d187270dee4c30b1fe8392f396b
Download size: 926 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GMime Dependencies

Required

Optional

Gtk# (requires a .NET framework: Mono or DotGNU Portable.NET)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gmime

Installation of GMime

Install GMime by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite that provides meaningful results.

This package will overwrite the uudecode and uuencode programs installed by the sharutils package (or any other package that may install these programs) if they exist in /usr/bin. If you wish to preserve the existing programs, ensure you rename them before issuing the following commands.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d \
    /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2/{tutorial,examples,tests} &&
install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2 &&
install -v -m644 examples/{README,{basic,imap}-example.c} \
    /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2/examples &&
install -v -m755 examples/{basic,imap}-example \
    /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2/examples &&
install -v -m644 tests/test-{best,html,iconv,mbox,mime,parser}.c \
                 tests/test{-{partial,pgp{,mime},streams}.c,?.eml} \
    /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2/tests &&
install -v -m755 tests/test-{best,html,iconv,mbox,mime,parser} \
                 tests/test-{partial,pgp{,mime},streams} \
    /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2/tests &&
cp -v -R docs/tutorial/html/* /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2/tutorial

Installed Programs: gmime-config, uudecode and uuencode

Installed Libraries: libgmime-2.0.{so,a} and optionally, Mono bindings

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gmime-2.0, /usr/lib/mono/gac/gmime-sharp, /usr/lib/mono/gmime-sharp, /usr/share/doc/gmime-2.2.2 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gmime

Short Descriptions

gmime-config	is used to gather information about how and where GMime was installed. It is typically used by other programs seeking to link to the GMime library.
uudecode	is used to decode files or data encoded with uuencode.
uuencode	is a method of encoding binary data into 7-bit ASCII data.
`libgmime-2.0.{so,a}`	contains API functions used by programs that need to adhere to the MIME standards.

Libidn-0.6.3

Introduction to Libidn

Libidn is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on the Stringprep, Punycode, IDNA and TLD specifications defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) working group, used for internationalized domain names. This is useful for converting data from the system's native representation into UTF-8, transforming Unicode strings into ASCII strings, allowing applications to use certain ASCII name labels (beginning with a special prefix) to represent non-ASCII name labels, and converting entire domain names to and from the ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) form.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://josefsson.org/libidn/releases/libidn-0.6.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libidn/libidn-0.6.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d240631c93c7d3a0e93cdf66f536073f
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libidn Dependencies

Optional

Emacs-21.4a, pkg-config-0.20, GTK-Doc-1.6, a Java compiler—one of (looked for in this order) GCC-4.0.3 (for gcj and you must also have the gjdoc package installed), Jikes or JDK-1.5.0_10, and a C# compiler—Mono or DotGNU Portable.NET

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libidn

Installation of Libidn

Install Libidn by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create a text version of the documentation, issue the following commands:

cd doc &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o libidn.txt libidn.texi &&
cd ..

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
find doc -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&

install -v -m755 -d \
    /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3/{api,java,specifications,tld} &&
install -v -m644 doc/components* \
                 doc/libidn.{pdf,ps,html} \
    /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/reference/html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/specifications/* \
    /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3/specifications &&
install -v -m644 doc/tld/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3/tld &&
cp -v -R doc/java/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3/java

If you created the text documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/libidn.txt /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: idn

Installed Libraries: libidn.{so,a} and optionally, Java and C# modules

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libidn-0.6.3

Short Descriptions

idn

is a command line interface to the internationalized domain name library.

libidn.{so,a}

contains a generic Stringprep implementation that does Unicode 3.2 NFKC normalization, mapping and prohibition of characters, and bidirectional character handling. Profiles for Nameprep, iSCSI, SASL and XMPP are included as well as support for Punycode and ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) via IDNA. A mechanism to define Top-Level Domain (TLD) specific validation tables, and to compare strings against those tables, as well as default tables for some TLDs are included.

libdrm-2.0.1

Introduction to libdrm

libdrm provides core library routines for the X Window System to directly interface with video hardware using the Linux kernel's Direct Rendering Modules.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dri.freedesktop.org/libdrm/libdrm-2.0.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libdrm-2.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9d1aab104eb757ceeb2c1a6d38d57411
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdrm

Installation of libdrm

Note

This package should only be built if you are installing Xorg-7.1. If you have installed or will be installing Xorg-6.9.0 or XFree86, it is provided by those packages and should not be installed here. Ensure that you have the XORG_CONFIG and XORG_PREFIX variables set as described in the Xorg-7.1 page.

Install libdrm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Libraries: libdrm.{so,a}

Short Descriptions

libdrm.{so,a}

contains the Direct Rendering Module library functions.

Chapter 9. Graphics and Font Libraries

Depending on what your system will be used for, you may or may not require the graphics and font libraries. Most desktop machines will want them for use with graphical applications. Most servers on the other hand, will not require them.

libjpeg-6b

Introduction to libjpeg

The libjpeg package contains libraries that allow compression of image files based on the Joint Photographic Experts Group standard. It is a "lossy" compression algorithm.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.ijg.org/files/jpegsrc.v6b.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v6b.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dbd5f3b47ed13132f04c685d608a7547
Download size: 599 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libjpeg

Installation of libjpeg

Install libjpeg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-static --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-static --enable-shared: These switches tell libjpeg to build both shared and static libraries.

Configuring libjpeg

Configuration Information

Installed Programs: cjpeg, djpeg, jpegtran, rdjpgcom, and wrjpgcom

Installed Library: libjpeg.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

cjpeg	compresses image files to produce a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. Currently supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, and Targa.
djpeg	decompresses image files from JPEG/JFIF format to either PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, or Targa format.
jpegtran	is used for lossless transformation of JPEG files.
rdjpgcom	displays text comments from within a JPEG file.
wrjpgcom	inserts text comments into a JPEG file.
`libjpeg.{so,a}`	library is used by many programs for reading and writing JPEG format files.

libpng-1.2.12

Introduction to libpng

The libpng package contains libraries used by other programs for reading and writing PNG files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libpng/libpng-1.2.12.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 2287cfaad53a714acdf6eb75a7c1d15f
Download size: 621 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpng

Installation of libpng

Install libpng by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.2.12 &&
install -v -m644 README libpng.txt /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.2.12

Configuring libpng

Configuration Information

Installed Programs: libpng-config and libpng12-config

Installed Libraries: libpng.so and libpng12.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libpng12 and /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.2.12

Short Descriptions

libpng-config	is a symlink to libpng12-config.
libpng12-config	provides configuration information for libpng.
`libpng.so and libpng12.{so,a}`	are a collection of routines used to create and manipulate PNG format graphics files. The PNG format was designed as a replacement for GIF and, to a lesser extent, TIFF, with many improvements and extensions and lack of patent problems.

LibTIFF-3.8.2

Introduction to LibTIFF

The LibTIFF package contains the TIFF libraries and associated utilities. The libraries are used by many programs for reading and writing TIFF files and the utilities are useful for general work with TIFF files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://libtiff.maptools.org/dl/tiff-3.8.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.remotesensing.org/libtiff/tiff-3.8.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fbb6f446ea4ed18955e2714934e5b698
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

LibTIFF Dependencies

Optional

libjpeg-6b, X Window System, and freeglut-2.4.0

Note that if you installed the optional MesaGLUT package with the MesaLib-6.5 package during an Xorg7 installation, a GLUT library is already installed and you don't need freeglut.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtiff

Installation of LibTIFF

Install LibTIFF by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: bmp2tiff, fax2ps, fax2tiff, gif2tiff, pal2rgb, ppm2tiff, ras2tiff, raw2tiff, rgb2ycbcr, thumbnail, tiff2bw, tiff2pdf, tiff2ps, tiff2rgba, tiffcmp, tiffcp, tiffdither, tiffdump, tiffgt, tiffinfo, tiffmedian, tiffset, and tiffsplit

Installed Libraries: libtiff.{so,a} and libtiffxx.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tiff-3.8.2

Short Descriptions

bmp2tiff	converts a Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap image file to a TIFF image.
fax2ps	converts a TIFF facsimile to compressed PostScript file.
fax2tiff	creates a TIFF Class F fax file from raw fax data.
gif2tiff	creates a TIFF file from a GIF87 format image file.
pal2rgb	converts a palette color TIFF image to a full color image.
ppm2tiff	creates a TIFF file from a PPM image file.
ras2tiff	creates a TIFF file from a Sun rasterfile.
raw2tiff	converts a raw byte sequence into TIFF.
rgb2ycbcr	converts non-YCbCr TIFF images to YCbCr TIFF images.
thumbnail	creates a TIFF file with thumbnail images.
tiff2bw	converts a color TIFF image to grayscale.
tiff2pdf	converts a TIFF image to a PDF document.
tiff2ps	converts a TIFF image to a PostScript file.
tiff2rgba	converts a wide variety of TIFF images into an RGBA TIFF image.
tiffcmp	compares two TIFF files.
tiffcp	copies (and possibly converts) a TIFF file.
tiffdither	converts a grayscale image to bilevel using dithering.
tiffdump	prints verbatim information about TIFF files.
tiffgt	displays an image stored in a TIFF file in an X window.
tiffinfo	prints information about TIFF files.
tiffmedian	applies the median cut algorithm to data in a TIFF file.
tiffset	sets the value of a TIFF header to a specified value.
tiffsplit	splits a multi-image TIFF into single-image TIFF files.
`libtiff.{so,a}`	contains the API functions used by the libtiff programs as well as other programs to read and write TIFF files.
`libtiffxx.{so,a}`	contains the C++ API functions used by programs to read and write TIFF files.

giflib-4.1.4

Introduction to giflib

The giflib package contains libraries for reading and writing GIFs as well as programs for converting and working with GIF files. The libraries are useful for any graphics program wishing to deal with GIF files while the programs are useful for conversion purposes as well as cleaning up images.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libungif/giflib-4.1.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/giflib-4.1.4.tar.gz
Download (HTTP) MD5 sum: 827d338961482a986f39c7f114531636
Download (HTTP) size: 483 KB
Download (FTP) MD5 sum: 950943daa71350a558c3edf41c3f0f9f
Download (FTP) size: 605 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

giflib Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/giflib

Installation of giflib

Install giflib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{png,html} \
    /usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4

Installed Programs: gif2epsn, gif2ps, gif2rgb, gif2x11, gifasm, gifbg, gifburst, gifclip, gifclrmp, gifcolor, gifcomb, gifcompose, giffiltr, giffix, gifflip, gifhisto, gifinfo, gifinter, gifinto, gifovly, gifpos, gifrotat, gifrsize, gifspnge, giftext, gifwedge, icon2gif, raw2gif, rgb2gif, and text2gif

Installed Library: libgif.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/giflib-4.1.4

Short Descriptions

gif2epsn	dumps images saved as GIF files on Epson type printers.
gif2ps	prints GIF files on laser printers supporting PostScript.
gif2rgb	converts images saved as GIF to 24-bit RGB images.
gif2x11	displays images saved as GIF files under X Window System.
gifasm	assembles multiple GIFs into one, or burst a multiple-image GIF.
gifbg	generates a single-color test pattern GIF.
gifburst	bursts a GIF image into subrectangles.
gifclip	clips or crops a GIF image.
gifclrmp	modifies GIF image colormaps.
gifcolor	generates color test patterns.
gifcomb	combines two GIF images of exactly the same size into one.
gifcompose	uses giflib tools to compose images.
giffiltr	is a template for filtering a GIF sequentially.
giffix	clumsily attempts to fix truncated GIF images.
gifflip	flips a GIF image along the X or Y axis or rotates an image by 90 degrees.
gifhisto	generate a color-frequency histogram from a GIF.
gifinfo	gives information about a GIF file.
gifinter	converts between interlaced and non-interlaced images.
gifinto	is an end-of-pipe fitting for GIF-processing pipelines.
gifovly	generates one composite GIF from a multiple-image GIF.
gifpos	changes a GIF's screen size or reconditions it.
gifrotat	rotates a GIF through any desired angle.
gifrsize	resizes a GIF by deletion or duplication of bits.
gifspnge	is a template for filtering a GIF with in-core operations.
giftext	prints (text only) general information about a GIF file.
gifwedge	creates a test GIF image resembling a color monitor test pattern.
icon2gif	is a converter/deconverter to/from an editable text format.
raw2gif	converts raw 8-bit image data into GIF files.
rgb2gif	converts 24 bit images to a GIF image using color quantization.
text2gif	generates GIF images out of regular text in 8x8 font.
`libgif.{so,a}`	contains API functions required by the giflib programs and any other programs needing library functionality to read, write and manipulate GIF images.

little cms-1.15

Introduction to little cms

The little cms library is used by other programs to provide color management facilities.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.littlecms.com/lcms-1.15.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 76c921973fdea4f880944a024197f924
Download size: 777 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (includes building the Python module)

little cms Dependencies

Optional

LibTIFF-3.8.2, libjpeg-6b and Python-2.4.4 (with SWIG also)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lcms

Installation of little cms

Install little cms by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.15 &&
install -v -m644 README.1ST doc/* /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.15

Installed Programs: icc2ps, icclink, icctrans, wtpt and optionally, jpegicc, tiffdiff and tifficc

Installed Libraries: liblcms.{so,a} and the optional _lcms.so Python module

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.15

Short Descriptions

icc2ps	generates PostScript CRD or CSA from ICC profiles.
icclink	links two or more profiles into a single device link profile.
icctrans	is a color space conversion calculator.
jpegicc	is an ICC profile applier for JPEG files.
tifficc	is an ICC profile applier for TIFF files.
wtpt	shows media white of profiles, identifying black body locus.
`liblcms.{so,a}`	is used by the lcms programs as well as other programs to provide color management facilities.

libmng-1.0.9

Introduction to libmng

The libmng libraries are used by programs wanting to read and write Multiple-image Network Graphics (MNG) files which are the animation equivalents to PNG files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libmng/libmng-1.0.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: ff1205ef70855a75c098ea09690413c6
Download size: 554 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libmng Dependencies

Required

libjpeg-6b and little cms-1.15

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmng

Installation of libmng

Install libmng by running the following commands:

cp makefiles/makefile.linux Makefile &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install &&
install -v -m644 doc/man/*.3 /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/man/*.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libmng-1.0.9 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{png,txt} /usr/share/doc/libmng-1.0.9

Command Explanations

cp makefiles/makefile.linux Makefile: There are no autotools shipped with this package. The Linux Makefile is copied to the root of the source tree, facilitating the installation.

install ...: The documentation files are not installed by the installation procedure, so they are copied manually.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmng.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmng-1.0.9

Short Descriptions

libmng.{so,a}

provides functions for programs wishing to read and write MNG files which are animation files without the patent problems associated with certain other formats.

FreeType-2.1.10

Introduction to FreeType2

The FreeType2 package contains a library to allow applications to properly render TrueType fonts.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-2.1.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/freetype-2.1.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a4012e7d1f6400df44a16743b11b8423
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25.0 MB (includes installing additional documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Additional documentation: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-doc-2.1.10.tar.bz2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/freetype2

Installation of FreeType2

If you downloaded the additional documentation, unpack it into the source tree using the following command:

tar xf ../freetype-doc-2.1.10.tar.bz2 \
    --strip-components=2 -C docs

Install FreeType2 by running the following commands:

sed -i -r 's:.*(#.*BYTE.*) .*:\1:' \
     include/freetype/config/ftoption.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.1.10 &&
cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.1.10

Command Explanations

sed -i -r 's:.*(#.*BYTE.*) .*:\1:' include/freetype/config/ftoption.h: This command enables the built-in TrueType bytecode interpreter which in turn enables hinting of TrueType glyphs. Enabling the interpreter results in much better rendering of TrueType fonts.

Installed Program: freetype-config

Installed Library: libfreetype.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/freetype2

Short Descriptions

freetype-config	is used to get FreeType compilation and linking information.
`libfreetype.{so,a}`	contains functions for rendering various font types, such as TrueType and Type1.

Fontconfig-2.3.2

Introduction to Fontconfig

The Fontconfig package is a library for configuring and customizing font access.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fontconfig.org/release/fontconfig-2.3.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/fontconfig-2.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7354f9f125ea78a8f2851cb9c31d4866
Download size: 942 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Note

The numbering system of Fontconfig is unusual. The beta versions of the package are numbered with a 9x in the last portion of the release number. This means that 2.3.92 is a beta release and the most current release is of the form 2.3.2

Fontconfig Dependencies

Required

FreeType-2.1.10 and expat-2.0.0

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Note

If you have DocBook-utils installed and you remove the --disable-docs parameter from the configure command below, you must have SGMLSpm-1.03ii and JadeTeX-3.13 installed also, or the Fontconfig build will fail.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Fontconfig

Installation of Fontconfig

Install Fontconfig by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --disable-docs --without-add-fonts \
    --with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.3.2 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.3 /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m755 \
        -d /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.3.2/fontconfig-devel &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,pdf,txt} \
        /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.3.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fontconfig-devel/* \
        /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.3.2/fontconfig-devel

Command Explanations

--disable-docs: This switch avoids building the documentation (the release tarball includes pre-generated documentation).

--without-add-fonts: This switch disables the automatic search for X Window System fonts which, if found, may confuse some applications.

--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.3.2: Though this parameter seems counter-intuitive following the preceding parameter to the configure command, it is used so that if the builder removes the --disable-docs parameter, the documentation will be installed in a versioned directory name instead of the default /usr/share/doc/fontconfig.

Configuring Fontconfig

Config Files

/etc/fonts/* and /etc/fonts/conf.d/*

Configuration Information

The configuration file for Fontconfig is /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Generally you do not want to edit this file. To put a new font directory in the configuration, create (or update) the /etc/fonts/local.conf file with your local information. The default location of fonts in Fontconfig is:

/usr/share/fonts
~/.fonts

More information about configuring Fontconfig can be found in the user's manual at http://fontconfig.org/fontconfig-user.html. There are additional configuration files shipped with Fontconfig in /etc/fonts/conf.d that will be enabled if their names begin with 2 numbers, e.g., /etc/fonts/conf.d/10-autohint.conf.

Note

X also includes an internal (and older) version of Fontconfig and unless it is explicitly disabled when building Xorg or XFree86, the internal version is created leaving two slightly incompatible libraries on your system. It is recommended that you only install one version.

Installed Programs: fc-cache, fc-list, and fc-match

Installed Library: libfontconfig.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/fonts, /usr/include/fontconfig and /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.3.2

Short Descriptions

fc-cache	is used to create font information caches.
fc-list	is used to create font lists.
fc-match	is used to match available fonts, or find fonts that match a given pattern.
`libfontconfig.{so,a}`	contains functions used by the Fontconfig programs and also by other programs to configure or customize font access.

Libart_lgpl-2.3.17

Introduction to Libart_lgpl

The libart_lgpl package contains the libart libraries. These are useful for high-performance 2D graphics.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libart_lgpl/2.3/libart_lgpl-2.3.17.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libart_lgpl/2.3/libart_lgpl-2.3.17.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dfca42529393c8a8f59dc4dc10675a46
Download size: 289 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libart_lgpl

Installation of Libart_lgpl

Install libart_lgpl by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: libart2-config

Installed Library: libart_lgpl_2.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libart-2.0

Short Descriptions

libart_lgpl_2.{so,a}

is used as the anti-aliased render engine for libgnomecanvas and as a graphics support library for many other packages.

librsvg-2.14.4

Introduction to librsvg

The librsvg package contains librsvg libraries and tools used to manipulate, convert and view Scalable Vector Graphic (SVG) images.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.14/librsvg-2.14.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.14/librsvg-2.14.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 945617bb094975d7353a3852302297c1
Download size: 415 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

librsvg Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, libxml2-2.6.26, libart_lgpl-2.3.17, and popt-1.10.4

Optional

GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2, libgnomeprintui-2.12.1, Mozilla, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/librsvg

Installation of librsvg

Install librsvg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-gtk-doc: This parameter prevents the rebuilding of documentation during the make command. It will also prevent the existing documentation in the source tree from being installed.

Installed Programs: rsvg, rsvg-convert and rsvg-view

Installed Libraries: librsvg-2.{so,a}, GTK+ modules and optionally a Mozilla plugin

Installed Directories: /usr/include/librsvg-2 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/rsvg

Short Descriptions

rsvg	is used to covert SVG images into PNG, JPEG and ICO raster images.
rsvg-view	is used to view an SVG file in an X window.
`librsvg-2.{so,a}`	libraries provide the functions to render Scalable Vector Graphics.

Imlib-1.9.15

Introduction to Imlib

The Imlib package contains image libraries. These are useful for loading, rendering and dithering a wide variety of image data formats.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/imlib/1.9/imlib-1.9.15.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/imlib/1.9/imlib-1.9.15.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7db987e6c52e4daf70d7d0f471238eae
Download size: 668 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Imlib Dependencies

Required

X Window System, libjpeg-6b, LibTIFF-3.8.2, and giflib-4.1.4

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imlib

Installation of Imlib

Install Imlib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/imlib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/imlib-1.9.15 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{index.html,*.gif} /usr/share/doc/imlib-1.9.15

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/imlib: This installs and combines the configuration files into /etc/imlib instead of /usr/etc.

Configuring Imlib

Config Files

/etc/imlib/imrc

Installed Programs: imlib-config and imlib_config

Installed Libraries: libgdk_imlib.{so,a}, libimlib-*.{so,a}, and libImlib.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/imlib and /usr/share/doc/imlib-1.9.15

Short Descriptions

libimlib-*.{so,a}

provide the functions for programs to display and edit a wide variety of image data formats.

AAlib-1.4rc5

Introduction to AAlib

AAlib is a library to render any graphic into ASCII Art.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/aa-project/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ratmir.tver.ru/pub/FreeBsd/ports/distfiles/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9801095c42bba12edebd1902bcf0a990
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.15 SBU

AAlib Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, S-Lang-2.0.6, and GPM-1.20.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aalib

Installation of AAlib

Install AAlib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: aafire, aainfo, aalib-config, aasavefont, and aatest

Installed Library: libaa.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

aafire	is little toy of AAlib, rendering an animated fire in ASCII Art.
aainfo	provides information for your current settings related to AAlib.
aalib-config	provides configuration info for AAlib.
aatest	shows the abilities of AAlib in a little test.
`libaa.{so,a}`	is a collection of routines to render any graphical input in portable format to ASCII Art. It can be used through many programs and has a very well documented API, so you can easily put it into your own programs.

Imlib2-1.2.2

Introduction to Imlib2

Imlib2 is a graphics library for fast file loading, saving, rendering and manipulation.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/enlightenment/imlib2-1.2.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 07b2a7745ddd3c7c4480b50cb916174c
Download size: 928 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Imlib2 Dependencies

Required

FreeType-2.1.10, libpng-1.2.12, and libjpeg-6b

Optional

LibTIFF-3.8.2, giflib-4.1.4, and libid3tag

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imlib2

Installation of Imlib2

Install Imlib2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.2.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{*.gif,index.html} \
    /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.2.2

Command Explanations

--without-x: Add this parameter if you do not have an X Window System installed.

Installed Programs: imlib2_bumpmap, imlib2_colorspace, imlib2-config, imlib2_conv, imlib2_grab, imlib2_poly, imlib2_show, imlib2_test, and imlib2_view

Installed Libraries: libImlib2.{so,a} and various filters and image loader modules.

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/imlib2, /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.2.2, and /usr/share/imlib2

Short Descriptions

libImlib2.{so,a}

provides the functions for programs to deal with various image data formats.

libexif-0.6.13

Introduction to libexif

The libexif package contains a library for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data. Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with extra tags that contain information about the image. All EXIF tags described in EXIF standard 2.1 are supported.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libexif/libexif-0.6.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 1b1e2b495c5aa20c08725f30545a110b
Download size: 519 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libexif Dependencies

Optional (to Build Documentation)

Doxygen-1.4.6 and Graphviz-2.8

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libexif

Installation of libexif

Install libexif by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/^install-data-local/@HAVE_DOXYGEN_TRUE@&/' \
            doc/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-doc-dir=/usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.13 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Documentation was built and installed if you have the dependencies shown above installed. If you don't have the dependencies installed, there is a compressed tarball in the source tree doc directory that can be unpacked into /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.13.

Command Explanations

sed -i ... doc/Makefile.in: Installation of libexif will fail if Doxygen is not present on the system due to a packaging bug. The command does not affect the situation where Doxygen is installed.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libexif.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libexif and /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.13

Short Descriptions

libexif.{so,a}

contains functions used for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data.

FriBidi-0.10.7

Introduction to FriBidi

The FriBidi package is an implementation of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm (bidi). This is useful for supporting Arabic and Hebrew alphabets in other packages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fribidi.org/download/fribidi-0.10.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 0f602ed32869dbc551dc6bc83d8a3d28
Download size: 593 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fribidi

Installation of FriBidi

Install FriBidi by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: fribidi and fribidi-config

Installed Library: libfribidi.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/fribidi

Short Descriptions

fribidi	is a command-line interface to the `libfribidi` library and can be used to convert a logical string to visual output.
fribidi-config	is used to acquire information about the installed `libfribidi` library.
`libfribidi.{so,a}`	contains functions used to implement the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm.

Poppler-0.4.5

Introduction to Poppler

The Poppler package contains a PDF rendering library. This is useful for providing PDF rendering functionality as a shared library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-0.4.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 2bb1c75aa3f9c42f0ba48b5492e6d32c
Download size: 783 KB
Estimated disk space required: 35.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Poppler Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, libjpeg-6b, Fontconfig-2.3.2, cairo-1.2.4, GTK+-2.8.20, Qt-3.3.7, and Qt-4.x.x

If you're installing Poppler to support kdegraphics-3.5.6, you will need to have Qt-3.3.7 installed so that the libpoppler-qt library is built.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/poppler

Installation of Poppler

Note

If you are installing a version of Poppler >= 5.1 to support an installation of Evince-0.5.3, note that command-line utilities and man pages are installed which will overwrite these same files installed by the Xpdf package. If you'd prefer to keep the Xpdf versions of these files, use the --bindir= and --mandir= parameters passed to the configure script to install these files to a safe location (e.g., $HOME or /tmp. An alternative method to not overwrite the command-line utilities is to use the --disable-utils parameter.

Install Poppler by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --enable-opi \
            --enable-zlib \
            --disable-splash-output \
            --disable-cairo-output \
            --disable-poppler-glib --disable-gtk-test &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.4.5/README

Command Explanations

--enable-opi: This parameter forces the build to include support for OPI comments.

--enable-zlib: This parameter forces the build to link with the system-installed libz library to enable compressed PDF functionality.

--disable-splash-output: This parameter disables building the Splash graphics backend. Remove this parameter if you have Fontconfig installed.

--disable-cairo-output: This parameter disables building the cairo graphics backend. Remove this parameter if you have cairo installed.

--disable-poppler-glib and --disable-gtk-test: These parameters disable building the GLib wrapper and GTK+ test program. Remove these parameters if you have GTK+-2 installed. Note that if you plan on building Evince-0.5.3, you must build the GLib wrapper.

Configuring Poppler

Config Files

/etc/xpdfrc

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libpoppler.{so,a}, libpoppler-glib.{so,a}, libpoppler-qt.{so,a} and libpoppler-qt4.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/poppler and /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.4.5

Short Descriptions

`libpoppler.{so,a}`	contains the API functions to render PDF files.
`libpoppler-glib.{so,a}`	is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with GTK+.
`libpoppler-qt.{so,a}`	is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt.
`libpoppler-qt4.{so,a}`	is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt-4.

Chapter 10. General Utilities

This chapter contains various utilities that do not fit conveniently into other chapters. Programs include a command line calculator, several utilities for manipulating text and graphics, and a program to interface with a palm-pilot.

Bc-1.06

Introduction to Bc

The bc package contains an arbitrary precision numeric processing language.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d44b5dddebd8a7a7309aea6c36fda117
Download size: 273 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.36 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.2 SBU if running the testsuite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bc

Installation of Bc

Install bc by running the following commands:

sed -i '/PROTO.*readline/d' bc/scan.l &&
sed -i '/flex -I8/s/8//' configure &&
sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <string.h>' lib/number.c &&
sed -i 's/program.*save/static &/' bc/load.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-readline &&
make

To test bc, run the commands below. There is quite a bit of output, so you may want to redirect it to a file. There are a very small percentage of tests (10 of 12,144) that will indicate a roundoff error at the last digit.

echo "quit" | ./bc/bc -l Test/checklib.b

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '/PROTO.*readline/d' bc/scan.l: This command fixes the Readline library call.

sed -i '/flex -I8/s/8//' configure: This command fixes the Flex invocation.

sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <string.h>' lib/number.c: This command inserts a missing header.

sed -i 's/program.*save/static &/' bc/load.c: This command fixes a segfault when running bc with bc -l.

--with-readline: This option enables Readline support in interactive mode.

Installed Programs: bc and dc

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

bc	is a calculator.
dc	is a reverse-polish calculator.

Rep-gtk-0.18

Introduction to Rep-gtk

The rep-gtk package contains a Lisp and GTK binding. This is useful for extending GTK-2 and GDK libraries with Lisp. Starting at rep-gtk-0.15, the package contains the bindings to GTK and uses the same instructions. Both can be installed, if needed.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rep-gtk/rep-gtk-0.18.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 220b0d728656472c068e40823f0a3b22
Download size: 152 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.18 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/rep-gtk-0.18-gtk2.4-1.patch

Rep-gtk Dependencies

Required

libglade-2.6.0 and librep-0.17

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rep-gtk

Installation of Rep-gtk

Install rep-gtk by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../rep-gtk-0.18-gtk2.4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Lisp bindings

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/rep/i686-pc-linux-gnu/gui/

Short Descriptions

Lisp bindings

are libraries stored in /usr/lib/rep/i686-pc-linux-gnu/gui/ that assist communication between Lisp and the GTK libraries.

Compface-1.4

Introduction to Compface

Compface provides utilities and a library to convert from/to X-Face format, a 48x48 bitmap format used to carry thumbnails of email authors in a mail header.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/apps/graphics/convert/compface-1.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: c45b54f67cc5d3580a18e4113219bc26
Download size: 28 KB
Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/compface-1.4-errno-2.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/compface

Installation of Compface

Install Compface by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../compface-1.4-errno-2.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: compface and uncompface

Installed Library: libcompface.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

compface	is a filter for generating highly compressed representations of 48x48x1 face image files.
uncompface	is an inverse filter which performs an inverse transformation with no loss of data.
`libcompface.{so,a}`	allows the compression and decompression algorithms to be used in other programs such as MTAs.

ImageMagick-6.2.8-0

Introduction to ImageMagick

ImageMagick is a collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in various image formats. Image processing operations are available from the command line. Bindings to various programming languages are also available.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.imagemagick.org/download/ImageMagick-6.2.8-0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.net/pub/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-6.2.8-0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 484cd7b62fac2164e8257449405f2563
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 174 MB (additional 68 MB if you run the Image::Magick demo)
Estimated build time: 3.4 SBU (Additional 1.1 SBU to run the test suite)

The ImageMagick source releases are updated frequently and the version shown above may no longer be available from the download locations. You can download a more recent version and use the existing BLFS instructions to install it. Chances are that it will work just fine, but this has not been tested by the BLFS team. If the package version shown above is not available from the locations shown above, you can download it from the BLFS package server at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/i/ImageMagick-6.2.8-0.tar.bz2.

ImageMagick Dependencies

The optional dependencies listed below should be installed if you need support for the specific format or the conversion tool the dependency provides. Many of the dependencies' capabilities and uses are described in the “MAGICK DELEGATES” section of the README.txt file located in the source tree. Additional information about the dependencies can be found in the Install-unix.txt file located in the source tree as well as issuing the ./configure --help command. A summary of this information, as well as some additional notes can be viewed on-line at http://www.imagemagick.org/script/advanced-unix-installation.php.

Optional System Utilities

pkg-config-0.20, CUPS-1.2.7 or LPRng-3.8.28 (or any other print utility that provides an lpr command), dcraw, Dmalloc, Electric Fence, PGP or GnuPG-1.4.3 (you'll have to do some hacking to use GnuPG), SANE-1.0.17, and Wget-1.10.2

Optional Graphics Libraries

corefonts, FlashPIX (or FlashPIX library), FreeType-2.1.10, Jasper, JBIG-KIT, little cms-1.15, libexif-0.6.13, libjpeg-6b, libpng-1.2.12, librsvg-2.14.4, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libxml2-2.6.26, and RALCGM (or RALCGM-3.50)

Optional Graphics Utilities

ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53, GhostPCL, GIMP-2.2.12, Gnuplot, Graphviz-2.8 (requires a >2.8 development snapshot), POV-Ray, and Radiance

Optional Conversion Tools

AutoTrace, Enscript-1.6.4, hp2xx, html2ps, libwmf, MPEG-2 Video Codec, Netpbm, teTeX-3.0, Transfig, txt2html (requires Module::Build-0.2801 and Perl Module Getopt::ArgvFile), and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imagemagick

Installation of ImageMagick

Install Imagemagick by running the following commands:

sed -i "s/\xc3\xa9/\\\\['e]/" utilities/ImageMagick.1 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-modules &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that some of the tests may fail due to system and/or build parameter settings. In a recent test build performed on a current LFS SVN (20060508) platform with all the delegate dependencies installed, 11 of the 714 tests failed.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i "s/\xc3\xa9/\\\\['e]/" utilities/ImageMagick.1: One man page is installed with character encoding not displayable using the Man-db package. This command changes the offending bytes to characters man can properly display.

--with-modules: Enables support for dynamically loadable modules.

--with-gslib=/usr/lib: Enables support to use the Ghostscript shared library.

--with-fpx: Enables support to use the FlashPix library.

--with-windows-font-dir=<Some/Directory>: This option specifies the directory where the Windows CoreFonts are installed.

The options and parameters listed above are the only ones you should have to pass to the configure script to activate all the delegate dependencies. All other dependencies will be automatically detected and utilized in the build if they are installed.

Installed Programs: animate, compare, composite, conjure, convert, display, identify, import, Magick-config, Magick++-config, mogrify, montage, and Wand-config

Installed Libraries: libMagick.{so,a}, libMagick++.{so,a}, libWand.{so,a}, the Magick.so Perl module, and numerous plugin modules

Installed Directories: /usr/include/Magick++, /usr/include/magick, /usr/include/wand, /usr/lib/ImageMagick-6.2.8, /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/auto/Image/Magick, /usr/share/ImageMagick-6.2.8 and /usr/share/doc/ImageMagick-6.2.8

Short Descriptions

animate	animates a sequence of images.
compare	compares an image to a reconstructed image.
composite	composites various images into the given base image.
conjure	processes a MSL script to create an image.
convert	converts image(s) from one format to another.
display	displays an image.
identify	describes the format and characteristics of an image file.
import	captures an X window.
Magick-config and Magick++-config	show information about the installed versions of ImageMagick and Magick++.
mogrify	transforms an image.
montage	composites various images into a new image.
Wand-config	shows the options required to use the Wand library.
`Image::Magick`	allows the reading, manipulation and writing of a large number of image file formats using the ImageMagick library. Run make in the `PerlMagick/demo` directory of the package source tree after the package is installed to see a nice demo of the module's capabilities.

Hd2u-1.0.0

Introduction to Hd2u

The hd2u package contains an any to any text format converter.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.megaloman.com/~hany/_data/hd2u/hd2u-1.0.0.tgz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 21249099fbb04b98e30e35d6a89061dd
Download size: 54 KB
Estimated disk space required: 312 KB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Hd2u Dependencies

Required

popt-1.10.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hd2u

Installation of Hd2u

Install hd2u by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: dos2unix

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

dos2unix

converts text between various OS formats (such as converting from DOS format to Unix).

GTK-Doc-1.6

Introduction to GTK-Doc

The GTK-Doc package contains a code documentor. This is useful for extracting specially formatted comments from the code to create API documentation. This package is optional; if it is not installed, packages will not build the documentation. This does not mean that you will not have any documentation. If GTK-Doc is not available, the install process will copy any pre-built documentation to your system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.6/gtk-doc-1.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.6/gtk-doc-1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 09c7a89efff2e0bbaba02a12bff58dfd
Download size: 177 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GTK-Doc Dependencies

Required

libxslt-1.1.17, DocBook XML DTD-4.4, and DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.69.1

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, OpenJade-1.3.2, DocBook SGML DTD-4.4, and DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-doc

Installation of GTK-Doc

Install GTK-Doc by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of some files being installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper.

Installed Programs: gtkdocize, gtkdoc-fixxref, gtkdoc-mkdb, gtkdoc-mkhtml, gtkdoc-mkman, gtkdoc-mktmpl, gtkdoc-scan, gtkdoc-scangobj, and gtkdoc-scanobj

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of /usr/share/: doc/gtk-doc-1.6, gnome/help/gtk-doc-manual, gtk-doc/data and {omf,sgml}/gtk-doc

Short Descriptions

gtkdoc*

these are all Perl scripts used by package Makefile scripts to generate documentation for the package being built.

ScrollKeeper-0.3.14

Introduction to ScrollKeeper

The ScrollKeeper package contains a cataloging system for documentation. This is useful for managing documentation metadata and providing an API to help browsers find, sort and search the document catalog.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/scrollkeeper/0.3/scrollkeeper-0.3.14.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/scrollkeeper/0.3/scrollkeeper-0.3.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b175e582a6cec3e50a9de73a5bb7455a
Download size: 546 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ScrollKeeper Dependencies

Required

libxslt-1.1.17, DocBook XML DTD-4.4, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/scrollkeeper

Installation of ScrollKeeper

Install ScrollKeeper by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --disable-static \
            --with-omfdirs=/usr/share/omf:/opt/gnome-1.4/share/omf:\
/opt/kde-3.5.6/share/omf:\
/opt/gnome-2.14.3/share/omf &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch puts the configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var: This switch puts ScrollKeeper's database directory in /var/lib/scrollkeeper.

--disable-static: This switch prevents the static library from being built.

--with-omfdirs=...: This switch defines the locations of OMF files for ScrollKeeper. Change the locations if you have KDE and/or GNOME-2 installed in a prefix other than the ones shown. This information is stored in /etc/scrollkeeper.conf and can be updated manually, if necessary.

Configuring ScrollKeeper

Config Files

/etc/scrollkeeper.conf

Configuration Information

The configuration file sets the OMF_DIR variable to the location of all of the omf directories in the system. This was set in the configure command so no further action is needed until another OMF directory is created.

Installed Programs: scrollkeeper-config, scrollkeeper-extract, scrollkeeper-gen-seriesid, scrollkeeper-get-cl, scrollkeeper-get-content-list, scrollkeeper-get-extended-content-list, scrollkeeper-get-index-from-docpath, scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-docpath, scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-id, scrollkeeper-install, scrollkeeper-preinstall, scrollkeeper-rebuilddb, scrollkeeper-uninstall, and scrollkeeper-update

Installed Library: libscrollkeeper.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/scrollkeeper-0.3.14, /usr/share/{omf, {,xml/}scrollkeeper}, and /var/lib/scrollkeeper

Short Descriptions

ScrollKeeper utility programs	The ScrollKeeper utility programs and scripts listed above are for performing installation, building, getting and updating table of contents files.
`libscrollkeeper.so`	provides the API necessary for help browsers to interact with documentation written to utilize ScrollKeeper.

Intltool-0.34.2

Introduction to Intltool

The intltool package contains an internationalization tool. This is useful for extracting translatable strings from source files, collecting the extracted strings with messages from traditional source files (<source directory>/<package>/po) and merging the translations into .xml, .desktop and .oaf files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/intltool/0.34/intltool-0.34.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/intltool/0.34/intltool-0.34.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 83914f744d927579cc47c52f8b08bf60
Download size: 132 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Intltool Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/intltool

Installation of Intltool

Install intltool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/I18N-HOWTO \
    /usr/share/doc/intltool-0.34.2/I18N-HOWTO

Installed Programs: intltoolize, intltool-extract, intltool-merge, intltool-prepare, and intltool-update

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/intltool and /usr/share/doc/intltool-0.34.2

Short Descriptions

intltoolize	prepares a package to use intltool.
intltool-extract	generates header files that can be read by gettext.
intltool-merge	merges translated strings into various file types.
intltool-prepare	updates pot files and merges them with translation files.
intltool-update	updates the `po` template files and merges them with the translations.

Screen-4.0.3

Introduction to Screen

Screen is a terminal multiplexor that runs several separate processes, typically interactive shells, on a single physical character-based terminal. Each virtual terminal emulates a DEC VT100 plus several ANSI X3.64 and ISO 2022 functions and also provides configurable input and output translation, serial port support, configurable logging, multi-user support, and many character encodings, including UTF-8. Screen sessions can be detached and resumed later on a different terminal.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.uni-erlangen.de/pub/utilities/screen/screen-4.0.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-erlangen.de/pub/utilities/screen/screen-4.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8506fd205028a96c741e4037de6e3c42
Download size: 821 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Screen Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/screen

Installation of Screen

Install Screen by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-socket-dir=/var/run/screen \
    --with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc &&
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/* &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -m 644 etc/etcscreenrc /etc/screenrc

Command Explanations

--with-socket-dir=/var/run/screen: This option places the per-user sockets in a standard location.

--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc: This option places the global screenrc file in /etc.

sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/*: This command corrects the configuration and documentation files to the location that is used here for the global screenrc file.

Configuring Screen

Config Files

/etc/screenrc and ~/.screenrc

Configuration Information

You may want to look at the example configuration file that was installed and customize it for your needs.

Installed Program: screen

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /var/run/screen

Short Descriptions

screen

is a terminal multiplexor with VT100/ANSI terminal emulation.

HTML Tidy-051026

Introduction to HTML Tidy

The HTML Tidy package contains a command line tool and libraries used to read HTML, XHTML and XML files and write cleaned up markup. It detects and corrects many common coding errors and strives to produce visually equivalent markup that is both W3C compliant and compatible with most browsers.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://tidy.sourceforge.net/src/old/tidy_src_051026.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/tidy_src_051026.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 1e39fafd6808978871346658c8da1454
Download size: 256 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Documentation

Documentation: http://tidy.sourceforge.net/docs/tidy_docs_051020.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 86de2f198e57399c063d2567b2a25628
Download size: 150 KB

Patches

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/tidy-051026-prevent_PRE_newlines-1.patch

HTML Tidy Dependencies

Recommended (To Build the Man Page and Quick Reference Docs)

libxslt-1.1.17

Optional

Dmalloc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tidy

Installation of HTML Tidy

The HTML Tidy documentation is contained in a separate tarball. Unpack both the source and docs tarballs before starting the build.

Install HTML Tidy by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../tidy-051026-prevent_PRE_newlines-1.patch &&
sh build/gnuauto/setup.sh &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you have libxslt-1.1.17 installed, issue the following commands as an unprivileged user to build the man page and HTML documentation:

cd htmldoc &&
tidy -xml-help > tidy-help.xml &&
tidy -xml-config > tidy-config.xml &&
xsltproc -o tidy.1 tidy1.xsl tidy-help.xml &&
xsltproc -o quickref.html quickref-html.xsl tidy-config.xml &&
cd ..

If you built the man page and the Quick Reference HTML file, install the man page by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 htmldoc/tidy.1 /usr/share/man/man1

Now finish the installation by installing the pre-built documentation as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tidy-051020 &&
cp -v -R htmldoc/* /usr/share/doc/tidy-051020

Command Explanations

sh build/gnuauto/setup.sh: This command prepares the source tree for building using the GNU “Auto” tools.

Configuring HTML Tidy

Config Files

The absolute path of the file specified in $HTML_TIDY.

Configuration Information

The default configuration options can be set in the file defined in $HTML_TIDY. Additional configuration options can be passed to tidy via command line parameters or the -config <file> parameter.

Installed Programs: tab2space and tidy

Installed Library: libtidy.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tidy-051020

Short Descriptions

tab2space	is a utility to expand tabs and ensure consistent line endings.
tidy	validates, corrects, and pretty-prints HTML files.
`libtidy.{so,a}`	libraries provide the HTML Tidy API functions to tidy and can also be called by other programs.

desktop-file-utils-0.11

Introduction to desktop-file-utils

The desktop-file-utils package contains command line utilities for working with desktop entries. These utilities are used by GNOME-2 and other applications to manipulate the MIME-types application databases and help adhere to the Desktop Entry Specification.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/software/desktop-file-utils/releases/desktop-file-utils-0.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: b27a1890979caaca8e72ffe22af6e389
Download size: 340 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

desktop-file-utils Dependencies

Required

Optional

Emacs-21.4a

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/desktop-file-utils

Installation of desktop-file-utils

Install desktop-file-utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring desktop-file-utils

Configuration Information

The XDG Base Directory specification defines the standard locations for applications to place data and configuration files. These files can be used, for instance, to define the menu structure and menu items in a desktop environment.

The default location for configuration files to be installed is /etc/xdg, and the default locations for data files are /usr/local/share and /usr/share. These locations can be extended with the environment variables XDG_CONFIG_DIRS and XDG_DATA_DIRS, respectively. The GNOME, KDE and XFCE environments respect respect these settings. Update the XDG_DATA_DIRS (if necessary) and XDG_CONFIG_DIRS environment variables so that the additional MIME-types application databases and desktop menu files are properly maintained and discovered by adding the following to the system-wide or personal profile:

For GNOME:

XDG_DATA_DIRS=$GNOME_PREFIX/share:/usr/local/share:/usr/share
XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=/etc/gnome/2.14.3/xdg:/etc/xdg
export XDG_DATA_DIRS XDG_CONFIG_DIRS

For KDE:

XDG_DATA_DIRS=$KDE_PREFIX/share:/usr/local/share:/usr/share
XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=/etc/kde/xdg:/etc/xdg
export XDG_DATA_DIRS XDG_CONFIG_DIRS

For XFCE, the default locations should be appropriate if the instructions in the BLFS book were followed.

When a package installs a .desktop file to a location in one the base data directories, a database mapping MIME-types to available applications can be updated. For instance, the cache file at /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache can be rebuilt by executing the following command as the root user:

update-desktop-database /usr/share/applications

Installed Programs: desktop-file-install, desktop-file-validate, and update-desktop-database

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

desktop-file-install	is used to install a new, or modify an existing desktop file entry. It is also used to rebuild or modify the MIME-types application database.
desktop-file-validate	is used to verify the integrity of a desktop file.
update-desktop-database	is used to update the MIME-types application database.

XScreenSaver-4.24

Introduction to XScreenSaver

The XScreenSaver is a modular screen saver and locker for the X Window System. It is highly customizable and allows the use of any program that can draw on the root window as a display mode. The purpose of XScreenSaver is to display pretty pictures on your screen when it is not in use, in keeping with the philosophy that unattended monitors should always be doing something interesting, just like they do in the movies. However, XScreenSaver can also be used as a screen locker, to prevent others from using your terminal while you are away.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.jwz.org/xscreensaver/xscreensaver-4.24.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/xscreensaver-4.24.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 174b6a7cebd892c1a6c2d56bf5ac5af6
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 113.6 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

XScreenSaver Dependencies

Required

bc-1.06 and libglade-2.6.0 (alternatively LessTif-0.94.4 but not recommended)

Optional

libjpeg-6b, GLE, Netpbm, XDaliClock, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 (built with Kerberos V4 backwards compatibility), and krb4 and Heimdal-0.7.2 (Kerberos authentication requires having Kerberos V4 and V5 on the system)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xscreensaver

Installation of XScreenSaver

Install XScreenSaver by running the following commands:

sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,oe,' hacks/flow.man &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,oe,' hacks/flow.man: This command replaces the UTF-8 encoded character “ö” with its ASCII equivalent “oe” in one of the installed manual pages. Without this, Man-DB would interpret these two bytes as ISO-8859-1, resulting in the wrong “Ã¶” characters.

--with-setuid-hacks: This switch allows some demos to be installed setuid root which is needed in order to ping other hosts.

--enable-locking: This switch provides support for locking the display.

Configuring XScreenSaver

Config Files

/etc/X11/app-defaults/XScreenSaver, ~/.xscreensaver and /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver or /etc/pam.conf

Installed Programs: xscreensaver, xscreensaver-command, xscreensaver-demo, xscreensaver-getimage, xscreensaver-getimage-file, xscreensaver-getimage-video, xscreensaver-gl-helper, and xscreensaver-text

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/xscreensaver and /usr/share/xscreensaver

Short Descriptions

xscreensaver	is a screen saver and locker daemon.
xscreensaver-command	controls a running xscreensaver process by sending it client messages.
xscreensaver-demo	is a graphical front-end for setting the parameters used by the background xscreensaver daemon.
xscreensaver-getimage	is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-getimage-file	is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-getimage-video	is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-gl-helper	is a helper program for the xscreensaver OpenGL modules.
xscreensaver-text	prints some text to stdout, for use by screen savers.

Pilot-link-0.11.8

Introduction to Pilot-link

The pilot-link package provides a suite of tools containing a series of conduits, libraries, and language bindings for moving information to and from your Palm device and your desktop or server/workstation system, as well as across a network.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.pilot-link.org/files/pilot-link-0.11.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/pilot-link-0.11.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 586f84add601e8b86da3093ab784e997
Download size: 649 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/pilot-link-0.11.8-bindings_fix-1.patch

Pilot-link Dependencies

Optional

libpng-1.2.12, JDK-1.5.0_10, Tcl-8.4.13, Python-2.4.4 and Electric Fence

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pilot-link

Kernel Configuration

You may need to configure the “USB_SERIAL_VISOR” device into the kernel before your system can communicate with your Palm device. Add this device by enabling the following kernel parameter setting and rebuilding the kernel (and modules, if applicable):

Device Drivers:
  USB support:
    USB Serial Converter support:
      USB Handspring Visor / Palm m50x / Sony Client Driver

Installation of Pilot-link

Install pilot-link by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../pilot-link-0.11.8-bindings_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-perl --with-java --with-tcl=/usr/lib --with-python: Use any or all of these options to enable the respective language bindings desired.

Installed Programs: addresses, ccexample, debugsh, dlpsh, hinotes, ietf2datebook, install-datebook, install-expenses, install-hinote, install-memo, install-netsync, install-todo, install-todos, install-user, memos, money2qif, pi-csd, pi-getram, pi-getrom, pi-getromtoken, pi-nredir, pilot-addresses, pilot-archive, pilot-clip, pilot-datebook, pilot-dedupe, pilot-file, pilot-foto, pilot-prc, pilot-schlep, pilot-undelete, pilot-xfer, pitclsh, read-expenses, read-ical, read-notepad, read-palmpix, read-todos, reminders, and sync-plan

Installed Libraries: libpisock.{so,a}, libpisock++.{so,a}, and libpisync.{so,a}

Installed Bindings: libjpisock.so JDK library, libpitcl.{so,a} Tcl library, Python and Perl modules

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/{,auto/}PDA, /usr/share/pilot-link

Short Descriptions

pilot-link programs and utilities

Describing the functionality of each pilot-link program and utility would take several pages. Instead, after you've installed the package, review the pilot-link man page (man pilot-link). If you wish to review before installing the package, unpack the tarball and issue man doc/man/pilot-link.7.in.

unixODBC-2.2.11

Introduction to unixODBC

The unixODBC package is an Open Source ODBC (Open DataBase Connectivity) sub-system and an ODBC SDK for Linux, Mac OSX, and UNIX. ODBC is an open specification for providing application developers with a predictable API with which to access data sources. Data sources include SQL Servers and any data source with an ODBC Driver. unixODBC contains the following components used to assist with the manipulation of ODBC data sources: a driver manager, an installer library and command line tool, command line tools to help install a driver and work with SQL, drivers and driver setup libraries and a suite of graphical tools used to administer ODBC, test drivers and browse data sources.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.unixodbc.org/unixODBC-2.2.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/unixODBC-2.2.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9ae806396844e38244cf65ad26ba0f23
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 82.5 MB
Estimated build time: 3.4 SBU (includes building the GUI tools)

unixODBC Dependencies

Optional

Qt-3.3.7 (required to build the GUI tools), GNU Pth and Mini SQL

Note

There is a circular dependency with Qt and unixODBC. If you need to build the Qt unixODBC plugin module, you will have to build and install unixODBC once without the GUI tools to satisfy the Qt build. Then, after Qt has been installed, you'll need to build and install unixODBC again if you wish to build the GUI tools.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unixodbc

Installation of unixODBC

Install unixODBC by running the following commands:

sed -i "s/void yyerror/#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER\n\n&/" sqp/lex.l &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/unixodbc \
            --enable-ltdllib --enable-fdb --disable-gui &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
find doc -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&
chmod 644 doc/{lst,ProgrammerManual/Tutorial}/* &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.11 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.11

Command Explanations

sed -i "..." sqp/lex.l: This fixes a build issue if using a compiler version greater than GCC-3.x.x.

--enable-ltdllib: This parameter causes the build to use the system-installed version of Libtool.

--enable-fdb: This parameter enables support for file-based data access.

--disable-gui: This parameter disables building the GUI tools. Remove it if you have Qt installed and wish to build the GUI tools.

Configuring unixODBC

Config Files

/etc/unixodbc/*

Configuration Information

The files in /etc/unixodbc are meant to be configured by the system administrator (or the ODBC site administrator if appropriate privileges are granted to /etc/unixodbc). These files are not meant to be directly edited. The ODBC installer library is responsible for reading and writing the unixODBC config files.

Unfortunately, there are no man or info pages for the various programs available in the unixODBC package. Along with the information in the “Short Descriptions” below and the documentation installed in /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.11, there are many README files throughout the source tree where the use and functionality of the programs can be found. Additionally, you can use the parameter -? with the non-GUI tools for syntax and usage information. Lastly, the unixODBC web site at http://www.unixodbc.org/ has very good information.

Installed Programs: DataManager, DataManagerII, ODBCConfig, dltest, isql, iusql, odbc_config, odbcinst and odbctest

Installed Libraries: libboundparam.so, libesoobS.so, libgtrtst.so, libmimerS.so, libnn.so, libodbc.so, libodbccr.so, libodbcdrvcfg1S.so, libodbcdrvcfg2S.so, libodbcinst.so, libodbcinstQ.so, libodbcminiS.so, libodbcmyS.so, libodbcnnS.so, libodbcpsql.so, libodbcpsqlS.so, libodbctxt.so, libodbctxtS.so, liboplodbcS.so, liboraodbcS.so, libsapdbS.so, libtdsS.so and libtemplate.so

Installed Directories: /etc/unixodbc and /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.2.11

Short Descriptions

DataManager	is a graphical program which can be used to browse/explore ODBC data sources.
DataManagerII	is an enhanced version of DataManager.
ODBCConfig	is a graphical program used to make configuration of ODBC data sources extremely easy.
dltest	is a utility used to check a share library to see if it can be loaded and if a given symbol exists in it.
isql	is a utility which can be used to submit SQL to a data source and to format/output results. It can be used in batch or interactive mode.
iusql	provides the same functionality as the isql program.
odbc_config	is used to find out details about the installation of the unixODBC package.
odbcinst	is a utility created for install script/RPM writers. It is a command line interface to key functionality in the `libodbcinst` library. It does not copy any files (i.e., libraries) but it will modify the ODBC System Information for the user.
odbctest	is a graphical program used to test the ODBC API.

Graphviz-2.8

Introduction to Graphviz

The Graphviz package contains graph visualization software. Graph visualization is a way of representing structural information as diagrams of abstract graphs and networks. Graphviz has several main graph layout programs. It also has web and interactive graphical interfaces, auxiliary tools, libraries, and language bindings.

The Graphviz layout programs take descriptions of graphs in a simple text language, and creates diagrams in several useful formats such as images and SVG for web pages, Postscript for inclusion in PDF or other documents, or as objects displayed in an interactive graph browser. (Graphviz also supports GXL, an XML dialect.) In practice, graphs are usually generated from external data sources, but they can also be created and edited manually, either as raw text files or within a graphical editor. (Graphviz was not intended to be a Visio replacement, so it would probably be frustrating to try to use it that way.)

This package is useful for automatic graph drawing which has many important applications in software engineering, database and web design, networking, and in visual interfaces for many other domains. Graphviz has many useful features for concrete diagrams, such as options for colors, fonts, tabular node layouts, line styles, hyperlinks, and custom shapes.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.graphviz.org/pub/graphviz/ARCHIVE/graphviz-2.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: ca921b4a9bcd86da4a1092bb17a57d83
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 124 MB
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Graphviz Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, pkg-config-0.20, expat-2.0.0, libpng-1.2.12, libjpeg-6b, FreeType-2.1.10, Fontconfig-2.3.2, Tcl-8.4.13, Tk-8.4.13, and Electric Fence

Optional (to Build Language Bindings)

SWIG (SWIG must be installed or no bindings will be built), Guile-1.6.7, JDK-1.5.0_10, PHP-5.1.4, Python-2.4.4, Ruby-1.8.5, Tcl-8.4.13, C# (DotGNU Portable.NET or Mono), Io, Lua, and Objective Caml

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/graphviz

Installation of Graphviz

Install Graphviz by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|JAVA_LIBS=|& \
if test -n "$JAVA_HOME"; then \
  CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$JAVA_HOME/include -I$JAVA_HOME/include/linux" \
fi|' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite that provides meaningful results.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If desired, create a symbolic link in the system documents directory to the documentation installed in /usr/share/graphviz/doc using the following command as the root user:

ln -v -s /usr/share/graphviz/doc \
         /usr/share/doc/graphviz-2.8

Configuring Graphviz

Config Files

/usr/lib/graphviz/config

Configuration Information

There are no specific configuration requirements for Graphviz. You may consider installing the additional plugins and tools available from the download page at http://www.graphviz.org/Download_source.php for additional capabilities. If additional plugins are installed, you can run dot_static -c (as the root user) to update the config file in /usr/lib/graphviz.

Installed Programs: acyclic, bcomps, ccomps, circo, dijkstra, dot, dot2gxl, dot_static, dotty, fdp, gc, gvcolor, gvpack, gvpr, gxl2dot, lefty, lneato, nop, prune, sccmap, tred, twopi and unflatten

Installed Libraries: libagraph.{so,a}, libcdt.{so,a}, libexpr.{so,a}, libgraph.{so,a}, libpack.{so,a}, libpathplan.{so,a}, additional support libraries and language bindings

Installed Directories: /usr/include/graphviz, /usr/lib/graphviz and /usr/share/graphviz

Short Descriptions

acyclic	is a filter that takes a directed graph as input and outputs a copy of the graph with sufficient edges reversed to make the graph acyclic. The reversed edge inherits all of the attributes of the original edge.
bcomps	decomposes graphs into their biconnected components, printing the components to standard output.
ccomps	decomposes graphs into their connected components, printing the components to standard output.
circo	draws graphs using a circular layout. The tool identifies biconnected components and draws the nodes of the component on a circle. The block-cutpoint tree is then laid out using a recursive radial algorithm. Edge crossings within a circle are minimized by placing as many edges on the circle's perimeter as possible. In particular, if the component is outerplanar, the component will have a planar layout.
dijkstra	reads a stream of graphs and for each computes the distance of every node from sourcenode.
dot	draws directed graphs. It works well on DAGs and other graphs that can be drawn as hierarchies. It reads attributed graph files and writes drawings. By default, the output format dot is the input file with layout coordinates appended.
dot2gxl	converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is specified using a flag, gxl2dot will deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of the input file, a `.dot` suffix causing a conversion from DOT to GXL, and a `.gxl` suffix causing a conversion from GXL to DOT.
dot_static	is a version of dotthat has all the Graphviz libraries compiled statically.
dotty	is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing different graphs.
fdp	draws undirected graphs using a “spring” model. It relies on a force-directed approach in the spirit of Fruchterman and Reingold.
gc	is a graph analogue to wc in that it prints to standard output the number of nodes, edges, connected components or clusters contained in the input files. It also prints a total count for all graphs if more than one graph is given.
gvcolor	is a filter that sets node colors from initial seed values. Colors flow along edges from tail to head, and are averaged (as HSB vectors) at nodes. The graph must already have been processed by dot.
gvpack	reads in a stream of graphs, combines the graphs into a single layout, and produces a single graph serving as the union of the input graphs. The input graphs must be in dot format, and must have all necessary layout information.
gvpr	is a graph stream editor inspired by awk. It copies input graphs to its output, possibly transforming their structure and attributes, creating new graphs, or printing arbitrary information.
gxl2dot	converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is specified using a flag, gxl2dot will deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of the input file, a `.dot` suffix causing a conversion from DOT to GXL, and a `.gxl` suffix causing a conversion from GXL to DOT.
lefty	is a two-view graphics editor for technical pictures.
lneato	is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing different graphs.
nop	reads a stream of graphs and prints each in pretty-printed (canonical) format on stdout. If no files are given, it reads from stdin.
prune	reads directed graphs in the same format used by dot and removes subgraphs rooted at nodes specified on the command line via options. These nodes themselves will not be removed, but can be given attributes so that they can be easily located by a graph stream editor such as gpr. prune correctly handles cycles, loops and multi-edges.
sccmap	decomposes digraphs into strongly connected components and an auxiliary map of the relationship between components. In this map, each component is collapsed into a node. The resulting graphs are printed to standard out. The number of nodes, edges and strongly connected components are printed to standard error. sccmap is a way of partitioning large graphs into more manageable pieces.
tred	computes the transitive reduction of directed graphs, and prints the resulting graphs to standard output. This removes edges implied by transitivity. Nodes and subgraphs are not otherwise affected. The “meaning” and validity of the reduced graphs is application dependent. tred is particularly useful as a preprocessor to dot to reduce clutter in dense layouts.
twopi	draws graphs using a radial layout. Basically, one node is chosen as the center and put at the origin. The remaining nodes are placed on a sequence of concentric circles centered about the origin, each a fixed radial distance from the previous circle.
unflatten	is a preprocessor to dot that is used to improve the aspect ratio of graphs having many leaves or disconnected nodes. The usual layout for such a graph is generally very wide or tall. unflatten inserts invisible edges or adjusts the minlen on edges to improve layout compaction.
`libagraph.{so,a}`	supports graph programming by maintaining graphs in memory and reading and writing graph files. Graphs, nodes and edges may be attributed with programmer-defined records and string name-value pairs. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs. Internally, `libagraph` depends extensively on `libcdt` (formerly `libdict`) for set representation.
`libcdt.{so,a}`	manages run-time dictionaries using standard container data types: unordered set/multiset, ordered set/multiset, list, stack, and queue.
`libexpr.{so,a}`	is a C-like expression library.
`libgraph.{so,a}`	maintains directed and undirected attributed graphs in memory and reads and writes graph files. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs. A subgraph may contain any nodes and edges of its parents, and may be passed to any `libgraph` function taking a graph pointer, except the three that create new attributes (where a main graph is required).
`libpack.{so,a}`	supports the use of connected components in the context of laying out graphs using other Graphviz libraries. One set of functions can be used to take a single graph and break it apart into connected components. A complementary set of functions takes a collection of graphs (not necessarily components of a single graph) which have been laid out separately, and packs them together moderately tightly. The packing is done using the polyomino algorithm of K. Freivalds et al.
`libpathplan.{so,a}`	contains functions to find the shortest path between two points in a simple polygon.

xterm-223

Introduction to xterm

xterm is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm-223.tgz
Download MD5 sum: bf5bb77496ddf95df32b8e752a6cabb0
Download size: 786 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

xterm Dependencies

Required

Xorg Libraries

Optional

luit-1.0.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xterm

Installation of xterm

Note

Install xterm by running the following commands:

TERMINFO=/usr/lib/terminfo ./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
    --enable-luit --with-wide-chars \
    --with-app-default=$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-ti

Command Explanations

TERMINFO=/usr/lib/terminfo: This ensures that the xterm terminfo file is installed to the system terminfo database when the installation prefix is not /usr.

--with-app-defaults=...: Sets the location for the app-defaults directory.

--enable-luit: Enables the luit filter for Unicode translation. If luit is not found in the PATH, it will be disabled.

--with-wide-chars: Adds support for wide characters.

make install-ti: This command installs corrected terminfo description files for use with xterm.

Configuring xterm

There are two ways to configure xterm. You can add X resource definitions to the user's ~/.Xresources file, or add them to the system-wide $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/app-defaults/Xterm file.

In order for xterm to follow the locale settings in the environment and use TrueType fonts, add the following definitions as the root user:

cat >> $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/app-defaults/XTerm << "EOF"
*VT100*locale: true
*VT100*faceName: Monospace
*VT100*faceSize: 10
EOF

Installed Programs: resize, uxterm, and xterm

Short Descriptions

`resize`	prints a shell command for setting the TERM and TERMCAP environment variables to indicate the current size of xterm window.
`uxterm`	is a wrapper script to start xterm with the proper settings in UTF-8 locales.
`xterm`	is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.

rman-3.2

Introduction to rman

rman is a utility to convert manual pages into other formats. It can currently supports HTML, ASCII, LaTeX, LaTeX2e, RTF, POD, and partial DocBook XML output.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/polyglotman/rman-3.2.tar.gz?download
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 6d1d67641c6d042595a96a62340d3cc6
Download size: 80 KB
Estimated disk space required: 629 KB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rman

Installation of rman

Note

rman is no longer part of the Xorg distribution, however, packages that use it may expect it to be in the same location as your Xorg programs. Adjust the makefile to account for this:

sed -i -e "s@/opt/local@$XORG_PREFIX@" \
    -e "s@/usr/local@$XORG_PREFIX@" Makefile

Build rman by running the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: rman

Short Description

rman

is a manpage converter.

Chapter 11. System Utilities

This chapter contains mainly hardware utilities. It also contains some applications used by other applications in the book for installation purposes.

GPM-1.20.1

Introduction to GPM

The GPM (General Purpose Mouse daemon) package contains a mouse server for the console and xterm. It not only provides cut and paste support generally, but its library component is used by various software such as Links to provide mouse support to the application. It is useful on desktops, especially if following (Beyond) Linux From Scratch instructions; it's often much easier (and less error prone) to cut and paste between two console windows than to type everything by hand!

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.schottelius.org/pub/linux/gpm/gpm-1.20.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/gpm-1.20.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2c63e827d755527950d9d13fe3d87692
Download size: 556 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gpm-1.20.1-segfault-1.patch
Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gpm-1.20.1-silent-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/GPM

Installation of GPM

Install GPM by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gpm-1.20.1-segfault-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../gpm-1.20.1-silent-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
LDFLAGS="-lm" make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
cp -v conf/gpm-root.conf /etc &&
ldconfig

Command Explanations

LDFLAGS="-lm": The math library must be linked with gpm, as ceil() is used in some cursor scrolling logic.

Configuring GPM

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/gpm init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-gpm

Config Files

/etc/gpm-root.conf and ~/.gpm-root: The default and individual user gpm-root configuration files.

/etc/sysconfig/mouse: This file contains the name of your mouse device and the protocol which it uses. To create this file, run the following as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/mouse << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/mouse

MDEVICE="<yourdevice>"
PROTOCOL="<yourprotocol>"
GPMOPTS="<additional options>"

# End /etc/sysconfig/mouse
EOF

Configuration Information

Examples of values to set MDEVICE, PROTOCOL, and GPMOPTS to are:

MDEVICE="/dev/psaux"
PROTOCOL="imps2"
GPMOPTS=""

A list of which protocol values are known can be found by running gpm -m [device] -t -help. The MDEVICE setting depends on which type of mouse you have. For example, /dev/ttyS0 for a serial mouse (on Windows this is COM1), /dev/input/mice is often used for USB mice and /dev/psaux for PS2 mice. GPMOPTS is the 'catch all' for any additional options that are needed for your hardware.

Installed Programs: disable-paste, gpm, gpm-root, hltest, mev, and mouse-test

Installed Libraries: libgpm.{so.a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

disable-paste	is a security mechanism used to disable the paste buffer.
gpm	is a cut and paste utility and mouse server for virtual consoles.
gpm-root	is a default handler for gpm. It is used to draw menus on the root window.
hltest	is a simple sample application using the high-level library, meant to be read by programmers trying to use the high-level library.
mev	is a program to report mouse events.
mouse-test	is a tool for determining the mouse type and device it's attached to.
`libgpm.{so.a}`	contains the API functions to access the GPM daemon.

Fcron-3.0.1

Introduction to Fcron

The Fcron package contains a periodical command scheduler which aims at replacing Vixie Cron.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fcron.free.fr/archives/fcron-3.0.1.src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.seul.org/pub/fcron/fcron-3.0.1.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8e5dcb3a646c11294294895954ef0a48
Download size: 532 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Fcron Dependencies

Optional

An MTA, text editor (default is vi from the Vim-7.0 package), Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fcron

Installation of Fcron

Fcron uses the cron facility of syslog to log all messages. Since LFS does not set up this facility in /etc/syslog.conf, it needs to be done prior to installing Fcron. This command will append the necessary line to the current /etc/syslog.conf (perform as the root user):

cat >> /etc/syslog.conf << "EOF"
# Begin fcron addition to /etc/syslog.conf

cron.* -/var/log/cron.log

# End fcron addition
EOF

The configuration file has been modified, so reloading the sysklogd daemon will activate the changes (again as the root user).

/etc/rc.d/init.d/sysklogd reload

For security reasons, an unprivileged user and group for Fcron should be created (perform as the root user):

groupadd -g 22 fcron &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "Fcron User" -g fcron -s /bin/false -u 22 fcron

Install Fcron by running the following commands:

./configure --without-sendmail --with-boot-install=no &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--without-sendmail: By default, Fcron will attempt to use the sendmail command from an MTA package to email you the results of the fcron script. This switch is used to disable default email notification. Omit the switch to enable the default. Alternatively, you can use the --with-sendmail=</path/to/MTA command> to use a different mailer command.

--with-boot-install=no: This prevents installation of the bootscript included with the package.

--with-editor=</path/to/editor>: This switch allows you to set the default text editor.

Configuring Fcron

Config Files

/etc/fcron.conf, /etc/fcron.allow, and /etc/fcron.deny

Configuration Information

There are no required changes in any of the config files. Configuration information can be found in the man page for fcron.conf.

fcron scripts are written using fcrontab. Refer to the fcrontab man page for proper parameters to address your situation.

If Linux-PAM is installed, two PAM configuration files are installed in /etc/pam.d. Alternatively if /etc/pam.d is not used, the installation will append two configuration sections to the exiting /etc/pam.conf file. You should ensure the files match your preferences. Modify them as required to suit your needs.

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/fcron init script from the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-fcron

Installed Programs: fcron, fcrondyn, fcronsighup, and fcrontab

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/fcron-3.0.1 and /var/spool/fcron

Short Descriptions

fcron	is the scheduling daemon.
fcrondyn	is a user tool intended to interact with a running fcron daemon.
fcronsighup	instructs fcron to reread the Fcron tables.
fcrontab	is a program used to install, edit, list and remove the tables used by fcron.

Hdparm-6.6

Introduction to Hdparm

The hdparm package contains a utility that is useful for controlling ATA/IDE controllers and hard drives both to increase performance and sometimes to increase stability.

Warning

As well as being useful, incorrect usage of hdparm can destroy your information and in rare cases, drives. Use with caution and make sure you know what you are doing. If in doubt, it is recommended that you leave the default kernel parameters alone.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/hdparm/hdparm-6.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: ecea69f775396e4ab6112dcf9066239f
Download size: 45 KB
Estimated disk space required: 452 KB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hdparm

Installation of Hdparm

Build hdparm by running the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note that by default, hdparm is installed in /sbin as some systems may require it during the boot process before /usr is mounted. If you wish to install hdparm under the /usr hierarchy, then replace the above command with the following:

make binprefix=/usr/ install

Installed Program: hdparm

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

hdparm

provides a command-line interface to various hard disk ioctls supported by the stock Linux ATA/IDE device driver subsystem.

Which-2.16 and Alternatives

The presence or absence of the which program in the main LFS book is probably one of the most contentious issues on the mailing lists. It has resulted in at least one flame war in the past. To hopefully put an end to this once and for all, presented here are two options for equipping your system with which. The question of which “which” is for you to decide.

The first option is to install the actual GNU which package.

Introduction to Which

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.xs4all.nl/~carlo17/which/which-2.16.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 830b83af48347a9a3520f561e47cbc9b
Download size: 123 KB
Estimated disk space required: 940 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/which

Installation of Which

Install which by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: which

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

which

shows the full path of (shell) commands installed in your PATH.

The 'which' Script

The second option (for those who don't want to install the package) is to create a simple script (execute as the root user):

cat > /usr/bin/which << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
type -pa "$@" | head -n 1 ; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/which
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/which

This should work OK and is probably the easiest solution for most cases, but is not the most comprehensive implementation.

UnZip-5.52

Introduction to UnZip

The UnZip package contains ZIP extraction utilities. These are useful for extracting files from ZIP archives. ZIP archives are created with PKZIP or Info-ZIP utilities, primarily in a DOS environment.

Caution

The UnZip package has some locale related issues. See the discussion below in the section called “UnZip Locale Issues”. A more general discussion of these problems can be found in the Program Assumes Encoding section of the Locale Related Issues page.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/unzip552.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/tools/zip/info-zip/src/unzip552.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9d23919999d6eac9217d1f41472034a9
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/unzip-5.52-security_fix-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unzip

UnZip Locale Issues

Note

Use of UnZip in the JDK, Mozilla, DocBook or any other BLFS package installation is not a problem, as BLFS instructions never use UnZip to extract a file with non-ASCII characters in the file's name.

The UnZip package assumes that filenames stored in the ZIP archives created on non-Unix systems are encoded in CP850, and that they should be converted to ISO-8859-1 when writing files onto the filesystem. Such assumptions are not always valid. In fact, inside the ZIP archive, filenames are encoded in the DOS codepage that is in use in the relevant country, and the filenames on disk should be in the locale encoding. In MS Windows, the OemToChar() C function (from User32.DLL) does the correct conversion (which is indeed the conversion from CP850 to a superset of ISO-8859-1 if MS Windows is set up to use the US English language), but there is no equivalent in Linux.

When using unzip to unpack a ZIP archive containing non-ASCII filenames, the filenames are damaged because unzip uses improper conversion when any of its encoding assumptions are incorrect. For example, in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale, conversion of filenames from CP866 to KOI8-R is required, but conversion from CP850 to ISO-8859-1 is done, which produces filenames consisting of undecipherable characters instead of words (the closest equivalent understandable example for English-only users is rot13). There are several ways around this limitation:

1) For unpacking ZIP archives with filenames containing non-ASCII characters, use WinZip while running the Wine Windows emulator.

2) After running unzip, fix the damage made to the filenames using the convmv tool (http://j3e.de/linux/convmv/). The following is an example for the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale:

Step 1. Undo the conversion done by unzip:
convmv -f iso-8859-1 -t cp850 -r --nosmart --notest \
    </path/to/unzipped/files>
Step 2. Do the correct conversion instead:
convmv -f cp866 -t koi8-r -r --nosmart --notest \
    </path/to/unzipped/files>

3) Apply this patch to unzip: https://bugzilla.altlinux.ru/attachment.cgi?id=532. It will apply with some offsets.

It allows to specify the assumed filename encoding in the ZIP archive using the -O charset_name option and the on-disk filename encoding using the -I charset_name option. Defaults: the on-disk filename encoding is the locale encoding, the encoding inside the ZIP archive is guessed according to the builtin table based on the locale encoding. For US English users, this still means that unzip converts from CP850 to ISO-8859-1 by default.

Caveat: this method works only with 8-bit locale encodings, not with UTF-8. Attempting to use a patched unzip in UTF-8 locales may result in a segmentation fault and is probably a security risk.

Installation of UnZip

Note that if you applied the patch described above for locale issues, the required security patch will have some offsets. Now install UnZip by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../unzip-5.52-security_fix-1.patch &&
make -f unix/Makefile LOCAL_UNZIP=-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 linux

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install

Command Explanations

linux: This target in the Makefile makes assumptions that are useful for a Linux system when compiling the executables. To obtain alternatives to this target, use make list

LOCAL_UNZIP=...: This sets the compilation flags to allow UnZip to handle files up to 4 GB.

Installed Programs: funzip, unzip, unzipfsx, zipgrep, and zipinfo

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

funzip	allows the output of unzip commands to be redirected.
unzip	lists, tests or extracts files from a `ZIP` archive.
unzipfsx	is a self-extracting stub that can be prepended to a `ZIP` archive. Files in this format allow the recipient to decompress the archive without installing UnZip.
zipgrep	searches files in a `ZIP` archive for lines matching a pattern.
zipinfo	produces technical information about the files in a `ZIP` archive, including file access permissions, encryption status, type of compression, etc.
`libunzip.so`	contains the API functions required by the UnZip programs.

Zip-2.32

Introduction to Zip

The Zip package contains Zip utilities. These are useful for compressing files into ZIP archives.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fresh.t-systems-sfr.com/unix/src/misc/zip232.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/tools/zip/info-zip/src/zip232.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8a4da4460386e324debe97f3b7fe4d96
Download size: 789 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zip

Installation of Zip

Install Zip by running the following commands:

make -f unix/Makefile generic_gcc

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr -f unix/Makefile install

Command Explanations

make prefix=/usr -f unix/Makefile install: This command overrides the prefix variable that is set to /usr/local in the unix/Makefile. Alternatives to generic_gcc can be seen with a make -f unix/Makefile list command.

Installed Programs: zip, zipcloak, zipnote, and zipsplit

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

zip	compresses files into a `ZIP` archive.
zipcloak	is a utility to encrypt and decrypt a `ZIP` archive.
zipnote	reads or writes comments stored in a `ZIP` file.
zipsplit	is a utility to split `ZIP` files into smaller files.

PCI Utilities-2.2.3

Introduction to PCI Utilities

The PCI Utilities package is a set of programs for listing PCI devices, inspecting their status and setting their configuration registers.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-2.2.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-2.2.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 86cc20eaa0360587497a8105d33e57fc
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pciutils

Installation of PCI Utilities

Install PCI Utilities by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/null ;/null 2>\&1 ;/' update-pciids.sh &&
make PREFIX=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr install

Some packages require the PCI static library. To install the library and headers, issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m 755 -d /usr/include/pci &&
install -v -m 644 lib/libpci.a /usr/lib &&
install -v -m 644 lib/*.h /usr/include/pci

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/null ;/null 2>\&1 ;/' update-pciids.sh: This command suppresses some unneeded screen output from the update-pciids command if you don't have either Lynx or Wget installed by redirecting the stderr output of the embedded which command to /dev/null.

Configuring PCI Utilities

The pci.ids data file is constantly being updated. To get a current version of this file, run update-pciids as the root user. This program requires the which-2.16 script or program to find cURL-7.15.3, Wget-1.10.2 or Lynx-2.8.6 which are used to download the most current file, and then replace the existing file in /usr/share.

You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write privilege to /usr/share) crontab to automatically update the pci.ids file periodically.

Installed Programs: lspci, setpci and update-pciids

Installed Library: libpci.a

Installed Directory: /usr/include/pci

Short Descriptions

lspci	is a utility for displaying information about all PCI buses in the system and all devices connected to them.
setpci	is a utility for querying and configuring PCI devices.
update-pciids	fetches the current version of the PCI ID list. Requires cURL-7.15.3, Wget-1.10.2 or Lynx-2.8.6.
`libpci.a`	is the static library that allows applications to access the PCI subsystem.

usbutils-0.72

Introduction to usbutils

The usbutils package contains a utility used to display information about USB buses in the system and the devices connected to them.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/linux-usb/usbutils-0.72.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: ee345fe605ffcfce843dae4aed81122b
Download size: 166 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

usbutils Dependencies

Required

libusb-0.1.12

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/usbutils

Installation of usbutils

Install usbutils by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|DEST=|&/usr/share/|' update-usbids.sh &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 update-usbids.sh /usr/sbin/update-usbids

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' update-usbids.sh: This command is used to modify the download script so that it will replace the existing file in /usr/share instead of in the current directory.

Configuring usbutils

The usb.ids data file is constantly being updated. To get a current version of this file, run update-usbids as the root user. This program requires the which-2.16 script or program to find Wget-1.10.2 or Lynx-2.8.6 which are used to download the most current file, and replace the existing file in /usr/share.

You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write privilege to /usr/share) crontab to automatically update the usb.ids file periodically.

Installed Programs: lsusb and update-usbids

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

lsusb	is a utility for displaying information about all USB buses in the system and all devices connected to them.
update-usbids	downloads the current version of the USB ID list. Requires Wget-1.10.2 or Lynx-2.8.6.

pkg-config-0.20

Introduction to pkg-config

The pkg-config package contains a tool for passing the include path and/or library paths to build tools during the configure and make file execution.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pkgconfig.freedesktop.org/releases/pkg-config-0.20.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/pkg-config-0.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fb42402593e4198bc252ab248dd4158b
Download size: 969 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pkgconfig

Installation of pkg-config

Install pkg-config by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring pkg-config

The default setting for PKG_CONFIG_PATH is /usr/lib/pkgconfig:/usr/share/pkgconfig because of the prefix used to install pkg-config. You may add to PKG_CONFIG_PATH by exporting additional paths on your system where .pc files are installed. Note that PKG_CONFIG_PATH is only needed when compiling packages, not during run-time.

Installed Program: pkg-config

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

pkg-config

returns meta information for the specified library or package.

cpio-2.6

Introduction to cpio

The cpio package contains tools for archiving.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 76b4145f33df088a5bade3bf4373d17d
Download size: 561 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/cpio-2.6-security_fixes-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cpio

Installation of cpio

Install cpio by running the following commands:

sed -i "s/invalid_arg/argmatch_invalid/" src/mt.c &&
patch -Np1 -i ../cpio-2.6-security_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure CPIO_MT_PROG=mt --prefix=/usr \
    --bindir=/bin --libexecdir=/tmp \
    --with-rmt=/usr/sbin/rmt &&
echo "#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1" >> config.h &&
echo "#define HAVE_LSTAT 1" >> config.h &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create alternate forms of the documentation, issue the any or all of the following commands:

make -C doc pdf &&
make -C doc ps &&
texi2html -o doc/cpio.html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/cpio.txt doc/cpio.texi

To test the results, issue:

sed -i 's/static const char/const char/' tests/genfile.c &&
make check

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built any of the alternate forms of documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.6 &&
install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{pdf,ps,dvi,html,txt} \
                 /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.6

Command Explanations

sed -i "s/invalid_arg/argmatch_invalid/" src/mt.c: This command fixes a build problem with the mt program.

CPIO_MT_PROG=mt: This parameter forces the building and installation of the mt program.

--bindir=/bin: This parameter installs cpio to /bin instead of /usr/bin as recommended by the FHS guidelines.

--libexecdir=/tmp: This parameter is used so that /usr/libexec is not created.

--with-rmt=/usr/sbin/rmt: This parameter inhibits building the rmt program as it is already installed by the Tar package in LFS.

echo "#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1" >> config.h: This command specifies that the system Libc implements the setlocale function since it is not detected by configure.

echo "#define HAVE_LSTAT 1" >> config.h: This define fixes a bug that causes cpio to convert symlinks into regular files during archive creation.

sed -i 's/static const ...: This command fixes a build problem when compiling the tests with GCC-4.0.3.

Installed Programs: cpio and mt

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

cpio	copies files to and from archives.
mt	controls magnetic tape drive operations.

MC-4.6.1

Introduction to MC

MC (Midnight Commander) is a text-mode full-screen file manager and visual shell. It provides a clear, user-friendly, and somewhat protected interface to a Unix system while making many frequent file operations more efficient and preserving the full power of the command prompt.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/file/managers/mc/mc-4.6.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-koeln.de/util/shell/mc-4.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 18b20db6e40480a53bac2870c56fc3c4
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Do I Need the Debian Patch?

Midnight Commander without the Debian patch is completely unusable in multibyte locales because it assumes that characters and bytes are the same thing. The issue manifests itself as massive screen content corruption similar to what is depicted in this screenshot (taken in the ru_RU.UTF-8 locale). For a general discussion of this type of issue, see the Breaks Multibyte Characters section of the Locale Related Issues page. The Debian patch mostly fixes this issue, and adds support for recoding remote FTP filenames. Debian also fixed 64-bit issues, rare segfaults in mcedit, and improved syntax highlighting.

If you do not use a multibyte locale and do not need any of the new features or fixes, the patch is still supposed to be harmless. However, the patch changes the dependencies and build instructions, and in the past it caused unacceptable regressions for non-UTF-8 locale users. Thus, failsafe instructions without the patch are left in the book just in case. Due to the size and unofficial nature of the patch, please do not report bugs in the patched MC to the original MC developers.

MC Dependencies

Required

GLib-1.2.10 (untested with Debian patch) or GLib-2.10.3

Optional

GPM-1.20.1, X Window System, Samba-3.0.23d, S-Lang-2.0.6 (required when building with Debian patch), Zip-2.32, UnZip-5.52, and GNOME Libraries-1.4.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/MC

Installation of MC

If desired, apply Debian fixes:

patch -Np1 -i ../mc-4.6.1-debian_fixes-1.patch

Install MC by running the following commands:

CPPFLAGS="-DUTF8" ./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --enable-charset &&
make

MC with Debian patches expects its documentation to be stored in UTF-8 encoding on disk, and automatically converts it to the locale encoding when displaying on the terminal. This is different from the expectations of the unpatched MC, so the documentation files have to be converted if (and only if) the Debian patch has been applied:

convert-mans ISO-8859-1 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint{,.es,.it,.nl} &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-2 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint{.cs,.hu,.pl} &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-5 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.sr &&
convert-mans KOI8-R UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.ru &&
convert-mans KOI8-U UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.uk &&
convert-mans BIG5 UTF-8 lib/mc.hint.zh &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-1 UTF-8 doc/{es,it}/mc.hlp.* &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-2 UTF-8 doc/{hu,pl}/mc.hlp.* &&
convert-mans ISO-8859-5 UTF-8 doc/sr/mc.hlp.sr &&
convert-mans KOI8-R UTF-8 doc/ru/mc.hlp.ru

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod 1755 /usr/lib/mc/cons.saver

Command Explanations

CPPFLAGS="-DUTF8": This parameter activates UTF-8 support in the Debian patch and has no effect without this patch.

--enable-charset: This option adds support to mcedit for editing files in encodings different from the one implied by the current locale. This feature works in non-UTF-8 locales only, even with the Debian patch.

--with-screen=(slang|mcslang|ncurses): This parameter selects the screen library used by MC. NCurses support is currently buggy (MC does not handle mouse events in xterm correctly). UTF-8 support in the Debian patch is functional only when external S-Lang-2.0.6 is used as a screen library (this is the default).

--with-codepagedir=DIR: This parameter was useful only with SAMBA-2.x. New versions of SAMBA do not have codepage files.

chmod 1755 /usr/lib/mc/cons.saver: The cons.saver program has to be installed setuid root, because on LFS regular users have no access to /dev/vcsa* devices. This step is optional if MC is going to be started from X terminal emulators or ssh sessions only (thus rendering the cons.saver binary completely unneeded).

Configuring MC

Config Files

~/.mc/*

Configuration Information

The ~/.mc directory and its contents are created when you start mc for the first time. Then you can edit the main ~/.mc/ini configuration file manually or through the MC shell. Consult the mc(1) man page for details.

Installed Programs: cons.saver, mc, mcedit, mcmfmt, and mcview

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/mc and /usr/lib/mc

Short Descriptions

cons.saver	is used internally by mc for saving and restoring the text behind the panels on Linux text console.
mc	is a visual shell.
mcedit	is an internal file editor.
mcmfmt	is used internally by mcview when viewing mailbox files.
mcview	is an internal file viewer.

Sysstat-6.0.2

Introduction to Sysstat

The Sysstat package contains utilities to monitor system performance and usage activity. Sysstat contains the sar utility, common to many commercial Unixes, and tools you can schedule via cron to collect and historize performance and activity data.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://perso.wanadoo.fr/sebastien.godard/sysstat-6.0.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/linux/system/status/sysstat-6.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 99ed143d7e753f0b2220baa115859b44
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Sysstat Dependencies

Installation of Sysstat

Install Sysstat by running the following commands:

make config &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 sysstat.sysconfig /etc/sysconfig/sysstat

Command Explanations

make config: Runs the interactive configuration process. The first question prompts you for an “Installation directory”. Reply with /usr, as this is equivalent to Autoconf's --prefix=/usr parameter to configure. For all other prompts, you may press Enter to accept the (very sane) defaults. When prompted for “Number of daily data files to keep: [7]”, you may wish to keep a larger number of files. Note that anything entered larger than 28 will result in 28 being used.

Configuring Sysstat

Cron Information

To begin gathering Sysstat history information, you must add to, or create a privileged user's crontab. The default history data location is /var/log/sa. The user running Sysstat utilities via cron must have write access to this location.

Below is an example of what to install in the crontab. Adjust the parameters to suit your needs. Use man sa1 and man sa2 for information about the commands.

# 8am-7pm activity reports every 10 minutes during weekdays
0 8-18 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 600 6 &

# 7pm-8am activity reports every hour during weekdays
0 19-7 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &

# Activity reports every hour on Saturday and Sunday
0 * * * 0,6 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &

# Daily summary prepared at 19:05
5 19 * * * /usr/lib/sa/sa2 -A &

Ensure you submit the revised crontab to the cron daemon.

System Startup Information

At system startup, a LINUX RESTART message must be inserted in the daily data file to reinitialize the kernel counters. This can be automated by installing the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sysstat init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package using the following command as the root user:

make install-sysstat

Installed Programs: iostat, mpstat, sar, sa1, sa2, sadc and sadf

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/sa, /usr/share/doc/sysstat-6.0.2 and /var/log/sa

Short Descriptions

iostat	reports CPU statistics and input/output statistics for devices and partitions.
mpstat	reports individual or combined processor related statistics.
sar	collects, reports and saves system activity information.
sa1	collects and stores binary data in the system activity daily data file. It is a front end to `sadc` designed to be run from cron.
sa2	writes a summarized daily activity report. It is a front end to sar designed to be run from cron.
sadc	is the system activity data collector, used as a backend for sar.
sadf	is used for displaying the contents of data files created by the sar command. But unlike sar, sadf can write its data in many different formats.

Apache Ant-1.6.5

Introduction to Apache Ant

The Apache Ant package is a Java-based build tool. In theory, it is kind of like make, but without make's wrinkles. Ant is different. Instead of a model where it is extended with shell-based commands, Ant is extended using Java classes. Instead of writing shell commands, the configuration files are XML-based, calling out a target tree where various tasks get executed. Each task is run by an object that implements a particular task interface.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/ant/source/apache-ant-1.6.5-src.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.oregonstate.edu/pub/apache/ant/source/apache-ant-1.6.5-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 80a7ad191c40b7d8c82533524b282b6b
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 94.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/apache-ant-1.6.5-blfs_install-1.patch

Apache Ant Dependencies

Required

JDK-1.5.0_10

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apache-ant

Installation of Apache Ant

Note

You may need additional libraries to satisfy the build requirements of various packages installed using Apache Ant. Review the table at http://ant.apache.org/manual/install.html#librarydependencies for any prerequisite libraries you may need. One such library is the JUnit-3.8.1 testing framework library. Many Ant-installed packages will use this library to perform the unit tests during the build process. To install the JUnit library along with the Apache Ant package, download it from http://www.junit.org/, unzip the distribution file (requires UnZip-5.52) and copy the junit.jar file into the lib subdirectory of the Apache Ant source tree before beginning the Apache Ant build.

Install Apache Ant by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../apache-ant-1.6.5-blfs_install-1.patch

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

./build.sh -Ddist.dir=/opt/ant-1.6.5 dist &&
ln -v -sf /etc/ant /opt/ant-1.6.5/etc &&
ln -v -sf ant-1.6.5 /opt/ant

Command Explanations

./build.sh -Ddist.dir=/opt/ant-1.6.5 dist: This command does everything. It builds, then installs the package into /opt/ant-1.6.5.

ln -v -sf /etc/ant /opt/ant-1.6.5/etc: The patch changes the configuration directory to /etc/ant to conform with FHS guidelines. This command creates a symlink from the configuration directory back to the installation directory as the package is expecting to find the files there.

ln -v -sf ant-1.6.5 /opt/ant: This command is optional, and creates a convenience symlink.

Configuring Apache Ant

Config Files

/etc/ant/ant.conf, ~/.ant/ant.conf, and ~/.antrc

Configuration Information

Some packages will require ant to be in the search path and the $ANT_HOME environment variable defined. Satisfy these requirements by adding the following lines to /etc/profile or to individual user's ~/.profile or ~/.bashrc files:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/ant/bin
export ANT_HOME=/opt/ant

Installed Programs: ant, antRun, antRun.pl, complete-ant-cmd.pl, runant.pl, and runant.py

Installed Libraries: ant-*.jar, xercesImpl.jar, and xml-apis.jar

Installed Directories: /etc/ant and /opt/ant-1.6.5

Short Descriptions

ant	is a Java based build tool used by many packages instead of the conventional make program.
antRun	is a support script used to start ant build scripts in a given directory.
antRun.pl	is a Perl script that provides similar functionality offered by the antRun script.
complete-ant-cmd.pl	is a Perl script that allows Bash to complete an ant command-line.
runant.pl	is a Perl wrapper script used to invoke ant.
runant.py	is a Python wrapper script used to invoke ant.
`ant-*.jar`	files are the Apache Ant Java class libraries.
`xercesImpl.jar`	is a Java class library used by Apache Ant to perform XML parsing.
`xml-apis.jar`	contains the DOM Java classes required by the Apache Ant XML formatter.

D-BUS-0.62

Introduction to D-BUS

D-BUS is a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another. D-BUS supplies both a system daemon (for events such as “new hardware device added” or “printer queue changed”) and a per-user-login-session daemon (for general IPC needs among user applications). Also, the message bus is built on top of a general one-to-one message passing framework, which can be used by any two applications to communicate directly (without going through the message bus daemon).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-0.62.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/dbus-0.62.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ba7692f63d0e9f1ef06703dff56cb650b
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 69.4 MB (includes building and installing all docs)
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

D-BUS Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, expat-2.0.0 or libxml2-2.6.26, GLib-2.10.3, GTK+-2.8.20, Qt-3.3.7, Qt-4.x.x, X Window System, GCC-4.0.3 (for the Java compiler and tools), Pyrex (version 0.9.4.1 is known to work and requires Python-2.4.4), GtkSharp-1.0.x (requires Mono), Monodoc, Doxygen-1.4.6 (to generate the API documentation), and xmlto (to generate HTML documentation and manuals)

Listed below are some additional notes about the dependencies

Review the information from running ./configure --help for the available parameters to pass to the configure script to enable the various dependencies.
To build the Mono bindings, you must have GtkSharp installed. If you wish to use recent versions of GtkSharp, you'll need to make some trivial patches to the D-BUS sources. See http://www.mono-project.com/GtkSharpUpgrade for details.
If you have a recent version of Monodoc installed (>= 1.1.10) and you passed the --enable-mono-docs parameter to configure, the D-BUS build will fail. You can review the parts of this patch (http://www.mail-archive.com/frugalware-darcs@frugalware.org/msg10156.html) that apply to the Monodoc installation, to fix the build problems. Note this is untested by the BLFS Team, but should work just fine.

HAL Requirements

GLib-2.10.3 must be installed before you begin building D-BUS if you plan on installing HAL-0.5.7.1. GLib is required to build the libdbus-glib library, which is required by the HAL daemon.

If you plan on using HAL with KDE, you'll need to link D-BUS with the Qt libraries. Ensure you've installed Qt before beginning the D-BUS installation.

If you desire to use the hal-device-manager program, Pyrex (note the known working version listed in the dependencies) must be installed before you begin building D-BUS as the D-BUS Python bindings are required. You will also need to remove the --disable-python parameter from the configure command in the instructions below.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus

Kernel Configuration

Ensure the following option is enabled in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

General Setup
  System V IPC

Installation of D-BUS

As the root user, create a system user and group to handle the system message bus activity:

groupadd -g 18 messagebus &&
useradd -c "D-BUS Message Daemon User" -d /dev/null \
        -u 18 -g messagebus -s /bin/false messagebus

Install D-BUS by running the following commands (you may wish to review the output from ./configure --help first and add any desired parameters to the configure command shown below):

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --disable-python &&
make

The --enable-doxygen-docs parameter does not work properly. If you have Doxygen installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.

This package's test suite cannot be run without passing additional parameters to configure. These parameters are not intended to be used in a production build of D-BUS so you will have to build twice (issuing make distclean after the first build) if you want to run the regression tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/dbus-0.62 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{TODO,*.{dtd,xml,xsl,html,txt,c}} \
    /usr/share/doc/dbus-0.62

If you built the API documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/dbus-0.62/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/api/html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/dbus-0.62/api

Command Explanations

--localstatedir=/var: This parameter causes the daemon PID file to be created in /var/run/dbus instead of /usr/var/run/dbus.

--disable-python: This parameter is required if Python is not installed. Remove the parameter if Python (and Pyrex) is installed and you wish to build the Python bindings.

Configuring dbus

Config Files

/etc/dbus-1/session.conf, /etc/dbus-1/system.conf and /etc/dbus-1/system.d/*

Configuration Information

The configuration files listed above should probably not be modified. If changes are required, you should create /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf and/or /etc/dbus-1/system-local.conf and make any desired changes to these files.

If any packages install a D-Bus .service file outside of the standard /usr/share/dbus-1/services directory, that directory should be added to the local session configuration. For instance, /usr/local/share/dbus-1/services can be added by performing the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
 "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
 "http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>

  <!-- Search for .service files in /usr/local -->
  <servicedir>/usr/local/share/dbus-1/services</servicedir>

</busconfig>
EOF

Boot Script

To automatically start dbus-daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dbus bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-dbus

Note that this boot script only starts the system-wide D-BUS daemon. Each user requiring access to D-BUS services will also need to run a session daemon as well. There are many methods you can use to start a session daemon using the dbus-launch command. Review the dbus-launch man page for details about the available parameters and options. Here are some suggestions and examples:

Add dbus-launch to the line in the ~/.xinitrc file that starts your graphical desktop environment as shown in the section called “Configuring the Core GNOME Packages”.
If you use xdm or some other display manager that calls the ~/.xsession file, you can add dbus-launch to the line in your ~/.xsession file that starts your graphical desktop environment. The syntax would be similar to the example in the ~/.xinitrc file.
If you use gdm or some other display manager that utilizes custom files to initiate sessions, use the example in the section called “Configuration Information” of the GDM instructions to create a file containing dbus-launch.
The examples shown previously use dbus-launch to specify a program to be run. This has the benefit (when also using the --exit-with-session parameter) of stopping the session daemon when the specified program is stopped. You can also start the session daemon in your system or personal startup scripts by adding the following lines:
```
# Start the D-BUS session daemon
eval `dbus-launch`
export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS
```
This method will not stop the session daemon when you exit your shell, therefore you should add the following line to your ~/.bash_logout file:
```
# Kill the D-BUS session daemon
kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID
```
A hint has been written that provides ways to start scripts using the KDM session manager of KDE. The concepts in this hint could possibly used with other session managers as well. The hint is located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/execute-session-scripts-using-kdm.txt.

Installed Programs: dbus-binding-tool, dbus-cleanup-sockets, dbus-daemon, dbus-launch, dbus-monitor, dbus-send and dbus-viewer

Installed Libraries: libdbus-1.{so,a} and optionally, dbus-1.jar, libdbus-gcj-1.{so,a}, libdbus-glib-1.{so,a}, libdbus-qt-1.{so,a}, libdbus-qt4-1.{so,a}, libdbus-mono-1.{so,a} and Python modules

Installed Directories: /etc/dbus-1, /usr/include/dbus-1.0, /usr/lib/dbus-1.0, /usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/dbus, /usr/share/dbus-1, /usr/share/doc/dbus-0.62 and /var/run/dbus

Short Descriptions

dbus-binding-tool	is used to create header files from GLib object files.
dbus-cleanup-sockets	is used to clean up leftover sockets in a directory.
dbus-daemon	is the D-BUS message bus daemon.
dbus-launch	is used to start dbus-daemon from a shell script. It would normally be called from a user's login scripts.
dbus-monitor	is used to monitor messages going through a D-BUS message bus.
dbus-send	is used to send a message to a D-BUS message bus.
dbus-viewer	is a graphical D-BUS frontend utility.
`libdbus-1.{so,a}`	contains the API functions used by the D-BUS message daemon. D-BUS is first a library that provides one-to-one communication between any two applications; dbus-daemon is an application that uses this library to implement a message bus daemon.

HAL-0.5.7.1

Introduction to HAL

HAL is a hardware abstraction layer, which is a piece of software that provides a view of the various hardware attached to a system. In addition to this, HAL keeps detailed metadata for each piece of hardware and provides hooks such that system and desktop-level software can react to changes in the hardware configuration in order to maintain system policy.

The most important goal of HAL is to provide plug-and-play facilities for UNIX-like desktops with focus on providing a rich and extensible description of device characteristics and features. One example of the functionality provided by HAL is when you plug in a USB storage device. HAL can automatically create a mount point in /media and mount the device.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/~david/dist/hal-0.5.7.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/hal-0.5.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d7a7741808ba130f8aff3f5d3b5689e4
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

HAL Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3, D-BUS-0.62 (see the HAL Requirements), Python-2.4.4, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, intltool-0.34.2, libusb-0.1.12, Doxygen-1.4.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hal

Installation of HAL

You must create a dedicated user and group before installing the package. Though the default BLFS instructions run the HAL daemon as the root user, a configuration file is installed which has the dedicated user's name hard-coded in it. This causes a confusing message to be generated when starting the D-BUS daemon. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 19 haldaemon &&
useradd -c "HAL Daemon User" -d /dev/null -u 19 \
        -g haldaemon -s /bin/false haldaemon

Install HAL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/hal \
            --localstatedir=/var &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /var/run/hald

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/hal: This parameter forces the installation of libexec files to /usr/lib/hal instead of /usr/libexec.

--localstatedir=/var: This parameter forces the creation of the pid file to /var/run/hald instead of /usr/var/run/hald.

Run-Time Dependencies

The hal-device-manager program requires several additional packages to be installed before it will run. The list is significant and requires a substantial commitment to install them. It is left up to you to determine if the time and effort spent installing the following packages is worth using the hal-device-manager program.

Though the only requirement to run the hal-device-manager program is installing GNOME-Python, the dependency list is staggering. The following list does not include the dependencies already identified in the BLFS book. For example, libgnome already lists GNOME VFS, GConf, etc., so they are not repeated here. Note that some of the dependencies have their own dependencies, which have their own, and so forth and so on.

GNOME-Python
- PyGTK (required)
  - Pycairo (optional)
    
    libsvg-cairo (optional)
    
    libsvg (required)
    
    PyGTK (optional, and circular)
    
    Numerical Python (optional)
  - Numerical Python (optional)
  - libglade-2.6.0 (required)
- libgnomeui-2.14.1 (optional)
- libgnome-2.14.1 (required)
- PyORBit (optional)
  - ORBit2-2.14.2 (required)

Note

The dependency list is designed to start at the bottom and work your way up until the last package to install is GNOME-Python. Note that the dependencies marked as “required” are required for the package it is listed under. For example, you don't need to install ORBit if you don't plan on installing PyORBit. The minimum packages you could install to support running hal-device-manager would be (in this order): libgnome-2.14.1, libglade-2.6.0, PyGTK and GNOME-Python.

Configuring HAL

Config Files

/etc/dbus-1/system.d/hal.conf, /etc/dbus-1/system.d/halusers.conf and /etc/hal/*

Configuration Information

The default setup for HAL is to allow only certain users to invoke methods such as Mount(). These are the root user and the user determined to be at the active console using pam_console. If you are not set up to use Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 and pam_console, create a group that is allowed to invoke HAL methods with the following commands:

groupadd -g 61 halusers &&
cat > /etc/dbus-1/system.d/halusers.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
 "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
 "http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>

  <!-- Allow users in the halusers group invoke HAL methods -->
  <policy group="halusers">
    <allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.SystemPowerManagement"/>
    <allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.LaptopPanel"/>
    <allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.Volume"/>
    <allow send_interface="org.freedesktop.Hal.Device.Volume.Crypto"/>
  </policy>

</busconfig>
EOF

Now add the users you would like to the halusers group to use HAL. Note that these users still need to have appropriate permissions to access the devices that HAL will invoke its methods on.

With the above configuration in place, authorized users now have the ability to unmount disk partitions mounted at non-standard locations such as /pub. If you'd like to restrict this policy to only drives which are considered removable or hotpluggable, add the following configuration file as the root user:

cat > /etc/hal/fdi/policy/no-fixed-drives.fdi << "EOF"
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!-- -*- SGML -*- -->

<!-- Don't allow HAL methods on disks that are not
     removable or hotpluggable -->

<deviceinfo version="0.2">
<device>
  <match key="@block.storage_device:storage.hotpluggable" bool="false">
    <match key="@block.storage_device:storage.removable" bool="false">
      <merge key="volume.ignore" type="bool">true</merge>
    </match>
  </match>
</device>
</deviceinfo>
EOF

HAL only provides the methods such as Mount() to act on hardware. In order to take advantage of these, a HAL event handler such as gnome-volume-manager-1.5.15 or Ivman should be installed.

Note

HAL will ignore any devices listed in /etc/fstab for the purpose of automounting. You must remove any listings for devices that you would like automounted such as CD-ROMs or USB keys.

Boot Script

To automatically start the hald daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/haldaemon bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

Important

If the system-wide D-BUS daemon was running during the installation of HAL, ensure you stop and restart the D-BUS daemon before attempting to start the hald daemon.

make install-haldaemon

Installed Programs: hal-device, hal-device-manager, hal-find-by-capability, hal-find-by-property, hal-get-property, hal-set-property, hald and lshal

Installed Libraries: libhal.{so,a} and libhal-storage,{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/hal, /usr/include/hal, /usr/lib/hal, /usr/share/doc/hal-0.5.7.1, /usr/share/hal and /var/run/hald

Short Descriptions

hal-device	is used to create, remove or show a HAL device.
hal-device-manager	shows a graphical representation of all the devices HAL is aware of. This program requires GNOME-Python. Here is a screenshot of hal-device-manager communicating with the HAL daemon and displaying a tree of device objects. The shown properties in the screenshot are for a device object representing a hard disk.
hal-find-by-capability	prints the Unique Device Identifiers for HAL device objects of a given capability.
hal-find-by-property	prints the Unique Device Identifiers for HAL device objects where a given property assumes a given value.
hal-get-property	retrieves a property from a device.
hal-set-property	attempts to set property for a device. Note that, due to security considerations, it may not be possible to set a property.
hald	is the HAL daemon program.
lshal	shows all devices and their properties. If the --monitor option is given then the device list and all devices are monitored for changes.
`libhal.{so,a}`	contains the API functions required by the HAL programs.
`libhal-storage.{so,a}`	contains the API functions required by the HAL storage and volume utility programs.

Chapter 12. Programming

A base LFS system can be used as a development platform, however the base system only includes language support for C, C++ and Perl. This chapter provides instructions to build many popular programming environments to greatly expand your system's development capabilities.

DejaGnu-1.4.4

Introduction to DejaGnu

DejaGnu is a framework for running test suites on GNU tools. It is written in expect, which uses Tcl (Tool command language).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freshmeat.net/redir/dejagnu/12564/url_tgz/dejagnu-1.4.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.4.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 053f18fd5d00873de365413cab17a666
Download size: 1.08 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: .04 SBU

DejaGnu Dependencies

Required (Run-time Only)

Expect-5.43.0

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dejagnu

Installation of DejaGnu

Install DejaGnu by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-doc

To test the installation, issue make check as an unprivileged user.

Installed Program: runtest

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Scripts: There are numerous Expect scripts installed in the /usr/share/dejagnu hierarchy.

Installed Directory: /usr/share/dejagnu

Short Descriptions

runtest

is the DejaGnu test driver program. It is used to control what tests to run, and variations on how to run them.

Doxygen-1.4.6

Introduction to Doxygen

The Doxygen package contains a documentation system for C++, C, Java, Objective-C, Corba IDL and to some extent PHP, C# and D. This is useful for generating HTML documentation and/or an off-line reference manual from a set of documented source files. There is also support for generating output in RTF, PostScript, hyperlinked PDF, compressed HTML, and Unix man pages. The documentation is extracted directly from the sources, which makes it much easier to keep the documentation consistent with the source code.

You can also configure Doxygen to extract the code structure from undocumented source files. This is very useful to quickly find your way in large source distributions. Used along with Graphviz, you can also visualize the relations between the various elements by means of include dependency graphs, inheritance diagrams, and collaboration diagrams, which are all generated automatically.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.stack.nl/pub/users/dimitri/doxygen-1.4.6.src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stack.nl/pub/users/dimitri/doxygen-1.4.6.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ebf11130bec7987e9b69b1e0301d151a
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48.4 MB
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU

Doxygen Dependencies

Optional

Qt-3.3.7, teTeX-3.0, Python-2.4.4, ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53, and Graphviz-2.8

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/doxygen

Installation of Doxygen

Install Doxygen by running the following commands:

rm src/unistd.h &&
./configure --prefix /usr --docdir /usr/share/doc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you wish to generate and install the package documentation (note that man pages have already been installed), you must have Python, teTeX (for HTML docs) and Ghostscript (for PDF docs) installed, then issue the following command as the root user:

make install_docs

Command Explanations

rm src/unistd.h: There is a bug in Flex-2.5.33 which causes make to use this file instead of the system installed version. Removing this file allows the GUI front-end to build successfully. This command is not required if you don't pass the --with-doxywizard parameter (but won't affect the build otherwise).

--with-doxywizard: Use this parameter if Qt is installed and you wish to build the GUI front-end.

Configuring Doxygen

There is no real configuration necessary for the Doxygen package although three additional packages are required if you wish to use extended capabilities. If you need to use the language translation features, you must have Python-2.4.4 installed. If you require formulas to create PDF documentation, then you must have teTeX-3.0 installed. If you require formulas to convert PostScript files to bitmaps, then you must have AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2 installed.

Installed Programs: doxygen, doxytag, and optionally, doxywizard

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/doxygen

Short Descriptions

doxygen	is a command-line based utility used to generate template configuration files and then generate documentation from these templates. Use doxygen --help for an explanation of the command-line parameters.
doxytag	is used to generate a tag file and/or a search index for a set of HTML files.
doxywizard	is a GUI front-end for configuring and running doxygen.

Expect-5.43.0

Introduction to Expect

The Expect package contains tools for automating interactive applications such as telnet, ftp, passwd, fsck, rlogin, tip, etc. Expect is also useful for testing these same applications as well as easing all sorts of tasks that are prohibitively difficult with anything else.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://expect.nist.gov/old/expect-5.43.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 230400129630335b3060a42f66fec11d
Download size: 525 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.07 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/expect-5.43.0-spawn-2.patch

Expect Dependencies

Required

Tcl-8.4.13

Optional

Tk-8.4.13

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/expect

Installation of Expect

Install Expect by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../expect-5.43.0-spawn-2.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-tcl=/usr/lib \
            --with-tclinclude=/usr/include \
            --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -sf ../libexpect5.43.a /usr/lib/expect5.43

Command Explanations

-with-tcl=/usr/lib: This parameter is required in some cases to link in the Tcl library.

--enable-shared: This option enables building the shared library.

ln -sf ../libexpect5.43.a /usr/lib/expect5.43: This command creates a required link to the static library.

Configuring Expect

Config Files

$exp_library/expect.rc and ~/.expect.rc

Configuration Information

Reference the expect man page for information about utilizing the expect.rc configuration files. Additionally, many of the tools contained in the Expect package will use their own configuration files. Reference the respective man page, or examine the script directly for configuration file information.

Installed Programs: autoexpect, autopasswd, cryptdir, decryptdir, dislocate, expect, ftp-rfc, kibitz, lpunlock, mkpasswd, passmass, rftp, rlogin-cwd, timed-read, timed-run, unbuffer, weather, and optionally (if Expect was linked against Tk), expectk, multixterm, tknewsbiff, tkpasswd, xkibitz, and xpstat

Installed Library: libexpect5.43.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/expect5.43

Short Descriptions

autoexpect	generates an Expect script from watching a session.
autopasswd	is a wrapper to make passwd(1) be non-interactive.
cryptdir	encrypts all files in a directory.
decryptdir	decrypts all files in a directory.
dislocate	allows processes to be disconnected and reconnected to a terminal.
expect	is a program that “talks” to other interactive programs according to a script.
ftp-rfc	retrieves an RFC (or the index) from UUNET.
kibitz	allows two (or more) people to interact with one shell (or any arbitrary program).
lpunlock	unhangs a printer which claims it is “waiting for lock”.
mkpasswd	generates passwords and can apply them automatically to users.
passmass	changes a password on multiple machines.
rftp	is much like ftp except it uses `~g` and `~p` instead of `mget` and `mput`.
rlogin-cwd	is rlogin except it uses the local current directory as the current working directory on the remote machine.
timed-read	reads a complete line from stdin and aborts after a given number of seconds.
timed-run	runs a program for a given amount of time.
unbuffer	disables the output buffering that occurs when program output is redirected.
weather	retrieves a weather report (courtesy University of Michigan) for a given city or geographical area.
expectk	is a combination of Expect with Tk and should run any wish or Expect script.
multixterm	creates multiple xterms that can be driven together or separately.
tknewsbiff	pops up a window when there is unread news in your favorite newsgroups and removes the window after you've read the news.
tkpasswd	is a script to change passwords using expectk.
xkibitz	allows users in separate xterms to share one shell (or any program that runs in an xterm).
xpstat	is a script that acts as a front-end for xpilot.
`libexpect5.43.{so,a}`	contains functions that allow Expect to be used as a Tcl extension or to be used directly from C or C++ (without Tcl).

GC-6.8

Introduction to GC

The GC package contains the Boehm-Demers-Weiser conservative garbage collector, which can be used as a garbage collecting replacement for the C malloc function or C++ new operator. It allows you to allocate memory basically as you normally would, without explicitly deallocating memory that is no longer useful. The collector automatically recycles memory when it determines that it can no longer be otherwise accessed. The collector is also used by a number of programming language implementations that either use C as intermediate code, want to facilitate easier interoperation with C libraries, or just prefer the simple collector interface. Alternatively, the garbage collector may be used as a leak detector for C or C++ programs, though that is not its primary goal.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/gc_source/gc6.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/gc6.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 418d38bd9c66398386a372ec0435250e
Download size: 739 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gc

Installation of GC

Install GC by running the following commands:

sed -i "s|\$(datadir)/@PACKAGE@|&-6.8|" doc/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --datadir=/usr/share/doc --enable-cplusplus &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/gc.man /usr/share/man/man3/gc_malloc.3 &&
ln -v -s gc_malloc.3 /usr/share/man/man3/gc.3

Command Explanations

sed -i "s|\$(datadir)/@PACKAGE@|&-6.8|" ...: This command appends “-6.8” to the default documentation installation path of /usr/share/doc/gc.

--datadir=/usr/share/doc: This parameter changes the installation path of the documentation to /usr/share/doc/gc instead of /usr/share/gc.

--enable-cplusplus: This parameter forces the building and installation of the C++ library along with the standard C library.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgc.{so,a} and libgccpp.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gc and /usr/share/doc/gc-6.8

Short Descriptions

`libgc.{so,a}`	contains a C interface to the conservative garbage collector, primarily designed to replace the C malloc function.
`libgccpp.{so,a}`	contains a C++ interface to the conservative garbage collector.

GCC-4.0.3

Introduction to GCC

The GCC package contains GNU compilers. This package is useful for compiling programs written in C, C++, Fortran, Java, Objective C and Ada. Also included is GNU Treelang. Treelang is a sample language, useful only to help people understand how to implement a new language front end to GCC. It is not a useful language in itself other than as an example or basis for building a new language. Therefore only language developers are likely to have an interest in it.

Note

The Fortran compiler included with the GCC-4.x package now aims to be conformant with the Fortran 95 standard, not the Fortran 77 standard as all previous versions of GCC have been. Please note the following paragraph copied directly from the GCC-4.0.3 gfortran man page.

“Gfortran is not yet a fully conformant Fortran 95 compiler. It can generate code for most constructs and expressions, but work remains to be done. In particular, there are known deficiencies with ENTRY, NAMELIST, and sophisticated use of MODULES, POINTERS and DERIVED TYPES. For those whose Fortran codes conform to either the Fortran 77 standard or the GNU Fortran 77 language, we recommend to use g77 from GCC 3.4.x”

Instructions to install the 3.4.6 version of the Fortran compiler can be found in GCC-3.3.6 and on the BLFS Wiki.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.0.3/gcc-4.0.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.0.3/gcc-4.0.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6ff1af12c53cbb3f79b27f2d6a9a3d50
Download size: 32.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 GB
Estimated build time: 60 SBU (build, test and install all compilers)

GCC Dependencies

Optional (Required to Build the Fortran Compiler)

GMP-4.2 and MPFR

Note

If you plan to compile Ada, you will need to install GNAT temporarily to satisfy the circular dependency when you recompile GCC to include Ada.

GNAT-3.15 Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/g/gnat-3.15p-i686-pc-redhat71-gnu-bin.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.2.0/g/gnat-3.15p-i686-pc-redhat71-gnu-bin.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c9aad2da908a40e876c24fc85f248b51
Download size: 11.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 97.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcc

Installation of GNAT

Install GNAT by running the following command as the root user:

make ins-all prefix=/opt/gnat

The GNAT compiler can be invoked by executing the gcc binary installed in /opt/gnat/bin.

You may now remove the GNAT source directory:

cd .. &&
rm -rf gnat-3.15p-i686-pc-linux-gnu-bin

Prepare to compile GCC by placing the GNAT version of gcc at the beginning of the PATH variable by using the following commands:

PATH_HOLD=$PATH &&
export PATH=/opt/gnat/bin:$PATH_HOLD

Installation of GCC

Install GCC by running the following commands:

Important

The installation process may overwrite your existing GCC gcc and c++ compilers and libraries. It is highly recommended that you have the Tcl, Expect and DejaGnu packages installed before beginning the build so you can run the full suite of tests.

Do not continue with the make install command until you are confident the build was successful. You can compare your test results with those found at http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/. There's also an i686 platform test result produced by an LFS-SVN-20051127 system at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/gcc403_test.txt. You may also want to refer to the information found in the GCC-Pass 2 section of Chapter 5 in the LFS book (../../../../lfs/view/6.2/chapter05/gcc-pass2.html).

sed -i 's/install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST) //' libiberty/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's@\./fixinc\.sh@-c true@' gcc/Makefile.in &&
mkdir ../gcc-build &&
cd ../gcc-build &&
../gcc-4.0.3/configure \
    --prefix=/usr \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
    --enable-shared \
    --enable-threads=posix \
    --enable-__cxa_atexit \
    --enable-clocale=gnu \
    --enable-languages=c,c++,objc,f95,ada,java,treelang &&
make bootstrap &&
make -k check &&
../gcc-4.0.3/contrib/test_summary

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib &&
ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc &&
chown -v -R root:root \
    /usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.0.3/include &&
chown -v -R root:root \
    /usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.0.3/ada{lib,include}

The libffi interface header is installed in a location where other packages will not be able to find it. If you included Java as one of the installed languages, create a symbolic link in /usr/include to remedy this:

ln -v -sf `find /usr/lib/gcc -name ffitarget.h` /usr/include

As the root user, remove the GNAT installation:

rm -rf /opt/gnat

Now, as the unprivileged user, restore your old PATH:

export PATH=$PATH_HOLD &&
unset PATH_HOLD

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST) //' libiberty/Makefile.in: This command suppresses the installation of libiberty.a as the version provided by Binutils is used instead.

mkdir ../gcc-build; cd ../gcc-build: The GCC documentation recommends building the package in a dedicated build directory.

--enable-shared --enable-threads=posix --enable-__cxa_atexit: These parameters are required to build the C++ libraries to published standards.

--enable-clocale=gnu: This command is a failsafe for incomplete locale data.

--enable-languages=c,c++,objc,f95,ada,java,treelang: This command identifies which languages to build. You may modify this command to remove undesired languages.

make -k check: This command runs the test suite without stopping if any errors are encountered.

../gcc-4.0.3/contrib/test_summary: This command will produce a summary of the test suite results. You can append | grep -A7 Summ to the command to produce an even more condensed version of the summary. You may also wish to redirect the output to a file for review and comparison later on.

ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib: This command creates a link to the C PreProcessor as some packages expect it to be installed in the /lib directory.

ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc: This link is created as some packages refer to the C compiler using an alternate name.

chown -v -R root:root /usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/...: If the package is built by a user other than root, the ownership of the installed include and adalib directories (and their contents) will be incorrect. These commands change the ownership to the root user and group . Omit the command changing the Ada directories if you did not include Ada as one of the installed languages.

Installed Programs: addr2name.awk, fastjar, gcj, gcj-dbtool,gcjh, gfortran, gij, gjnih, gnat, gnatbind, gnatbl, gnatchop, gnatclean, gnatfind, gnatkr, gnatlink, gnatls, gnatmake, gnatname, gnatprep, gnatxref, gprmake, grepjar, grmic, grmiregistry, gtreelang, jcf-dump, jv-convert, jv-scan and architecture specific names for gcj and gcjh

Installed Libraries: libffi.{so,a}, libgcj.{so,a}, libgfortran.{so,a}, libgfortranbegin.a, libgij.{so,a}, libobjc.{so,a} and numerous other run-time libraries and executables in /usr/lib/gcc

Installed Directories: /usr/include/c++/4.0.3/{gcj,gnu,java,javax,org}, /usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.0.3/ada{include,lib}, /usr/lib/gcj-4.0.3, /usr/lib/security and /usr/share/java

Some program and library names and descriptions are not listed here, but can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.2/chapter06/gcc.html#contents-gcc as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.

Short Descriptions

addr2name.awk	emulates some of the functionality of addr2line.
fastjar	is an archive tool for Java archives.
gcj	is an ahead-of-time compiler for the Java language.
gcj-dbtool	is a tool for creating and manipulating class file mapping databases.
gcjh	generates header files from Java class files.
gfortran	is the Fortran compiler invoked by gcc.
gij	is the GNU interpreter for Java bytecode.
gjnij	is used to generate JNI header files from class files. Running it is equivalent to running gcjh -jni.
gnat	is the Ada compiler invoked by gcc.
gnatbind	is used to bind compiled objects.
gnatbl	is the Ada linker.
gnatchop	is useful for renaming files to meet the standard Ada default file naming conventions.
gnatclean	is used to remove files associated with a GNAT project.
gnatfind	is the GNAT definition/use finder.
gnatkr	is used to determine the crunched name for a given file, when crunched to a specified maximum length.
gnatlink	is used to link programs and build an executable file.
gnatls	is the compiled unit browser.
gnatmake	is an automatic make facility.
gnatname	will list the files associated with a GNAT project.
gnatprep	is the GNAT external preprocessor.
gnatxref	is the GNAT cross-referencer.
gprmake	is a tool used to create `Makefile`s that support compilation by multiple languages.
grepjar	searches `jar` files for a pattern.
grmic	generates stubs for Remote Method Invocation.
grmiregistry	starts a remote object registry on the current host.
gtreelang	is largely a cut down version of C, designed to showcase the features of the GCC code generation back end. Only those features that are directly supported by the GCC code generation back end are implemented. Features are implemented in a manner which is easiest and clearest to implement. Not all or even most code generation back end features are implemented. The intention is to add features incrementally until most features of the GCC back end are implemented in Treelang.
jcf-dump	prints information about Java class files.
jv-convert	converts files from one encoding to another.
jv-scan	prints information about Java source files.

GCC-3.3.6

Introduction to GCC-3.3.6

There are several reasons why you may wish to install GCC-3.3.6. Some packages have not been updated so they can be successfully compiled by GCC-4.0.3 as version 4.x.x of GCC is much stricter in enforcing coding standards. Additionally, some pre-compiled packages may require the GCC-3.3.6 libraries at run-time. Another reason you may need to install GCC-3.3.6 is to use the g77 Fortran 77 compiler provided by pre-4.x.x versions of GCC. GCC-4.x.x only includes gfortran, a Fortran 95 compatible compiler that is not yet ready to be used in a production environment.

If all you need is a working {f,g}77 Fortran 77 compiler, you may wish to use the one provided by GCC-3.4.x. This is what the GCC developers recommend. Instructions for building the GCC-3.4.x Fortran compiler can be found on the BLFS Wiki.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-3.3.6/gcc-3.3.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-3.3.6/gcc-3.3.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6936616a967da5a0b46f1e7424a06414
Download size: 24 MB
Estimated disk space required: 433 MB (includes running the test suite)
Estimated build time: 5.2 SBU (additional 11.2 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gcc-3.3.6-no_fixincludes-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gcc-3.3.6-linkonce-1.patch

GCC-3.3.6 Dependencies

Optional

DejaGnu-1.4.4 (required to run the full test suite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcc3

Installation of GCC-3.3.6

Install GCC-3.3.6 by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-3.3.6-no_fixincludes-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../gcc-3.3.6-linkonce-1.patch &&
mkdir ../gcc-build &&
cd ../gcc-build &&
../gcc-3.3.6/configure --prefix=/opt/gcc-3.3.6 \
    --enable-shared --enable-languages=c,c++ --enable-threads=posix &&
make bootstrap

If desired, run the test suite using the following commands. The test_summary commands create log files which can be compared to known good results located at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/gcc336_test.txt.

make -k check &&
../gcc-3.3.6/contrib/test_summary >test_summary.log 2>&1 &&
../gcc-3.3.6/contrib/test_summary | \
    grep -A7 Summ >test_summary_short.log 2>&1

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/libstdc++.so.5* /usr/lib &&
ln -v -sf /usr/lib/libstdc++.so.5.0.7 /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib &&
ln -v -sf libstdc++.so.5.0.7 /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/libstdc++.so.5 &&
chown -v -R root:root \
    /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/gcc-lib/i686-pc-linux-gnu/3.3.6/include

Command Explanations

mkdir ../gcc-build; cd ../gcc-build: The GCC development team recommends building in a separate directory.

--enable-shared --enable-languages=c,c++ --enable-threads=posix: Configures GCC to build the C and C++ compilers and enable the related C++ options. In addition to c and c++, you can add f77 for FORTRAN (called g77). Note that GCC-4 no longer provides a FORTRAN 77 compiler.

mv -v /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib/libstdc++.so.5* /usr/lib: Moves the C++ library to the standard lib directory to avoid having to add /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib to /etc/ld.so.conf.

Configuring GCC-3.3.6

Configuration information

If you only need the GCC-3.3.6 C++ library, you may delete /opt/gcc-3.3.6.

Whenever you need to use GCC-3.3.6 instead of your system installed compiler, add /opt/gcc-3.3.6/bin to the front of your PATH or (preferably) set the CC environment variable before compiling the concerned package.

If you use g77 programs, you also should move the libg2c.* libraries and symbolic links to /usr/lib. Using export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib or updating /etc/ld.so.conf to point to /opt/gcc-3.3.6/lib is not recommended as it may conflict with your normal libraries.

Installed Programs: c++, cpp, g++, gcc, gccbug, gcov, and architecture specific names of these programs.

Installed Libraries: libgcc_s.so, libiberty.a, libstdc++.{a,so}, libsupc++.a, and other support libraries and files.

Installed Directory: /opt/gcc-3.3.6

Short Descriptions

The GCC-3.3.6 package contains the gcc-3.3.6 C and C++ compilers and the GCC-3.3.6 libstdc++.so library that is required by some commercial and pre-compiled packages.

Guile-1.6.7

Introduction to Guile

The Guile package contains the Project GNU's extension language library. Guile also contains a stand alone Scheme interpreter.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/guile/guile-1.6.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/guile/guile-1.6.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c2ff2a2231f0cbb2e838dd8701a587c5
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39.6 MB (additional 32.2 MB to install all the docs)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (includes building all documentation)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/guile-1.6.7-gcc4-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/guile-1.6.7-slib-1.patch

Guile Dependencies

Optional

Emacs-21.4a

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/guile

Installation of Guile

Install Guile by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../guile-1.6.7-gcc4-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../guile-1.6.7-slib-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-threads &&
make

If you have teTeX installed and wish to build alternate formats of the documentation, issue the following commands:

for DIRNAME in goops r5rs ref tutorial
do
  make -k -C doc/$DIRNAME pdf ps html
done &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/goops/goops.txt doc/goops/goops.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/r5rs/r5rs.txt doc/r5rs/r5rs.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/ref/guile.txt doc/ref/guile.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/tutorial/guile-tut.txt \
    doc/tutorial/guile-tut.texi &&
unset DIRNAME

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
find examples -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7 &&
cp -v -R examples /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7

If you built the alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following commands issued by the root user:

for DIRNAME in goops r5rs ref tutorial
do
  install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7/$DIRNAME/html
  install -v -m644 doc/$DIRNAME/*.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt} \
      /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7/$DIRNAME
  if [ -d doc/$DIRNAME/$DIRNAME.html ]; then
    install -v -m644 doc/$DIRNAME/$DIRNAME.html/* \
        /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7/$DIRNAME/html
  fi
done &&

install -v -m644 doc/goops/hierarchy.{eps,png} \
    /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7/goops &&
install -v -m644 doc/ref/guile.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7/ref/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/tutorial/guile-tut.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7/tutorial/html

Installed Programs: guile, guile-config, guile-snarf, and guile-tools

Installed Libraries: libguile-ltdl.{so,a}, libguile-srfi-srfi-13-14-v-1.{so,a}, libguile-srfi-srfi-4-v-1.{so,a}, libguile.{so,a}, /libguilereadline-v-12.{so,a} and libqthreads.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/guile, /usr/include/libguile, /usr/share/doc/guile-1.6.7 and /usr/share/guile

Short Descriptions

guile	is a stand-alone Scheme interpreter for Guile.
guile-config	is a Guile script which provides the information necessary to link your programs against the Guile library, in much the same way pkg-config-0.20 does.
guile-snarf	is a script to parse declarations in your C code for Scheme visible C functions, i Scheme objects to be used by C code, etc.
guile-tools	is a wrapper program installed along with guile which knows where a particular module is installed and calls it passing its args to a program.

JDK-1.5.0_10

Introduction to JDK

The JDK package contains Sun's Java development environment. This is useful for developing Java programs and provides the runtime environment necessary to run Java programs. It also includes a plug-in for browsers so that they can be Java aware.

The JDK comes in two flavors, a precompiled binary and a source package. Previously, the plugin included in the JDK binary package was unusable on LFS owing to incompatibilities with GCC-3 compiled browsers. This is not the case anymore.

In order to use the source code and patches, you must read and agree to the Sun Java Research License or optionally, the Sun Java Internal Use License. In addition, the source code is not allowed to be downloaded to some countries, so for users in those countries, the binary is the only option.

You will first need to download and install the binary version of the JDK.

To build from the source, you will also need to download the additional files and patches to complete the source build as detailed below.

Package Information

Binary download: http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/download.jsp (to download jdk-1_5_0_10-linux-i586.bin)
Download MD5 sum (binary): d916c24bed9eef7aebc2626115e14a11
Source download: http://download.java.net/tiger/archive/tiger_u10/ (to download jdk-1_5_0_10-fcs-src-b03-jrl-09_nov_2006.jar (or optionally the JIUL version), jdk-1_5_0_10-fcs-bin-b03-09_nov_2006.jar, and jdk-1_5_0_10-mozilla_headers-b03-unix-09_nov_2006.jar)

Download MD5 sums (source):

09842a4e68040db473e04dbcc284f1d5 jdk-1_5_0_10-fcs-bin-b03-09_nov_2006.jar

b59335f620e7da524be168b07319fa3b jdk-1_5_0_10-fcs-src-b03-jrl-09_nov_2006.jar

f49df1a1e7fe351b7fa9f66db121616e jdk-1_5_0_10-mozilla_headers-b03-unix-09_nov_2006.jar

Download size (binary): 47.2 MB
Download size (source): 64.2 MB (three .jar files)
Estimated disk space required: 1882 MB
Estimated build time: 34 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patches

Recommended Patches

http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/jdk-1.5.0_10-remove_debug_image-1.patch (skips compiling of the JDK debug image)
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/jdk-1.5.0_10-static_cxx-1.patch (forces dynamic linking to GCC libs)

JDK Dependencies

Required (to Build JDK from Source)

X Window System, Zip-2.32, UnZip-5.52, cpio-2.6, ALSA Library-1.0.13, and Tcsh-6.14.00

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/jdk

Installation of JDK

Both the binary and source built versions will be installed. You may choose to keep either or both.

Tip

The ./jdk-mod.bin command below unpacks the distribution into a jdk1.5.0_10 directory. You will be required to view, and then accept (by entering a y keypress), a license agreement before any files are unpacked. If you are scripting (automating) the build, you'll need to account for this. There is information about automating build commands in the Automated Building Procedures section of Chapter 2. Towards the end of this section, specific information for automating this type of installation is discussed.

Normally in BLFS, the files are unpacked into a subdirectory and the starting point for the installation procedures is that location. For this application only, start in the directory where all the downloaded files are located.

Install the precompiled JDK with the following commands:

cp jdk-1_5_0_10-linux-i?86.bin jdk-mod.bin &&
sed -i "s:^PATH=.*::" jdk-mod.bin &&
chmod -v +x jdk-mod.bin &&
./jdk-mod.bin

Now, as the root user:

cd jdk1.5.0_10 &&
install -v -d /opt/jdk/jdk-precompiled-1.5.0_10 &&
mv -v * /opt/jdk/jdk-precompiled-1.5.0_10 &&
chown -v -R root:root /opt/jdk/jdk-precompiled-1.5.0_10 &&
ln -v -sf motif21/libmawt.so \
    /opt/jdk/jdk-precompiled-1.5.0_10/jre/lib/i386/ &&
cd ..

The binary version is now installed.

If you don't want to compile the source or are not in a position to download the source owing to license restrictions, skip ahead to the configuration section.

Save the existing path, and append the recently installed JDK.

export JAVA_HOME=/opt/jdk/jdk-precompiled-1.5.0_10 &&
export PATH_HOLD=${PATH} &&
export PATH=${PATH}:${JAVA_HOME}/bin

The source code is contained in self-extracting jar files. You will need to be in a windowed environment to extract the sources. Create a directory to store the extracted sources. Choose the newly created jdk-build directory when prompted for the target directory.

mkdir jdk-build &&
cd jdk-build &&
for JAR in ../jdk-1_5_0_10*.jar
    do java -jar ${JAR}
done

Apply all the patches downloaded above:

for PATCH in ../jdk-1.5.0_10*.patch
    do patch -Np1 -i ${PATCH}
done

If your X Window System is installed into any prefix other than /usr/X11R6, execute the following command, replacing <PREFIX> with the installation prefix of the X Window System:

find . -type f -exec sed -i 's@/usr/X11R6@<PREFIX>@g' {} \;

Set/unset some variables which affect the build:

export ALT_BOOTDIR=${JAVA_HOME} &&
export CLASSPATH_HOLD=${CLASSPATH} &&
unset JAVA_HOME CLASSPATH CFLAGS CXXFLAGS LDFLAGS &&
export ALT_DEVTOOLS_PATH="/usr/bin" &&
export BUILD_NUMBER="update-10" &&
export DEV_ONLY=true &&
export ALT_MOZILLA_HEADERS_PATH=${PWD}/share/plugin/ &&
export INSANE=true &&
export MAKE_VERBOSE=true &&
export ALT_CACERTS_FILE=${ALT_BOOTDIR}/jre/lib/security/cacerts

Warning

Setting CFLAGS/CXXFLAGS/LDFLAGS is guaranteed to make the build fail. If you are interested in optimizing the build, set OTHER_CFLAGS/OTHER_CXXFLAGS/OTHER_LDFLAGS instead. -O3, even in OTHER_C{,XX}FLAGS, is known to cause a build failure.

Additionally, if you would like to make in parallel, add the following:

export HOTSPOT_BUILD_JOBS=<3>

Build the JDK with the following commands. There will be a lot of messages about missing files that look like errors. These are caused by not meeting the expected build environment (Red Hat). As long as the build doesn't stop, the messages are harmless.

cd control/make &&
make &&
cd ../build/linux-i?86

To test the results, you can run one of the provided demo programs using the newly created java binary. Issue the following commands:

cd j2sdk-image/demo/jfc/Java2D &&
../../../bin/java -jar Java2Demo.jar &&
cd ../../../..

Now, as the root user, install the JDK:

cp -v -a j2sdk-image /opt/jdk/jdk-1.5.0_10 &&
chown -v -R root:root /opt/jdk/jdk-1.5.0_10 &&
ln -v -sf motif21/libmawt.so  /opt/jdk/jdk-1.5.0_10/jre/lib/i386/

Restore the unprivileged user's environment using the following commands:

export JAVA_HOME=${ALT_BOOTDIR} &&
export CLASSPATH=${CLASSPATH_HOLD} &&
export PATH=${PATH_HOLD} &&
unset ALT_BOOTDIR CLASSPATH_HOLD ALT_DEVTOOLS_PATH BUILD_NUMBER &&
unset DEV_ONLY ALT_MOZILLA_HEADERS_PATH INSANE MAKE_VERBOSE &&
unset ALT_CACERTS_FILE PATH_HOLD

Command Explanations

export ALT_BOOTDIR=${JAVA_HOME}: This variable sets the location of the bootstrap JDK.

export ALT_MOZILLA_HEADERS_PATH=${PWD}/share/plugin/: This tells the build exactly where to find the Mozilla headers. This has changed since the previous version and is not mentioned in the installation documentation included with the package source.

export ALT_DEVTOOLS_PATH="/usr/bin": This changes the location where the build finds the needed executables.

export BUILD_NUMBER="update-10": This will help you identify the compiled version of the runtime environment and virtual machine by appending this information to the version string.

export DEV_ONLY=true: This command skips compiling the documentation and eliminates a dependency on rpm.

unset JAVA_HOME CLASSPATH CFLAGS CXXFLAGS LDFLAGS: These variables cause miscompilation of the build. Never set them.

export INSANE=true: The certified platform for the build is Redhat Enterprise Advanced Server 2.1. This variable ensures that all the errors related to compiling on a non-certified platform will be displayed as warnings instead of errors.

export MAKE_VERBOSE=true: Allows the compiler commands to be displayed on the console.

export ALT_CACERTS_FILE...: Specifies the certificate file to use (from the installed binary JDK).

ln -sf motif21/libmawt.so /opt/jdk/jdk-1.5.0_10/jre/lib/i386/: This fixes linking issues with other applications that expect to find the motif libraries with the other JDK libraries.

Configuring JDK

Configuration Information

There are now two Java 2 SDKs installed in /opt/jdk. You should decide on which one you would like to use as the default. For example if you decide to use the source compiled JDK, do the following as the root user:

ln -v -nsf jdk-1.5.0_10 /opt/jdk/jdk

Add the following jdk.sh shell startup file to the /etc/profile.d directory with the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/profile.d/jdk.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/jdk.sh

# Set JAVA_HOME directory
JAVA_HOME=/opt/jdk/jdk

# Adjust PATH
pathappend ${JAVA_HOME}/bin PATH

# Auto Java CLASSPATH
# Copy jar files to, or create symlinks in this directory
AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR=/usr/lib/classpath
pathprepend . CLASSPATH
for dir in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -type d 2>/dev/null`; do
    pathappend $dir CLASSPATH
done

export JAVA_HOME CLASSPATH
unset AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR
unset dir

# End /etc/profile.d/jdk.sh
EOF

The Java plugin is located in $JAVA_HOME/jre/plugin/i?86/ns7/. Make a symbolic link to the file in that directory from your browser(s) plugins directory.

Important

The plugin must be a symlink for it to work. If not, the browsers will crash when you attempt to load a Java application.

Installed Programs: appletviewer, extcheck, idlj, jar, jarsigner, java, javac, javadoc,javah, javap, javaws, jdb, keytool, native2ascii, orbd, policytool, rmic, rmid, rmiregistry, serialver, servertool, and tnameserv

Installed Libraries: $JAVA_HOME/lib/*, $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/*, and libjavaplugin_oji.so

Installed Directory: /opt/jdk

Short Descriptions

appletviewer	runs Java applets outside of the context of a browser.
extcheck	checks a specified `JAR` file for title and version conflicts with any extensions installed in the JDK software.
idlj	generates Java bindings from a given IDL file.
jar	combines multiple files into a single `JAR` archive file.
jarsigner	signs `JAR` (Java ARchive) files and verifies the signatures and integrity of a signed `JAR`.
java	launches a Java application by starting a Java runtime environment, loading a specified class and invoking its main method.
javac	reads class and interface definitions, written in the Java programming language, and compiles them into bytecode class files.
javadoc	parses the declarations and documentation comments in a set of Java source files and produces a corresponding set of HTML pages describing the classes, interfaces, constructors, methods, and fields.
javah	generates C header and source files that are needed to implement native methods.
javap	disassembles a Java class file.
javaws	launches Java application/applets hosted on a network.
jdb	is a simple command-line debugger for Java classes.
keytool	is a key and certificate management utility.
native2ascii	converts files that contain non-supported character encoding into files containing Latin-1 or Unicode-encoded characters.
orbd	is used to enable clients to transparently locate and invoke persistent objects on servers in the CORBA environment.
policytool	creates and manages a policy file graphically.
rmic	generates stub and skeleton class files for remote objects from the names of compiled Java classes that contain remote object implementations.
rmid	starts the activation system daemon.
rmiregistry	creates and starts a remote object registry on the specified port on the current host.
serialver	returns the serialVersionUID for one or more classes in a form suitable for copying into an evolving class.
servertool	provides an ease-of-use interface for application programmers to register, unregister, startup and shutdown a server.
tnameserv	starts the Java IDL name server.

Librep-0.17

Introduction to Librep

The librep package contains a Lisp system. This is useful for scripting or for applications that may use the Lisp interpreter as an extension language.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/librep/librep-0.17.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: ad4ad851ff9f82a5d61024cd96bc2998
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.47 SBU

Librep Dependencies

Required

GDBM-1.8.3

Optional

GMP-4.2 and GCC-4.0.3 (build Java so that libffi is built)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/librep

Installation of Librep

Install librep by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This parameter installs files to /usr/lib/rep instead of /usr/libexec/rep.

Installed Programs: rep, rep-config, rep-remote, rep-xgettext, and repdoc

Installed Libraries: librep.so and numerous modules installed in the /usr/lib/rep hierarchy

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/rep, /usr/share/emacs/site-lisp, and /usr/share/rep

Short Descriptions

rep	is the Lisp interpreter.
`librep.so`	contains the functions necessary for the Lisp interpreter.

NASM-0.98.39

Introduction to NASM

NASM (Netwide Assembler) is an 80x86 assembler designed for portability and modularity. It includes a disassembler as well.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/nasm/nasm-0.98.39.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 2032ad44c7359f7a9a166a40a633e772
Download size: 543 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17.3 MB (includes building and installing all docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch to fix a buffer overrun vulnerability: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/nasm-0.98.39-security_fix-1.patch

NASM Dependencies

Optional (for Building Documentation)

teTeX-3.0, and ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nasm

Installation of NASM

Install NASM by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../nasm-0.98.39-security_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make &&
make -C rdoff/doc &&
make -C rdoff/doc html

To build the base NASM documentation, ensure you have Ghostscript installed and issue:

make doc

To build the RDOFF Postscript documentation, ensure you have teTeX-3.0 installed and issue:

sed -i -e "s/dvips \$</& -o rdoff.ps/" rdoff/doc/Makefile &&
make -C rdoff/doc ps

To build the RDOFF PDF documentation, ensure you have Ghostscript installed and issue:

make -C rdoff/doc pdf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install_rdf &&
install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/rdoff.info /usr/share/info &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nasm/html &&
install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/v1-v2.txt /usr/share/doc/nasm &&
cp -v -R rdoff/doc/rdoff /usr/share/doc/nasm/html

If you built the Ghostscript generated documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

make install_doc &&
install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/rdoff.pdf /usr/share/doc/nasm

Lastly, if you built the RDOFF Postscript documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 rdoff/doc/rdoff.ps /usr/share/doc/nasm

Installed Programs: nasm, ndisasm, ldrdf, rdf2bin, rdf2com, rdf2ihx, rdfdump, rdflib, and rdx

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/nasm

Short Descriptions

nasm	is a portable 80x86 assembler.
ndisasm	is an 80x86 binary file disassembler.
ldrdf	is an RDOFF linker.
rdfdump	dumps the contents of an RDOFF file.
rdflib	is an RDOFF librarian.
rdx	is used to load and execute an RDOFF module.

PDL-2.4.2

Introduction to PDL

PDL (Perl Data Language) gives standard Perl the ability to compactly store and quickly manipulate the large N-dimensional data arrays common to scientific computing. PDL turns Perl into an array-oriented, numerical language similar to such commercial packages as IDL and MatLab. One can write simple Perl expressions to manipulate entire numerical arrays all at once.

PDL provides extensive numerical and semi-numerical functionality with support for two- and three-dimensional visualisation as well as a variety of I/O formats. The goal is to allow PDL to interact with a variety of external numerical packages, graphics and visualisation systems. Easy interfacing to such systems is one of the core design features of PDL.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pdl/PDL-2.4.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/PDL-2.4.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: edd056a006eae8b46e8ef804b9774a93
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 74 MB
Estimated build time: 2.56 SBU

PDL Dependencies

PDL is a collection of over 90 Perl modules. Some of these modules require additional libraries, packages and/or Perl modules for full functionality. Listed below are the modules which require additional software or configuration. If you don't need a particular module's functionality, you don't need to install its dependencies. The dependency tree for each module is listed downward, meaning you'll need to start at the bottom of a module's tree and work up. The dependencies are listed in the same order as they are in the DEPENDENCIES file, found in the package source tree.

This package (and many of the dependency packages) requires a Fortran compiler for full functionality of all the different modules. The gfortran compiler installed with the current BLFS version of GCC (4.0.3) will not work. If you want to compile the parts of this package that require a Fortran compiler, you'll need to install a GCC-3.x.x version of Fortran. The GCC developers recommend using Fortran from GCC-3.4.6. You can find specific instructions to install a GCC-3.4.6 compiler on the BLFS Wiki. Alternatively, if you have a need to install GCC-3.3.6, you can add the Fortran compiler to the list of compilers installed in those instructions. Don't forget to put the directory containing the {g,f}77 commands at the beginning of your PATH environment variable before beginning the compilation.

PDL::NiceSlice

The PDL::NiceSlice module is used to enhance PDL's slice syntax. “Slicing” is a term used in the process of creating a cross-section, or slice, of a PDL object (piddle).

Filter-1.32

Inline::Pdlpp

The Inline::Pdlpp module allows you to define fast PP code inline in your scripts.

Inline-0.44
- Parse-RecDescent-1.94

Perldl

perldl is a simple shell (written in Perl) which allows interactive use of PDL.

Term-ReadLine-Gnu-1.15

PDL::Graphics::TriD

The PDL::Graphics::TriD module implements a generic 3D plotting interface for PDL. Points, lines and surfaces (among other objects) are supported.

OpenGL (X Window System)

PDL::Graphics::PGPLOT

The PDL::Graphics::PGPLOT module is a convenience interface to the PGPLOT commands, implemented using the object oriented PGPLOT plotting package in the PDL::Graphics::PGPLOT::Window module.

PGPLOT-2.19
- ExtUtils-F77-1.15
  - a Fortran compiler
- PGPLOT
  - X Window System, LessTif-0.94.4, Tk-8.4.13, and a Fortran compiler

PDL::Graphics::PLPLOT

The PDL::Graphics::PLPLOT module is a simple interface to the PLplot plotting library.

PLplot
- pkg-config-0.20, X Window System, GTK+-1.2.10, FreeType-2.1.10, GD, SVGAlib, GNOME Libraries-1.4.2, JDK-1.5.0_10, Tk-8.4.13, Python-2.4.4 (with Numeric Python), a Fortran compiler, SWIG, and iTcl

PDL::Graphics::IIS

The PDL::Graphics::IIS module provides an interface to any image display “device” which supports the “IIS protocol”.

SAOimage
- X Window System
X11 IRAF
- X Window System and Tk-8.4.13

PDL::Graphics::Karma

The PDL::Graphics::Karma module is an interface to Karma visualisation applications.

Karma
- X Window System

Note: You may need to modify the WHERE_KARMA => undef line in the source tree perldl.conf file to point to your installation of Karma

PDL::IO::Pic

The PDL::IO::Pic module implements I/O for a number of popular image formats by exploiting the xxxtopnm and pnmtoxxx converters from the Netpbm package and the cjpeg and djpeg converters. It also contains the routine wmpeg to write MPEG movies from piddles representing image stacks.

Netpbm, libjpeg-6b and mpeg_encode

PDL::Slatec

The PDL::Slatec module serves the dual purpose of providing an interface to parts of the slatec library and showing how to interface PDL to an external library. The module provides routines to manipulate matrices, calculate FFTs, fit data using polynomials, and interpolate/integrate data using piecewise cubic Hermite interpolation.

ExtUtils-F77-1.15
- a Fortran compiler

PDL::GSL

The PDL::GSL module is an interface to the functions provided by the Gnu Scientific Library.

PDL::FFTW

The PDL::FFTW module is a means to interface PDL with the FFTW library. It's similar to the standard FFT routine but it's usually faster and has support for real transforms. It works well for the types of piddles for which the library was compiled (otherwise it must do conversions).

FFTW-2.x

PDL::IO::Browser

The PDL::IO::Browser module is a 2D cursor terminal data browser for piddles.

There is no additional software required to use the module. However, the default is to not install the module because some platforms don't provide a curses compatible library. To enable the module, issue the following command:

sed -i -e "s/WITH_IO_BROWSER => 0/WITH_IO_BROWSER => 1/" \
    perldl.conf

PDL::IO::NDF

The PDL::IO::NDF module adds the ability to read and write Starlink N-dimensional data files as N-dimensional piddles.

Astro-FITS-Header-2.8.1
- Astro-FITS-CFITSIO-1.03
  - CFITSIO
- NDF-1.45
  - Starlink-Config-1.00
    
    Starlink IMG
    
    Starlink NDF (requires the following Starlink modules installed in this order, some will already be installed if you installed Starlink GSD): HTX, SAE, HLP, CNF, SLA, CHR, EMS, PSX, HDS, PCS, MER, PRM, PAR, ARY, AST)
    
    a Fortran compiler
- GSD-1.13
  - Starlink-Config-1.00
    
    Starlink GSD (requires the following Starlink modules installed in this order: HTX, SAE, CNF, CHR, EMS, PRM)
    
    a Fortran compiler

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pdl

Installation of PDL

Install PDL (and all the dependency Perl modules) by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/\(dirname);\)/\1\nuse blib;/' Demos/BAD*demo.pm.PL &&
perl Makefile.PL &&
make &&
make test

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' Demos/BAD*demo.pm.PL: This is necessary to fix a build issue caused by changes in ExtUtils::MakeMaker-6.30 which was introduction in Perl-5.8.8.

Configuring PDL

Config Files

~/.perldlrc and local.perldlrc in the current directory

Configuration Information

See http://pdl.sourceforge.net/PDLdocs/perldl.html#the startup file ~/.perldlrc for information about configuring perldl to suit your needs.

Installed Programs: pdl, pdldoc, perldl, and pptemplate

Installed Modules: 90+ individual Perl modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/{,auto/}PDL

Short Descriptions

pdl	is a binary program called from PDL scripts which is used to interface perldl.
pdldoc	is a shell interface to PDL documentation.
perldl	is a simple shell (written in Perl) for interactive use of PDL.
pptemplate	is a script to generate `Makefile.PL` and PP file skeletons.

Perl Modules

Introduction to Perl Modules

The Perl module packages add useful objects to the Perl language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page should be accomplished by installing the listed dependencies (from the bottom and working up to the top) and then the desired module. Most references to Perl modules are in the form of Module, Module::SubName or Module::Sub::Name, though sometimes you'll see Module, Module-SubName or Module-Sub-Name. The references on this page that reflect an external URL are in the latter form, as these are the official package names.

Download MD5 sums (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/perl-modules/
Download MD5 sums (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.2.0/perl-modules/

Note

Some dependencies, such as the Test::Pod-1.24 module, are used by several of the listed dependencies of the main module and perhaps also the module being installed. Dependencies such as this are only listed once in the dependency chain for each main module (typically near the bottom-most dependency) to avoid redundancy and additional clutter in the instructions.

Archive::Zip-1.16

The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate, read, and write Zip archive files. The modules listed below are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Archive-Zip-1.16
- Compress::Zlib-1.41
- Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)

Compress::Zlib-1.41

The Compress::Zlib module provides a Perl interface to the Zlib compression library. Most of the functionality provided by Zlib is available in Compress::Zlib. The module can be split into two general areas of functionality, namely in-memory compression/decompression and read/write access to gzip files.

Note

The Compress::Zlib module requires the following sed after untarring the distribution tarball (before any other build commands) to use the system-installed copy of Zlib.

sed -i -e "s|BUILD_ZLIB = True|BUILD_ZLIB = False|" \
       -e "s|INCLUDE    = ./zlib-src|INCLUDE    = /usr/include|" \
       -e "s|LIB        = ./zlib-src|LIB        = /usr/lib|" \
    config.in

Compress-Zlib-1.41 (build and installation instructions)

Date::Manip-5.44

Date::Manip is a set of routines designed to make any common date/time manipulation easy to do. Operations such as comparing two times, calculating a time a given amount of time from another, or parsing international times are all easily done. From the very beginning, the main focus of Date::Manip has been to be able to do ANY desired date/time operation easily.

DateManip-5.44 (build and installation instructions)

Finance::Quote-1.11

Finance::Quote is used to get stock quotes from various Internet sources, including Yahoo! Finance, Fidelity Investments, and the Australian Stock Exchange. There are two methods of using this module – a functional interface that is depreciated, and an object-orientated method that provides greater flexibility and stability. With the exception of straight currency exchange rates, all information is returned as a two-dimensional hash (or a reference to such a hash, if called in a scalar context).

After you've installed the package, issue perldoc Finance::Quote for full information. Alternatively, you can issue perldoc lib/Finance/Quote.pm after unpacking the distribution tarball and changing into the top-level directory. The module and dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Note

To run the regression test suite, you'll need a working Internet connection and then create a symbolic link to the test directory using the following command after unpacking the tarball and changing into the root directory of the source tree:

ln -s test t

Some tests will fail depending on certain conditions. See the INSTALL file for full details.

Finance-Quote-1.11
- HTML::TableExtract-2.07
- libwww-perl-5.805

Finance::QuoteHist-1.07

The Finance::QuoteHist bundle is several modules designed to fetch historical stock quotes from the web. The module and dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Finance-QuoteHist-1.07

HTML::Parser-3.54

The HTML::Parser distribution is a collection of modules that parse and extract information from HTML documents. The modules listed below are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

HTML-Parser-3.54
- HTML-Tagset-3.10
  - Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)
- libwww-perl-5.805 (run-time requirement for the included HTML::HeadParser module)

HTML::TableExtract-2.07

HTML::TableExtract is a module that simplifies the extraction of the content contained in tables within HTML documents, extracted either as text or encoded element trees. Tables of note may be specified using Headers, Depth, Count, Attributes, or some combination of the four. The module and dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

HTML-TableExtract-2.07
- HTML-Element-Extended-1.17
  - HTML-Tree-3.23
    
    HTML::Parser-3.54
    
    Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)
- Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)

libwww-perl-5.805 (a.k.a. LWP)

The libwww-perl (LWP) collection is a set of Perl modules which provide a simple and consistent application programming interface to the World-Wide Web. The main focus of the library is to provide classes and functions that allow you to write WWW clients. The library also contains modules that are of more general use and even classes that help you implement simple HTTP servers. The LWP collection and all its Perl module dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

libwww-perl-5.805
- URI-1.35
  - Business-ISBN-1.84 (optional, only used during the test suite)
    
    LWP::Simple is required for many of the tests. This is a circular dependency.
    
    Business-ISBN-Data-1.13
    
    Test-Prereq-1.032 (you may need to set up your CPAN access parameters by issuing the command perl -MCPAN -e shell before running the test suite, else the tests may hang)
    
    Module::Info-0.30
    
    Module::Build-0.2801 (optional)
    
    Module-CoreList-2.09
    
    Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)
    
    Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)
- HTML::Parser-3.54
- Compress::Zlib-1.41
- Crypt-SSLeay-0.51 (optional, for HTTPS support)
  - OpenSSL-0.9.8d

Note

Newer versions of OpenSSL expose a bug in the Crypt::SSLeay sources. Issue the following sed command (after unpacking the Crypt::SSLeay tarball and changing directories into the root of the source tree) to fix the problem:

sed -i '/algorithms/ a\               SSL_library_init();' SSLeay.xs

Module::Build-0.2801

The Module::Build module is a system for building, testing, and installing Perl modules. It is meant to be an alternative to ExtUtils::MakeMaker. Developers may alter the behavior of the module through subclassing in a much more straightforward way than with MakeMaker. It also does not require a make command on your system. Most of the Module::Build code is pure-Perl and written in a very cross-platform way.

The Module::Build module (as well as any other Perl module that uses the Module::Build build system) uses modified build instructions. All the dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Module-Build-0.2801
- ExtUtils-ParseXS-2.15
  - ExtUtils-CBuilder-0.18
- Archive-Tar-1.29
  - IO-Zlib-1.04
    
    Compress::Zlib-1.41
  - Text::Diff-0.35
- Pod-Readme-0.081 (optionally used to create a README file when creating a new module distribution)
  - Test-Portability-Files-0.05 (optionally used during the tests)
  - Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)
  - Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)
- Module::Signature-0.54 (required to use the Module::Build “distsign” run-time method and optionally used during the tests)
- YAML-0.58 (optional, provides additional features to Module::Build)

Module::Build Build and Installation Instructions

perl Build.PL &&
./Build &&
./Build test

Now, as the root user:

./Build install

Module::Info-0.30

The Module::Info module is quite useful for tasks other than just support of other modules. It can be used from the command-line to tell you if a particular module is included in, or has been installed into your Perl installation. Additionally, Module::Info can tell you what version of a module is installed and what dependencies are required for it. You can even use Module::Info to gather dependencies of uninstalled modules. The Module::Info module installs using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions. The version module requires using the Module::Build modified build instructions.

Module-Info-0.30
- version-0.63 (optionally used during the tests)
  - Module::Build-0.2801
- Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)

Module::Signature-0.54

The Module::Signature module is used to check and create SIGNATURE files for CPAN distributions. After installing Module::Signature you can verify the content of a distribution tarball (if it includes a SIGNATURE file) by unpacking the tarball, changing into the newly created directory and issuing the command cpansign -v. It will check each file's integrity, as well as the signature's validity. Note that some of the dependencies appear to be circular, however, they are only run-time conflicts and you should be able to fully utilize them as long as everything is installed. Module::Signature and the dependency modules are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Module-Signature-0.54
- Text::Diff-0.35
- PAR-Dist-0.21
- Digest-SHA-5.41
  - Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests)
- GnuPG-1.4.3

Net::DNS-0.57

Net::DNS is a DNS resolver implemented in Perl. It can be used to perform nearly any type of DNS query from a Perl script. The Net::DNS module and all its dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Net-DNS-0.57
- Digest-HMAC-1.01
  - Digest-SHA1-2.11
- Net-IP-1.24
- IO-Socket-INET6-2.51 (required for IPv6 support)
  - Socket6-0.19
- Digest-BubbleBabble-0.01
- Test::Pod-1.24 (optional, only used during the test suite)

SGMLSpm-1.03ii

The SGMLSpm module is a Perl library used for parsing the output from James Clark's SGMLS and NSGMLS parsers. This module requires modified installation instructions, shown below.

SGMLSpm-1.03ii

If your system's Perl version is different than 5.8.8, you'll need to modify the sed command below to reflect the version you have installed.

sed -i -e "s@/usr/local/bin@/usr/bin@" \
       -e "s@/usr/local/lib/perl5@/usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8@" \
       -e "s@/usr/local/lib/www/docs@/usr/share/doc/perl5@" \
    Makefile

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/perl5 &&
make install_html &&
rm -v -f /usr/share/doc/perl5/SGMLSpm/sample.pl &&
install -v -m644 DOC/sample.pl /usr/share/doc/perl5/SGMLSpm

Test::Pod-1.24

The Test:Pod module is (most of the time, optionally) used by other modules during the build process to check the validity of POD (Plain Old Documentation) files. The Test::Pod module is typically included by module authors to automatically find and check all POD files in a module distribution. This module and all the dependencies are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Test-Pod-1.24
- Pod-Simple-3.04
  - Pod-Escapes-1.04
- Test::Simple-0.62

Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08

The Test::Pod::Coverage module is used to check files in a distribution for POD coverage. It is normally used by developers to ensure their projects are adequately covered with POD and it is also used in the test suites of many module distributions. The Pod::Coverage module can use the Module::Build modified build instructions, all the other modules are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Test-Pod-Coverage-1.08
- Test::Simple-0.62 or Test-Builder-Tester-1.01
- Pod-Coverage-0.18
  - Devel-Symdump-2.07
    
    Test::Pod::Coverage-1.08 (optionally used during the tests, and is a circular dependency)
    
    Test::Pod-1.24 (optionally used during the tests)
  - Module::Build-0.2801

Test::Simple-0.62

The Test::Simple module contains utilities designed to assist developers in creating tests. A version of Test::Simple was installed during LFS with the Perl-5.8.8 installation, however, some of the sub-modules contained in Test::Simple have been updated (notably, the Test::More module) and these updated modules are now required by other modules. This updated version of Test::Simple also now includes the Test:Builder:Tester module, required by many of the modules on this page. Note that installing this updated version of Test::Simple will overwrite some files from the original Perl installation, but there's really nothing to be alarmed about as these modules are only used by developers creating tests, or for running the test suites during additional module installations.

Test-Simple-0.62 (build and installation instructions)
- Module::Signature-0.54 (optionally used during the tests)

Text::Diff-0.35

Text::Diff is used to perform diffs on files and record sets. It provides a basic set of services akin to the GNU diff utility. It is not anywhere near as feature complete as GNU diff, but it is better integrated with Perl and available on all platforms. Text::Diff is often faster than shelling out to a system's diff executable for small files, and generally slower on larger files. The modules listed below are installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Text-Diff-0.35
- Algorithm-Diff-1.1901
  - UnZip-5.52

Tk-804.027

The Tk module is a Perl interface to the Tk package. The goal of this release is Unicode support via Perl's and core-Tk's use of UTF-8. Tk-804.027 builds and loads into a threaded Perl but is NOT yet thread safe. The module is installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

Tk-804.027
- Tk-8.4.13 and libjpeg-6b

XML::Parser-2.34

The XML::Parser module is a Perl extension interface to James Clark's XML parser, expat. The module is installed using the standard Perl module build and installation instructions.

XML-Parser-2.34
- expat-2.0.0
- libwww-perl-5.805 (optionally used during the tests)

YAML-0.58

The YAML modules implement a YAML Loader and Dumper based on the YAML 1.0 specification http://www.yaml.org/spec/. YAML is a generic data serialization language that is optimized for human readability. It can be used to express the data structures of most modern programming languages.

Note

The YAML, Test::Base and Spiffy modules will install UTF-8 encoded manual pages. To modify the manual pages so that non-UTF-8 encoded pages are installed, issue the following commands (before any other build commands):

For Spiffy:     sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,o,' lib/Spiffy.pm

For Test::Base: sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,o,' \
                  lib/Test/Base{,/Filter}.pm \
                  lib/Module/Install/TestBase.pm

For YAML:       sed -i 's,\xc3\xb6,o,' \
                  ysh \
                  lib{,/Test}/YAML.pm \
                  lib/YAML/{Types,Node,Error,Marshall,Tag,Base}.pm \
                  lib/YAML/{Loader,Dumper}{,/Base}.pm

YAML-0.58
- Test-Base-0.50 (optionally used during the tests)
  - Spiffy-0.30
- Text::Diff-0.35 (optionally used during the tests)
- Test::Simple-0.62 (optionally used during the tests)

Standard Installation of Perl Modules

Install Perl modules by running the following commands:

perl Makefile.PL &&
make &&
make test

Now, as the root user:

make install

(Alternate) Auto Installation of Perl Modules.

There is an alternate way of installing the modules using the cpan shell install command. The command automatically downloads the source from the CPAN archive, extracts it, runs the compilation, testing and installation commands mentioned above, and removes the build source tree. You may still need to install dependent library packages before running the automated installation method.

The first time you run cpan, you'll be prompted to enter some information regarding download locations and methods. This information is retained in files located in ~/.cpan. Start the cpan shell by issuing 'cpan' as the root user. Any module may now be installed from the cpan> prompt with the command:

install <Module::Name>

For additional commands and help, issue 'help' from the cpan> prompt.

Alternatively, for scripted or non-interactive installations, use the following syntax as the root user to install one or more modules:

cpan -i <Module1::Name> <Module2::Name>

Review the cpan.1 man page for additional parameters you can pass to cpan on the command line.

PHP-5.1.4

Introduction to PHP

PHP is the PHP Hypertext Preprocessor. Primarily used in dynamic web sites, it allows for programming code to be directly embedded into the HTML markup.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://us2.php.net/distributions/php-5.1.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isu.edu.tw/pub/Unix/Web/PHP/distributions/php-5.1.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 66a806161d4a2d3b5153ebe4cd0f2e1c
Download size: 6.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 213 MB (includes installing all documentation)
Estimated build time: 2.5 SBU (additional 1.9 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Pre-built documentation (optional): http://www.php.net/download-docs.php

PHP Dependencies

Required

Apache-2.2.2

Optional System Utilities and Libraries

libxslt-1.1.17, GMP-4.2, PCRE-6.7, Aspell-0.60.4, pkg-config-0.20, expat-2.0.0 (deprecated alternative to libxml2-2.6.26), OSSP mm, Net-SNMP, GNU Pth, re2c, XMLRPC-EPI, Dmalloc, recode, and an MTA (that provides a sendmail command)

Optional Graphics Utilities and Libraries

libjpeg-6b, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libpng-1.2.12, libexif-0.6.13, FreeType-2.1.10, X Window System, ClibPDF, GD, t1lib, and FDF Toolkit

Optional Web Utilities

cURL-7.15.3, HTML Tidy-051026, mnoGoSearch, Hyperwave, Roxen WebServer, Caudium, and WDDX

Optional Data Management Utilities and Libraries

OpenLDAP-2.3.27, GDBM-1.8.3, MySQL-5.0.21, PostgreSQL-8.1.3, unixODBC-2.2.11, QDBM, cdb, SQLite, Mini SQL, Empress, Birdstep, DBMaker, Adabas, FrontBase, and Monetra

PHP also provides support for many commercial database tools such as Oracle, SAP and ODBC Router.

Optional Security/Encryption Utilities and Libraries

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Cyrus SASL-2.1.21, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2, libmcrypt, and mhash

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/php

Installation of PHP

You can use PHP for server-side scripting, command-line scripting or client-side GUI applications. This book provides instructions for setting up PHP for server-side scripting as it is the most common form.

Note

PHP has many more configure options that will enable support for various things. You can use ./configure --help to see a full list of the available options. Also, use of the PHP web site is highly recommended, as their online docs are very good. An example of a configure command that utilizes many of the most common dependencies can be found at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/php_configure.txt.

If, for whatever reason, you don't have libxml2-2.6.26 installed, you need to add --disable-libxml to the configure command in the instructions below. Note that this will prevent the pear command from being built.

Install PHP by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/const char \*errpfx,/const DB_ENV *dbenv, & const/' \
    ext/dba/dba_db4.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-apxs2 \
            --enable-force-cgi-redirect \
            --enable-discard-path \
            --with-config-file-path=/etc \
            --with-zlib \
            --enable-bcmath \
            --with-bz2 \
            --enable-calendar \
            --enable-dba \
            --enable-exif \
            --enable-ftp \
            --with-gettext \
            --enable-mbstring \
            --with-ncurses \
            --with-readline &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test. Three of the (over 1600) tests are known to fail: an iconv stream filter test (ext/iconv/tests/iconv_stream_filter.phpt) and two MBString function overload tests (ext/mbstring/tests/overload01.phpt and ext/mbstring/tests/overload02.phpt). Additionally, if you have the unixODBC package installed and linked into the build, you may see many failures related to it.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 php.ini-recommended /etc/php.ini &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4 &&
install -v -m644 CODING_STANDARDS EXTENSIONS INSTALL NEWS \
                 README* TODO* UPGRADING php.gif \
    /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4 &&
ln -v -s /usr/lib/php/doc/Archive_Tar/docs/Archive_Tar.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4

The pre-built HTML documentation is packaged in two forms: a tarball containing many individual files, useful for quick loading into your browser, and one large individual file, which is useful for using the search utility of your browser. If you downloaded either, or both, of the documentation files, issue the following commands as the root user to install them (note these instructions assume English docs, modify the tarball names below if necessary).

For the “Single HTML” file:

install -v -m644 ../php_manual_en.html.gz \
    /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4 &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4/php_manual_en.html.gz

For the “Many HTML files” tarball:

tar -xvf ../php_manual_en.tar.gz -C /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4 &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4/html

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' ext/dba/dba_db4.c: This command is used to fix an issue with the use of Berkeley DB >= 4.3.x.

--with-apxs2: This parameter builds the Apache HTTPD 2.0 module.

--with-config-file-path=/etc: This parameter makes PHP look for the php.ini configuration file in /etc.

--with-zlib: This parameter adds support for Zlib compression.

--enable-bcmath: Enables bc style precision math functions.

--with-bz2: Adds support for Bzip2 compression functions.

--enable-calendar: This parameter provides support for calendar conversion.

--enable-dba: This parameter enables support for database (dbm-style) abstraction layer functions.

--enable-exif: Enables functions to access metadata from images.

--enable-ftp: This parameter enables FTP functions.

--with-gettext: Enables functions that use Gettext text translation.

--enable-mbstring: This parameter enables multibyte string support.

--with-ncurses: Provides ncurses terminal independent cursor handling.

--with-readline: This parameter enables command line Readline support.

--disable-libxml: This parameter allows building PHP without libxml2 installed.

Configuring PHP

Config Files

/etc/php.ini and /etc/pear.conf

Configuration Information

The file used as the default /etc/php.ini configuration file is recommended by the PHP development team. This file modifies the default behavior of PHP. If no /etc/php.ini is used, all configuration settings fall to the defaults. You should review the comments in this file and ensure the changes are acceptable in your particular environment.

You may have noticed the following from the output of the make install command:

You may want to add: /usr/lib/php to your php.ini include_path

If desired, add the entry using the following command as the root user:

sed -i 's@php/includes"@&\ninclude_path = ".:/usr/lib/php"@' \
    /etc/php.ini

To enable PHP support in the Apache web server, a new LoadModule (which should be handled automatically by the make install command) and AddType directives must be added to the httpd.conf file:

LoadModule php5_module lib/apache/libphp5.so
AddType application/x-httpd-php .php

Additionally, it can be useful to add an entry for index.php to the DirectoryIndex directive of the httpd.conf file. Lastly, adding a line to setup the .phps extension to show highlighted PHP source may be desirable:

AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps

You'll need to restart the Apache web server after making any modifications to the httpd.conf file.

Installed Programs: pear, peardev, pecl, php, php-config and phpize

Installed Library: libphp5.so Apache module

Installed Directories: /usr/include/php, /usr/lib/php and /usr/share/doc/php-5.1.4

Short Descriptions

php	is a command line interface that enables you to parse and execute PHP code.
pear	is the PHP Extension and Application Repository (PEAR) package manager.

Python-2.4.4

Introduction to Python

The Python package contains the Python development environment. This is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.4.4/Python-2.4.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/Python-2.4.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0ba90c79175c017101100ebf5978e906
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (additional 2.6 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/Python-2.4.4-gdbm-1.patch

Python Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Tk-8.4.13, and GDBM-1.8.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python

Installation of Python

Install Python by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../Python-2.4.4-gdbm-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

There is no documentation installed using the instructions above. However, There are LaTeX sources included with the distribution. See the Doc/README file in the source distribution for instructions to format the LaTeX sources. Alternatively, you can download preformatted documentation from http://www.python.org/doc/current/download.html.

Installed Programs: pydoc, python, python2.4, smtpd.py, and optionally if Tk is installed, idle

Installed Libraries: libpython2.4.so and numerous modules installed in /usr/lib/python2.4/lib-dynload

Installed Directories: /usr/include/python2.4 and /usr/lib/python2.4

Short Descriptions

idle	is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor.
pydoc	is the Python documentation tool.
python	is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language.
python2.4	is a version-specific name for the python program.
smtpd.py	is an SMTP proxy implemented in Python.

PyXML-0.8.4

Introduction to PyXML

The PyXML package contains a validating XML parser, an implementation of the SAX and DOM programming interfaces, an interface to the Expat parser, and a C helper module that can speed up xmllib.py by a factor of five. This is useful for validating, parsing and manipulating XML files using Python programs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pyxml/PyXML-0.8.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/PyXML-0.8.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1f7655050cebbb664db976405fdba209
Download size: 734 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

PyXML Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pyxml

Installation of PyXML

Install PyXML by running the following commands:

python setup.py build

Now, as the root user:

python setup.py install &&
install -v -m644 doc/man/xmlproc_*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4 &&
cp -v -R doc demo test /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4

To run the regression tests, the package must first be installed. Then, as an unprivileged user, issue the following commands:

cd test &&
python regrtest.py &&
cd ..

Command Explanations

python setup.py build: This command copies the *.py files to a staging area and compiles the C extensions.

python setup.py install: This command installs the package.

Installed Programs: xmlproc_parse and xmlproc_val

Installed Libraries: PyXML Python library modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/_xmlplus and /usr/share/doc/PyXML-0.8.4

Short Descriptions

xmlproc_parse	is a simple XML file parser using the xmlproc parser.
xmlproc_val	is a validating XML file parser using the xmlproc parser.

Ruby-1.8.5

Introduction to Ruby

The Ruby package contains the Ruby development environment. This is useful for object-oriented scripting.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ruby-lang.org/pub/ruby/ruby-1.8.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3fbb02294a8ca33d4684055adba5ed6f
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 86.9 MB
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Ruby Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Tk-8.4.13, and GDBM-1.8.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ruby

Installation of Ruby

Install Ruby by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --enable-shared \
            --enable-pthread \
            --enable-install-doc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-shared: This parameter builds the libruby shared library.

--enable-pthread: This parameter links the threading library into the Ruby build.

Installed Programs: ruby, irb, erb, rdoc, ri, and testrb

Installed Libraries: libruby.so and numerous modules located in the /usr/lib/ruby hierarchy.

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/ruby and /usr/share/ri

Short Descriptions

ruby	is an interpreted scripting language for quick and easy object-oriented programming.
irb	is the interactive interface for Ruby.
erb	is Tiny eRuby. It interprets a Ruby code embedded text file.
ri	displays documentation from a database on Ruby classes, modules and methods.
`libruby.so`	contains the API functions required by Ruby.

Tcl-8.4.13

Introduction to Tcl

The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language, a robust general-purpose scripting language.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.4.13-src.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: c6b655ad5db095ee73227113220c0523
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.8 SBU to run the test suite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcl

Installation of Tcl

Note

This package is also installed in LFS during the bootstrap phase. As it is not installed during Chapter 6 of LFS, installation instructions are included here in BLFS.

Install Tcl by running the following commands:

cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-threads &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-private-headers &&
ln -v -sf tclsh8.4 /usr/bin/tclsh

Command Explanations

--enable-threads: This switch forces the package to build with thread support.

make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tcl library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tcl library.

ln -v -sf tclsh8.4 /usr/bin/tclsh: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the tclsh8.4 file as many packages expect a file named tclsh.

Installed Programs: tclsh and tclsh8.4

Installed Libraries: libtcl.so and libtclstub8.4.a

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/tcl8.4

Short Descriptions

tclsh	is a symlink to the tclsh8.4 program.
tclsh8.4	is a simple shell containing the Tcl interpreter.
`libtcl.so`	contains the API functions required by Tcl.

Tk-8.4.13

Introduction to Tk

The Tk package contains a TCL GUI Toolkit.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk8.4.13-src.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 0a16d4d9398e43cbb85784c85fb807a4
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Tk Dependencies

Required

X Window System and Tcl-8.4.13

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tk

Installation of Tk

Install Tk by running the following commands:

cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-threads &&
make

Running the tests is not recommended. Some tests may crash your X Server. To test the results anyway, issue: make test. Ensure you run it from an X Window display device with the GLX extensions loaded, else the tests will hang.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-private-headers &&
ln -v -sf wish8.4 /usr/bin/wish

Command Explanations

--enable-threads: This switch forces the package to build with thread support.

make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tk library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tk library.

ln -v -sf wish8.4 /usr/bin/wish: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the wish8.4 file as many packages expect a file named wish.

Installed Programs: wish and wish8.4

Installed Libraries: libtk.so and libtkstub8.4.a

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/tk8.4

Short Descriptions

wish	is a symlink to the wish8.4 program.
wish8.4	is a simple shell containing the Tk toolkit that creates a main window and then processes Tcl commands.
`libtk.so`	contains the API functions required by Tk.

Other Programming Tools

Introduction

This section is provided to show you some additional programming tools for which instructions have not yet been created in the book or for those that are not appropriate for the book. Note that these packages may not have been tested by the BLFS team, but their mention here is meant to be a convenient source of additional information.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OtherProgrammingTools

Programming Frameworks, Languages and Compilers

A+

A+ is a powerful and efficient programming language. It is freely available under the GNU General Public License. It embodies a rich set of functions and operators, a modern graphical user interface with many widgets and automatic synchronization of widgets and variables, asynchronous execution of functions associated with variables and events, dynamic loading of user compiled subroutines, and many other features. Execution is by a rather efficient interpreter. A+ was created at Morgan Stanley. Primarily used in a computationally-intensive business environment, many critical applications written in A+ have withstood the demands of real world developers over many years. Written in an interpreted language, A+ applications tend to be portable.

Project Home Page: http://www.aplusdev.org/
Download Location: http://www.aplusdev.org/Download/index.html

ABC

ABC is an interactive programming language and environment for personal computing, originally intended as a good replacement for BASIC. It was designed by first doing a task analysis of the programming task. ABC is easy to learn (an hour or so for someone who has already programmed), and yet easy to use. Originally intended as a language for beginners, it has evolved into a powerful tool for beginners and experts alike. Some features of the language include: a powerful collection of only five data types that easily combines strong typing, yet without declarations, no limitations (such as max int), apart from sheer exhaustion of memory refinements to support top-down programming, nesting by indentation and programs typically are one fourth or one fifth the size of the equivalent Pascal or C program.

Project Home Page: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/
Download Location: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/implementations.html

ALF

ALF is a language which combines functional and logic programming techniques. The foundation of ALF is Horn clause logic with equality which consists of predicates and Horn clauses for logic programming, and functions and equations for functional programming. The ALF system is an efficient implementation of the combination of resolution, narrowing, rewriting and rejection. Similarly to Prolog, ALF uses a backtracking strategy corresponding to a depth-first search in the derivation tree.

Project Home Page: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF.html
Download Location: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF/

ASM

ASM is a Java bytecode manipulation framework. It can be used to dynamically generate stub classes or other proxy classes, directly in binary form, or to dynamically modify classes at load time, i.e., just before they are loaded into the Java Virtual Machine. ASM offers similar functionalities as BCEL or SERP, but is much smaller (33KB instead of 350KB for BCEL and 150KB for SERP) and faster than these tools (the overhead of a load time class transformation is of the order of 60% with ASM, 700% or more with BCEL, and 1100% or more with SERP). Indeed ASM was designed to be used in a dynamic way (though it works statically as well) and was therefore designed and implemented to be as small and as fast as possible.

Project Home Page: http://asm.objectweb.org/
Download Location: http://forge.objectweb.org/projects/asm/

BCPL

BCPL is a simple typeless language that was designed in 1966 by Martin Richards and implemented for the first time at MIT in the Spring of 1967.

Project Home Page: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL.html
Download Location: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL/

BETA

BETA is developed within the Scandinavian School of object-orientation, where the first object-oriented language, Simula, was developed. BETA is a modern language in the Simula tradition. The resulting language is smaller than Simula in spite of being considerably more expressive. BETA is a strongly typed language like Simula, Eiffel and C++, with most type checking being carried out at compile-time. It is well known that it is not possible to obtain all type checking at compile time without sacrificing the expressiveness of the language. BETA has optimum balance between compile-time type checking and run-time type checking.

Project Home Page: http://www.daimi.au.dk/~beta/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.daimi.au.dk/pub/beta/

<bigwig>

<bigwig> is a high-level programming language for developing interactive Web services. Programs are compiled into a conglomerate of lower-level technologies such as C code, HTTP, HTML, JavaScript, and SSL, all running on top of a runtime system based on an Apache Web server module. It is a descendant of the Mawl project but is a completely new design and implementation with vastly expanded ambitions. The <bigwig> language is really a collection of tiny domain-specific languages focusing on different aspects of interactive Web services. These contributing languages are held together by a C-like skeleton language. Thus, <bigwig> has the look and feel of C-programs but with special data and control structures.

Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/
Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/download/

Bigloo

Bigloo is a Scheme implementation devoted to one goal: enabling Scheme based programming style where C(++) is usually required. Bigloo attempts to make Scheme practical by offering features usually presented by traditional programming languages but not offered by Scheme and functional programming. Bigloo compiles Scheme modules and delivers small and fast stand-alone binary executables. It enables full connections between Scheme and C programs, between Scheme and Java programs, and between Scheme and C# programs.

Project Home Page: http://www-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/
Download Location: ftp://ftp-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/

C--

C-- is a portable assembly language that can be generated by a front end and implemented by any of several code generators. It serves as an interface between high-level compilers and retargetable, optimizing code generators. Authors of front ends and code generators can cooperate easily.

Project Home Page: http://www.cminusminus.org/
Download Location: http://www.cminusminus.org/code.html

Caml

Caml is a general-purpose programming language, designed with program safety and reliability in mind. It is very expressive, yet easy to learn and use. Caml supports functional, imperative, and object-oriented programming styles. It has been developed and distributed by INRIA, France's national research institute for computer science, since 1985. The Objective Caml system is the main implementation of the Caml language. It features a powerful module system and a full-fledged object-oriented layer. It comes with a native-code compiler that supports numerous architectures, for high performance; a bytecode compiler, for increased portability; and an interactive loop, for experimentation and rapid development.

Project Home Page: http://caml.inria.fr/
Download Location: http://caml.inria.fr/pub/distrib/

Cayenne

Cayenne is a simple(?) functional language with a powerful type system. The basic types are functions, products, and sums. Functions and products use dependent types to gain additional power. There are very few building blocks in the language, but a lot of “syntactic sugar” to make it more readable. There is no separate module language in Cayenne since the dependent types allow the normal expression language to be used at the module level as well. The design of Cayenne has been heavily influenced by Haskell and constructive type theory and with some things borrowed from Java. The drawback of such a powerful type system is that the type checking becomes undecidable.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/cayenne/
Download Location: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/cayenne/get.html

Ch

Ch is an embeddable C/C++ interpreter for cross-platform scripting, shell programming, 2D/3D plotting, numerical computing, and embedded scripting.

Project Home Page: http://www.softintegration.com/
Download Location: http://www.softintegration.com/products/chstandard/download/

Clean

Clean is a general purpose, state-of-the-art, pure and lazy functional programming language designed for making real-world applications. Clean is the only functional language in the world which offers uniqueness typing. This type system makes it possible in a pure functional language to incorporate destructive updates of arbitrary data structures (including arrays) and to make direct interfaces to the outside imperative world. The type system makes it possible to develop efficient applications.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.ru.nl/~clean/
Download Location: http://www.cs.ru.nl/~clean/Download/download.html

CORN

CORN is designed for modeling concurrency and advanced computation. It provides lazy evaluation between concurrently worked threads, with object-oriented and functional style of semantic. This language can be also used for parallel computation.

Project Home Page: http://corn.telefonia.pl/
Download Location: http://corn.telefonia.pl/download/download.html

Cyclone

Cyclone is a programming language based on C that is safe, meaning that it rules out programs that have buffer overflows, dangling pointers, format string attacks, and so on. High-level, type-safe languages, such as Java, Scheme, or ML also provide safety, but they don't give the same control over data representations and memory management that C does (witness the fact that the run-time systems for these languages are usually written in C.) Furthermore, porting legacy C code to these languages or interfacing with legacy C libraries is a difficult and error-prone process. The goal of Cyclone is to give programmers the same low-level control and performance of C without sacrificing safety, and to make it easy to port or interface with legacy C code.

Project Home Page: http://www.research.att.com/projects/cyclone/
Download Location: http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~greg/cyclone/software/

D

D is a general purpose systems and applications programming language. It is a higher level language than C++, but retains the ability to write high performance code and interface directly with the operating system APIs and with hardware. D is well suited to writing medium to large scale million line programs with teams of developers. It is easy to learn, provides many capabilities to aid the programmer, and is well suited to aggressive compiler optimization technology. D is not a scripting language, nor an interpreted language. It doesn't come with a VM, a religion, or an overriding philosophy. It's a practical language for practical programmers who need to get the job done quickly, reliably, and leave behind maintainable, easy to understand code. D is the culmination of decades of experience implementing compilers for many diverse languages, and attempting to construct large projects using those languages. It draws inspiration from those other languages (most especially C++) and tempers it with experience and real world practicality.

Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/d/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/

DMDScript

DMDScript is Digital Mars' implementation of the ECMA 262 scripting language. Netscape's implementation is called JavaScript, Microsoft's implementation is called JScript. DMDScript is much faster than other implementations, which you can verify with the included benchmark.

Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/dscript/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/

DotGNU Portable.NET

DotGNU Portable.NET goal is to build a suite of free software tools to build and execute .NET applications, including a C# compiler, assembler, disassembler, and runtime engine. While the initial target platform was GNU/Linux, it is also known to run under Windows, Solaris, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and MacOS X. The runtime engine has been tested on the x86, PowerPC, ARM, Sparc, PARISC, s390, Alpha, and IA-64 processors. DotGNU Portable.NET is part of the DotGNU project, built in accordance with the requirements of the GNU Project. DotGNU Portable.NET is focused on compatibility with the ECMA specifications for CLI. There are other projects under the DotGNU meta-project to build other necessary pieces of infrastructure, and to explore non-CLI approaches to virtual machine implementation.

Project Home Page: http://www.southern-storm.com.au/portable_net.html
Download Location: http://www.southern-storm.com.au/portable_net.html#download

Dylan

Dylan is an advanced, object-oriented, dynamic language which supports rapid program development. When needed, programs can be optimized for more efficient execution by supplying more type information to the compiler. Nearly all entities in Dylan (including functions, classes, and basic data types such as integers) are first class objects. Additionally, Dylan supports multiple inheritance, polymorphism, multiple dispatch, keyword arguments, object introspection, macros, and many other advanced features... --Peter Hinely.

Project Home Page: http://www.gwydiondylan.org/
Download Location: http://www.gwydiondylan.org/downloading.phtml

E

E is a secure distributed Java-based pure-object platform and p2p scripting language. It has two parts: ELib and the E Language. Elib provides the stuff that goes on between objects. As a pure-Java library, ELib provides for inter-process capability-secure distributed programming. Its cryptographic capability protocol enables mutually suspicious Java processes to cooperate safely, and its event-loop concurrency and promise pipelining enable high performance deadlock free distributed pure-object computing. The E Language can be used to express what happens within an object. It provides a convenient and familiar notation for the ELib computational model, so you can program in one model rather than two. Under the covers, this notation expands into Kernel-E, a minimalist lambda-language much like Scheme or Smalltalk. Objects written in the E language are only able to interact with other objects according to ELib's semantics, enabling object granularity intra-process security, including the ability to safely run untrusted mobile code (such as caplets).

Project Home Page: http://www.erights.org/
Download Location: http://www.erights.org/download/

elastiC

elastiC is a portable high-level object-oriented interpreted language with a C like syntax. Its main characteristics are: open source, interpreted, has portable bytecode compilation, dynamic typing, automatic real very fast garbage collection, object oriented with meta-programming support (a la Smalltalk), functional programming support (Scheme-like closures with lexical scoping, and eval-like functionality), hierarchical namespaces, a rich set of useful built-in types (dynamic arrays, dictionaries, symbols, ...), extensibile with C (you can add functions, types, classes, methods, packages, ...), embeddable in C. elastiC has been strongly influenced by C, Smalltalk, Scheme and Python and tries to merge the best characteristics of all these languages, while still coherently maintaining its unique personality.

Project Home Page: http://www.elasticworld.org/
Download Location: http://www.elasticworld.org/download.html

Erlang/OTP

Erlang/OTP is a development environment based on Erlang. Erlang is a programming language which has many features more commonly associated with an operating system than with a programming language: concurrent processes, scheduling, memory management, distribution, networking, etc. The initial open-source Erlang release contains the implementation of Erlang, as well as a large part of Ericsson's middleware for building distributed high-availability systems. Erlang is characterized by the following features: robustness, soft real-time, hot code upgrades and incremental code loading.

Project Home Page: http://www.erlang.org/
Download Location: http://www.erlang.org/download.html

Euphoria

Euphoria is a simple, flexible, and easy-to-learn programming language. It lets you quickly and easily develop programs for Windows, DOS, Linux and FreeBSD. Euphoria was first released in 1993. Since then Rapid Deployment Software has been steadily improving it with the help of a growing number of enthusiastic users. Although Euphoria provides subscript checking, uninitialized variable checking and numerous other run-time checks, it is extremely fast. People have used it to develop high-speed DOS games, Windows GUI programs, and Linux X Windows programs. It is also very useful for CGI (Web-based) programming.

Project Home Page: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/
Download Location: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/v20.htm

Felix

Felix is an advanced Algol like procedural programming language with a strong functional subsystem. It features ML style static typing, first class functions, pattern matching, garbage collection, polymorphism, and has built in support for high performance microthreading, regular expressions and context free parsing. The system provides a scripting harness so the language can be used like other scripting languages such as Python and Perl, but underneath it generates native code to obtain high performance. A key feature of the system is that it uses the C/C++ object model, and provides an advanced binding sublanguage to support integration with C/C++ at both the source and object levels, both for embedding C/C++ data types and functions into Felix, and for embedding Felix into exitsing C++ architectures. The Felix compiler is written in Objective Caml, and generates ISO C++ which should compile on any platform.

Project Home Page: http://felix.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://felix.sourceforge.net/current/www/download.html

ferite

ferite is a scripting language and engine all in one manageable chunk. It is designed to be easily extended in terms of API, and to be used within other applications making them more configurable and useful to the end user. It has a syntax similar to a number of other languages but remains clean and its own language.

Project Home Page: http://www.ferite.org/
Download Location: http://www.ferite.org/download.html

Forth

Forth is a stack-based, extensible language without type-checking. It is probably best known for its "reverse Polish" (postfix) arithmetic notation, familiar to users of Hewlett-Packard calculators. Forth is a real-time programming language originally developed to control telescopes. Forth has many unique features and applications: it can compile itself into a new compiler, reverse-polish coding, edit time error checking and compiling (similar to BASIC), extremely efficient thread based language, can be used to debug itself, extensible; thus can become what ever you need it to be. The links below lead to the website of the Forth Interest Group (FIG), a world-wide, non-profit organization for education in and the promotion of the Forth computer language. Another worthwhile website dedicated to the Forth community is http://wiki.forthfreak.net/.

Project Home Page: http://www.forth.org/
Download Location: http://www.forth.org/compilers.html

GNU Smalltalk

GNU Smalltalk is a free implementation of the Smalltalk-80 language which runs on most versions on Unix and, in general, everywhere you can find a POSIX-compliance library. An uncommon feature of it is that it is well-versed to scripting tasks and headless processing. See http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/gst-manual/gst_1.html#SEC1 for a more detailed explanation of GNU Smalltalk.

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/
Download Location: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/smalltalk/

Haskell

Haskell is a computer programming language. In particular, it is a polymorphicly typed, lazy, purely functional language, quite different from most other programming languages. The language is named for Haskell Brooks Curry, whose work in mathematical logic serves as a foundation for functional languages. Haskell is based on lambda calculus. There are many implementations of Haskell, among them:

GHC: http://www.haskell.org/ghc/
HBC: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/hbc/hbc.html
Helium: http://www.cs.uu.nl/helium/
Hugs: http://www.haskell.org/hugs/
nhc98: http://www.haskell.org/nhc98/

HLA (High Level Assembly)

The HLA language was developed as a tool to help teach assembly language programming and machine organization to University students at the University of California, Riverside. The basic idea was to teach students assembly language programming by leveraging their knowledge of high level languages like C/C++ and Pascal/Delphi. At the same time, HLA was designed to allow advanced assembly language programmers write more readable and more powerful assembly language code.

Project Home Page: http://webster.cs.ucr.edu/AsmTools/HLA/
Download Location: http://webster.cs.ucr.edu/AsmTools/HLA/dnld.html

Icon

Icon is a high-level, general-purpose programming language with a large repertoire of features for processing data structures and character strings. It is an imperative, procedural language with a syntax reminiscent of C and Pascal, but with semantics at a much higher level.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/icon/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/icon/

Io

Io is a small, prototype-based programming language. The ideas in Io are mostly inspired by Smalltalk (all values are objects), Self (prototype-based), NewtonScript (differential inheritance), Act1 (actors and futures for concurrency), LISP (code is a runtime inspectable/modifiable tree) and Lua (small, embeddable).

Project Home Page: http://www.iolanguage.com/about/
Download Location: http://www.iolanguage.com/downloads/

J

J is a modern, high-level, general-purpose, high-performance programming language. It is portable and runs on Windows, Unix, Mac, and PocketPC handhelds, both as a GUI and in a console. True 64-bit J systems are available for XP64 or Linux64, on AMD64 or Intel EM64T platforms. J systems can be installed and distributed for free.

Project Home Page: http://www.jsoftware.com/
Download Location: http://www.jsoftware.com/download/

Jamaica

Jamaica, the JVM Macro Assembler, is an easy-to-learn and easy-to-use assembly language for JVM bytecode programming. It uses Java syntax to define a JVM class except for the method body that takes bytecode instructions, including Jamaica's built-in macros. In Jamaica, bytecode instructions use mnemonics and symbolic names for all variables, parameters, data fields, constants and labels.

Project Home Page: http://www.judoscript.com/jamaica.html
Download Location: http://www.judoscript.com/download.html

Joy

Joy is a purely functional programming language. Whereas all other functional programming languages are based on the application of functions to arguments, Joy is based on the composition of functions. All such functions take a stack as an argument and produce a stack as a value. Consequently much of Joy looks like ordinary postfix notation. However, in Joy a function can consume any number of parameters from the stack and leave any number of results on the stack. The concatenation of appropriate programs denotes the composition of the functions which the programs denote.

Project Home Page: http://www.latrobe.edu.au/philosophy/phimvt/joy.html

Judo

Judo is a practical, functional scripting language. It is designed to cover the use cases of not only algorithmic/object-oriented/multi-threaded programming and Java scripting but also a number of major application domain tasks, such as scripting for JDBC, WSDL, ActiveX, OS, multiple file/data formats, etc. Despite its rich functionality, the base language is extremely simple, and domain support syntax is totally intuitive to domain experts, so that even though you have never programmed in Judo, you would have little trouble figuring out what the code does.

Project Home Page: http://www.judoscript.com/home.html
Download Location: http://www.judoscript.com/download.html

JWIG

JWIG is a Java-based high-level programming language for development of interactive Web services. It contains an advanced session model, a flexible mechanism for dynamic construction of XML documents, in particular XHTML, and a powerful API for simplifying use of the HTTP protocol and many other aspects of Web service programming. To support program development, JWIG provides a unique suite of highly specialized program analyses that at compile time verify for a given program that no runtime errors can occur while building documents or receiving form input, and that all documents being shown are valid according to the document type definition for XHTML 1.0. The main goal of the JWIG project is to simplify development of complex Web services, compared to alternatives, such as, Servlets, JSP, ASP, and PHP. JWIG is a descendant of the <bigwig> research language.

Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/
Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/download.html

Lava

Lava is a name unfortunately chosen for several unrelated software development languages/projects. So it doesn't appear as though BLFS has a preference for one over another, the project web sites are listed below, without descriptions of the capabilities or features for any of them.

Project Home Page: http://lavape.sourceforge.net/index.htm
Project Home Page: http://javalab.cs.uni-bonn.de/research/darwin/#The%20Lava%20Language
Project Home Page: http://www.md.chalmers.se/~koen/Lava/
Project Home Page: http://members.tripod.com/mathias/IavaHomepage.html

Lua

Lua is a powerful light-weight programming language designed for extending applications. It is also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language. It is free software. Lua combines simple procedural syntax with powerful data description constructs based on associative arrays and extensible semantics. It is dynamically typed, interpreted from bytecodes, and has automatic memory management with garbage collection, making it ideal for configuration, scripting, and rapid prototyping. A fundamental concept in the design of Lua is to provide meta-mechanisms for implementing features, instead of providing a host of features directly in the language. For example, although Lua is not a pure object-oriented language, it does provide meta-mechanisms for implementing classes and inheritance. Lua's meta-mechanisms bring an economy of concepts and keep the language small, while allowing the semantics to be extended in unconventional ways. Extensible semantics is a distinguishing feature of Lua. Lua is a language engine that you can embed into your application. This means that, besides syntax and semantics, it has an API that allows the application to exchange data with Lua programs and also to extend Lua with C functions. In this sense, it can be regarded as a language framework for building domain-specific languages. Lua is implemented as a small library of C functions, written in ANSI C, and compiles unmodified in all known platforms. The implementation goals are simplicity, efficiency, portability, and low embedding cost. The result is a fast language engine with small footprint, making it ideal in embedded systems too.

Project Home Page: http://www.lua.org/
Download Location: http://www.lua.org/download.html

Mercury

Mercury is a new logic/functional programming language, which combines the clarity and expressiveness of declarative programming with advanced static analysis and error detection features. Its highly optimized execution algorithm delivers efficiency far in excess of existing logic programming systems, and close to conventional programming systems. Mercury addresses the problems of large-scale program development, allowing modularity, separate compilation, and numerous optimization/time trade-offs.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/research/mercury/
Download Location: http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/research/mercury/download/release.html

Mono

Mono provides the necessary software to develop and run .NET client and server applications on Linux, Solaris, Mac OS X, Windows, and Unix. Sponsored by Novell, the Mono open source project has an active and enthusiastic contributing community and is positioned to become the leading choice for development of Linux applications.

Project Home Page: http://www.mono-project.com/Main_Page
Download Location: http://go-mono.com/sources/

MPD

MPD is a variant of the SR programming language. SR has a Pascal-like syntax and uses guarded commands for control statements. MPD has a C-like syntax and C-like control statements. However, the main components of the two languages are the same: resources, globals, operations, procs, procedures, processes, and virtual machines. Moreover, MPD supports the same variety of concurrent programming mechanisms as SR: co statements, semaphores, call/send/forward invocations, and receive and input statements.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/
Download Location: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/download/

Nemerle

Nemerle is a high-level statically-typed programming language for the .NET platform. It offers functional, object-oriented and imperative features. It has a simple C#-like syntax and a powerful meta-programming system. Features that come from the functional land are variants, pattern matching, type inference and parameter polymorphism (aka generics). The meta-programming system allows great compiler extensibility, embedding domain specific languages, partial evaluation and aspect-oriented programming.

Project Home Page: http://nemerle.org/Main_Page
Download Location: http://nemerle.org/Download

Octave

GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab. It may also be used as a batch-oriented language. Octave has extensive tools for solving common numerical linear algebra problems, finding the roots of nonlinear equations, integrating ordinary functions, manipulating polynomials, and integrating ordinary differential and differential-algebraic equations. It is easily extensible and customizable via user-defined functions written in Octave's own language, or using dynamically loaded modules written in C++, C, Fortran, or other languages.

Project Home Page: http://www.octave.org/
Download Location: http://www.octave.org/download.html

OO2C (Optimizing Oberon-2 Compiler)

OO2C is an Oberon-2 development platform. It consists of an optimizing compiler, a number of related tools, a set of standard library modules and a reference manual. Oberon-2 is a general-purpose programming language in the tradition of Pascal and Modula-2. Its most important features are block structure, modularity, separate compilation, static typing with strong type checking (also across module boundaries) and type extension with type-bound procedures. Type extension makes Oberon-2 an object-oriented language.

Project Home Page: http://ooc.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ooc/

Ordered Graph Data Language (OGDL)

OGDL is a structured textual format that represents information in the form of graphs, where the nodes are strings and the arcs or edges are spaces or indentation.

Project Home Page: http://ogdl.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ogdl/

Pike

Pike is a dynamic programming language with a syntax similar to Java and C. It is simple to learn, does not require long compilation passes and has powerful built-in data types allowing simple and really fast data manipulation. Pike is released under the GNU GPL, GNU LGPL and MPL.

Project Home Page: http://pike.ida.liu.se/
Download Location: http://pike.ida.liu.se/download/pub/pike

Pyrex

Pyrex is a language specially designed for writing Python extension modules. It's designed to bridge the gap between the nice, high-level, easy-to-use world of Python and the messy, low-level world of C. Pyrex lets you write code that mixes Python and C data types any way you want, and compiles it into a C extension for Python.

Project Home Page: http://www.cosc.canterbury.ac.nz/~greg/python/Pyrex/

Q

Q is a functional programming language based on term rewriting. Thus, a Q program or “script” is simply a collection of equations which are used to evaluate expressions in a symbolic fashion. The equations establish algebraic identities and are interpreted as rewriting rules in order to reduce expressions to “normal forms”.

Project Home Page: http://q-lang.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/q-lang/

R

R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics. It is a GNU project similar to the S language and environment which was developed at Bell Laboratories (formerly AT&T, now Lucent Technologies) by John Chambers and colleagues. R can be considered as a different implementation of S. There are some important differences, but much code written for S runs unaltered under R. R provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.

Project Home Page: http://www.r-project.org/
Download Location: http://cran.r-project.org/mirrors.html

Regina Rexx

Regina is a Rexx interpreter that has been ported to most Unix platforms (Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, etc.) and also to OS/2, eCS, DOS, Win9x/Me/NT/2k/XP, Amiga, AROS, QNX4.x, QNX6.x BeOS, MacOS X, EPOC32, AtheOS, OpenVMS, SkyOS and OpenEdition. Rexx is a programming language that was designed to be easy to use for inexperienced programmers yet powerful enough for experienced users. It is also a language ideally suited as a macro language for other applications.

Project Home Page: http://regina-rexx.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/regina-rexx

Serp

Serp is an open source framework for manipulating Java bytecode. The goal of the Serp bytecode framework is to tap the full power of bytecode modification while lowering its associated costs. The framework provides a set of high-level APIs for manipulating all aspects of bytecode, from large-scale structures like class member fields to the individual instructions that comprise the code of methods. While in order to perform any advanced manipulation, some understanding of the class file format and especially of the JVM instruction set is necessary, the framework makes it as easy as possible to enter the world of bytecode development.

Project Home Page: http://serp.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://serp.sourceforge.net/files/

Small Device C Compiler (SDCC)

SDCC is a Freeware, retargetable, optimizing ANSI-C compiler that targets the Intel 8051, Maxim 80DS390 and the Zilog Z80 based MCUs. Work is in progress on supporting the Motorola 68HC08 as well as Microchip PIC16 and PIC18 series. The entire source code for the compiler is distributed under GPL.

Project Home Page: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/snap.php#Source

SmartEiffel (The GNU Eiffel Compiler)

SmartEiffel claims to be “the fastest and the slimmest multi-platform Eiffel compiler on Earth”. Eiffel is an object-oriented programming language which emphasizes the production of robust software. Its syntax is keyword-oriented in the ALGOL and Pascal tradition. Eiffel is strongly statically typed, with automatic memory management (typically implemented by garbage collection). Distinguishing characteristics of Eiffel include Design by contract (DbC), liberal use of inheritance including multiple inheritance, a type system handling both value and reference semantics, and generic classes. Eiffel has a unified type system—all types in Eiffel are classes, so it is possible to create subclasses of the basic classes such as INTEGER. Eiffel has operator overloading, including the ability to define new operators, but does not have method overloading.

Project Home Page: http://smarteiffel.loria.fr/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.loria.fr/pub/loria/SmartEiffel/

Squeak

Squeak is an open, highly-portable Smalltalk implementation whose virtual machine is written entirely in Smalltalk, making it easy to debug, analyze, and change. To achieve practical performance, a translator produces an equivalent C program whose performance is comparable to commercial Smalltalks. Other noteworthy aspects of Squeak include: real-time sound and music synthesis written entirely in Smalltalk, extensions of BitBlt to handle color of any depth and anti-aliased image rotation and scaling, network access support that allows simple construction of servers and other useful facilities, it runs bit-identical on many platforms (Windows, Mac, Unix, and others), a compact object format that typically requires only a single word of overhead per object and a simple yet efficient incremental garbage collector for 32-bit direct pointers efficient bulk-mutation of objects.

Project Home Page: http://www.squeak.org/
Download Location: http://www.squeak.org/Download/

SR (Synchronizing Resources)

SR is a language for writing concurrent programs. The main language constructs are resources and operations. Resources encapsulate processes and variables they share; operations provide the primary mechanism for process interaction. SR provides a novel integration of the mechanisms for invoking and servicing operations. Consequently, all of local and remote procedure call, rendezvous, message passing, dynamic process creation, multicast, and semaphores are supported. SR also supports shared global variables and operations.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/sr/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/sr/

Standard ML

Standard ML is a safe, modular, strict, functional, polymorphic programming language with compile-time type checking and type inference, garbage collection, exception handling, immutable data types and updatable references, abstract data types, and parametric modules. It has efficient implementations and a formal definition with a proof of soundness. There are many implementations of Standard ML, among them:

ML Kit: http://www.it-c.dk/research/mlkit/
MLton: http://mlton.org/
Moscow ML: http://www.dina.kvl.dk/~sestoft/mosml.html
Poly/ML: http://www.polyml.org/
Standard ML of New Jersey: http://www.smlnj.org/

Steel Bank Common Lisp (SBCL)

SBCL is an open source (free software) compiler and runtime system for ANSI Common Lisp. It provides an interactive environment including an integrated native compiler, a debugger, and many extensions. SBCL runs on a number of platforms.

Project Home Page: http://www.sbcl.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sbcl/

Tiny C Compiler (TCC)

Tiny C Compiler is a small C compiler that can be used to compile and execute C code everywhere, for example on rescue disks (about 100KB for x86 TCC executable, including C preprocessor, C compiler, assembler and linker). TCC is fast. It generates optimized x86 code, has no byte code overhead and compiles, assembles and links several times faster than GCC. TCC is versatile, any C dynamic library can be used directly. It is heading toward full ISOC99 compliance and can compile itself. The compiler is safe as it includes an optional memory and bound checker. Bound checked code can be mixed freely with standard code. TCC compiles and executes C source directly. No linking or assembly necessary. A full C preprocessor and GNU-like assembler is included. It is C script supported; just add “#!/usr/local/bin/tcc -run” on the first line of your C source, and execute it directly from the command line. With libtcc, you can use TCC as a backend for dynamic code generation.

Project Home Page: http://www.tinycc.org/
Download Location: http://fabrice.bellard.free.fr/tcc/

TinyCOBOL

TinyCOBOL is a COBOL compiler being developed by members of the free software community. The mission is to produce a COBOL compiler based on the COBOL 85 standards. TinyCOBOL is available for the Intel architecture (IA32) and compatible processors on the following platforms: BeOS, FreeBSD, Linux and MinGW on Windows.

Project Home Page: http://tinycobol.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/

Yorick

Yorick is an interpreted programming language, designed for postprocessing or steering large scientific simulation codes. Smaller scientific simulations or calculations, such as the flow past an airfoil or the motion of a drumhead, can be written as standalone yorick programs. The language features a compact syntax for many common array operations, so it processes large arrays of numbers very efficiently. Unlike most interpreters, which are several hundred times slower than compiled code for number crunching, Yorick can approach to within a factor of four or five of compiled speed for many common tasks. Superficially, Yorick code resembles C code, but Yorick variables are never explicitly declared and have a dynamic scoping similar to many Lisp dialects. The “unofficial” home page for Yorick can be found at http://www.maumae.net/yorick.

Project Home Page: ftp://ftp-icf.llnl.gov/pub/Yorick/doc/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp-icf.llnl.gov/pub/Yorick/doc/download.html

ZPL

ZPL is an array programming language designed from first principles for fast execution on both sequential and parallel computers. It provides a convenient high-level programming medium for supercomputers and large-scale clusters with efficiency comparable to hand-coded message passing. It is the perfect alternative to using a sequential language like C or Fortran and a message passing library like MPI.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/home/index.html
Download Location: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/download/download.html

Programming Libraries and Bindings

Boost

Boost provides free peer-reviewed portable C++ source libraries. The emphasis is on libraries which work well with the C++ Standard Library. The libraries are intended to be widely useful, and are in regular use by thousands of programmers across a broad spectrum of applications, platforms and programming environments.

Project Home Page: http://www.boost.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/boost/

Byte Code Engineering Library (BCEL)

BECL is intended to give users a convenient possibility to analyze, create, and manipulate (binary) Java class files (those ending with .class). Classes are represented by objects which contain all the symbolic information of the given class: methods, fields and byte code instructions, in particular. Such objects can be read from an existing file, be transformed by a program (e.g., a class loader at run-time) and dumped to a file again. An even more interesting application is the creation of classes from scratch at run-time. The Byte Code Engineering Library may be also useful if you want to learn about the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) and the format of Java .class files. BCEL is already being used successfully in several projects such as compilers, optimizers, obsfuscators, code generators and analysis tools.

Project Home Page: http://jakarta.apache.org/bcel/index.html
Download Location: http://jakarta.apache.org/site/downloads/downloads_bcel.cgi/

Choco

Choco is a Java library for constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), constraint programming (CP) and explanation-based constraint solving (e-CP). It is built on a event-based propagation mechanism with backtrackable structures.

Project Home Page: http://choco.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://choco.sourceforge.net/download.html

FFTW (Fastest Fourier Transform in the West)

FFTW is a C subroutine library for computing the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) in one or more dimensions, of arbitrary input size, and of both real and complex data (as well as of even/odd data, i.e., the discrete cosine/sine transforms or DCT/DST).

Project Home Page: http://www.fftw.org/
Download Location: http://www.fftw.org/download.html

GOB (GObject Builder)

GOB (GOB2 anyway) is a preprocessor for making GObjects with inline C code so that generated files are not edited. Syntax is inspired by Java and Yacc or Lex. The implementation is intentionally kept simple, and no C actual code parsing is done.

Project Home Page: http://www.5z.com/jirka/gob.html
Download Location: http://ftp.5z.com/pub/gob/

GTK+/GNOME Language Bindings (wrappers)

GTK+/GNOME language bindings allow GTK+ to be used from other programming languages, in the style of those languages.

Project Home Page: http://www.gtk.org/bindings.html

gtkmm

gtkmm is the official C++ interface for the popular GUI library GTK+. Highlights include typesafe callbacks, widgets extensible via inheritance and a comprehensive set of widgets. You can create user interfaces either in code or with the Glade designer, using libglademm.

Project Home Page: http://www.gtkmm.org/
Download Location: http://www.gtkmm.org/download.shtml

Java-GNOME

Java-GNOME is a set of Java bindings for the GNOME and GTK+ libraries that allow GNOME and GTK+ applications to be written in Java. The Java-GNOME API has been carefully designed to be easy to use, maintaining a good OO paradigm, yet still wrapping the entire functionality of the underlying libraries. Java-GNOME can be used with the Eclipse development environment and Glade user interface designer to create applications with ease.

Project Home Page: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/bin/view
Download Location: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/bin/view/Main/GetJavaGnome#Source_Code

gtk2-perl

gtk2-perl is the collective name for a set of perl bindings for GTK+ 2.x and various related libraries. These modules make it easy to write GTK and GNOME applications using a natural, perlish, object-oriented syntax.

Project Home Page: http://gtk2-perl.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gtk2-perl

PyGTK

PyGTK provides a convenient wrapper for the GTK library for use in Python programs, and takes care of many of the boring details such as managing memory and type casting. When combined with PyORBit and gnome-python, it can be used to write full featured GNOME applications.

Project Home Page: http://www.pygtk.org/
Download Location: http://www.pygtk.org/downloads.html

KDE Language Bindings

KDE and most KDE applications are implemented using the C++ programming language, however there are number of bindings to other languages are available. These include scripting languages like Perl, Python and Ruby, and systems programming languages such as Java and C#.

Project Home Page: http://developer.kde.org/language-bindings/

Numerical Python (Numpy)

Numerical Python adds a fast array facility to the Python language.

Project Home Page: http://numeric.scipy.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/numpy/

Perl Scripts and Additional Modules

There are many Perl scripts and additional modules located on the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN) web site. Here you will find “All Things Perl”.

Project Home Page: http://cpan.org/

SWIG

SWIG is a software development tool that connects programs written in C and C++ with a variety of high-level programming languages. SWIG is used with different types of languages including common scripting languages such as Perl, Python, Tcl/Tk and Ruby. The list of supported languages also includes non-scripting languages such as C#, Common Lisp (Allegro CL), Java, Modula-3 and OCAML. Also several interpreted and compiled Scheme implementations (Chicken, Guile, MzScheme) are supported. SWIG is most commonly used to create high-level interpreted or compiled programming environments, user interfaces, and as a tool for testing and prototyping C/C++ software. SWIG can also export its parse tree in the form of XML and Lisp s-expressions.

Project Home Page: http://www.swig.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/swig/

Integrated Development Environments

A-A-P

A-A-P makes it easy to locate, download, build and install software. It also supports browsing source code, developing programs, managing different versions and distribution of software and documentation. This means that A-A-P is useful both for users and for developers.

Project Home Page: http://www.a-a-p.org/index.html
Download Location: http://www.a-a-p.org/download.html

Anjuta

Anujuta is a versatile Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for C and C++ on GNU/Linux. It has been written for GTK/GNOME and features a number of advanced programming facilities. These include project management, application wizards, an on-board interactive debugger, and a powerful source editor with source browsing and syntax highlighting.

Project Home Page: http://www.anjuta.org/
Download Location: http://www.anjuta.org/downloads

Eclipse

Eclipse is an open source community whose projects are focused on providing an extensible development platform and application frameworks for building software. Eclipse contains many projects, including an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Java.

Project Home Page: http://www.eclipse.org/
Download Location: http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/

Mozart

The Mozart Programming System is an advanced development platform for intelligent, distributed applications. Mozart is based on the Oz language, which supports declarative programming, object-oriented programming, constraint programming, and concurrency as part of a coherent whole. For distribution, Mozart provides a true network transparent implementation with support for network awareness, openness, and fault tolerance. Security is upcoming. It is an ideal platform for both general-purpose distributed applications as well as for hard problems requiring sophisticated optimization and inferencing abilities.

Project Home Page: http://www.mozart-oz.org/
Download Location: http://www.mozart-oz.org/download/view.cgi

Other Development Tools

cachecc1

cachecc1 is a GCC cache. It can be compared with the well known ccache package. It has some unique features including the use of an LD_PRELOADed shared object to catch invocations to cc1, cc1plus and as, it transparently supports all build methods, it can cache GCC bootstraps and it can be combined with distcc to transparently distribute compilations.

Project Home Page: http://cachecc1.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cachecc1

ccache

ccache is a compiler cache. It acts as a caching pre-processor to C/C++ compilers, using the -E compiler switch and a hash to detect when a compilation can be satisfied from cache. This often results in 5 to 10 times faster speeds in common compilations.

Project Home Page: http://ccache.samba.org/
Download Location: http://samba.org/ftp/ccache/

DDD (GNU Data Display Debugger)

GNU DDD is a graphical front-end for command-line debuggers such as GDB, DBX, WDB, Ladebug, JDB, XDB, the Perl debugger, the Bash debugger, or the Python debugger. Besides “usual” front-end features such as viewing source texts, DDD has an interactive graphical data display, where data structures are displayed as graphs..

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/ddd/
Download Location: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ddd/

distcc

distcc is a program to distribute builds of C, C++, Objective C or Objective C++ code across several machines on a network. distcc should always generate the same results as a local build, is simple to install and use, and is usually much faster than a local compile. distcc does not require all machines to share a filesystem, have synchronized clocks, or to have the same libraries or header files installed. They can even have different processors or operating systems, if cross-compilers are installed.

Project Home Page: http://distcc.samba.org/
Download Location: http://distcc.samba.org/download.html

Exuberant Ctags

Exuberant Ctags generates an index (or tag) file of language objects found in source files that allows these items to be quickly and easily located by a text editor or other utility. A tag signifies a language object for which an index entry is available (or, alternatively, the index entry created for that object). Tag generation is supported for the following languages: Assembler, AWK, ASP, BETA, Bourne/Korn/Zsh Shell, C, C++, COBOL, Eiffel, Fortran, Java, Lisp, Lua, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, REXX, Ruby, S-Lang, Scheme, Tcl, Vim, and YACC. A list of editors and tools utilizing tag files may be found at http://ctags.sourceforge.net/tools.html.

Project Home Page: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ctags/

GDB (GNU Debugger)

GDB is the GNU Project debugger. It allows you to see what is going on “inside” another program while it executes. It also allows you to see what another program was doing at the moment it crashed.

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/

User Notes and Installation Instructions: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OtherProgrammingTools

gocache (GNU Object Cache)

ccache is a clone of ccache, with the goal of supporting compilers other than GCC and adding additional features. Embedded compilers will especially be in focus.

Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/gocache/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gocache/

OProfile

OProfile is a system-wide profiler for Linux systems, capable of profiling all running code at low overhead. OProfile is released under the GNU GPL. It consists of a kernel driver and a daemon for collecting sample data, and several post-profiling tools for turning data into information. OProfile leverages the hardware performance counters of the CPU to enable profiling of a wide variety of interesting statistics, which can also be used for basic time-spent profiling. All code is profiled: hardware and software interrupt handlers, kernel modules, the kernel, shared libraries, and applications. OProfile is currently in alpha status; however it has proven stable over a large number of differing configurations. It is being used on machines ranging from laptops to 16-way NUMA-Q boxes.

Project Home Page: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/news/
Download Location: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/download/

SCons

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool, i.e, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic make utility with integrated functionality similar to Autoconf/Automake and compiler caches such as ccache.

Project Home Page: http://scons.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/scons/

strace

strace is a system call tracer, i.e., a debugging tool which prints out a trace of all the system calls made by another process or program.

Project Home Page: http://www.liacs.nl/~wichert/strace/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/strace/

Valgrind

Valgrind is a collection of five tools: two memory error detectors, a thread error detector, a cache profiler and a heap profiler used for debugging and profiling Linux programs. Features include automatic detection of many memory management and threading bugs as well as detailed profiling to speed up and reduce memory use of your programs.

Project Home Page: http://valgrind.org/
Download Location: http://valgrind.org/downloads/source_code.html

Part IV. Connecting to a Network

The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN with a static IP address. There are other methods used to connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet). The most popular methods are covered in this chapter.

13. Dial-up Networking
- PPP-2.4.4
- WvDial-1.54.0
14. DHCP Clients
- DHCP-3.0.5 Client
- Dhcpcd-2.0.8
15. Other Connections
- RP-PPPoE-3.8

Chapter 13. Dial-up Networking

This chapter provides utilities for system interaction with a modem.

PPP-2.4.4

Introduction to PPP

The PPP package contains the pppd daemon and the chat program. This is used for connecting to other machines; often for connecting to the Internet via a dial-up or PPPoE connection to an ISP.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://samba.org/ftp/ppp/ppp-2.4.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/ppp-2.4.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 183800762e266132218b204dfb428d29
Download size: 673 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

PPP Dependencies

Optional

libpcap-0.9.4 (needed to do PPP filtering) and Linux ATM (to build the pppoatm.so plugin)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/PPP

Installation of PPP

Note

PPP support must be compiled into the kernel or available as a kernel module.

Install PPP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-etcppp

Command Explanations

make install-etcppp: This command puts example configuration files in /etc/ppp.

Configuring PPP

Config Files

/etc/ppp/*

Configuration Information

The PPP daemon requires very little configuration. The main trick is scripting the connection. This can be done either using the chat program which comes with this package or by using WvDial-1.54.0.

Installed Programs: chat, pppd, pppdump, pppoe-discovery and pppstats

Installed Libraries: Several plugin modules installed in /usr/lib/pppd/2.4.3

Installed Directories: /etc/ppp, /usr/include/pppd and /usr/lib/pppd

Short Descriptions

chat	defines a conversational exchange between the computer and the modem. Its primary purpose is to establish the connection between the Point-to-Point Protocol Daemon (PPPD) and the remote pppd process.
pppd	is the Point to Point Protocol daemon.
pppdump	is used to convert PPP record files to a readable format.
pppstats	is used to print PPP statistics.

WvDial-1.54.0

Introduction to WvDial

The WvDial package contains a no-nonsense, quick and easy to use alternative to chat and pppd scripts. If you simply want to dial a modem without the fuss and hassle of chat issues, then you'll want this.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://open.nit.ca/download/wvdial-1.54.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.us.debian.org/debian/pool/main/w/wvdial/wvdial_1.54.0.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8648c044305fc66ee33ecc55d36f8c8b
Download size: 66 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.06 SBU

WvDial Dependencies

Required

WvStreams-4.2.2 and PPP-2.4.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/WvDial

Installation of WvDial

Install WvDial by running the following commands:

make PREFIX=/usr

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr install

Configuring WvDial

Config Files

/etc/wvdial.conf and /etc/ppp/peers/*

Configuration Information

Perform the following two commands as the root user:

touch /etc/wvdial.conf &&
wvdialconf /etc/wvdial.conf

wvdialconf will test that you have a working modem and try to determine its exact setup. You will then need to enter your ISP's phone number, login name and password into the /etc/wvdial.conf file.

You then start wvdial with:

wvdial

For more information, examine the wvdialconf, wvdial.conf and wvdial man pages.

Installed Programs: wvdial and wvdialconf

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /etc/ppp/peers

Short Descriptions

wvdial	starts a PPP connection.
wvdialconf	automates the configuration of wvdial.

Chapter 14. DHCP Clients

DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol used by many sites to automatically provide information such as IP addresses, subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses DHCP, you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it. DHCP is also used by some cable modems.

BLFS currently provides installation instructions for two DHCP clients, dhclient (from the dhcp package) and dhcpcd. BLFS presents both sets of installation instructions and discusses how to create an appropriate service script to work with the network bootscript and the DHCP client of your choice.

DHCP-3.0.5 Client

The DHCP package comes with both a client (dhclient) and a server program for using DHCP. If you want to install this package, the instructions can be found at DHCP-3.0.5. Note that if you only want to use the client, you do not need to run the server and so do not need the startup script and links provided for the server daemon. You only need to run the DHCP server if you're providing this service to a network, and it's likely that you'll know if that's the case; if it isn't, don't run the server! Once you have installed the package, return here for information on how to configure the client (dhclient).

Configuring DHCP Client

To configure dhclient, you need to first install the network service script, /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/dhclient included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package (as root):

make install-service-dhclient

Next, create the /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient configuration file with the following commands as the root user. Adjust as necessary for additional interfaces:

install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhclient << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
SERVICE="dhclient"
DHCP_START="-q <add additional start parameters here>"
DHCP_STOP="-q -r <add additional stop parameters here>"

# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"

# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF

For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for dhclient.

Finally, you should create the /etc/dhclient.conf file using the following commands as the root user:

Note

You'll need to add a second interface definition to the file if you have more than one interface.

cat > /etc/dhclient.conf << "EOF"
# dhclient.conf

interface "eth0"{
prepend domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;
request subnet-mask, broadcast-address, time-offset, routers,
        domain-name, domain-name-servers, host-name;
require subnet-mask, domain-name-servers;
}
# end dhclient.conf
EOF

Dhcpcd-2.0.8

Introduction to Dhcpcd

dhcpcdis an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131. This is useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.berlios.de/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-2.0.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/gentoo/distfiles/dhcpcd-2.0.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ec91c33b6d9cb46a42f9564e573fd249
Download size: 123 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dhcpcd

Installation of Dhcpcd

Install dhcpcd by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix="" --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 754 /etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe

Command Explanations

--prefix="": There may be a good reason for abandoning the normal BLFS convention of using --prefix=/usr here. If you are installing DHCP, it is likely that it is required during the boot process and /usr may be network mounted, in which case dhcpcd wouldn't be available due to being on the network! Therefore, depending on your situation, you may want it to be installed in /sbin or /usr/sbin. This command installs to /sbin.

Configuring Dhcpcd

Config Files

/etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe

Configuration Information

To configure dhcpcd, you need to first install the network service script, /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/dhcpcd included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package (as user root):

make install-service-dhcpcd

Whenever dhcpcd configures or shuts down a network interface, it executes the script /etc/dhcpc/dhcpcd.exe. This script can be customized to perform additional actions for the network interface. See the man page of dhcpcd for more details.

Finally, as the root user create the /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhcpcd configuration file using the following commands. Adjust appropriately for additional interfaces:

install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/dhcpcd << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
SERVICE="dhcpcd"
DHCP_START="<insert appropriate start options here>"
DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"

# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"

# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF

For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for dhcpcd.

Note

The default behavior of dhcpcd is to overwrite (after making backup copies) /etc/resolv.conf, /etc/yp.conf and /etc/ntp.conf with new files containing information from the DHCP server. If this is undesirable, review the dhcpcd man page for switches to add to the DHCP_START value.

Installed Program: dhcpcd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /etc/dhcpc and /var/lib/dhcpc

Short Descriptions

dhcpcd

is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131 (when -r option is not specified) and RFC1541 (when -r option is specified).

Chapter 15. Other Connections

Other methods to connect to large networks are through ISDN and PPPoE interfaces, among others. PPPoE is discussed here. Pages written for ISDN (or others as the need arises) are always welcome and will be included in future books, if the information becomes available.

RP-PPPoE-3.8

Introduction to RP-PPPoE

The Roaring Penguin PPPoE package contains both a client and a server component that works with the client. The client allows you to connect to large networks that use the PPPoE protocol, common among ADSL providers. The server component runs alongside the client, allowing you to configure other clients that send out a configuration request.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.roaringpenguin.com/penguin/pppoe/rp-pppoe-3.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 0e32760f498f9cde44081ee6aafc823b
Download size: 212 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

RP-PPPoE Dependencies

Required

PPP-2.4.4 and Net-tools-1.60 (you may omit Net-tools by using the following patch to utilize IPRoute2 instead: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/rp-pppoe-3.8-iproute2-1.patch)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/RP-PPPoE

Installation of RP-PPPoE

Note

If you plan on using kernel-mode PPPoE, this package is no longer explicitly needed, however, it is recommended for ease of configuration. Additional information about kernel mode PPPoE can be found in rp-pppoe-3.8/doc/KERNEL-MODE-PPPOE.

Fix the location of the logger executable in several PPPoE scripts:

sed -i s%/usr/bin/logger%/bin/logger% \
    scripts/pppoe-{connect,setup,stop}.in

Install RP-PPPoE by running the following commands:

cd src &&
./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

These are the standard installation commands that will install the package into the /usr prefix. You can optionally use the go script in the root of the source tree to run the same commands, which are then immediately followed by the pppoe-setup script.

Configuring RP-PPPoE

Config Files

/etc/ppp/pppoe.conf, /etc/ppp/firewall-standalone, /etc/ppp/firewall-masq, /etc/ppp/pppoe-server-options, /etc/resolv.conf, /etc/ppp/pap-secrets, /etc/ppp/chap-secrets

Configuration Information

To configure RP-PPPoE after installation, you should run the pppoe-setup script.

When configuring your connection, you will need to have your ISP's nameserver information available, as well as your username and password. You will also be asked whether to configure a dial-on-demand or a constant connection. If your service provider does not charge by the minute, it is usually good to have a bootscript handle the connection for you. You can, of course, choose not to install the following script, and start your connection manually with the pppoe-start script.

Optionally install the /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/services/pppoe service script included with the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package (as user root).

make install-service-pppoe

Now create the config file for use with the pppoe service script (as user root):

Note

If you have previously configured the network interface that will now use PPPoE, you should remove the interface configuration files for that interface (as user root):

rm -v /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/*

install -v -d /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0 &&
cat > /etc/sysconfig/network-devices/ifconfig.eth0/pppoe << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
SERVICE="pppoe"
EOF

Installed Programs: pppoe-connect, pppoe-setup, pppoe-start, pppoe-status, pppoe-stop, pppoe, pppoe-relay, pppoe-server and pppoe-sniff

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/ppp/plugins and /usr/share/doc/rp-pppoe-3.8

Short Descriptions

pppoe-connect	is a shell script which manages an PPPoE connection using the user-space PPPoE client.
pppoe-setup	is a script for configuring the client. Configuration is then stored in `/etc/ppp/pppoe.conf`.
pppoe-start	starts the client using the options specified in `/etc/ppp/pppoe.conf`.
pppoe-status	displays the status of the PPPoE connection.
pppoe-stop	stops the client.
pppoe	is the client program. Generally it should not be started on its own.
pppoe-relay	starts the server relay agent.
pppoe-server	starts the server component.
pppoe-sniff	is a small network sniffer designed to assist in setting `PPPOE_EXTRA` settings.

Part V. Basic Networking

16. Networking Libraries
17. Text Web Browsers
18. Basic Networking Programs
19. Basic Networking Utilities
20. Mail/News Clients

Chapter 16. Networking Libraries

These applications are support libraries for other applications in the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these libraries, you will generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a dependency of other applications.

cURL-7.15.3

Introduction to cURL

The cURL package contains curl and its support library. This is useful for transferring files with URL syntax. This ability to both download and redirect files can be incorporated into other programs to support functions like streaming media.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://curl.haxx.se/download/curl-7.15.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://gd.tuwien.ac.at/utils/archivers/curl/curl-7.15.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d71b2ee8febfde2c7dc30a43638ec0d9
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 0.8 SBU to run the test suite)

cURL Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, OpenSSL-0.9.8d or GnuTLS, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, libidn-0.6.3, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2, krb4, SPNEGO, and c-ares

Optional (for Running the Test Suite)

Stunnel-4.15 (for running HTTPS and FTPS tests) and Valgrind (not used if building the shared library)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/curl

Installation of cURL

Install cURL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if you have Stunnel and TCP Wrapper installed and you wish to perform the HTTPS tests, you'll need to have an unrestrictive /etc/hosts.deny file.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/curl-7.15.3 &&
cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/curl-7.15.3

Command Explanations

--with-gssapi: This parameter adds Kerberos 5 support to libcurl.

find docs -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" | xargs rm: This instruction removes files that are not needed in /usr/share/doc/curl-7.15.3 to facilitate copying appropriate files. The "*.1" and "*.3" files are installed by the normal make install.

Installed Programs: curl and curl-config

Installed Library: libcurl.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/curl, /usr/share/curl and /usr/share/doc/curl-7.15.3

Short Descriptions

curl	is a client that can get documents from or send documents to any of the following protocols: HTTP, HTTPS (needs OpenSSL-0.9.8d), FTP, GOPHER, DICT, TELNET, LDAP (needs OpenLDAP-2.3.27 at run time) or FILE.
curl-config	prints information about the last compile, like libraries linked to and prefix setting.
`libcurl.{so,a}`	provides the API functions required by curl and other programs.

WvStreams-4.2.2

Introduction to WvStreams

WvStreams is a library suite containing platform-independent C++ networking and utilities libraries for rapid application development.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://open.nit.ca/download/wvstreams-4.2.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 103230cb9926cb8f3f4d8dc8584f3b9c
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 46 MB (additional 44 MB to install documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (additional 1.9 SBU to build documentation)

WvStreams Dependencies

Required

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, Gamin-0.1.7, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, Tcl-8.4.13, Qt-3.3.7, Speex-1.0.5, libvorbis-1.1.2, Doxygen-1.4.6, FFTW-2.<X>, SWIG, QDBM, OpenSLP, XPLC, Valgrind, and Electric Fence

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wvstreams

Installation of WvStreams

If you have Tcl and SWIG installed and wish to utilize them, run the following:

sed -i -e "s/8_3/8_4/"  -e "s/8\.3/8.4/" \
      configure{,.ac} include/wvautoconf.h.in bindings/rules.mk

Install WvStreams by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var &&
make

If Doxygen is installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue the following command:

make doxygen

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/wvstreams-4.2.2/doxy-html &&
install -v -m644 Docs/doxy-html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/wvstreams-4.2.2/doxy-html

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: Change to tcl8.4 from tcl8.3.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter places configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var: This parameter places uniconfd run-time files in /var/lib instead of /usr/var/lib.

Configuring WvStreams

Config Files

/etc/uniconf.conf

Configuration Information

Installed Programs: uni and uniconfd

Installed Libraries: libuniconf.{so,a}, libwvbase.{so,a}, libwvfft.{so,a}, libwvoggspeex.{so,a}, libwvoggvorbis.{so,a}, libwvqt.{so,a}, libwvstreams.{so,a}, libwvtelephony.{so,a}, libwvutils.{so,a} and libxplc-cxx.a

Installed Directories: /usr/include/wvstreams, /usr/share/doc/wvstreams-4.2.2 and /var/lib/uniconf

Short Descriptions

uni	is a program to interface with the UniConf configuration system.
uniconfd	is a daemon program for the UniConf configuration system.
`libuniconf.{so,a}`	contains functions that define a hierarchical registry abstraction in the UniConf configuration system.
`libwvbase.{so,a}`	contains the Base64 encoder and decoder implementations functions.
`libwvfft.{so,a}`	enables WvStreams programs to easily handle Fast-Fourier transforms, instead of forcing the programmer to use the much harder to use `libfftw` interface.
`libwvoggspeex.{so,a}`	enables quick and painless creation of audio streams using the Speex Voice over IP CODEC.
`libwvoggvorbis.{so,a}`	enables quick and painless creation of audio streams using the OggVorbis CODEC.
`libwvqt.{so,a}`	enables WvStreams to act as the I/O and configuration back end for Qt and KDE.
`libwvstreams.{so,a}`	provides functions for basic streaming I/O support.
`libtelephony.{so,a}`	contains telephony function routines such as echo cancellation, dc offset removal, automatic gain control, etc.
`libwvutils.{so,a}`	contains functions required by the WvStreams libraries and utility programs.
`libxplc-cxx.a`	contains helper functions for the C++ WvStreams bindings.

GNet-2.0.7

Introduction to GNet

The GNet package contains a simple network library. This is useful for supporting TCP sockets, UDP and IP multicast, asynchronous DNS lookup, and more.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gnetlibrary.org/src/gnet-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 3a7a40411775688fe4c42141ab007048
Download size: 595 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNet Dependencies

Required

GLib-1.2.10 or GLib-2.10.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnet

Installation of GNet

Install GNet by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgnet-2.0.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnet-2.0, /usr/lib/gnet-2.0 and /usr/share/doc/libgnet2.0-dev or /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnet

Short Descriptions

libgnet-2.0.{so,a}

is a simple network library written in C. It is object-oriented and built upon GLib. It is intended to be easy to use and port.

libsoup-2.2.96

Introduction to libsoup

The libsoup package contains an HTTP library implementation in C. This is useful for accessing HTTP servers in a completely asynchronous mode.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.2/libsoup-2.2.96.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.2/libsoup-2.2.96.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2704961ca2b9597819f21b40d4a0e0aa
Download size: 487 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libsoup Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3 and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.6, Apache-2.2.2 (required to run the test suite), PHP-5.1.4 compiled with XMLRPC-EPI support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests), and GnuTLS (which needs libgpg-error then libgcrypt)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsoup

Installation of libsoup

Install libsoup by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libsoup-2.2.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libsoup-2.2 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libsoup

Short Descriptions

libsoup-2.2.{so,a}

provides functions for asynchronous HTTP connections.

Libpcap-0.9.4

Introduction to Libpcap

libpcap provides functions for user-level packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.tcpdump.org/release/libpcap-0.9.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 79025766e8027df154cb1f32de8a7974
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Libpcap Dependencies

Optional

Software distribution for the DAG and Septel range of passive network monitoring cards.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpcap

Installation of Libpcap

Install libpcap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.9.4 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*{html,txt} /usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.9.4

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libpcap.a

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.9.4

Short Descriptions

libpcap.a

is a library used for user-level packet capture.

Chapter 17. Text Web Browsers

People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on earth would I want a text-mode browser? I'm going to compile X and use Konqueror/Mozilla/Whatever!". Those who have been around systems for a while know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install and you need to look up some information on the web, a console based browser will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to use one of these browsers as their principle method of browsing; either to avoid the clutter and bandwidth which accompanies images or because they may use a text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use for instance to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation instructions for three console web browsers:

Links-2.1pre23

Introduction to Links

Links is a text and graphics mode WWW browser. It includes support for rendering tables and frames, features background downloads, can display colors and has many other features.

Caution

In the text mode, Links cannot be configured to use UTF-8 encoding for the terminal output. This limitation renders Links useless as a text-based browser in UTF-8 locales. See general discussion of this type of issue in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section on the Locale Related Issues page.

In the graphical mode, Links displays text correctly even in UTF-8 locales, if all characters exist in the built-in font used by Links. Form submission in UTF-8 locales is handled correctly when running in X11-based (but not framebuffer-based) graphical mode.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://links.twibright.com/download/links-2.1pre23.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.2.0/l/links-2.1pre23.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4a1fb575c133eee821b9a1f8e9220b40
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Links Dependencies

Optional

GPM-1.20.1, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, libpng-1.2.12, libjpeg-6b, LibTIFF-3.8.2, PCRE-6.7, SVGAlib, DirectFB, and X Window System

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/LinksBrowser

Installation of Links

Install Links by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make CFLAGS="-O2 -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-pointer-sign"

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-2.1pre23 &&
install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
    /usr/share/doc/links-2.1pre23

Command Explanations

CFLAGS="-O2 -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-pointer-sign": Disable printing of many warnings about mismatched signs in parameter passing and comparison operations during compilation.

--enable-graphics: Add this switch if you want to use Links in graphics mode. You will either need to install the X Window System or enable frame buffer support in your kernel and install GPM-1.20.1.

Configuring Links

Config Files

~/.links/*

Configuration Information

Links stores its configuration in per-user files in the ~/.links directory. These files are created automatically when links is run for the first time.

For the correct display of non-ASCII characters, Links has to be configured through the menu (accessible by pressing the ESC key), as follows:

If running Links in the text mode, go to the “Setup > Character set” menu item and select the character set that matches your locale.
Optionally, go to the “Setup > Language” menu and select the user interface language.
Finally, select the “Setup > Save options” menu item.

Installed Program: links

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/links-2.1pre23

Short Descriptions

links

is a text and graphics mode WWW browser.

Lynx-2.8.6

Introduction to Lynx

Lynx is a text based web browser.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://lynx.isc.org/release/lynx2.8.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://lynx.isc.org/lynx2.8.6/lynx2.8.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dc80497b7dda6a28fd80404684d27548
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Lynx Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d or experimentaly, GnuTLS (which needs libgpg-error then libgcrypt), Zip-2.32, UnZip-5.52, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), and sharutils (for a uudecode program)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Lynx

Installation of Lynx

Install Lynx by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
            --datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6 \
            --with-zlib \
            --with-bzlib \
            --with-screen=ncursesw \
            --enable-locale-charset &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install-full &&
chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6/lynx_doc

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This parameter is used so that the configuration files are located in /etc/lynx instead of /usr/etc.

--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6: This parameter is used so that the documentation files are installed into /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6 instead of /usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.

--with-zlib: This enables support for linking libz into Lynx.

--with-bzlib: This enables support for linking libbz2 into Lynx.

--with-screen=ncursesw: This switch enables the use of advanced wide-character support present in the system NCurses library. This is needed for proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte locales.

--enable-locale-charset: This switch allows Lynx to deduce the proper character encoding for terminal output from the current locale. A configuration step is still needed (see below), but, unlike the situation without this switch, the configuration step becomes the same for all users (without the switch, one would have to specify the display charcter set explicitly). This is important for environments such as a LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific configuration steps has to be reduced to the minimum.

--enable-nls: This switch allows Lynx to print translated messages (such as questions about cookies and SSL certificates).

--with-ssl: This enables support for linking SSL into Lynx.

--with-gnutls: This enables experimental support for linking GnuTLS into Lynx.

make install-full: In addition to the standard installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.

chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6/lynx_doc: This command corrects the improper group ownership of installed documentation files caused if Lynx is built by any user other than root.

Configuring Lynx

Config Files

/etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

Configuration Information

The proper way to get the display character set is to examine the current locale. However, Lynx does not do this by default. Change this setting:

sed -i 's/#\(LOCALE_CHARSET\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be set in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg file.

Installed Program: lynx

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/lynx and /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.6

Short Descriptions

lynx

is a general purpose, text-based, distributed information browser for the World Wide Web.

W3m-0.5.1

Introduction to W3m

w3m is primarily a pager but it can also be used as a text-mode WWW browser.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/w3m/w3m-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 0678b72e07e69c41709d71ef0fe5da13
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.28 SBU

W3m Dependencies

Required

GC-6.8

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, GPM-1.20.1, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Imlib-1.9.15 or Imlib2-1.2.2, GDK Pixel Buffer-0.22.0, Compface-1.4, nkf, a Mail User Agent and an External Browser

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/W3M

Installation of W3m

Install w3m by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -D -m 644 doc/keymap.default /etc/w3m/keymap &&
install -v -D -m 644 doc/menu.default /etc/w3m/menu &&
install -v -d -m 755 /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.1/html &&
install -v -m 644 doc/{HISTORY,READM*,keymap.*,menu.*} \
    /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.1 &&
install -v -m 644 doc/*.html \
    /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.1/html

Configuring W3m

Config Files

/etc/w3m/* and ~/.w3m/*

Installed Programs: w3m and w3mman

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/w3m, /usr/share/w3m and usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.1

Short Descriptions

w3m	is a text based web browser and pager.
w3mman	is an interface to the on-line reference manuals in w3m.

Chapter 18. Basic Networking Programs

These applications are generally client applications used to access the appropriate server across the building or across the world. Tcpwrappers and portmap are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.

CVS-1.11.22

Introduction to CVS

CVS is the Concurrent Versions System. This is a version control system useful for projects using a central repository to hold files and then track all changes made to those files. These instructions install the client used to manipulate the repository, creation of a repository is covered at Running a CVS Server.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/cvs/source/stable/1.11.22/cvs-1.11.22.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/cvs/source/stable/1.11.22/cvs-1.11.22.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f24043a640509aff1aa28871dd345762
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional ~20 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/cvs-1.11.22-zlib-1.patch

CVS Dependencies

Optional

GDBM-1.8.3, Tcsh-6.14.00, OpenSSH-4.5p1, krb4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2 (for the GSSAPI libraries), AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2, and an MTA (that provides a sendmail command)

CVS will invoke a default text editor to create a commit message if the -m "Commit message" parameter was not used when changes are committed to a respository. CVS looks for the following text editors, in the order shown below, during configuration to determine the default. This default can always be overridden by the CVSEDITOR or EDITOR environment variables and can be specified directly by passing the --with-editor=<desired text editor> parameter to the configure script.

Vim-7.0
Emacs-21.4a
nano-2.0.1
Pine-4.64 (for Pico)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cvs

Installation of CVS

By default CVS is statically linked against the Zlib library included in its source tree. This makes it exposed to possible security vulnerabilities in that library. If you want to modify CVS to use the system shared Zlib library, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../cvs-1.11.22-zlib-1.patch

Install CVS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have teTeX-3.0 installed and wish to create DVI, Postscript, HTML or text docs from the documentation source files, issue the following command:

make -C doc html txt dvi ps

To test the results, issue: make check. This will take quite a while. If you don't have rsh configured for access to the host you are building on (or you didn't pass the --with-rsh= parameter to the configure script, some tests may fail. If you passed the --with-rsh=ssh parameter to enable ssh as the default remote shell program, you'll need to issue the following command so that the tests will complete without any failures:

sed -e 's/rsh};/ssh};/' \
    -e 's/g=rw,o=r$/g=r,o=r/' \
    -i src/sanity.sh

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22 &&
install -v -m644 FAQ README /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22

If you created any additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/*.{ps,dvi,txt} /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22/html/cvs{,client} &&
install -v -m644 doc/cvs.html/* \
                 /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22/html/cvs &&
install -v -m644 doc/cvsclient.html/* \
                 /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22/html/cvsclient

Configuring CVS

Config Files

~/.cvsrc, ~/.cvswrappers, and ~/.cvspass.

Configuration Information

~/.cvsrc is the main CVS configuration file. This file is used by users to specify defaults for different cvs commands. For example, to make all cvs diff commands run with -u, a user would add diff -u to their .cvsrc file.

~/.cvswrappers specifies wrappers to be used in addition to those specified in the CVSROOT/cvswrappers file in the repository.

~/.cvspass contains passwords used to complete logins to servers.

Installed Programs: cvs, cvsbug, and rcs2log

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/cvs and /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.22

Short Descriptions

cvs	is the main program file for the concurrent versions system.
cvsbug	is used to send problem reports about CVS to a central support site.
rcs2log	is a symlink to the contributed RCS to Change Log generator.

Inetutils-1.4.2

Introduction to Inetutils

The Inetutils package contains network clients and servers.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/gnu/gnusrc/inetutils/inetutils-1.4.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/inetutils/inetutils-1.4.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: df0909a586ddac2b7a0d62795eea4206
Download size: 1.04 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.26 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/inetutils-1.4.2-gcc4_fixes-3.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/inetutils-1.4.2-daemon_fixes-1.patch

Inetutils Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, TCP Wrapper-7.6, krb4, and Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/inetutils

Installation of Inetutils

Install Inetutils by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../inetutils-1.4.2-gcc4_fixes-3.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../inetutils-1.4.2-daemon_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
    --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var \
    --mandir=/usr/share/man --infodir=/usr/share/info \
    --disable-logger --disable-syslogd &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/bin/ping /bin

Command Explanations

--disable-logger: This switch prevents Inetutils installing a logger program, which is installed in the LFS book.

--disable-syslogd: This switch prevents Inetutils installing a system log daemon, which is installed in the LFS book.

--with-wrap: This switch makes Inetutils compile against tcp-wrappers. Add this option if you want to utilize tcp-wrappers.

--disable-whois: This switch will prevent Inetutils installing an outdated whois client. Add this option if you plan on installing Whois-4.7.20.

--with-pam: This switch makes Inetutils link against Linux-PAM libraries. Add this option if you want to utilize PAM.

--disable-servers: Some of the servers included with Inetutils are insecure in nature and in some cases better alternatives exist. You can choose this switch to enable only the servers you need, avoiding the installation of unneeded servers.

A list of the installed programs not included here, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.2/chapter06/inetutils.html#contents-inetutils.

Installed Programs: ftpd, inetd, rexecd, rlogind, rshd, talkd, telnetd, tftpd, uucpd and whois

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ftpd	is a DARPA Internet File Transfer Protocol Server.
inetd	is an Internet super-server. Note that the xinetd-2.3.14 package provides a much better server that does the same thing.
rexecd	is a remote execution server.
rlogind	is a remote login server.
rshd	is a remote shell server.
talkd	is a remote user communication server.
telnetd	is a DARPA TELNET protocol server.
tftpd	is an Internet Trivial File Transfer Protocol server.
uucpd	is a server for supporting UUCP connections over networks.
whois	is a client for the whois directory service. Note that the Whois-4.7.20 package provides a much better client.

NcFTP-3.1.9

Introduction to NcFTP

The NcFTP package contains a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer Protocol. It is intended to replace or supplement the stock ftp program.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/clients/ftp/ncftp/ncftp-3.1.9-src.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ncftp.com/ncftp/ncftp-3.1.9-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 66cf8dacec848eb11a70632fe9f21807
Download size: 401 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ncftp

Installation of NcFTP

There are two ways to build NcFTP. The first (and optimal) way builds most of the functionality as a shared library and then builds and installs the program linked against this library. The second method simply links all of the functionality into the binary statically. This doesn't make the dynamic library available for linking by other applications. You need to choose which method best suits you. Note that the second method does not create an entirely statically linked binary; only the libncftp parts are statically linked in, in this case. Be aware that building and using the shared library is covered by the Clarified Artistic License; however, developing applications that utilize the shared library is subject to a different license.

To install NcFTP using the first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make -C libncftp shared

Now, as the root user:

make -C libncftp soinstall

Again, as an unprivileged user:

make

Again, as the root user:

make install

To install NcFTP using the second method (with the libncftp functionality linked in statically) run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

make -C ... && make -C ...: These commands make and install the dynamic library libncftp which is then used to link against when compiling the main program.

Configuring NcFTP

Config Files

~/.ncftp/*; especially ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3

Configuration Information

Most NcFTP configuration is done while in the program, and the configuration files are dealt with automatically. One exception to this is ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3. There are various options to alter in there, including:

yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yes

This disables the splash screen advertising the NcFTPd server.

There are other options in the prefs_v3 file. Most of these are self-explanatory.

Installed Programs: ncftp, ncftpbatch, ncftpbookmarks, ncftpget, ncftpls, ncftpput, and ncftpspooler

Installed Library: libncftp.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ncftp	is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol.
ncftpbatch	is an individual batch FTP job processor.
ncftpbookmarks	is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor (NCurses-based).
ncftpget	is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to retrieve files.
ncftpls	is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to list files.
ncftpput	is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to transfer files.
ncftpspooler	is a global batch FTP job processor daemon.

Net-tools-1.60

Introduction to Net-tools

The Net-tools package is a collection of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux kernel.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.tazenda.demon.co.uk/phil/net-tools/net-tools-1.60.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/distributions/rootlinux/rootlinux-1.3/source/base/net-tools/net-tools-1.60.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum (HTTP): 888774accab40217dde927e21979c165
Download MD5 sum (FTP): e1e83a4d4cdd72d35bcf90d76a16206f
Download size: 194 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/net-tools-1.60-gcc34-3.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/net-tools-1.60-kernel_headers-2.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/net-tools-1.60-mii_ioctl-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/net-tools

Installation of Net-tools

Note

The Net-tools package installs a hostname program which will overwrite the existing program installed by Coreutils during a base LFS installation. If, for whatever reason, you need to reinstall the Coreutils package after installing Net-tools, you should apply the coreutils-5.96-suppress_hostname-1.patch patch (after the other patches) if you wish to preserve the Net-tools hostname program.

The instructions below automate the configuration process by piping yes to the make config command. If you wish to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the instruction to just make config), but you are not sure how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will be just fine in the majority of cases. What you're asked here is a bunch of questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The default answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several others. You still need to actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is merely tell the package to include support for those protocols in its programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.

Install Net-tools by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-1.60-gcc34-3.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-1.60-kernel_headers-2.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-1.60-mii_ioctl-1.patch &&
yes "" | make config &&
sed -i -e 's|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS 1|g' \
       -e 's|HAVE_MII 0|HAVE_MII 1|g' config.h &&
sed -i -e 's|# HAVE_IP_TOOLS=0|HAVE_IP_TOOLS=1|g' \
       -e 's|# HAVE_MII=0|HAVE_MII=1|g' config.make &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make update

Command Explanations

yes "" | make config: Piping yes to make config skips the interactive configuration and accepts the defaults.

sed -i -e ...: These two seds change the configuration files to force building the ipmaddr, iptunnel and mii-tool programs.

Installed Programs: arp, dnsdomainname, domainname, hostname, ifconfig, ipmaddr, iptunnel, mii-tool, nameif, netstat, nisdomainname, plipconfig, rarp, route, slattach, and ypdomainname

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

arp	is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually to add or delete an entry, or to dump the entire cache.
dnsdomainname	reports the system's DNS domain name.
domainname	reports or sets the system's NIS/YP domain name.
hostname	reports or sets the name of the current host system.
ifconfig	is the main utility for configuring network interfaces.
ipmaddr	adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses.
iptunnel	adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels.
mii-tool	checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent Interface (MII) unit.
nameif	names network interfaces based on MAC addresses.
netstat	is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface statistics.
nisdomainname	does the same as domainname.
plipconfig	is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to improve its performance.
rarp	is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table.
route	is used to manipulate the IP routing table.
slattach	attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use normal terminal lines for point-to-point links to other computers.
ypdomainname	does the same as domainname.

NTP-4.2.0a

Introduction to NTP

The NTP package contains a client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over a network. This package is the official reference implementation of the NTP protocol.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/n/ntp-stable-4.2.0a-20060224.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.2.0/n/ntp-stable-4.2.0a-20060224.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 49d4a704b49dc1ef2a7ec0b7938c3ae1
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

NTP Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ntp

Installation of NTP

Install NTP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/usr/sbin \
    --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.0a &&
cp -v -R html /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.0a/

Configuring NTP

Config Files

/etc/ntp.conf

Configuration Information

The following configuration file defines various NTP servers with open access from different continents. It also creates a drift file where ntpd stores the frequency offset. Since the documentation included with the package is sparse, visit the NTP website at http://www.ntp.org/ and http://www.pool.ntp.org/ for more information.

cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
# Africa
server tock.nml.csir.co.za

# Asia
server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org

# Australia
server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org

# Europe
server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org

# North America
server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org

# South America
server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org

driftfile /var/cache/ntp.drift
EOF

Synchronizing the Time

There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual manner. The other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron) and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.

If you choose Option one, then install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/ntp init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-ntp

If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add the following command to root's crontab:

ntpd -q

Execute the following command if you would like to set the hardware clock to the current system time at shutdown and reboot:

ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/K46setclock &&
ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/K46setclock

The other way around is already set up by LFS.

Installed Programs: ntp-keygen, ntp-wait, ntpd, ntpdate, ntpdc, ntpq, ntptime, ntptrace, and tickadj

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.0a

Short Descriptions

ntp-keygen	generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication and identification schemes.
ntp-wait	is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until ntpd has set the time.
ntpd	is a NTP daemon that runs in the background and keeps the date and time synchronized based on response from configured NTP servers. It also functions as a NTP server.
ntpdate	is a client program that sets the date and time based on the response from an NTP server. This command is deprecated.
ntpdc	is used to query the NTP daemon about its current state and to request changes in that state.
ntpq	is an utility program used to monitor ntpd operations and determine performance.
ntptime	reads and displays time-related kernel variables.
ntptrace	traces a chain of NTP servers back to the primary source.
tickadj	reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related variables in older kernels that do not have support for precision timekeeping.

OpenSSH-4.5p1 Client

The ssh client is a secure replacement for telnet. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter 21 – OpenSSH-4.5p1. Note that if you only want to use the client, you do not need to run the server and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).

Portmap-5beta

Introduction to Portmap

The portmap package is a more secure replacement for the original SUN portmap package. Portmap is used to forward RPC requests to RPC daemons such as NFS and NIS.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/pub/security/portmap_5beta.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 781e16ed4487c4caa082c6fef09ead4f
Download size: 18 KB
Estimated disk space required: 268 KB
Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/portmap-5beta-compilation_fixes-3.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/portmap-5beta-glibc_errno_fix-1.patch

Portmap Dependencies

Required

TCP Wrapper-7.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/portmap

Installation of Portmap

Portmap runs as a daemon with a uid of 1. This uid is not configurable. To set up a user to match this uid, as the root user, run:

useradd -u 1 -g 1 -d /dev/null -s /bin/false bin

Install portmap with the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../portmap-5beta-compilation_fixes-3.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../portmap-5beta-glibc_errno_fix-1.patch &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

The above installation places executable portmap in /sbin. You may choose to move the file to /usr/sbin. If you do, remember to modify the bootscript also.

Configuring Portmap

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/portmap init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-portmap

Installed Programs: pmap_dump, pmap_set, and portmap

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

pmap_dump	saves the port mapping table to an ASCII file.
pmap_set	restores the port mapping table from an ASCII file.
portmap	is an RPC port mapper.

Rsync-2.6.8 Client

rsync is a utility for fast incremental file transfers. If you want to install it, the instructions can be found in Chapter 24 – rsync-2.6.8. Note that if you only want to use the client, you do not need to run the server and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the server if you actually need it (and if you don't know whether you need it or not, it's likely that you don't!).

Samba-3.0.23d Client

The Samba client utilities are used to transfer files to and from, mount SMB shares located on or use printers attached to Windows and other SMB servers. If you want to install these utilities, the instructions can be found in Chapter 21 – Samba-3.0.23d. After performing the basic installation, configure the utilities using the configuration section titled “Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation”.

Note that if you only want to use these client utilities, you do not need to run the server daemons and so do not need the startup script and links. In accordance with good practice, only run the server daemons if you actually need them. You'll find an explanation of the services provided by the server daemons in the Samba-3.0.23d instructions.

Subversion-1.3.1

Introduction to Subversion

Subversion is a version control system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for CVS in the open source community. It extends and enhances CVS' feature set, while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar with CVS. These instructions install the client and server software used to manipulate a Subversion repository. Creation of a repository is covered at Running a Subversion Server.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://subversion.tigris.org/tarballs/subversion-1.3.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 07b95963968ae345541ca99d0e7bf082
Download size: 6.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 100 MB (additional 57 MB to install all bindings and 465 MB to run all test suites)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (add 1.1 SBU for bindings and 20-60 minutes to run test suites)

Subversion Dependencies

Optional

Python-2.4.4 (required to run the test suite), Apache-2.2.2 or Apache Portable Runtime, neon-0.25.5, JDK-1.5.0_10 (to build the Java bindings), JUnit (required for running the Java bindings test suite and requires UnZip-5.52), Dante (alternate Java compiler), and Jikes (another alternate Java compiler)

Optional for the Bundled Version of Neon

pkg-config-0.20, libxml2-2.6.26 or expat-2.0.0, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

Optional for the Bundled Version of Apache Portable Runtime

expat-2.0.0 and GDBM-1.8.3

Optional to Build the SWIG Bindings

SWIG, Python-2.4.4, and Ruby-1.8.5

Note that the Python, Perl and Ruby bindings will not compile properly with the current version of SWIG. To build the bindings, you must have SWIG-1.3.{24,25} installed. Complete instructions for building the SWIG bindings can be found in the Subversion source tree file ./subversion/bindings/swig/INSTALL.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/subversion

Installation of Subversion

Caution

For reasons that are not yet fully understood, Subversion repositories based on some versions of Berkeley DB (notably 4.4.x) may not perform reliably. Though there have been no reports of corrupted databases caused by this issue, the Subversion test suite may report a failure in one of the tests due to problems opening a repository based on Berkeley DB. This issue only affects BDB-based repositories on a local installation and does not affect access to a BDB-based repository on a remote system built with older versions of Subversion or Berkeley DB.

For these reasons, the Berkeley DB back-end is disabled, and any local BDB-based repositories you may have will be unavailable after installing Subversion using the following instructions. Please reference the information at http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.1/ch05s03.html#svn-ch-5-sect-3.5 if you need to migrate your repositores.

Install Subversion by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --without-berkeley-db \
            --with-installbuilddir=/usr/lib/apr-0 &&
make

Note

If you have Apache installed, pass the --with-apr=/usr and --with-apr-util=/usr switches to the configure script. Otherwise, Subversion will overwrite APR and APR-utils from the Apache installation with the source distribution files. You may also need to pass --with-apxs=/usr/sbin/apxs as apxs might not be in an unprivileged user's PATH and won't be properly discovered. Additionally if you have Apache installed, you may safely remove the --with-installbuilddir=/usr/lib/apr-0 parameter as it will have no effect.

If you passed the --enable-javahl parameter to configure and wish to build the Java bindings, issue the following command:

make javahl

If you passed the -with-swig parameter to configure and wish to build the Perl, Python and/or Ruby bindings, issue any or all of the following commands:

make swig-pl &&
make swig-py &&
make swig-rb

To test the results of the Subversion build, issue: make check. This will take quite a long time.

Note

The fs-base-test is known to fail with issues surrounding the Berkely database installation. As mentioned earlier, it is not yet fully understood why this test fails.

To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue make check-javahl. Note you must have the JUnit (version 3.8.x) testing framework installed.

To test the results of any or all of the SWIG bindings, you can use the following commands:

make check-swig-pl &&
make check-swig-py &&
make check-swig-rb

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
rm doc/{Makefile,doxygen.conf} &&
find doc -type d -exec chmod 755 {} \; &&
find doc -type f -exec chmod 644 {} \; &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.3.1 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.3.1

If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command as the root user to install them:

make install-javahl

If you built any of the SWIG bindings, issue any or all of the following commands as the root user to install them:

make install-swig-pl &&

make install-swig-py &&
echo /usr/lib/svn-python \
    > /usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/subversion.pth &&

make install-swig-rb

Command Explanations

--with-installbuilddir=/usr/lib/apr-0: This parameter is used (and only has an effect if you used the source provided version of Apache Portable Runtime) to force the installation of some APR-related support programs to /usr/lib/apr-0 instead of /usr/build.

--with-neon=<prefix>: This option should be used if you wish to use a system-installed version of neon.

--with-ssl: This switch enables OpenSSL support in neon (only required if you use the bundled version of neon).

Configuring Subversion

Config Files

~/.subversion/config and /etc/subversion/config

Configuration Information

/etc/subversion/config is the Subversion system-wide configuration file. This file is used to specify defaults for different svn commands.

~/.subversion/config is the user's personal configuration file. It is used to override the system-wide defaults set in /etc/subversion/config.

Installed Programs: svn, svnadmin, svndumpfilter, svnlook, svnserve, svnversion, and optionally, neon-config and apr-config

Installed Libraries: libsvn*.{so,a} and optionally, libneon.{so,a} and the mod_dav_svn.so, and mod_authz_svn.so Apache HTTP DSO modules

Installed Directories: /etc/subversion, /usr/include/neon (optional), /usr/include/subversion-1, /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/auto/SVN (optional), /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/5.8.8/i686-linux/SVN (optional), /usr/lib/svn-javahl (optional), /usr/lib/svn-python (optional), /usr/share/doc/neon-0.25.5 (optional), and /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.3.1

Short Descriptions

svn	is a command-line client program used to access Subversion repositories.
svnadmin	is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a Subversion repository.
svndumpfilter	is a program for filtering Subversion repository dumpfile format streams.
svnlook	is a tool for inspecting a Subversion repository.
svnserve	is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a daemon process or invoked by SSH.
svnversion	is used to report the version number and state of a working Subversion repository copy.
neon-config	is a script which provides information about an installed copy of the neon library.
`libsvn_*.{so,a}`	are the support libraries used by the Subversion programs.
`libneon.{so,a}`	is used as a high-level interface to common HTTP and WebDAV methods.
`mod_authz_svn.so`	is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a Subversion repository over the Internet or an intranet.
`mod_dav_svn.so`	is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to make a Subversion repository available to others over the Internet or an intranet.

TCP Wrapper-7.6

Introduction to TCP Wrapper

The TCP Wrapper package provides daemon wrapper programs that report the name of the client requesting network services and the requested service.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://files.ichilton.co.uk/nfs/tcp_wrappers_7.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/pub/security/tcp_wrappers_7.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e6fa25f71226d090f34de3f6b122fb5a
Download size: 97 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.09 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch (Fixes some build issues and adds building a shared library): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/tcp_wrappers-7.6-shared_lib_plus_plus-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcpwrappers

Installation of TCP Wrapper

Install TCP Wrapper with the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../tcp_wrappers-7.6-shared_lib_plus_plus-1.patch &&
sed -i -e "s,^extern char \*malloc();,/* & */," scaffold.c &&
make REAL_DAEMON_DIR=/usr/sbin STYLE=-DPROCESS_OPTIONS linux

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i -e ... scaffold.c: This command removes an obsolete C declaration which causes the build to fail if using GCC >= 3.4.x.

Configuring TCP Wrapper

Config Files

/etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny

File protections: the wrapper, all files used by the wrapper, and all directories in the path leading to those files, should be accessible but not writable for unprivileged users (mode 755 or mode 555). Do not install the wrapper set-uid.

As the root user, perform the following edits on the /etc/inetd.conf configuration file:

finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/in.fingerd in.fingerd

becomes:

finger stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.fingerd

Note

The finger server is used as an example here.

Similar changes must be made if xinetd is used, with the emphasis being on calling /usr/sbin/tcpd instead of calling the service daemon directly, and passing the name of the service daemon to tcpd.

Installed Programs: tcpd, tcpdchk, tcpdmatch, try-from, and safe_finger

Installed Library: libwrap.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

tcpd	is the main access control daemon for all Internet services, which inetd or xinetd will run instead of running the requested service daemon.
tcpdchk	is a tool to examine a tcpd wrapper configuration and report problems with it.
tcpdmatch	is used to predict how the TCP wrapper would handle a specific request for a service.
try-from	can be called via a remote shell command to find out if the host name and address are properly recognized.
safe_finger	is a wrapper for the finger utility, to provide automatic reverse name lookups.
`libwrap.{so,a}`	contains the API functions required by the TCP Wrapper programs as well as other programs to become “TCP Wrapper-aware”.

Wget-1.10.2

Introduction to Wget

The Wget package contains a utility useful for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.10.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.10.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 795fefbb7099f93e2d346b026785c4b8
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Wget Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d and Dante

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wget

Installation of Wget

Install Wget by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This relocates the configuration file from /usr/etc to /etc.

Configuring Wget

Config Files

/etc/wgetrc and ~/.wgetrc

There are no changes required to these files.

Installed Program: wget

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

wget

retrieves files from the Web using the HTTP, HTTPS and FTP protocols. It is designed to be non-interactive, for background or unattended operations.

Wireless Tools-28

Introduction to Wireless Tools

The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel allowing a driver to expose configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs to user space. A single set of tools can support all the variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type as long as the driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also be changed on the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).

The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/wireless_tools.28.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 599c94497f9c9073c7b052d3dcb7cd16
Download size: 249 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/WirelessTools

Kernel Configuration

To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. The appropriate bus must also be available. For many laptops, the PCMCIA bus (CONFIG_PCCARD) needs to be built. In some cases, this bus support will also need to be built for embedded wireless cards. The appropriate bridge support also needs to be built. For many modern laptops, the CardBus host bridge (CONFIG_YENTA) will be needed.

In addition to the bus, the actual driver for the specific wireless card must also be available. There are many wireless cards and they don't all work with Linux. The first place to look for card support is the kernel. The drivers are located in Device Drivers → Network Device Support → Wireless LAN (non-hamradio). There are also external drivers available for some very common cards. For more information, look at the user notes.

After the correct drivers are loaded, the interface will appear in /proc/net/wireless.

Installation of Wireless Tools

To install Wireless Tools, use the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr install

Installed Programs: ifrename, iwconfig, iwevent, iwgetid, iwlist, iwpriv, and iwspy

Installed Library: libiw.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ifrename	renames network interfaces based on various static criteria.
iwconfig	configures a wireless network interface.
iwevent	displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting changes.
iwgetid	reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks.
iwlist	gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface.
iwpriv	configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network interface.
iwspy	gets wireless statistics from specific node.
`libiw.so`	contains functions required by the wireless programs and provides an API for other programs.

Other Networking Programs

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/othernetprogs

NCPFS contains client and administration tools for use with Novell networks. See the User Notes for details.

Chapter 19. Basic Networking Utilities

This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network needs investigating.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/basicnetworkingutilities

Traceroute-1.4a12

Introduction to Traceroute

The Traceroute package contains a program which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach a specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find yourself unable to connect to another system, traceroute can help pinpoint the problem.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/platform/sun/packages/solaris/freeware/SOURCES/traceroute-1.4a12.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ee.lbl.gov/traceroute-1.4a12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 964d599ef696efccdeebe7721cd4828d
Download size: 74 KB
Estimated disk space required: 540 KB
Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/traceroute

Installation of Traceroute

Install Traceroute by running the following commands:

sed -i -e 's/-o bin/-o root/' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-man

Command Explanations

sed 's/-o bin/-o root/' Makefile.in: Adjusts the Makefile so that the program is installed with user root owning the files instead of user bin (which doesn't exist on a default LFS system).

make install: Installs traceroute with SUID set to root in the /usr/sbin directory. This makes it possible for all users to execute traceroute. For absolute security, turn off the SUID bit in traceroute's file permissions with the command:

chmod -v 0755 /usr/sbin/traceroute

The risk is that if a security problem such as a buffer overflow was ever found in the Traceroute code, a regular user on your system could gain root access if the program is SUID root. Of course, removing the SUID permission also makes it impossible for users other than root to utilize traceroute, so decide what's right for your individual situation.

The goal of BLFS is to be completely FHS compliant, so if you do leave the traceroute binary SUID root, then you should move traceroute to /usr/bin with the following command:

mv -v /usr/sbin/traceroute /usr/bin

This ensures that the binary is in the path for non-root users.

Installed Program: traceroute

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

traceroute

does basically what it says: it traces the route your packets take from the host you are working on to another host on a network, showing all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way.

Nmap-4.03

Introduction to Nmap

Nmap is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.insecure.org/nmap/dist/nmap-4.03.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/nmap-4.03.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d2b841e97d81d0fac20d18cbeddfa54a
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Nmap Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, PCRE-6.7, GTK+-2.8.20 (for building the graphical front-end) and libpcap-0.9.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nmap

Installation of Nmap

Install Nmap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test-suite:

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: nmap and optionally, nmapfe

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/applications and /usr/share/nmap

Short Descriptions

nmap	is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting.
nmapfe	is the graphical front end to nmap.

Whois-4.7.20

Introduction to Whois

Whois is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular domain name.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/w/whois/whois_4.7.20.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/w/whois/whois_4.7.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81cea7350890d2a4dc974f661be31c7d
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 684 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/whois

Installation of Whois

Install Whois by running the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite (that works).

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install

Installed Program: whois

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

whois

is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular domain name.

BIND Utilities-9.3.3

Introduction to BIND Utilities

BIND Utilities is not a separate package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included with BIND-9.3.3. The BIND package includes the client side programs nslookup, dig and host. If you install BIND server, these programs will be installed automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete BIND server, but need these client side applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/servers/isc/bind9/9.3.3/bind-9.3.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.3.3/bind-9.3.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b5cad77aa7912bf7b4cb770cfc42fdad
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 56.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

BIND Utilities Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bind-utils

Installation of BIND Utilities

Install BIND Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make -C lib/dns &&
make -C lib/isc &&
make -C lib/bind9 &&
make -C lib/isccfg &&
make -C lib/lwres &&
make -C bin/dig

Now, as the root user:

make -C bin/dig install

Command Explanations

make -C lib/...: These commands build the libraries that are needed for the client programs.

make -C bin/dig: This command builds the client programs.

Installed Programs: dig, host, and nslookup

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

See the program descriptions in the BIND-9.3.3 section.

Ethereal-0.99.0

Introduction to Ethereal

The Ethereal package contains a network protocol analyzer, also known as a “sniffer”. This is useful for analyzing data captured “off the wire” from a live network connection, or data read from a capture file. Ethereal provides both a graphical and TTY-mode front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols, as well as the capability to read capture files from many other popular network analyzers.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.ethereal.com/distribution/ethereal-0.99.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ethereal.com/pub/ethereal/all-versions/ethereal-0.99.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f9905b9d347acdc05af664a7553f7f76
Download size: 8.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 331 MB
Estimated build time: 5.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Additional Documentation: http://www.ethereal.com/docs/

From this page you can download many different docs in a variety of formats.

Ethereal dependencies

Required

GLib-1.2.10 or GLib-2.10.3 (to build the TTY-mode front-end only)

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, GTK+-1.2.10 or GTK+-2.8.20 (to build the GUI front-end), OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, Python-2.4.4, PCRE-6.7, GnuTLS (which needs libgpg-error then libgcrypt), Net-SNMP, adns, and Lua

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ethereal

Kernel Configuration

The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for Ethereal to capture live packets from the network. Enable the Packet protocol by choosing “Y” in the “Networking” – “Packet socket” configuration parameter. Alternatively, build the af_packet.ko module by choosing “M” in this parameter.

Installation of Ethereal

Install Ethereal by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --enable-threads &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 FAQ README{,.linux} doc/README.* doc/*.{pod,txt} \
                 /usr/share/ethereal &&
install -v -m644 -D ethereal.desktop \
                    /usr/share/applications/ethereal.desktop &&
install -v -m644 -D image/elogo3d48x48.png \
                    /usr/share/pixmaps/ethereal.png &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/pixmaps/ethereal &&
install -v -m644 image/*.{png,ico,xpm,bmp} \
                 /usr/share/pixmaps/ethereal

If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the page listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ethereal-0.99.0 &&
install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> /usr/share/doc/ethereal-0.99.0

Command Explanations

--enable-threads: This parameter enables the use of threads in ethereal.

--with-ssl: This parameter enables the use of the OpenSSL libcrypto library.

Configuring Ethereal

Config Files

/etc/ethereal.conf and ~/.ethereal/preferences

Configuration Information

Though the default configuration parameters are very sane, reference the configuration section of the Ethereal User's Guide for configuration information. Most of Ethereal's configuration can be accomplished using the menu options of the ethereal graphical interface.

Note

If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter them out with iptables-1.3.6. If you want to exclude certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with iptables than Ethereal.

Installed Programs: capinfos, dftest, editcap, ethereal, idl2eth, mergecap, randpkt, tethereal and text2pcap

Installed Libraries: libethereal.so, libwiretap.so and numerous dissector plugin modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/ethereal, /usr/share/ethereal and /usr/share/pixmaps/ethereal

Short Descriptions

capinfos	reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several statistics about that file. It is able to detect and read any capture supported by the Ethereal package.
dftest	is a display-filter-compiler test program.
editcap	edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows how to read libpcap capture files, including those of tcpdump, Ethereal and other tools that write captures in that format.
ethereal	is a GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively browse packet data from a live network or from a previously saved capture file.
idl2eth	takes a user specified CORBA IDL file and generates “C” source code that can be used to create an Ethereal plugin.
mergecap	combines multiple saved capture files into a single output file.
randpkt	creates random-packet capture files.
tethereal	is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture packet data from a live network or read packets from a previously saved capture file.
text2pcap	reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the data described into a libpcap-style capture file.
`libethereal.so`	contains functions used by the Ethereal programs to perform filtering and packet capturing.
`libwiretap.so`	is a library being developed as a future replacement for `libpcap`, the current standard Unix library for packet capturing. For more information, see the `README` file in the source `wiretap` directory.

Chapter 20. Mail/News Clients

Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine, Kmail, Balsa, Evolution, SeaMonkey) to email.

News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose responses, but these messages travel through USENET (a worldwide bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP).

Heirloom mailx-12.0

Introduction to Heirloom mailx

The Heirloom mailx package (formerly known as the Nail package) contains mailx, a command-line Mail User Agent derived from Berkeley Mail which is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX mailx command with additional support for MIME messages, IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message threading/sorting, scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/heirloom/mailx-12.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 67e8236a73f8a2d85c45cf8a2bdf7af1
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Heirloom mailx Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d or NSS-3.11.3, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 (for IMAP GSSAPI authentication), and an MTA

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mailx

Installation of Heirloom mailx

Install Heirloom mailx by running the following commands.

make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install &&
ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail &&
ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mailx-12.0 &&
install -v -m644 README mailx.1.html /usr/share/doc/mailx-12.0

Command Explanations

make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.

make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install: This changes the default installation path of /usr/local and the default install command path of /usr/ucb.

Configuring Heirloom mailx

Config Files

/etc/nail.rc, ~/.mailrc and ~/.nailrc

Installed Programs: mail, mailx and nail

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

mailx	is a command-line mail user agent compatible with the mailx command found on commercial Unix versions.
mail	is a symbolic link to mailx.
nail	is a symbolic link to mailx.

Procmail-3.22

Introduction to Procmail

The Procmail package contains an autonomous mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.procmail.org/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.procmail.net/pub/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1678ea99b973eb77eda4ecf6acae53f1
Download size: 226 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.08 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/procmail

Installation of Procmail

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install Procmail by running the following commands as the root user:

make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install &&
make install-suid

Command Explanations

make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents make from asking you where to test file-locking patterns.

make install-suid: Modifies permissions of the installed files.

Configuring Procmail

Config Files

/etc/procmailrc and ~/.procmailrc

Configuration Information

Recipes have to be written and placed in your ~/.procmailrc for execution. The procmailex man page is the starting place to learn how to write recipes.

Installed Programs: formail, lockfile, mailstat and procmail

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

formail	is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format.
lockfile	is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a script.
mailstat	prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by procmail since the last time mailstat was ran.
procmail	is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).

Fetchmail-6.3.4

Introduction to Fetchmail

The Fetchmail package contains a mail retrieval program. "It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it to your local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be read by normal mail user agents."

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download2.berlios.de/fetchmail/fetchmail-6.3.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 35ded0414fcff79b492d6ade2ce48911
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Fetchmail Dependencies

Required

OpenSSL-0.9.8d and a local MDA (Procmail-3.22)

Optional

Python-2.4.4 and Tk-8.4.13

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fetchmail

Installation of Fetchmail

Install Fetchmail by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-ssl --enable-fallback=procmail &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-ssl: This enables SSL if found, so that you can handle connections to secure POP3 and IMAP servers.

--enable-fallback=procmail: This tells Fetchmail to hand incoming mail to Procmail for delivery if your port 25 mail server is not present or not responding.

Configuring Fetchmail

Config Files

~/.fetchmailrc

Configuration Information

cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
set logfile /var/log/fetchmail.log
set no bouncemail
set postmaster root

poll SERVERNAME :
    user <username> pass <password>;
    mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
EOF

chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc

This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people. You can add as many users and servers as you need using the same syntax.

man fetchmail: Look for the section near the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It gives some quick examples. There are countless other config options once you get used to it.

Installed Program: fetchmail and fetchmailconf

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

fetchmail	when executed as a user, this will source that users `~/.fetchmailrc` and download the appropriate mail.
fetchmailconf	this program provides a Tk GUI interface to your `~/.fetchmailrc` file making it much easier to configure. However, you will require Python, and it must have the Tkinker module available.

Mutt-1.5.11

Introduction to Mutt

The Mutt package contains a Mail User Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and deleting your email.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mutt/mutt-1.5.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/devel/mutt-1.5.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 00e6f8f7c37d4840e5e30583ebee21ce
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/mutt-1.5.11-security_fix-1.patch

Mutt Dependencies

Optional

GnuPG-1.4.3, OpenSSL-0.9.8d or GnuTLS (which needs libgpg-error then libgcrypt), an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), Aspell-0.60.4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2, Cyrus SASL-2.1.21, S-Lang-2.0.6, libidn-0.6.3, GDBM-1.8.3, and GDB

Optional (To Regenerate Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.17, and Links-2.1pre23 or w3m

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mutt

Installation of Mutt

Note

This version of Mutt is a development release. The BLFS staff has determined that it provides a stable program and fixes two issues in the current stable version of Mutt: a segmentation fault that occurs under certain conditions and a compilation problem when building with GCC-4.0.3. To find the current stable release, please refer to the Mutt home page.

Mutt requires a group named mail. You can add this group, if it does not exist, with this command:

groupadd -g 34 mail

If you did not install an MTA, such as Postfix-2.3.3 or Sendmail-8.13.6, you need to modify the ownership of /var/mail with this command:

chgrp -v mail /var/mail

Fix a security vulnerability in Mutt:

patch -Np1 -i ../mutt-1.5.11-security_fix-1.patch

Install Mutt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --enable-pop --enable-imap &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-pop: This switch enables POP3 support.

--enable-imap: This switch enables IMAP support.

--with-...: This switch enables the various dependencies.

Configuring Mutt

Config Files

/etc/Muttrc, ~/.muttrc, /etc/mime.types, ~/.mime.types

Configuration Information

No changes in these files are necessary to begin using Mutt. When you are ready to make changes, the man page for muttrc is a good starting place.

In order to utilize GnuPG, use the following command:

cat /usr/share/doc/mutt/samples/gpg.rc >> ~/.muttrc

Installed Programs: flea, mutt, mutt_dotlock, muttbug, pgpring, and pgpwrap

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/doc/mutt

Short Descriptions

flea	is a bug submitter for Mutt.
mutt	is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write and delete your email.
mutt_dotlock	implements the mail spool file lock.
muttbug	is a script that executes flea.

Pine-4.64

Introduction to Pine

The Pine package contains the Pine Mail User Agent and several server daemons for various mail protocols, in addition to some nice file and directory editing/browsing programs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirror.sit.wisc.edu/pub/net/mail/pine/pine4.64.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.cac.washington.edu/pine/pine4.64.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 39ca07b3d305b4cd0d6aaf4585123275
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Recommended Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/pine-4.64-utf8-1.patch

Pine Dependencies

Required

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.27 and MIT Kerberos V5-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pine

Installation of Pine

Install Pine by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../pine-4.64-utf8-1.patch &&
sed -i "s@/usr/local/lib/pine@/etc/pine@g" \
    $(grep -lr /usr/local/lib/pine *) &&
./build DEBUG=-O MAILSPOOL=/var/mail \
    SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs slx

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -p -m644 doc/tech-notes/*.html /usr/share/doc/pine4.64 &&
install -v -m755 \
bin/{pine,imapd,ipop2d,ipop3d,mailutil,mtest,pico,pilot,rpdump,rpload} \
    /usr/bin

Command Explanations

patch -Np1 -i ../pine-4.64-utf8-1.patch: This patch enables Pine UTF-8 and charset conversion.

sed -i "s@/usr/ ... /lib/pine *): This sed will make Pine use /etc for configuration files. It also alters the documentation to reflect that.

The build procedure for Pine is somewhat unusual, in that options usually passed as ./configure options or housed in $CFLAGS must all be passed on the command line to the ./build script.

./build slx: Pine offers quite a few target platforms, slx specifies Linux using -lcrypt to get the crypt function. See the doc/pine-ports file for more information and other authentication options.

DEBUG=-O: This flag compiles an optimized version of pine and pico that produces no debug files.

MAILSPOOL=/var/mail: Location of mail spool files, /var/mail.

SSLDIR=/usr SSLCERTS=/etc/ssl/certs: Location of OpenSSL files.

Configuring Pine

Config Files

~/.pinerc

Configuration Information

The pine executable needs no global configuration to use. Users set Pine options in ~/.pinerc using an internal configuration menu.

Installed Programs: imapd, ipop2d, ipop3d, mtest, pico, pilot, pine, rpdump, and rpload

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/pine4.64

Short Descriptions

imapd	is the IMAP server daemon.
ipop2d	is an IMAP to POP2 conversion server.
ipop3d	is an IMAP to POP3 conversion server.
metest	is a minimal IMAP mail user agent, used for debugging.
pico	is a stand-alone editor, similar to the Pine internal message composer.
pilot	is a file and directory navigator and browser.
pine	is the Pine mail user agent.
rpdump	is used to copy data from remote Pine configuration files or address books into a local file.
rpload	is the Pine remote data utility, used to convert local Pine configuration files or address books into remote configurations or address books.

TIN-1.8.2

Introduction to TIN

TIN is a threaded NNTP and spool based console-mode UseNet newsreader. It supports threading, scoring, different charsets, and many other useful things. It has also support for different languages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/newsreaders/tin/v1.8/tin-1.8.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.tin.org/pub/news/clients/tin/v1.8/tin-1.8.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b6726c7f3e01b821b3b20d446ac2da9b
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

TIN Dependencies

Optional

PCRE-6.7, libidn-0.6.3, an MTA that provides the sendmail command or Heirloom mailx-12.0, GnuPG-1.4.3, Aspell-0.60.4, INN, UUDeview, Socks, Metamail, and Dmalloc or dbmalloc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Tin

Installation of TIN

Install TIN by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-screen=ncursesw \
    --enable-nntp-only --disable-printing &&
make build

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install_sysdefs &&
rm -vf doc/*.? &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tin-1.8.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/tin-1.8.2

Command Explanations

--with-screen=ncursesw: This switch forces the use of wide-character functions from the ncursesw library (for UTF-8 and Asian languages support).

--enable-nntp-only: Reading news from a local spool is disabled with this switch. Don't use this if you have installed INN and want to use its spool.

--disable-printing: This switch disables printing since TIN cannot send non-ASCII text to the printer correctly. Remove this switch if you can tolerate this limitation.

--with-editor: This switch sets the default editor used by TIN. The default is vi.

Configuring TIN

Config Files

/etc/tin/tinrc, ~/.tin/tinrc, ~/.newsrc, /etc/tin/tin.defaults, /etc/tin/mime.types, /etc/tin/keymap and /etc/mailcap

Configuration Information

Set some global defaults for TIN by running the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/tin/tinrc << "EOF"
use_mouse=ON
getart_limit=100
translit=ON
EOF

Now, as an unprivileged user, subscribe to some newsgroups, specify the news server, and run tin:

cat >> ~/.newsrc << "EOF"
gmane.linux.lfs.devel:
gmane.linux.lfs.beyond.devel:
EOF
export NNTPSERVER=news.gmane.org
tin -Q

For printing, TIN executes the lpr command. This can be provided by CUPS-1.2.7 or LPRng-3.8.28.

If you do not have the metamail program, TIN will use an internal parser for multipart MIME articles. Alternatively, you can use Mutt for MIME parsing through the metamutt shell script. This requires both the Mutt-1.5.11 and Procmail-3.22 programs. To use metamutt, set metamail_prog=metamutt in tin.

Installed Programs: tin, rtin, tinews.pl, metamutt, opt-case.pl, w2r.pl, and url_handler.sh

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /etc/tin

Short Descriptions

tin	is a UseNet news reader.
rtin	is a symbolic link to tin.
tinews.pl	posts and signs an article via NNTP.
metamutt	is a replacement of metamail using Mutt.
opt-case.pl	optimizes case insensitive regexp filters for tin.
w2r.pl	converts tin wildmat filters to tin regexp filters.
url_handler.sh	calls a web browser for viewing hyperlinks.

Other Mail and News Programs

Pan-0.14.2 is a GTK2 based newsreader program.

knode is a Qt based newsreader program from kdepim-3.5.6.

kmail is a Qt based mail client from kdepim-3.5.6.

Balsa-2.3.13 is a GTK2 based mail client.

SeaMonkey-1.1 includes both a mail client and newsreader in its installation.

Thunderbird-1.5.0.9 is a mail/news client based on the Mozilla code base.

Evolution-2.6.3 includes a GTK2 based mail client.

Part VI. Servers

21. Major Servers
22. Mail Server Software
23. Databases
24. Other Server Software

Chapter 21. Major Servers

Major servers are the programs that provide content or services to users or other programs.

Apache-2.2.2

Introduction to Apache

The Apache package contains an open-source HTTP server. It is useful for creating local intranet web sites or running huge web serving operations.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/httpd//httpd-2.2.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://apache.mirrors.pair.com/httpd/httpd-2.2.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9c759a9744436de6a6aa2ddbc49d6e81
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 91.5 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/httpd-2.2.2-config-1.patch

Apache Dependencies

Optional

GDBM-1.8.3, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, PostgreSQL-8.1.3, SQLite, PCRE-6.7, pkg-config-0.20, expat-2.0.0, and distcache

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apache

Installation of Apache

For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged user and group is strongly encouraged. Create the following group and user using the following commands (as root):

groupadd -g 25 apache &&
useradd -c "Apache Server" -d /dev/null -g apache \
        -s /bin/false -u 25 apache

Note

The above command directs the Apache user's home directory to /dev/null. This may not work for some add-ons such as ViewVC, a browser interface for CVS and Subversion version control repositories. See the User Notes for details for specific applications.

The following patch modifies the layout of destination directories and among them, the build directory at /usr/lib/apache/build. This will allow the modules added to Apache to be configured without errors. Apply the patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../httpd-2.2.2-config-1.patch

Note

You may wish to review the output from ./configure --help and include whatever parameters are necessary to the configure command below to build the modules required for your installation. There are as many as 62 additional parameters you can add to the configure command to build additional modules. Some of the extra parameters which aren't described or mentioned in the --help information are listed in the “Command Explanations” section below.

Build and install Apache by running the following commands:

./configure --enable-layout=FHS --enable-mods-shared=all &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chown -v root:root /usr/lib/apache/httpd.exp \
    /usr/sbin/{apxs,apachectl,dbmmanage,envvars{,-std}} \
    /usr/share/man/man1/{dbmmanage,ht{dbm,digest,passwd}}.1 \
    /usr/share/man/man8/{ab,apachectl,apxs,htcacheclean,httpd}.8 \
    /usr/share/man/man8/{logresolve,rotatelogs,suexec}.8 &&
chown -v -R apache:apache /srv/www

Command Explanations

--with-expat=/usr: Uses the system installed expat. If you have installed expat and do not use this switch, the Apache installation may overwrite some files from the expat installation.

--enable-mods-shared=all: The modules should be compiled and used as Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs) so they can be included and excluded from the server using the run-time configuration directives.

--enable-ssl: Use this parameter to create the mod_ssl module and enable SSL support. This parameter is mentioned as one of many parameters which can be passed to the configure command to create additional DSO modules.

--with-pcre: Add this parameter to use the system installed version of the PCRE library.

--with-z: Add this parameter to use the system installed version of the Zlib library.

--with-ldap: This parameter is required if you passed the --enable-authnz-ldap or --enable-ldap options to configure and enabled the OpenLDAP modules.

chown root:root ...: This command changes the ownership of some installed files, the result of building the package as a user other than root.

chown -R apache:apache /srv/www: By default, the installation process installs files (documentation, error messages, default icons, etc.) with the ownership of the user that extracted the files from the tar file. If you want to change the ownership to another user, you should do so at this point. The only requirement is that the document directories need to be accessible by the httpd process with (r-x) permissions and files need to be readable (r--) by the apache user.

Configuring Apache

Config Files

/etc/apache/*

Configuration Information

The main configuration file is named /etc/apache/httpd.conf. Modify it so that the HTTP server runs as the dedicated user and group:

sed -i -e "s/User daemon/User apache/" \
       -e "s/Group daemon/Group apache/" \
    /etc/apache/httpd.conf

See http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.2/configuring.html for detailed instructions on customizing your Apache HTTP server configuration file.

There's a problem with the ISAPI DSO module caused from compiling with GCC-4.0.3. If you included the parameter to build the module, comment out the module's load command in the configuration file with the following command:

sed -i "s/^LoadModule isapi_module/# &/" \
    /etc/apache/httpd.conf

Boot Script

If you want the Apache server to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/apache init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-apache

Installed Programs: ab, apachectl, apr-config, apu-config, apxs, checkgid, dbmmanage, htdbm, htdigest, htpasswd, httpd, instdso.sh, logresolve, and rotatelogs

Installed Libraries: libapr-1.{so,a}, libaprutil-1.{so,a}, and /usr/lib/apache/*.so

Installed Directories: /etc/apache, /srv/www, /usr/include/apache, /usr/lib/apache, and /var/log/apache

Short Descriptions

ab	is a tool for benchmarking your Apache HTTP server.
apachectl	is a front end to the Apache HTTP server which is designed to help the administrator control the functioning of the Apache httpd daemon.
apxs	is a tool for building and installing extension modules for the Apache HTTP server.
dbmanage	is used to create and update the DBM format files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users.
htdigest	is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames, realms and passwords for digest authentication of HTTP users.
htpasswd	is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users.
httpd	is the Apache HTTP server program.
instdso.sh	is a script which installs Apache DSO modules.
logresolve	is a post-processing program to resolve IP-addresses in Apache's access log files.
rotatelogs	is a simple program for use in conjunction with Apache's piped log file feature.

BIND-9.3.3

Introduction to BIND

The BIND package provides a DNS server and client utilities. If you are only interested in the utilities, refer to the BIND Utilities-9.3.3.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/servers/isc/bind9/9.3.3/bind-9.3.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.3.3/bind-9.3.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7912bf7b4cb770cfc42fdad
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 77.1 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (additional 11 minutes, processor independent, to run the complete test suite)

BIND Dependencies

Optional

Optional (to Run the Test Suite)

Net-tools-1.60 (for ifconfig) and Net-DNS-0.57

Optional (to [Re]Build Documentation)

teTeX-3.0 and libxslt-1.1.17

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bind

Installation of BIND

Install BIND by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/#ifdef SO_BSDCOMPAT/#if 0/' lib/isc/unix/socket.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --enable-threads --with-libtool &&
make

Issue the following commands to run the complete suite of tests. First, as root, set up some test interfaces:

bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh up

Now run the test suite as an unprivileged user:

make check 2>&1 | tee check.log

Again as root, clean up the test interfaces:

bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh down

Issue the following command to check that all 144 tests ran successfully:

grep "R:PASS" check.log | wc -l

Finally, install the package as the root user:

make install &&
chmod 755 /usr/lib/{lib{bind9,isc{,cc,cfg},lwres,dns}.so.*.?.?} &&
cd doc &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/bind-9.3.3/{arm,draft,misc,rfc} &&
install -v -m644 arm/*.html \
    /usr/share/doc/bind-9.3.3/arm &&
install -v -m644 draft/*.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/bind-9.3.3/draft &&
install -v -m644 rfc/* \
    /usr/share/doc/bind-9.3.3/rfc &&
install -v -m644 \
    misc/{dnssec,ipv6,migrat*,options,rfc-compliance,roadmap,sdb} \
    /usr/share/doc/bind-9.3.3/misc

Command Explanations

sed -i -e 's/#ifdef SO_BSDCOMPAT/#if 0/' lib/isc/unix/socket.c: This command removes an obsolete reference so that the bind daemon does not generate messages about it in the log.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter forces BIND to look for configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--enable-threads: This parameter enables multi-threading capability.

--with-libtool: This parameter forces the building of dynamic libraries and links the installed binaries to these libraries.

chmod 755 /usr/lib/{lib{bind9,isc{,cc,cfg},lwres,dns}.so.*.?.?}: Enable the execute bit to prevent a warning when using ldd to check library dependencies.

cd doc; install ...: These commands install the additional package documentation. Optionally, omit any or all of these commands.

Configuring BIND

Config files

named.conf, root.hints, 127.0.0, rndc.conf and resolv.conf

Configuration Information

BIND will be configured to run in a chroot jail as an unprivileged user (named). This configuration is more secure in that a DNS compromise can only affect a few files in the named user's HOME directory.

Create the unprivileged user and group named:

groupadd -g 20 named &&
useradd -c "BIND Owner" -g named -s /bin/false -u 20 named
install -d -m770 -o named -g named /srv/named

Set up some files, directories and devices needed by BIND:

cd /srv/named &&
mkdir -p dev etc/namedb/slave var/run &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/null c 1 3 &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/random c 1 8 &&
chmod 666 /srv/named/dev/{null,random} &&
mkdir /srv/named/etc/namedb/pz &&
cp /etc/localtime /srv/named/etc

Then, generate a key for use in the named.conf and rdnc.conf files using the rndc-confgen command:

rndc-confgen -b 512 | grep -m 1 "secret" | cut -d '"' -f 2

Create the named.conf file from which named will read the location of zone files, root name servers and secure DNS keys:

cat > /srv/named/etc/named.conf << "EOF"
 options {
     directory "/etc/namedb";
    pid-file "/var/run/named.pid";
    statistics-file "/var/run/named.stats";

 };
 controls {
     inet 127.0.0.1 allow { localhost; } keys { rndc_key; };
 };
 key "rndc_key" {
     algorithm hmac-md5;
     secret "<Insert secret from rndc-confgen's output here>";
 };
 zone "." {
     type hint;
     file "root.hints";
 };
 zone "0.0.127.in-addr.arpa" {
     type master;
     file "pz/127.0.0";
 };

// Bind 9 now logs by default through syslog (except debug).
// These are the default logging rules.

logging {
     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
     category unmatched { null; };

  channel default_syslog {
      syslog daemon;                      // send to syslog's daemon
                                          // facility
      severity info;                      // only send priority info
                                          // and higher
  };

  channel default_debug {
      file "named.run";                   // write to named.run in
                                          // the working directory
                                          // Note: stderr is used instead
                                          // of "named.run"
                                          // if the server is started
                                          // with the '-f' option.
      severity dynamic;                   // log at the server's
                                          // current debug level
  };

  channel default_stderr {
      stderr;                             // writes to stderr
      severity info;                      // only send priority info
                                          // and higher
  };

  channel null {
     null;                                // toss anything sent to
                                          // this channel
  };
};

EOF

Create the rndc.conf file with the following commands:

cat > /etc/rndc.conf << "EOF"
key rndc_key {
algorithm "hmac-md5";
    secret
    "<Insert secret from rndc-confgen's output here>";
    };
options {
    default-server localhost;
    default-key    rndc_key;
};
EOF

The rndc.conf file contains information for controlling named operations with the rndc utility.

Create a zone file with the following contents:

cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/pz/127.0.0 << "EOF"
$TTL 3D
@      IN      SOA     ns.local.domain. hostmaster.local.domain. (
                        1       ; Serial
                        8H      ; Refresh
                        2H      ; Retry
                        4W      ; Expire
                        1D)     ; Minimum TTL
                NS      ns.local.domain.
1               PTR     localhost.
EOF

Create the root.hints file with the following commands:

Note

Caution must be used to ensure there are no leading spaces in this file.

cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/root.hints << "EOF"
.                       6D  IN      NS      A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       198.41.0.4
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.228.79.201
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.33.4.12
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       128.8.10.90
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.203.230.10
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.5.5.241
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.112.36.4
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       128.63.2.53
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.36.148.17
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.58.128.30
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       193.0.14.129
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       198.32.64.12
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       202.12.27.33
EOF

The root.hints file is a list of root name servers. This file must be updated periodically with the dig utility. A current copy of root.hints can be obtained from ftp://rs.internic.net/domain/named.root. Consult the BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for details.

Create or modify resolv.conf to use the new name server with the following commands:

Note

Replace <yourdomain.com> with your own valid domain name.

cp /etc/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf.bak &&
cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
search <yourdomain.com>
nameserver 127.0.0.1
EOF

Set permissions on the chroot jail with the following command:

chown -R named.named /srv/named

Boot Script

To start the DNS server at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/bind init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-bind

Now start BIND with the new boot script:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/bind start

Testing BIND

Test out the new BIND 9 installation. First query the local host address with dig:

dig -x 127.0.0.1

Now try an external name lookup, taking note of the speed difference in repeated lookups due to the caching. Run the dig command twice on the same address:

dig www.linuxfromscratch.org &&
dig www.linuxfromscratch.org

You can see almost instantaneous results with the named caching lookups. Consult the BIND Administrator Reference Manual located at doc/arm/Bv9ARM.html in the package source tree, for further configuration options.

Installed Programs: dig, dnssec-keygen, dnssec-signzone, host, isc-config.sh, lwresd, named, named-checkconf, named-checkzone, nslookup, nsupdate, rndc, and rndc-confgen

Installed Libraries: libbind9.{so,a}, libdns.{so,a}, libisc.{so,a}, libisccc.{so,a}, libisccfg.{so,a}, and liblwres.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /srv/named, /usr/include/bind9, /usr/include/dns, /usr/include/dst, /usr/include/isc, /usr/include/isccc, /usr/include/isccfg, /usr/include/lwres, and /usr/share/doc/bind-9.3.3

Short Descriptions

dig	interrogates DNS servers.
dnssec-keygen	is a key generator for secure DNS.
dnssec-signzone	generates signed versions of zone files.
host	is a utility for DNS lookups.
lwresd	is a caching-only name server for local process use.
named	is the name server daemon.
named-checkconf	checks the syntax of `named.conf` files.
named-checkzone	checks zone file validity.
nslookup	is a program used to query Internet domain nameservers.
nsupdate	is used to submit DNS update requests.
rndc	controls the operation of BIND.
rndc-confgen	generates `rndc.conf` files.

NFS Utilities-1.0.10

Introduction to NFS Utilities

The NFS Utilities package contains the userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS abilities. NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the network.

Package information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/nfs/nfs-utils-1.0.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/nfs/nfs-utils-1.0.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: db97cc425e845e60f0dad855ba6a9830
Download size: 520 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

NFS Utilities Dependencies

Required

portmap-5beta (Runtime dependency)

Optional for NFSv4 Support

pkg-config-0.20 and libevent and libnsfidmap

Optional for GSS (RPC Security) Support

pkg-config-0.20, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2 or libgssapi, and librpcsecgss; for additional SPKM-3 support, install SPKM-3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nfs-utils

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

File systems:
  Network File Systems:
    NFS File System Support: M or Y
    NFS Server Support: M or Y

Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options are selected.

Installation of NFS Utilities

Before you compile the program, ensure that the nobody user and nogroup group have been created. You can add them by running the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
    -s /bin/false -u 99 nobody

Note

The classic uid and gid values are 65534 which is also -2 when interpreted as a signed 16-bit number. These values impact other files on some filesystems that do not have support for sparse files. The nobody and nogroup values are relatively arbitrary. The impact on a server is nil if the exports file is configured correctly. If it is misconfigured, an ls -l or ps listing will show a uid or gid number of 65534 instead of a name. The client uses nobody only as the user running rpc.statd.

Install NFS Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-nfsv4 \
            --disable-gss &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

Note

If your /usr directory is NFS mounted, you should install the executables in /sbin by passing an additional parameter --sbindir=/sbin to the above ./configure command.

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-nfsv4: Disables support for NFS version 4.

--disable-gss: Disables support for RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).

--with-tcp-wrappers: Use this option to enable tcpwrappers support.

Configuring NFS Utilities

Server Configuration

/etc/exports contains the exported directories on NFS servers. Refer to the exports.5 manual page for the syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo" available at http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/ for information on how to configure the servers and clients in a secure manner. For example, for sharing the /home directory over the local network, the following line may be added:

/home <192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0>(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-server init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package to start the server at boot.

make install-nfs-server

Now create the /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server configuration file:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server << "EOF"
PORT="2049"
PROCESSES="8"
QUOTAS="no"
KILLDELAY="10"
EOF

tcpwrappers Configuration

If you enabled support for tcpwrappers, ensure you have an entry in the /etc/hosts.allow file for access from the portmap daemon if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file.

Client Configuration

/etc/fstab contains the directories that are to be mounted on the client. Alternately the partitions can be mounted by using the mount command with the proper options. To mount the /home and /usr partitions, add the following to the /etc/fstab:

<server-name>:/home  /home nfs   rw,_netdev,rsize=8192,wsize=8192 0 0
<server-name>:/usr   /usr  nfs   ro,_netdev,rsize=8192            0 0

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-client init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package to start the client services at boot.

make install-nfs-client

To automatically mount nfs filesystems, clients will also need to install the netfs bootscript as described in Configuring for Network Filesystems.

Installed Programs: exportfs, nfsstat, nhfsgraph, nhfsnums, nhfsrun, nhfsstone, rpc.lockd, rpc.mountd, rpc.nfsd, rpc.rquotad, rpc.statd, and showmount

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /var/lib/nfs

Short Descriptions

exportfs	maintains a list of NFS exported file systems.
nfsstat	prints NFS statistics.
nhfsgraph	runs nhfsstone over multiple loads.
nhfsnums	converts raw numbers from nhfsstone output into plot format.
nhfsrun	executes nhfsstone with a range of different loads.
nhfsstone	is used on a NFS client to generate an artificial load with a particular mix of NFS operations.
rpc.lockd	starts the NFS lock manager (NLM) on kernels that don't start it automatically. However, since most kernels do start it automatically it is usually not required.
rpc.mountd	implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server.
rpc.nfsd	implements the user level part of the NFS service on the server.
rpc.rquotad	is an rpc server which returns quotas for a user of a local file system which is mounted by a remote machine over the NFS.
rpc.statd	is used by the NFS file locking service, rpc.lockd, to implement lock recovery when the NFS server machine crashes and reboots. Runs on the NFS server only.
showmount	displays mount information for an NFS server.

OpenSSH-4.5p1

Introduction to OpenSSH

The OpenSSH package contains ssh clients and the sshd daemon. This is useful for encrypting authentication and subsequent traffic over a network.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://sunsite.ualberta.ca/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-4.5p1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-4.5p1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6468c339886f78e8a149b88f695839dd
Download size: 948 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (additional 2.3 SBU to run the test suite)

OpenSSH Dependencies

Required

The XKB Configuration Guide

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, TCP Wrapper-7.6, X Window System, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2, JDK-1.5.0_10, Net-tools-1.60, Sysstat-6.0.2, OpenSC, and libsectok

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OpenSSH

Installation of OpenSSH

OpenSSH runs as two processes when connecting to other computers. The first process is a privileged process and controls the issuance of privileges as necessary. The second process communicates with the network. Additional installation steps are necessary to set up the proper environment, which are performed by the following commands:

install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sshd &&
chown -v root:sys /var/lib/sshd &&
groupadd -g 50 sshd &&
useradd -c 'sshd PrivSep' -d /var/lib/sshd -g sshd \
    -s /bin/false -u 50 sshd

OpenSSH is very sensitive to changes in the linked OpenSSL libraries. If you recompile OpenSSL, OpenSSH may fail to startup. An alternative is to link against the static OpenSSL library. To link against the static library, execute the following command:

sed -i "s:-lcrypto:/usr/lib/libcrypto.a -ldl:g" configure

Install OpenSSH by running the following commands:

sed -i "s/lkrb5 -ldes/lkrb5/" configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/ssh \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib/openssh --with-md5-passwords \
    --with-privsep-path=/var/lib/sshd &&
make

If you linked tcp_wrappers into the build using the --with-tcp-wrappers parameter, ensure you add 127.0.0.1 to the sshd line in /etc/hosts.allow if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, or the test suite will fail. To run the test suite, issue: make -k tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openssh-4.5p1 &&
install -v -m644 INSTALL LICENCE OVERVIEW README* WARNING.RNG \
    /usr/share/doc/openssh-4.5p1

Command Explanations

sed -i "s/lkrb5 -ldes/lkrb5/" configure: This command fixes a build crash if you used the --with-kerberos5 parameter and you built the Heimdal package in accordance with the BLFS instructions. The command is harmless in all other instances.

--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh: This prevents the configuration files from being installed in /usr/etc.

--with-md5-passwords: This is required if you made the changes recommended by the shadowpasswd_plus LFS hint on your SSH server when you installed the Shadow Password Suite or if you access a SSH server that authenticates by user passwords encrypted with md5.

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/openssh: This parameter changes the installation path of some programs to /usr/lib/openssh instead of /usr/libexec.

Configuring OpenSSH

Config Files

~/.ssh/*, /etc/ssh/ssh_config, and /etc/ssh/sshd_config

There are no required changes to any of these files. However, you may wish to view the /etc/ssh/ files and make any changes appropriate for the security of your system. One recommended change is that you disable root login via ssh. Execute the following command as the root user to disable root login via ssh:

echo "PermitRootLogin no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Additional configuration information can be found in the man pages for sshd, ssh and ssh-agent.

Boot Script

To start the SSH server at system boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sshd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-sshd

Installed Programs: scp, sftp, sftp-server, slogin, ssh, sshd, ssh-add, ssh-agent, ssh-keygen, ssh-keyscan, and ssh-keysign

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/ssh, /var/lib/sshd and /usr/share/doc/openssh-4.5p1

Short Descriptions

scp	is a file copy program that acts like rcp except it uses an encrypted protocol.
sftp	is an FTP-like program that works over SSH1 and SSH2 protocols.
sftp-server	is an SFTP server subsystem. This program is not normally called directly by the user.
slogin	is a symlink to ssh.
ssh	is an rlogin/rsh-like client program except it uses an encrypted protocol.
sshd	is a daemon that listens for ssh login requests.
ssh-add	is a tool which adds keys to the ssh-agent.
ssh-agent	is an authentication agent that can store private keys.
ssh-keygen	is a key generation tool.
ssh-keyscan	is a utility for gathering public host keys from a number of hosts.
ssh-keysign	is used by ssh to access the local host keys and generate the digital signature required during hostbased authentication with SSH protocol version 2. This program is not normally called directly by the user.

ProFTPD-1.3.0

Introduction to ProFTPD

The ProFTPD package contains a secure and highly configurable FTP daemon. This is useful for serving large file archives over a network.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.proftpd.org/distrib/source/proftpd-1.3.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fae47d01b52e035eb6b7190e74c17722
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

ProFTPD Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/proftpd

Installation of ProFTPD

For security reasons, you should install ProFTPD using an unprivileged user and group. As the root user:

groupadd -g 46 proftpd &&
useradd -c proftpd -d /srv/ftp -g proftpd \
        -s /usr/bin/proftpdshell -u 46 proftpd &&
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp &&
ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell &&
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells

Install ProFTPD as an unprivileged user by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --localstatedir=/var/run &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp: Create the home directory for ProFTPD.

ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell: Set the default shell as a link to an invalid shell.

echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells: Fake a valid shell for compatibility purposes.

Note

The above two commands can be omitted if the following directive is placed in the configuration file:

RequireValidShell off

By default, proftpd will require that users logging in have valid shells. The RequireValidShell directive turns off this requirement. This is only recommended if you are setting up your FTP server exclusively for anonymous downloads.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This prevents the configuration files from going to /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var/run: This uses /var/run instead of /usr/var for lock files.

Configuring ProFTPD

Config Files

/etc/proftpd.conf

Configuration Information

This is a simple, download-only sample configuration. See the ProFTPD documentation in /usr/share/doc/proftpd and consult the website at http://www.proftpd.org/ for example configurations.

cat > /etc/proftpd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic ProFTPD configuration file
# It establishes a single server and a single anonymous login.

ServerName                      "ProFTPD Default Installation"
ServerType                      standalone
DefaultServer                   on

# Port 21 is the standard FTP port.
Port                            21
# Umask 022 is a good standard umask to prevent new dirs and files
# from being group and world writable.
Umask                           022

# To prevent DoS attacks, set the maximum number of child processes
# to 30.  If you need to allow more than 30 concurrent connections
# at once, simply increase this value.  Note that this ONLY works
# in standalone mode, in inetd mode you should use an inetd server
# that allows you to limit maximum number of processes per service
# (such as xinetd)
MaxInstances                    30

# Set the user and group that the server normally runs at.
User                            proftpd
Group                           proftpd

# Normally, files should be overwritable.
<Directory /*>
  AllowOverwrite                on
</Directory>

# A basic anonymous configuration, no upload directories.
<Anonymous ~proftpd>
  User                          proftpd
  Group                         proftpd
  # Clients should be able to login with "anonymous" as well as "proftpd"
  UserAlias                     anonymous proftpd

  # Limit the maximum number of anonymous logins
  MaxClients                    10

  # 'welcome.msg' should be displayed at login, and '.message' displayed
  # in each newly chdired directory.
  DisplayLogin                  welcome.msg
  DisplayFirstChdir             .message

  # Limit WRITE everywhere in the anonymous chroot
  <Limit WRITE>
    DenyAll
  </Limit>
</Anonymous>
EOF

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/proftpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-proftpd

Installed Programs: ftpcount, ftpdctl, ftptop, ftpwho, ftpshut, proftpd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /var/run/proftpd

Short Descriptions

proftpd	is the FTP daemon.
ftpcount	shows the current number of connections.
ftpshut	shuts down all proftpd servers at a given time.
ftptop	displays running status on connections.
ftpwho	shows current process information for each session.

Samba-3.0.23d

Introduction to Samba

The Samba package provides file and print services to SMB/CIFS clients and Windows networking to Linux clients. Samba can also be configured as a Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controller replacement (with caveats working with NT PDC's and BDC's), a file/print server acting as a member of a Windows NT 4.0 or Active Directory domain and a NetBIOS (rfc1001/1002) nameserver (which amongst other things provides LAN browsing support).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/stable/samba-3.0.23d.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://us5.samba.org/pub/samba-ftp/samba-3.0.23d.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: afe6923d05fed5b5ccab593c7a407cd1
Download size: 17.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 257 MB
Estimated build time: 2.8 SBU (additional 1.8 SBU to run the test suite)

Samba Dependencies

Optional

popt-1.10.4, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, CUPS-1.2.7, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, Gamin-0.1.7, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, Python-2.4.4 (to build Samba API bindings for the Python installation), libacl (requires libattr), and Valgrind (optionally used by the test suite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/samba3

Installation of Samba

Install Samba by running the following commands:

Note

If you wish to run the test suite after the binaries are built, you must add the --enable-socket-wrapper parameter to the configure script below. You may want to run configure with the --help parameter first. There may be other parameters needed to take advantage of optional dependencies.

cd source &&
./configure \
    --prefix=/usr \
    --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --localstatedir=/var \
    --with-piddir=/var/run \
    --with-fhs \
    --with-smbmount &&
make

You must become the root user to run the test framework. To run the tests, issue: make test. If you have Linux-PAM installed and built the PAM library modules, you can perform a dlopen test by issuing: make test_pam_modules.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/lib/samba/libsmbclient.so /usr/lib &&
ln -v -sf ../libsmbclient.so /usr/lib/samba &&
ln -v -sf libsmbclient.so /usr/lib/libsmbclient.so.0 &&

chmod -v 644 /usr/include/lib{smbclient,msrpc}.h &&

install -v -m755 nsswitch/libnss_win{s,bind}.so /lib &&
ln -v -sf libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 &&
ln -v -sf libnss_wins.so /lib/libnss_wins.so.2 &&

install -v -m644 ../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.23d &&
install -v -m644 ../docs/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.23d &&
ln -v -s ../../samba/swat  /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.23d

If you passed the --with-python option to the configure script, issue the following command as the root user to install the Python extensions:

make python_install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: Sets the configuration file directory to avoid the default of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var: Sets the variable data directory to avoid the default of /usr/var.

--with-fhs: Assigns all other file paths in a manner compliant with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS).

--with-smbmount: Orders the creation of an extra binary for use by the mount command so that mounting remote SMB (Windows) shares becomes no more complex than mounting remote NFS shares.

--with-pam: Use this parameter to link Linux-PAM into the build. This also builds the pam_winbind.so and pam_smbpass.so PAM modules. You can find instructions on how to configure and use the pam_winbind.somodule by running man winbindd.

mv -v /usr/lib/samba/libsmbclient.so ...; ln -v -sf ../libsmbclient.so ...: The libsmbclient.so library is needed by other packages. This command moves it to a location where other packages can find it.

install -v -m755 nsswitch/libnss_win{s,bind}.so /lib: The nss libraries are not installed by default. If you intend to use winbindd for domain auth, and/or WINS name resolution, you need these libraries.

ln -v -sf libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 and ln -v -sf libnss_wins.so /lib/libnss_wins.so.2: These symlinks are required by glibc to use the NSS libraries.

install -v -m644 ../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba: This copies a default smb.conf file into /etc/samba. This sample configuration will not work until you copy it to /etc/samba/smb.conf and make the appropriate changes for your installation. See the configuration section for minimum values which must be set.

Configuring Samba

Config Files

/etc/samba/smb.conf

Mounting Shares by Unprivileged Users

If it is desired for unprivileged users to directly mount (and unmount) SMB and CIFS shares, the smbmnt, smbumount, mount.cifs and umount.cifs commands must be setuid root. Note that users can only mount SMB/CIFS shares on a mount point owned by that user (requires write access also). If desired, change these programs to setuid root by issuing the following command as the root user:

chmod -v 4755 /usr/bin/smb{mnt,umount}
              /usr/sbin/{,u}mount.cifs

Printing to SMB Clients

If you use CUPS for print services, and you wish to print to a printer attached to an SMB client, you need to create an SMB backend device. To create the device, issue the following command as the root user:

ln -v -sf /usr/bin/smbspool /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb

Configuration Information

Due to the complexity and the many various uses for Samba, complete configuration for all the package's capabilities is well beyond the scope of the BLFS book. This section provides instructions to configure the /etc/samba/smb.conf file for two common scenarios. The complete contents of /etc/samba/smb.conf will depend on the purpose of Samba installation.

Note

You may find it easier to copy the configuration parameters shown below into an empty /etc/samba/smb.conf file instead of copying and editing the default file as mentioned in the “Command Explanations” section. How you create/edit the /etc/samba/smb.conf file will be left up to you. Do ensure the file is only writeable by the root user (mode 644).

Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation

Choose this variant if you only want to transfer files using smbclient, mount Windows shares and print to Windows printers, and don't want to share your files and printers to Windows machines.

A /etc/samba/smb.conf file with the following three parameters is sufficient:

[global]
    workgroup = MYGROUP
    dos charset = cp850
    unix charset = ISO-8859-1

The values in this example specify that the computer belongs to a Windows workgroup named “MYGROUP”, uses the “cp850” character set on the wire when talking to MS-DOS and MS Windows 9x, and that the filenames are stored in the “ISO-8859-1” encoding on the disk. Adjust these values appropriately for your installation. The “unix charset” value must be the same as the output of locale charmap when executed with the LANG variable set to your preferred locale, otherwise the ls command may not display correct filenames of downloaded files.

There is no need to run any Samba servers in this scenario, thus you don't need to install the provided bootscripts.

Scenario 2: Standalone File/Print Server

Choose this variant if you want to share your files and printers to Windows machines in your workgroup in addition to the capabilities described in Scenario 1.

In this case, the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file may be a good template to start from. Also add “dos charset” and “unix charset” parameters to the “[global]” section as described in Scenario 1 in order to prevent filename corruption.

The following configuration file creates a separate share for each user's home directory and also makes all printers available to Windows machines:

[global]
    workgroup = MYGROUP
    dos charset = cp850
    unix charset = ISO-8859-1

[homes]
    comment = Home Directories
    browseable = no
    writable = yes

[printers]
    comment = All Printers
    path = /var/spool/samba
    browseable = no
    guest ok = no
    printable = yes

Other parameters you may wish to customize in the “[global]” section include:

    server string =
    security =
    hosts allow =
    load printers =
    log file =
    max log size =
    socket options =
    local master =

Reference the comments in the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file for information regarding these parameters.

Since the smbd and nmbd daemons are needed in this case, install the samba bootscript. Be sure to run smbpasswd (with the -a option to add users) to enable and set passwords for all accounts that need Samba access, or use the SWAT web interface (see below) to do the same. Using the default Samba passdb backend, any user you attempt to add will also be required to exist in the /etc/passwd file.

Advanced Requirements

More complex scenarios involving domain control or membership are possible if the right flags are passed to the ./configure script when the package is built. Such setups are advanced topics and cannot be adequately covered in BLFS. Many complete books have been written on these topics alone. It should be noted, however, that a Samba BDC cannot be used as a fallback for a Windows PDC, and conversely, a Windows BDC cannot be used as a fallback for a Samba PDC. Also in some domain membership scenarios, the winbindd daemon and the corresponding bootscript are needed.

There is quite a bit of documentation available which covers many of these advanced configurations. Point your web browser to the links below to view some of the documentation included with the Samba package:

Using Samba, 2nd Edition; a popular book published by O'Reilly file:///usr/share/samba/swat/using_samba/toc.html
The Official Samba HOWTO and Reference Guide file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/index.html
Samba-3 by Example file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/Samba-Guide/index.html
The Samba-3 man Pages file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/samba.7.html

Configuring SWAT

The built in SWAT (Samba Web Administration Tool) utility can be used for basic configuration of the Samba installation, but because it may be inconvenient, undesirable or perhaps even impossible to gain access to the console, BLFS recommends setting up access to SWAT using Stunnel. Without Stunnel, the root password is transmitted in clear text over the wire, and is considered an unacceptable security risk. After considering the security implications of using SWAT without Stunnel, and you still wish to implement SWAT without it, instructions are provided at this end of this section.

Setting up SWAT using Stunnel

First install, or ensure you have already installed, the Stunnel-4.15 package.

Next you must add entries to /etc/services and modify the inetd/xinetd configuration.

Add swat and swat_tunnel entries to /etc/services with the following commands issued as the root user:

echo "swat            904/tcp" >> /etc/services &&
echo "swat_tunnel     905/tcp" >> /etc/services

If inetd is used, the following command will add the swat_tunnel entry to /etc/inetd.conf (as user root):

echo "swat_tunnel stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat" \
    >> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Samba file as /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel (you may need to modify or remove the “only_from” line to include the desired host[s]):

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel

service swat_tunnel
{
    port            = 905
    socket_type     = stream
    wait            = no
    only_from       = 127.0.0.1
    user            = root
    server          = /usr/sbin/swat
    log_on_failure  += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to read the new /etc/xinetd.d/swat_tunnel file.

Next, you must add an entry for the swat service to the /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf file (as user root):

cat >> /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF"
[swat]
accept  = 904
connect = 905
TIMEOUTclose = 1

EOF

Restart the stunnel daemon using the following command as the root user:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/stunnel restart

SWAT can be launched by pointing your web browser to https://<CA_DN_field>:904. Substitute the hostname listed in the DN field of the CA certificate used with Stunnel for <CA_DN_field>.

Setting up SWAT without Stunnel

Warning

BLFS does not recommend using these procedures because of the security risk involved. However, in a home network environment and disclosure of the root password is an acceptable risk, the following instructions are provided for your convenience.

Add a swat entry to /etc/services with the following command issued as the root user:

echo "swat            904/tcp" >> /etc/services

If inetd is used, the following command issued as the root user will add a swat entry to the /etc/inetd.conf file:

echo "swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat" \
    >> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

If xinetd is used, the following command issued as the root user will create an /etc/xinetd.d/swat file:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/swat << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/swat

service swat
{
    port            = 904
    socket_type     = stream
    wait            = no
    only_from       = 127.0.0.1
    user            = root
    server          = /usr/sbin/swat
    log_on_failure  += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/swat
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to read the new /etc/xinetd.d/swat file.

SWAT can be launched by pointing your web browser to http://localhost:904.

Note

If you linked Linux-PAM into the Samba build, you'll need to create an /etc/pam.d/samba file.

Boot Script

For your convenience, boot scripts have been provided for Samba. There are two included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package. The first, samba, will start the smbd and nmbd daemons needed to provide SMB/CIFS services. The second script, winbind, starts the winbindd daemon, used for providing Windows domain services to Linux clients.

The default Samba installation uses the nobody user for guest access to the server. This can be overridden by setting the guest account = parameter in the /etc/samba/smb.conf file. If you utilize the guest account = parameter, ensure this user exists in the /etc/passwd file. To use the default user, issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
    -s /bin/false -u 99 nobody

Install the samba script with the following command issued as the root user:

make install-samba

If you also need the winbind script:

make install-winbind

Installed Programs: eventlogadm, findsmb, mount.cifs, mount.smbfs, net, nmbd, nmblookup, ntlm_auth, pdbedit, profiles, rpcclient, smbcacls, smbclient, smbcontrol, smbcquotas, smbd, smbget, smbmnt, smbmount, smbpasswd, smbspool, smbstatus, smbtar, smbtree, smbumount, swat, tdbbackup, tdbdump, tdbtool, testparm, unmount.cifs, wbinfo and winbindd

Installed Libraries: libnss_winbind.so, libnss_wins.so, libsmbclient.so, libmsrpc.so, the pam_winbind.so and pam_smbpass.so PAM libraries, and assorted character set, filesystem and support modules.

Installed Directories: /etc/samba, /usr/lib/python2.4/site-packages/samba, /usr/lib/samba, /usr/share/doc/samba-3.0.23d, /usr/share/samba, /var/lib/samba and /var/log/samba

Short Descriptions

eventlogadm	is used to write records to eventlogs from STDIN, add the specified source and DLL eventlog registry entries and display the active eventlog names (from `smb.conf`).
findsmb	lists information about machines that respond to SMB name queries on a subnet.
mount.cifs	mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount command when using the `-t cifs` option.
mount.smbfs	is a symlink to smbmount which provides /bin/mount with a way to mount remote Windows (or Samba) fileshares.
net	is a tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers, similar to the net utility for DOS/Windows.
nmbd	is the Samba NetBIOS name server.
nmblookup	is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses.
ntlm_auth	is a tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function.
pdbedit	is a tool used to manage the SAM database.
profiles	is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in Windows registry files. It currently only supports Windows NT.
rpcclient	is used to execute MS-RPC client side functions.
smbcacls	is used to manipulate Windows NT access control lists.
smbclient	is a SMB/CIFS access utility, similar to FTP.
smbcontrol	is used to control running smbd, nmbd and winbindd daemons.
smbcquotas	is used to manipulate Windows NT quotas on SMB file shares.
smbd	is the main Samba daemon which provides SMB/CIFS services to clients.
smbget	is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.
smbmnt	is a helper application used by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares. It can be installed setuid `root` if you want unprivileged users to be able to mount their SMB shares.
smbmount	is usually invoked as mount.smbfs by the mount command when using the `-t smbfs` option, mounts a Linux SMB filesystem.
smbpasswd	changes a user's Samba password.
smbspool	sends a print job to an SMB printer.
smbstatus	reports current Samba connections.
smbtar	is a shell script used for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to Linux tape drives or a file.
smbtree	is a text-based SMB network browser.
smbumount	is used by unprivileged users to unmount SMB filesystems, provided that it is setuid root.
swat	is the Samba Web Administration Tool.
tdbbackup	is a tool for backing up or validating the integrity of Samba `.tdb` files.
tdbdump	is a tool used to print the contents of a Samba `.tdb` file.
tdbtool	is a tool which allows simple database manipulation from the command line.
testparm	checks an `smb.conf` file for proper syntax.
umount.cifs	is used by normal, non-`root` users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts.
wbinfo	queries a running winbindd daemon.
winbindd	resolves names from Windows NT servers.

vsftpd-2.0.5

Introduction to vsftpd

The vsftpd package contains a very secure and very small FTP daemon. This is useful for serving files over a network.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://vsftpd.beasts.org/users/cevans/vsftpd-2.0.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 146062e8b2f93af43ff6c2c770feea94
Download size: 152 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

vsftpd Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, TCP Wrapper-7.6, and libcap

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vsftpd

Installation of vsftpd

For security reasons, running vsftpd as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. Also, a user should be created to map anonymous users. As the root user, create the needed directories, users, and groups with the following commands:

install -v -d -m 0755 /var/ftp/empty &&
install -v -d -m 0755 /home/ftp &&
groupadd -g 47 vsftpd &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "vsftpd User" -g vsftpd -s /bin/false \
        -u 47 vsftpd &&
groupadd -g 45 ftp &&
useradd -c anonymous_user -d /home/ftp -g ftp -s /bin/false -u 45 ftp

Build vsftpd as an unprivileged user using the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Once again, become the root user and install vsftpd with the following commands:

install -v -m 755 vsftpd /usr/sbin/vsftpd &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.8 /usr/share/man/man8 &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf /etc

Command Explanations

install -v -d ...: This creates the directory that anonymous users will use (/home/ftp) and the directory the daemon will chroot into (/var/ftp/empty).

Note

/home/ftp should not be owned by the user vsftpd, or the user ftp.

echo "#define VSF_BUILD_TCPWRAPPERS" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for tcpwrappers.

echo "#define VSF_BUILD_SSL" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for SSL.

install -v -m ...: The Makefile uses non-standard installation paths. These commands install the files in /usr and /etc.

Configuring vsftpd

Config Files

/etc/vsftpd.conf

Configuration Information

vsftpd comes with a basic anonymous-only configuration file that was copied to /etc above. While still as root, this file should be modified because it is now recommended to run vsftpd in standalone mode as opposed to inetd/xinetd mode. Also, you should specify the privilege separation user created above. Finally, you should specify the chroot directory. man vsftpd.conf will give you all the details.

cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"
background=YES
listen=YES
nopriv_user=vsftpd
secure_chroot_dir=/var/ftp/empty
EOF

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-vsftpd

Installed Program: vsftpd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /var/ftp, /var/ftp/empty, /home/ftp

Short Descriptions

vsftpd

is the FTP daemon.

xinetd-2.3.14

Introduction to xinetd

xinetd is the eXtended InterNET services daemon, a secure replacement for inetd.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.xinetd.org/xinetd-2.3.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/xinetd-2.3.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 567382d7972613090215c6c54f9b82d9
Download size: 301 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xinetd Dependencies

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6 and Avahi

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xinetd

Installation of xinetd

Install xinetd by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-loadavg &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring xinetd

Config Files

/etc/xinetd.conf and /etc/xinetd.d/*

Configuration Information

Ensure the path to all daemons is /usr/sbin, rather than the default path of /usr/etc, and install the xinetd configuration files by running the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/xinetd.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd
# Configuration file for xinetd
#

defaults
{
      instances       = 60
      log_type        = SYSLOG daemon
      log_on_success  = HOST PID USERID
      log_on_failure  = HOST USERID
      cps             = 25 30
}

# All service files are stored in the /etc/xinetd.d directory
#
includedir /etc/xinetd.d
# End /etc/xinetd
EOF

All of the following files have the statement, "disable = yes". To activate any of the services, this statement will need to be changed to "disable = no".

Note

The following files are listed to demonstrate classic xinetd applications. In many cases, these applications are not needed. In some cases, the applications are considered security risks. For example, telnet, rlogin, rexec, and rsh transmit unencrypted usernames and passwords over the network and can be easily replaced with a more secure alternative: ssh.

install -v -d -m755 /etc/xinetd.d &&
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/login << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/login

service login
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   wait           = no
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.rlogind
   log_type       = SYSLOG local4 info
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/login
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/shell << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/shell

service shell
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   wait           = no
   user           = root
   instances      = UNLIMITED
   flags          = IDONLY
   log_on_success += USERID
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.rshd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/shell
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/exec << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/exec

service exec
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   wait           = no
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.rexecd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/exec
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/comsat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/comsat

service comsat
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = dgram
   wait           = yes
   user           = nobody
   group          = tty
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.comsat
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/comsat
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/talk << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/talk

service talk
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = dgram
   wait           = yes
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.talkd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/talk
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/ntalk << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/ntalk

service ntalk
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = dgram
   wait           = yes
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.ntalkd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/ntalk
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/telnet << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/telnet

service telnet
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   wait           = no
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.telnetd
   bind           = 127.0.0.1
   log_on_failure += USERID
}

service telnet
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   wait           = no
   user           = root
#  server         = /usr/sbin/in.telnetd
   bind           = 192.231.139.175
   redirect       = 128.138.202.20 23
   log_on_failure += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/telnet
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/ftp << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/ftp

service ftp
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   wait           = no
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.ftpd
   server_args    = -l
   instances      = 4
   log_on_success += DURATION USERID
   log_on_failure += USERID
   access_times   = 2:00-8:59 12:00-23:59
   nice           = 10
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/ftp
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/tftp << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/tftp

service tftp
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = dgram
   wait           = yes
   user           = root
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.tftpd
   server_args    = -s /tftpboot
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/tftp
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/finger << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/finger

service finger
{
   disable        = yes
   socket_type    = stream
   wait           = no
   user           = nobody
   server         = /usr/sbin/in.fingerd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/finger
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/systat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/systat

service systat
{
   disable           = yes
   socket_type       = stream
   wait              = no
   user              = nobody
   server            = /usr/bin/ps
   server_args       = -auwwx
   only_from         = 128.138.209.0
   log_on_success    = HOST
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/systat
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/netstat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/netstat

service netstat
{
   disable           = yes
   socket_type       = stream
   wait              = no
   user              = nobody
   server            = /usr/ucb/netstat
   server_args       = -f inet
   only_from         = 128.138.209.0
   log_on_success    = HOST
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/netstat
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/echo << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/echo

service echo
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = INTERNAL
   id          = echo-stream
   socket_type = stream
   protocol    = tcp
   user        = root
   wait        = no
}

service echo
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = INTERNAL
   id          = echo-dgram
   socket_type = dgram
   protocol    = udp
   user        = root
   wait        = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/echo
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/chargen << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/chargen

service chargen
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = chargen-stream
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   user           = root
   wait           = no
}

service chargen
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = chargen-dgram
   socket_type    = dgram
   protocol       = udp
   user           = root
   wait           = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/chargen
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/daytime << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/daytime

service daytime
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = daytime-stream
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   user           = root
   wait           = no
}

service daytime
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = daytime-dgram
   socket_type    = dgram
   protocol       = udp
   user           = root
   wait           = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/daytime
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/time << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/time

service time
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = time-stream
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   user           = root
   wait           = no
}


service time
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = time-dgram
   socket_type    = dgram
   protocol       = udp
   user           = root
   wait           = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/time
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/rstatd << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/rstatd

service rstatd
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = RPC
   flags       = INTERCEPT
   rpc_version = 2-4
   socket_type = dgram
   protocol    = udp
   server      = /usr/sbin/rpc.rstatd
   wait        = yes
   user        = root
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/rstatd
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/rquotad << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/rquotad

service rquotad
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = RPC
   rpc_version = 1
   socket_type = dgram
   protocol    = udp
   wait        = yes
   user        = root
   server      = /usr/sbin/rpc.rstatd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/rquotad
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/rusersd << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/rusersd

service rusersd
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = RPC
   rpc_version = 1-2
   socket_type = dgram
   protocol    = udp
   wait        = yes
   user        = root
   server      = /usr/sbin/rpc.rusersd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/rusersd
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/sprayd << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/sprayd

service sprayd
{
   disable      = yes
   type         = RPC
   rpc_version  = 1
   socket_type  = dgram
   protocol     = udp
   wait         = yes
   user         = root
   server       = /usr/sbin/rpc.sprayd
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/sprayd
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/walld << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/walld

service walld
{
   disable      = yes
   type         = RPC
   rpc_version  = 1
   socket_type  = dgram
   protocol     = udp
   wait         = yes
   user         = nobody
   group        = tty
   server       = /usr/sbin/rpc.rwalld
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/walld
EOF
cat > /etc/xinetd.d/irc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/irc

service irc
{
   disable      = yes
   socket_type  = stream
   wait         = no
   user         = root
   flags        = SENSOR
   type         = INTERNAL
   bind         = 192.168.1.30
   deny_time    = 60
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/irc
EOF

The format of the /etc/xinetd.conf is documented in the xinetd.conf.5 man page. Further information can be found at http://www.xinetd.org.

Boot Script

As the root user, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-xinetd

As the root user, use the new boot script to start xinetd:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd start

Checking the /var/log/daemon.log file should prove quite entertaining. This file may contain entries similar to the following:

Aug 22 21:40:21 dps10 xinetd[2696]: Server /usr/sbin/in.rlogind is not
executable [line=29]
Aug 22 21:40:21 dps10 xinetd[2696]: Error parsing attribute server -
DISABLING SERVICE [line=29]
Aug 22 21:40:21 dps10 xinetd[2696]: Server /usr/sbin/in.rshd is not
executable [line=42]

These errors are because most of the servers xinetd is trying to control are not installed yet.

Installed Programs: itox, xconv.pl, and xinetd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/xinetd.d/

Short Descriptions

itox	is a utility used for converting `inetd.conf` files to `xinetd.conf` format.
xconv.pl	is a Perl script used for converting `inetd.conf` files to `xinetd.conf` format, similar to itox.
xinetd	is the Internet services daemon.

Chapter 22. Mail Server Software

MTAs are the programs which transport mail from one machine to the other. The traditional MTA is Sendmail, however there are several other choices.

As well as SMTP servers there is a POP server (qpopper) and an IMAP server (Courier-IMAP).

Exim-4.61

Introduction to Exim

The Exim package contains a Mail Transport Agent written by the University of Cambridge, released under the GNU Public License.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.exim.org/ftp/exim4/exim-4.61.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.61.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f6bbf99a6f63c0f5045a1779e7e810c4
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Additional formats of the documentation (text-based docs are shipped with the sources) can be downloaded by following the links shown at http://exim.org/docs.html.

Exim Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-4.4.20 (built in LFS) or GDBM-1.8.3 or TDB

Optional

X Window System, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, OpenSSL-0.9.8d or GnuTLS, Cyrus SASL-2.1.21, MySQL-5.0.21, PostgreSQL-8.1.3, TCP Wrapper-7.6, and Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exim

Installation of Exim

Before building Exim, as the root user you should create the group and user exim which will run the exim daemon:

groupadd -g 31 exim &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "Exim Daemon" -g exim -s /bin/false -u 31 exim

Install Exim with the following commands:

sed -e 's,^BIN_DIR.*$,BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin,' \
    -e 's,^CONF.*$,CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf,' \
    -e 's,^EXIM_USER.*$,EXIM_USER=exim,' \
    -e 's,^EXIM_MONITOR,#EXIM_MONITOR,' src/EDITME > Local/Makefile &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/exim.8 /usr/share/man/man8 &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/exim-4.61 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/exim-4.61 &&
ln -sv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail

Command Explanations

sed -e ... > Local/Makefile: Most of Exim's configuration options are compiled in using the directives in Local/Makefile which is created from the src/EDITME file. This command specifies the minimum set of options. Descriptions for the options are listed below.

BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin: This installs all of Exim's binaries and scripts in /usr/sbin.

CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf: This installs Exim's main configuration file in /etc.

EXIM_USER=exim: This tells Exim that after the daemon no longer needs root privileges, the process hands off the daemon to the exim user.

#EXIM_MONITOR: This defers building the Exim monitor program, as it requires X Window System support, by commenting out the EXIM_MONITOR line in the Makefile. If you wish to build the monitor program, omit this sed command and issue the following command before building the package (modify Local/eximon.conf, if necessary): cp exim_monitor/EDITME Local/eximon.conf.

ln -sv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail: Creates a link to sendmail for applications which need it. Exim will accept most Sendmail command-line options.

Adding Additional Functionality

To utilize some or all of the dependency packages, you'll need to modify Local/Makefile to include the appropriate directives and parameters to link additional libraries before you build Exim. Local/Makefile is heavily commented with instructions on how to do this. Listed below is additional information to help you link these dependency packages.

To use a backend database other than Berkeley DB, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTdb.

For SSL functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinctlsssl and http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch38.html.

For tcpwrappers functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#id2522928. http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#id2522928

For information about adding authentication mechanisms to the build, see chapters 33-37 of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/index.html.

For information about linking Linux-PAM, see the instructions in section 7 of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch11.html.

For information about linking database engine libraries used for Exim name lookups, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch09.html.

If you wish to add Readline support to Exim when invoked in “test expansion” (-be) mode, see the information in the -be section of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch05.html#id2525974.

You may wish to modify the default configuration and send log files to syslog instead of the default /var/spool/exim/log directory. See the information at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.61/doc/html/spec_html/ch48.html.

Configuring Exim

Config Files

/etc/exim.conf and /etc/aliases

Configuration Information

A default (nothing but comments) /etc/aliases file is installed during the package installation if this file did not exist on your system. Create the necessary aliases and start the Exim daemon using the following commands:

cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
exim -v -bi &&
/usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m

Note

To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the command above appends these aliases to it. This file should be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.

The /usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m command starts the Exim daemon with a 15 minute interval in processing the mail queue. Adjust this parameter to suit your desires.

Boot Script

To automate the running of exim at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/exim init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-exim

The bootscript also starts the Exim daemon and dispatches a queue runner process every 15 minutes. Modify the -q<time interval> parameter in /etc/rc.d/init.d/exim, if necessary for your installation.

Installed Programs: exicyclog, exigrep, exim, exim-4.43-2, exim_checkaccess, exim_dbmbuild, exim_dumpdb, exim_fixdb, exim_lock, exim_tidydb, eximstats, exinext, exipick, exiqgrep, exiqsumm, exiwhat, and optionally, eximon, and eximon.bin

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/exim-4.61 and /var/spool/exim

Short Descriptions

exicyclog	cycles Exim log files.
exigrep	searches Exim log files.
exim	is a symlink to the exim-4.43-2 MTA daemon.
exim-4.43-2	is the Exim mail transport agent daemon.
exim_checkaccess	states whether a given recipient address from a given host is acceptable or not.
exim_dbmbuild	creates and rebuilds Exim databases.
exim_dumpdb	writes the contents of Exim databases to the standard output.
exim_fixdb	modifies data in Exim databases.
exim_lock	locks a mailbox file.
exim_tidydb	removes old records from Exim databases.
eximstats	generates mail statistics from Exim log files.
exinext	queries remote host retry times.
exipick	selects messages based on various criteria.
exiqgrep	is a utility for selective queue listing.
exiqsumm	produces a summary of the messages in the mail queue.
exiwhat	queries running Exim processes.
eximon	is a start-up shell script for eximon.bin used to set the required environment variables before running the program.
eximon.bin	is a monitor program which displays current information in an X window, and also contains a menu interface to Exim's command line administration options.

Postfix-2.3.3

Introduction to Postfix

The Postfix package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA). This is useful for sending email to other users of your host machine. It can also be configured to be a central mail server for your domain, a mail relay agent or simply a mail delivery agent to your local Internet Service Provider (ISP).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.mirrorspace.org/postfix/official/postfix-2.3.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/mirrors/postfix-release/official/postfix-2.3.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f957e9319428be81c724b606fe060cc7
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Postfix Dependencies

Optional

PCRE-6.7, MySQL-5.0.21, PostgreSQL-8.1.3, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Cyrus SASL-2.1.21, and cdb or TinyCDB

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postfix

Installation of Postfix

Configuring the Build

The Postfix source tree does not contain a configure script, rather the makefile in the top-level directory contains a makefiles target that regenerates all the other makefiles in the build tree. If you wish to use additional software such as a database back-end for virtual users, or TLS/SSL authentication, you will need to regenerate the makefiles using one or more of the appropriate CCARGS and AUXLIBS settings listed below.

Here is an example that combines the TLS and Cyrus-SASL arguments:

make makefiles \
CCARGS='-DUSE_TLS -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL \
    -DDEF_DAEMON_DIR=\"/usr/lib/postfix\" \
    -DDEF_MANPAGE_DIR=\"/usr/share/man\" \
    -DDEF_HTML_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.3.3/html\" \
    -DDEF_README_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.3.3/README\" \
    -I/usr/include/openssl -I/usr/include/sasl' \
    AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2'

TLS Authentication

To use TLS authentication with postfix you will need to pass the following values to the make makefiles command:

CCARGS='-DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include/openssl'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lssl -lcrypto'

To use TLS you will also need Cyrus SASL-2.1.21.

Cyrus-SASL

To use Cyrus-SASL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lsasl2'

OpenLDAP

To use OpenLDAP with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-I/usr/include -DHAS_LDAP'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lldap -llber'

MySQL

To use MySQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lmysqlclient -lz -lm'

PostgreSQL

To use PostgreSQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql'
AUXLIBS='-L/usr/lib -lpq -lz -lm'

TinyCDB

To use TinyCDB with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_CDB'
AUXLIBS='</path/to/CDB>/libcdb.a'

Installing Postfix

Before you compile the program, you need to create users and groups that will be expected to be in place during the installation. Add the users and groups with the following commands issued by the root user:

groupadd -g 32 postfix &&
groupadd -g 33 postdrop &&
useradd -c "Postfix Daemon User" -d /dev/null -g postfix \
    -s /bin/false -u 32 postfix &&
chown -v postfix:postfix /var/mail

Install Postfix by running the following commands:

make makefiles \
CCARGS='-DDEF_DAEMON_DIR=\"/usr/lib/postfix\" \
    -DDEF_MANPAGE_DIR=\"/usr/share/man\" \
    -DDEF_HTML_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.3.3/html\" \
    -DDEF_README_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.3.3/README\" \
    <additional args>' \
    <AUXLIBS='additional args'> &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

sh postfix-install -non-interactive

Command Explanations

make makefiles: This command rebuilds the makefiles throughout the source tree to use the options contained in the CCARGS and AUXLIBS variables.

sh postfix-install -non-interactive: This keeps the install script from asking any questions, thereby accepting default destination directories in all but the few cases mentioned in the 'make makefiles' command.

Configuring Postfix

Config Files

/etc/aliases, /etc/postfix/main.cf, and /etc/postfix/master.cf

Configuration Information

cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/aliases

MAILER-DAEMON:    postmaster
postmaster:       root

root:             LOGIN
# End /etc/aliases
EOF

Note

To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the above command appends these aliases to it if it exists. This file should be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.

The /etc/aliases file that was just created or appended, the main.cf and the master.cf must be personalized for your system. The aliases file needs your non-root login identity so mail addressed to root can be forwarded to you at the user level. The main.cf file needs your fully qualified hostname. All of these edits can be done with sed commands entered into the console with appropriate substitutions of your non-root login name for <user> and your fully qualified hostname for <localhost.localdomain>. You will find the main.cf file is self documenting, so load it into your editor to make the changes you need for your situation.

sed -i "s/LOGIN/<user>/" /etc/aliases &&
sed -i "s/#myhostname = host.domain.tld/myhostname = \
  <localhost.localdomain>/" /etc/postfix/main.cf &&
/usr/bin/newaliases

If you have an existing configuration, you can run the postfix utility to add any necessary definitions to your existing files. As the root user:

/usr/sbin/postfix upgrade-configuration

Before starting Postfix, you should check that your configuration and file permissions will work properly. Run the following commands as the root user to check and start your Postfix server:

/usr/sbin/postfix check &&
/usr/sbin/postfix start

Boot Script

To automate the running of Postfix at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postfix init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-postfix

Installed Programs: anvil, bounce, cleanup, discard, error, flush, lmtp, local, mailq, master, newaliases, nqmgr, oqmgr, pickup, pipe, postalias, postcat, postconf, postdrop, postfix, postkick, postlock, postlog, postmap, postqueue, postsuper, proxymap, qmgr, qmqpd, sendmail, showq, smtp, smtpd, spawn, tlsmgr, trivial-rewrite, verify, and virtual

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/postfix, /usr/lib/postfix and /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.3.3

Short Descriptions

anvil	Provides connection and rate request limiting.
bounce	A daemon that maintains per-message log files with non-delivery status information.
cleanup	A daemon that processes inbound mail, inserts it into the incoming mail queue, and informs the queue manager of its arrival.
discard	Processes delivery requests from the queue manager that cannot be delivered to the recipient.
error	A daemon that processes non-delivery requests from the queue manager.
flush	A daemon that maintains a record of deferred mail by destination.
lmtp	A daemon that processes message delivery requests from the queue manager.
local	A daemon that processes delivery requests from the queue manager to deliver mail to local recipients.
mailq	A symlink to `sendmail`.
master	The resident process that runs Postfix daemons on demand.
newaliases	A symlink to `sendmail`.
nqmgr	A daemon that awaits the arrival of incoming mail and arranges for its delivery.
oqmgr	The old style queue manager. This will be removed soon.
pickup	A daemon that waits for hints that new mail has been dropped into the maildrop directory, and feeds it into the cleanup daemon.
pipe	A daemon that processes requests from the queue manager to deliver messages to external commands.
postalias	Creates or queries one or more Postfix alias databases, or updates an existing one.
postcat	Prints the contents of the named files in human readable format.
postconf	Displays or changes the value of Postfix configuration parameters.
postdrop	Creates a file in the maildrop directory and copies it's standard input to the file.
postfix	Controls the operation of the Postfix mail system.
postkick	Sends requests to the specified service over a local transport channel.
postlock	Locks a mail folder for exclusive use, and executes commands passed to it.
postlog	A Postfix-compatible logging interface for use in, for example, shell scripts.
postmap	Creates or queries one or more Postfix lookup tables, or updates an existing one.
postqueue	The Postfix user interface for queue management.
postsuper	The Postfix user interface for superuser queue management.
proxymap	Provides read-only table lookup services to other Postfix processes.
qmgr	A daemon that awaits the arrival of incoming mail and arranges for its delivery.
qmqpd	A daemon that receives one message per connection, and pipes it through the cleanup daemon, and places it into the incoming queue.
scache	Maintains a connection cache used for sharing a connection multiple times.
sendmail	The Postfix to Sendmail compatibility interface.
showq	A daemon that reports the Postfix mail queue status.
smtp	Looks up a list of mail exchanger addresses for the destination host, sorts the list by preference, and connects to each listed address until it finds a server that responds.
smtpd	Accepts network connection requests and performs zero or more SMTP transactions per connection.
spawn	Listens on a port as specified in the Postfix `master.cf` file and spawns an external command whenever a connection is established.
tlsmgr	Maintains the TLS session cache and acts as the PRNG manager.
trivial-rewrite	A daemon that rewrites addresses to standard form.
verify	Maintains a record of what recipient addresses are known to be deliverable or undeliverable.
virtual	Delivers mail to virtual user's mail directories.

Qpopper-4.0.9

Introduction to Qpopper

The Qpopper package contains a POP3 mail server.

Package Information

Download (HTTP):
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.qualcomm.com/eudora/servers/unix/popper/qpopper4.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: de2cd15f95cfd00d0d080fd16287acad
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Qpopper Dependencies

Required

An MTA

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, GDBM-1.8.3, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qpopper

Installation of Qpopper

Install Qpopper with the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-standalone &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -D -m644 GUIDE.pdf /usr/share/doc/qpopper-4.0.9/GUIDE.pdf

Command Explanations

--enable-standalone: This option gives the flexibility to run Qpopper in standalone mode.

Configuring Qpopper

Configuration Information

Update the Syslog configuration file and force the syslogd daemon to reread the new file so that Qpopper events are logged:

echo "local0.notice;local0.debug /var/log/POP.log" >> \
    /etc/syslog.conf &&
killall -HUP syslogd

If you want Qpopper to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/qpopper init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-qpopper

This startup procedure uses a configuration file. The details of the configuration file can be found in the documentation file GUIDE.pdf.

cat > /etc/mail/qpopper.conf << "EOF"
# Qpopper configuration file

set debug = false

set spool-dir = /var/spool/mail/
set temp-dir  = /var/spool/mail/

set downcase-user = true
set trim-domain = true

set statistics = true

# End /etc/shells
EOF

If you use inetd, the following command will add the Qpopper entry to /etc/inetd.conf:

echo "pop3 stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/popper popper" >> \
    /etc/inetd.conf &&
killall inetd || inetd

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Qpopper file as /etc/xinetd.d/pop3:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/pop3 << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/pop3

service pop3
{
    port            = 110
    socket_type     = stream
    protocol        = tcp
    wait            = no
    user            = root
    server          = /usr/sbin/popper
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/pop3
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to reread the changed xinetd.conf file.

Installed Program: popper

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

popper

is the POP3 server daemon.

Sendmail-8.13.6

Introduction to Sendmail

The Sendmail package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.sendmail.org/ftp/sendmail.8.13.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sendmail.org/pub/sendmail/sendmail.8.13.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 484cca51f74b5e562b3cf119ceb2f900
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Sendmail Dependencies

Required

Procmail-3.22

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, TCP Wrapper-7.6, Cyrus SASL-2.1.21, nph, and AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2 (for creating PDF documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sendmail

Installation of Sendmail

Before building Sendmail, create the required user, group and directory with the following commands issued as the root user:

groupadd -g 26 smmsp &&
useradd -c "Sendmail Daemon" -g smmsp -d /dev/null \
        -s /bin/false -u 26 smmsp &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/spool/mqueue

Note: See the source tree sendmail/README file for information on linking optional packages into the build. Use the example below, which adds support for tcpwrappers, SASL, StartTLS (OpenSSL) and OpenLDAP, as a starting point. Of course, modify it to suit your particular needs.

cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
APPENDDEF(`confENVDEF',`-DSTARTTLS -DTCPWRAPPERS -DSASL -DLDAPMAP')
APPENDDEF(`confLIBS', `-lssl -lcrypto -lwrap -lsasl2 -lldap -llber')
APPENDDEF(`confINCDIRS', `-I/usr/include/sasl')
EOF

Install Sendmail with the following commands:

cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
define(`confMANGRP',`root')
define(`confMANOWN',`root')
define(`confSBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINOWN',`root')
EOF
cd sendmail &&
sh Build &&
cd ../cf/cf &&
cp generic-linux.mc sendmail.mc &&
sh Build sendmail.cf

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /etc/mail &&
sh Build install-cf &&

cd ../.. &&
sh Build install &&

install -v -m644 cf/cf/{submit,sendmail}.mc /etc/mail &&
cp -v -R cf/* /etc/mail &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6/{cf,sendmail} &&
install -v -m644 \
        CACerts FAQ KNOWNBUGS LICENSE PGPKEYS README RELEASE_NOTES \
        /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/{README,SECURITY,TRACEFLAGS,TUNING} \
        /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6/sendmail &&
install -v -m644 cf/README /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6/cf &&

for manpage in sendmail editmap mailstats makemap praliases smrsh
do
    install -v -m444 $manpage/$manpage.8 /usr/share/man/man8
done &&
install -v -m444 sendmail/aliases.5    /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m444 sendmail/mailq.1      /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m444 sendmail/newaliases.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m444 vacation/vacation.1   /usr/share/man/man1

Install the Sendmail Installation and Operations Guide with the following commands:

cd doc/op &&
sed -i 's/groff/GROFF_NO_SGR=1 groff/' Makefile &&
make op.txt op.pdf

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6 &&
install -v -m644 op.ps op.txt op.pdf /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6 &&
cd ../..

Note: remove op.pdf from the make and install commands if you don't have Ghostscript installed.

Command Explanations

cat > devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF": This creates a configuration file changing some of the default settings.

sh Build; sh Build sendmail.cf; sh Build install-cf; sh Build install: Sendmail uses an m4 based build script to create the various Makefiles. These commands build and install the package.

for manpage in...;do...;done; install ...: The man pages are installed already formatted and man displays them somewhat garbled. These commands replace the formatted pages with pages man can display properly.

Configuring Sendmail

Config Files

/etc/mail/*

Configuration Information

Create the /etc/mail/local-host-names and /etc/mail/aliases files using the following commands as the root user:

echo $(hostname) > /etc/mail/local-host-names
cat > /etc/mail/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root

EOF
newaliases -v

Sendmail's primary configuration file, /etc/mail/sendmail.cf, is complex and not meant to be directly edited. The recommended method for changing it is to modify /etc/mail/sendmail.mc and various m4 files, then run the m4 macro processor from within /etc/mail as follows:

m4 m4/cf.m4 sendmail.mc > sendmail.cf

A full explanation of the files to modify, and the available parameters can be found in /etc/mail/README.

Boot Script

To automate the running of Sendmail at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sendmail init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-sendmail

Note

The -qNm option to sendmail, where N is number of minutes, controls how often Sendmail will process the mail queue. A default of 5 minutes is used in the init script. Individual workstation users may want to set this as low as 1 minute, large installations handling more mail may want to set it higher.

Installed Programs: editmap, hoststat, mailstats, mailq, makemap, newaliases, praliases, purgestat, sendmail, smrsh, and vacation

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/mail, /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.13.6, /var/spool/mqueue, and /var/spool/clientmqueue

Short Descriptions

editmap	queries and edits Sendmail map files.
hoststat	prints Sendmail's persistent host status.
mailstats	displays Sendmail statistics.
mailq	prints a summary of outbound mail messages waiting for delivery.
makemap	creates Sendmail map files.
newaliases	rebuilds `/etc/mail/aliases.db` from the contents of `/etc/mail/aliases`.
praliases	displays current Sendmail aliases.
purgestat	causes Sendmail to clear (purge) all its host-status information.
sendmail	is the Sendmail mail transport agent.
smrsh	is a restricted shell for Sendmail.
vacation	is an email auto responder.

Chapter 23. Databases

This chapter includes databases that range from single-user read/write to industrial database servers with transaction support. Generally, you will be sent here to satisfy dependencies to other applications although building a SQL server on a base LFS system is entirely possible.

Berkeley DB-4.4.20

Introduction to Berkeley DB

The Berkeley DB package contains programs and utilities used by many other applications for database related functions. This package is also installed during LFS and may already exist on your system. It is listed here in BLFS as well because you may need to reinstall it if you need the additional language bindings or the RPC server. If you do reinstall Berkeley DB, ensure you use the 4.4.20 version used in the LFS book.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sleepycat.com/db-4.4.20.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sleepycat.com/releases/db-4.4.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d84dff288a19186b136b0daf7067ade3
Download size: 7.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66.7 MB (additional 100 MB to run parallel standard test suite)
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU (builds all bindings, add an additional 145 SBU to run parallel standard test suite)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.sleepycat.com/update/4.4.20/patch.4.4.20.1
Required patch: http://www.sleepycat.com/update/4.4.20/patch.4.4.20.2
Required patch: http://www.sleepycat.com/update/4.4.20/patch.4.4.20.3
Required patch: http://www.sleepycat.com/update/4.4.20/patch.4.4.20.4

Berkeley DB Dependencies

Optional

Tcl-8.4.13, JDK-1.5.0_10, and sharutils (for the uudecode command)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/db

Testing Berkeley DB

You may want to skip ahead to the section called “Installation of Berkeley DB”. The test suite can take up to 150 SBUs and has a few bugs causing a report of “Regression tests failed”. However, running the test suite is a very exhaustive test of your hardware, perhaps pushing your machine harder (especially disk I/O) than it will ever see during production use. Note that you must have Tcl installed to run the test suite.

Build for the Berkeley DB test by running the following commands:

for PATCH in ../patch.4.4.20.{1..4}; do patch -Np0 -i $PATCH; done &&
cd build_unix &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr \
                  --enable-test \
                  --enable-tcl  \
                  --with-tcl=/usr/lib &&
make

To test the results, start tclsh:

tclsh

From the tclsh prompt (% ), run:

source ../test/test.tcl
run_parallel 5 run_std
exit

Clean up the source tree with the following command:

make realclean &&
cd ..

Installation of Berkeley DB

The installation commands below are identical to the commands used in the LFS book. If you installed Berkeley DB in LFS, and you don't add anything to the configure script, you'll end up with exactly what you already have. The additional parameters you can use are listed in the Command Explanations section below. Install Berkeley DB by running the following commands:

for PATCH in ../patch.4.4.20.{1..4}; do patch -Np0 -i $PATCH; done &&
cd build_unix &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr \
                  --enable-compat185 \
                  --enable-cxx &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-4.4.20 install &&
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/db_* /usr/lib/libdb* /usr/include/db* &&
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/berkeley_db_svc &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/doc/db-4.4.20

Command Explanations

cd build_unix && ../dist/configure --prefix=/usr...: This replaces the normal ./configure command, as Berkeley DB comes with various build directories for different platforms.

--enable-compat185: This switch enables building the DB-1.85 compatibility API.

--enable-cxx: This switch enables building C++ API libraries.

--enable-tcl --with-tcl=/usr/lib: Enables Tcl support in DB and creates the libdb_tcl libraries.

--enable-java: Enables Java support in DB and creates the libdb_java libraries.

--enable-rpc: Enables building the Berkeley DB RPC server.

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-4.4.20 install: This installs the documentation in the correct location instead of /usr/docs.

chown -v root:root /usr/bin/berkeley_db_svc: This command changes the ownership of the RPC server program. It is only required if you passed --enable-rpc to the configure script.

Only the program and libraries not installed in LFS are listed here, the others can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/6.2/chapter06/db.html#contents-db as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.

Installed Program: berkeley_db_svc

Installed Libraries: libdb_java.{so,a} and libdb_tcl.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/db-4.4.20

Short Descriptions

berkeley_db_svc

is the Berkeley DB RPC server.

MySQL-5.0.21

Introduction to MySQL

MySQL is a widely used and fast SQL database server. It is a client/server implementation that consists of a server daemon and many different client programs and libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.mysql.com/archives/mysql-5.0/mysql-5.0.21.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/mysql-5.0.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c3165204c42e1db6fc3a95a4fd2cd22f
Download size: 18.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 244 MB (additional 194 MB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 4.5 SBU (Test suite is an additional 48 minutes, only partially CPU dependent)

MySQL Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d and TCP Wrapper-7.6.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mysql

Installation of MySQL

For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged user and group is strongly encouraged:

groupadd -g 40 mysql &&
useradd -c "MySQL Server" -d /dev/null -g mysql -s /bin/false \
        -u 40 mysql

Build and install MySQL by running the following commands:

C_EXTRA_FLAGS=-fno-strict-aliasing \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
            --localstatedir=/srv/mysql \
            --enable-thread-safe-client \
            --enable-assembler \
            --enable-local-infile \
            --with-unix-socket-path=/var/run/mysql/mysql.sock \
            --without-debug \
            --without-bench \
            --without-readline \
            --with-berkeley-db \
            --with-extra-charsets=all &&
make testdir=/tmp/mysql

To test the results, issue: make test. Note that if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file, you will need to add an appropriate entry to the /etc/hosts.allow file for the mysqld daemon, else many of the tests will fail.

Now, as the root user:

make testdir=/tmp/mysql install &&
rm -rf /tmp/mysql &&
cd /usr/lib &&
ln -v -sf mysql/libmysqlclient{,_r}.so* .

Command Explanations

C_EXTRA_FLAGS=-fno-strict-aliasing: This environment variable adjusts the compiler optimization to avoid failures in the testsuite and other operations.

--libexecdir=/usr/sbin: This switch installs the mysqld daemon and the mysqlmanager program in an appropriate location.

--localstatedir=/srv/mysql: This switch forces MySQL to use /srv/mysql for database files and other variable data.

--enable-thread-safe-client: This switch compiles a thread-safe MySQL client library.

--enable-assembler: This switch allows using assembler versions of some string functions.

--enable-local-infile: This switch enables the “LOAD DATA INFILE” SQL statement.

--with-unix-socket-path=/var/run/mysql: This switch puts the unix-domain socket into the /var/run/mysql directory instead of the default /tmp.

--without-bench: This switch skips building the benchmark suite.

--without-readline: This switch forces the build to use the system copy of readline instead of the bundled copy.

--with-berkeley-db: This switch enables using Berkeley DB tables as a back end.

--with-extra-charsets=all: This switch enables international character sets within the suite.

make testdir=...: This installs the test suite in /tmp/mysql. The test suite is not required, nor does it function properly on an installed version of MySQL, so it is removed in the next step.

ln -v -sf mysql/libmysqlclient{,_r}.so* .: This command makes the MySQL shared libraries available to other packages at run-time.

--with-openssl: This switch adds OpenSSL support to MySQL.

--with-libwrap: This switch adds tcpwrappers support to MySQL.

Configuring MySQL

Config Files

/etc/my.cnf and ~/.my.cnf

Configuration Information

There are several default configuration files available in /usr/share/mysql which you can use. Create /etc/my.cnf using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 /usr/share/mysql/my-medium.cnf /etc/my.cnf

You can now install a database and change the ownership to the unprivileged user and group (perform as the root user):

mysql_install_db --user=mysql &&
chgrp -v mysql /srv/mysql{,/test,/mysql}

Further configuration requires that the MySQL server is running. Start the server using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -o mysql -g mysql -d /var/run/mysql &&
mysqld_safe --user=mysql 2>&1 >/dev/null &

A default installation does not set up a password for the administrator, so use the following command as the root user to set one. Replace <new-password> with your own.

mysqladmin -u root password <new-password>

Configuration of the server is now finished. Shut the server down using the following command as the root user:

mysqladmin -p shutdown

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/mysql init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package as the root user to start the MySQL server during system boot-up.

make install-mysql

Installed Programs: comp_err, innochecksum, msql2mysql, my_print_defaults, myisam_ftdump, myisamchk, myisamlog, myisampack, mysql, mysql_client_test, mysql_config, mysql_convert_table_format, mysql_create_system_tables, mysql_explain_log, mysql_find_rows, mysql_fix_extensions, mysql_fix_privilege_tables, mysql_install_db, mysql_secure_installation, mysql_setpermission, mysql_tableinfo, mysql_tzinfo_to_sql, mysql_waitpid, mysql_zap, mysqlaccess, mysqladmin, mysqlbinlog, mysqlbug, mysqlcheck, mysqld, mysqld_multi, mysqld_safe, mysqldump, mysqldumpslow, mysqlhotcopy, mysqlimport, mysqlmanager, mysqlshow, mysqltest, mysqltestmanager, mysqltestmanager-pwgen, mysqltestmanagerc, perror, replace, resolve_stack_dump, and resolveip

Installed Libraries: libdbug.a, libheap.a, libmyisam.a, libmyisammrg.a, libmysqlclient.{so,a}, libmysqlclient_r.{so,a}, libmystrings.a, libmysys.a, and libvio.a

Installed Directories: /srv/mysql, /usr/include/mysql, /usr/lib/mysql, /usr/share/mysql, and /var/run/mysql

Short Descriptions

Descriptions of all the programs and libraries would be several pages long. Instead, consult the mysql.info documentation or the on-line reference manual at http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.0/en/index.html.

The Perl DBI modules must be installed for some of the MySQL support programs to function properly.

PostgreSQL-8.1.3

Introduction to PostgreSQL

PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system (ORDBMS), derived from the Berkeley Postgres database management system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/p/postgresql-8.1.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp-archives.postgresql.org/pub/source/v8.1.3/postgresql-8.1.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bb510edbb533962c0692e211b3bd8cfa
Download size: 11.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 153 MB (additional 100 MB to run the testsuite)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU

PostgreSQL Dependencies

Optional

Python-2.4.4, Tcl-8.4.13, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, krb4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6 or Heimdal-0.7.2, and Bonjour

Optional (To Regenerate Documentation)

DocBook SGML DTD-4.4, DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets-1.79, OpenJade-1.3.2, and SGMLSpm-1.03ii

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postgresql

Installation of PostgreSQL

Install PostgreSQL with the following commands:

sed -i "s|dsssl-stylesheets|& \\\\\n        sgml/docbook/&-1.79|" \
    configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-thread-safety &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chown -v root:root /usr/share/doc/postgresql/html/* &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/postgresql/{FAQ/html,TODO.detail} &&
install -v -m644 doc/TODO /usr/share/doc/postgresql &&
install -v -m644 doc/FAQ* /usr/share/doc/postgresql/FAQ &&
install -v -m644 doc/src/FAQ/* /usr/share/doc/postgresql/FAQ/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/TODO.detail/* \
    /usr/share/doc/postgresql/TODO.detail

Note

If you are upgrading an existing system and are going to install the new files over the old ones, then you should back up your data, shut down the old server and follow the instructions in the official PostgreSQL documentation.

Initialize a database cluster with the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /srv/pgsql/data &&
groupadd -g 41 postgres &&
useradd -c "PostgreSQL Server" -g postgres -d /srv/pgsql/data \
        -u 41 postgres &&
chown -v postgres /srv/pgsql/data &&
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/initdb -D /srv/pgsql/data'

As the root user, start the database server with the following command:

su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/postmaster -D /srv/pgsql/data > \
    /srv/pgsql/data/logfile 2>&1 &'

Still as user root, create a database and verify the installation:

su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/createdb test' &&
echo "create table t1 ( name varchar(20), state_province varchar(20) );" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Billy', 'NewYork');" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Evanidus', 'Quebec');" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Jesse', 'Ontario');" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "select * from t1;" | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test')

Command Explanations

sed -i "s|dsssl-stylesheets|...": This command puts an extra line in the configure script so that the BLFS installed version of the DSSSL stylesheets are discovered.

--enable-thread-safety: This switch makes the client libraries thread-safe by allowing concurrent threads in libpq and ECPG programs to safely control their private connection handles.

chown -R root:root /usr/share/doc/postgresql/html/*: This command corrects the improper ownership of documentation files.

groupadd ...; useradd ...: These commands add an unprivileged user and group to run the database server.

createdb test; create table t1; insert into t1 values...; select * from t1: Create a database, add a table to it, insert some rows into the table and select them to verify that the installation is working properly.

Configuring PostgreSQL

Config Files

$PGDATA/pg_ident.con, $PGDATA/pg_hba.conf and $PGDATA/postgresql.conf

The PGDATA environment variable is used to distinguish database clusters from one another by setting it to the value of the directory which contains the cluster desired. The three configuration files exist in every PGDATA/ directory. Details on the format of the files and the options that can be set in each can be found in file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql/html/index.html.

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postgresql init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-postgresql

Installed Programs: clusterdb, createdb, createlang, createuser, dropdb, droplang, dropuser, ecpg, initdb, ipcclean, pg_config, pg_controldata, pg_ctl, pg_dump, pg_dumpall, pg_resetxlog, pg_restore, pltcl_delmod, pltcl_listmod, pltcl_loadmod, postgres, postmaster, psql, and vacuumdb

Installed Libraries: libecpg.{so,a}, libecpg_compat.{so,a}, libpgport.a, libpgtypes.{so,a}, libpq.{so,a}, and various charset modules.

Installed Directories: /srv/pgsql, /usr/include/libpq, /usr/include/postgresql, /usr/lib/postgresql, /usr/share/doc/postgresql, and /usr/share/postgresql

Short Descriptions

clusterdb	is a utility for reclustering tables in a PostgreSQL database.
createdb	creates a new PostgreSQL database.
createlang	defines a new PostgreSQL procedural language.
createuser	defines a new PostgreSQL user account.
dropdb	removes a PostgreSQL database.
droplang	removes a PostgreSQL procedural language.
dropuser	removes a PostgreSQL user account.
ecpg	is the embedded SQL preprocessor.
initdb	creates a new database cluster.
ipcclean	removes shared memory and semaphores left over by an aborted database server.
pg_config	retrieves PostgreSQL version information.
pg_controldata	returns information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version and server locale.
pg_ctl	controls stopping and starting the database server.
pg_dump	dumps database data and metadata into scripts which are used to recreate the database.
pg_dumpall	recursively calls pg_dump for each database in a cluster.
pg_resetxlog	clears the write-ahead log and optionally resets some fields in the `pg_control` file.
pg_restore	creates databases from dump files created by pg_dump.
pltcl_delmod	is a support script used to delete a module from a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also.
pltcl_listmod	is a support script used to list the modules in a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also.
pltcl_loadmod	is a support script used to load a module into a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also.
postgres	is a single user database server, generally used for debugging.
postmaster	is a multi-user database daemon.
psql	is a console based database shell.
vacuumdb	compacts databases and generates statistics for the query analyzer.

Chapter 24. Other Server Software

Here you will find many ways to share your machine with the rest of the world or your local network. Before installing any packages in this chapter, you need to be sure you understand what the package does and how to set it up correctly. It might also be helpful to learn about the consequences of an improper setup so that you can analyze the risks.

DHCP-3.0.5

Introduction to DHCP

The DHCP package contains both the client and server programs for DHCP. dhclient (the client) is useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpd (the server) is useful for assigning network addresses on your private network.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/servers/isc/dhcp/dhcp-3.0.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/dhcp/dhcp-3.0.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ce5d30d4645e4eab1f54561b487d1ec7
Download size: 864 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/dhcp-3.0.5-client_dns-1.patch
Optional Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/dhcp-3.0.5-iproute2-1.patch

DHCP Dependencies

Required

Net-tools-1.60 (you may omit net-tools by using the optional patch to utilize iproute2.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dhcp

Kernel Configuration

You must have Packet Socket support (Device Drivers ⇒ Networking Support ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ Packet Socket) compiled into the kernel.

Installation of DHCP

First fix a problem with always regenerating /etc/resolv.conf whether the DNS server has changed or not.

patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-3.0.5-client_dns-1.patch

If you chose not to install net-tools, apply the iproute2 patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-3.0.5-iproute2-1.patch

Install DHCP by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include install

Command Explanations

LIBDIR=/usr/lib INCDIR=/usr/include: This command installs the library and include files in /usr instead of /usr/local.

Configuring DHCP

Config Files

/etc/dhclient.conf and /etc/dhcpd.conf

Configuration Information

Information on configuring the DHCP client can be found in Chapter 14, DHCP Clients.

Note that you only need the DHCP server if you want to issue LAN addresses over your network. The DHCP client doesn't need this script to be used. Also note that this script is coded for the eth1 interface, which may need to be modified for your hardware configuration.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcp init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-dhcp

The lease file must exist on startup. The following command will satisfy that requirement:

touch /var/state/dhcp/dhcpd.leases

The following commands will create a base configuration file for a DHCP server. There are several options that you may want to add (information that is passed back to the DHCP client) and those are covered in the man pages for dhcp.conf.

cat > /etc/dhcpd.conf << "EOF"
default-lease-time 72000;
max-lease-time 144000;
ddns-update-style ad-hoc;

subnet <192.168.5.0> netmask <255.255.255.0> {
  range <192.168.5.10> <192.168.5.240>;
  option broadcast-address <192.168.5.255>;
  option routers <192.168.5.1>;
}
EOF

All addresses should be changed to meet your circumstance.

Installed Programs: dhcpd, dhcrelay, dhclient, dhclient-script, and omshell

Installed Libraries: bdhcpctl.a, libomapi.a

Installed Directories: /var/state/dhcp, /usr/include/omapip, and /usr/include/isi-dhcp

Short Descriptions

dhclient	is the implementation of the DHCP client.
dhcpd	implements Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) requests for network addresses.
dhcrelay	provides a means to accept DHCP and BOOTP requests on a subnet without a DHCP server and relay them to a DHCP server on another subnet.
omshell	provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and possibly change, the ISC DHCP Server's state via OMAPI, the Object Management API.

Leafnode-1.11.5

Introduction to Leafnode

Leafnode is an NNTP server designed for small sites to provide a local USENET spool.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/leafnode/leafnode-1.11.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/mirrors/sunsite/system/news/transport/leafnode-1.11.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 88552c5cc91cb27146c8906b2d33289d
Download size: 428 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Leafnode Dependencies

Required

PCRE-6.7 and TCP Wrapper-7.6

Installation of Leafnode

As the root user, create the group and user news, if not present:

groupadd -g 36 news &&
useradd -c "Leafnode News Server" -d /var/spool/news -g news \
        -u 36 news

Install Leafnode by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --localstatedir=/var --sysconfdir=/etc/leafnode \
    --with-lockfile=/var/lock/leafnode/fetchnews.lck &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--localstatedir=/var: Change the default spool directory of /usr/var.

--sysconfdir=/etc/leafnode: Leafnode reads its configuration data from a file called config which will be created in /etc/leafnode to avoid any potential conflict with other packages.

make update: Run this command if you are upgrading from a very old version of Leafnode.

Configuring Leafnode

Config Files

/etc/leafnode/config, /etc/nntpserver, /etc/sysconfig/createfiles /etc/inetd.conf or /etc/xinetd.conf or /etc/xinetd.d/nntp

Configuration Information

The /etc/leafnode/config file must be edited to reflect the name of the upstream NNTP provider. Copy the example configuration file to /etc/leafnode/config and save the original for reference:

cp /etc/leafnode/config.example /etc/leafnode/config

Change the

server =

entry to reflect your news provider.

The /etc/nntpserver file must contain 127.0.0.1 to prevent news clients from reading news from the upstream feed. Create this file using the following command:

cat > /etc/nntpserver << "EOF"
127.0.0.1

EOF

The /etc/rc.d/init.d/cleanfs script, part of the LFS bootscript package, will remove the /var/lock/leafnode directory during the system boot sequence. Install the following line in the /etc/sysconfig/createfiles file to re-create the directory:

/var/lock/leafnode   dir   2775   news   news

Leafnode may be configured to use inetd by adding an entry to the /etc/inetd.conf file with the following command:

echo "nntp stream tcp nowait news /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/leafnode" \
>> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Leafnode file as /etc/xinetd.d/nntp:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/nntp << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/nntp

        service nntp
        {
           flags           = NAMEINARGS NOLIBWRAP
           socket_type     = stream
           protocol        = tcp
           wait            = no
           user            = news
           server          = /usr/sbin/tcpd
           server_args     = /usr/sbin/leafnode
           instances       = 7
           per_source      = 3
        }

# End /etc/xinetd.d/nntp
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to reread the changed xinetd.conf file.

Add entries to the root or news user's crontab to run the fetchnews and texpire commands at the desired time intervals.

Installed Programs: applyfilter, checkgroups, fetchnews, leafnode, leafnode-version, newsq, and texpire

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/leafnode, /var/lock/leafnode, and /var/spool/news

Short Descriptions

applyfilter	filters newsgroup articles according to regular expressions.
checkgroups	inserts newsgroup titles into the newsgroup database.
fetchnews	sends posted articles to and retrieves new articles from an upstream news server.
leafnode	is an NNTP server daemon.
leafnode-version	prints the Leafnode version.
newsq	shows articles waiting to be sent upstream.
texpire	expires old articles and unread groups.

OpenLDAP-2.3.27

Introduction to OpenLDAP

The OpenLDAP package provides an open source implementation of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/infosys/network/OpenLDAP/openldap-stable/openldap-stable-20060823.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openldap.org/pub/OpenLDAP/openldap-stable/openldap-stable-20060823.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 0fbae4e9279aaa586adcd9f19b66a5ed
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51.8 MB
Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU and approximately 30 minutes to run the tests (processor independent)

Note

The OpenLDAP stable releases are packaged without version numbers in the tarball names. You can see the relationship between the version number and name of the tarball at http://www.openldap.org/software/download/.

OpenLDAP Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-4.4.20 is recommended (built in LFS) or GDBM-1.8.3

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6, unixODBC-2.2.11, GMP-4.2, GNU Pth, and OpenSLP

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openldap

Installation of OpenLDAP

Install OpenLDAP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/sbin \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/srv/ldap \
            --disable-debug \
            --enable-dynamic \
            --enable-crypt \
            --enable-modules \
            --enable-ldap \
            --enable-ldbm \
            --enable-dyngroup \
            --enable-dynlist \
            --enable-ppolicy \
            --enable-valsort &&
make depend &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libl*-2.3.so.0.2.15 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.27/{drafts,guide,rfc} &&
install -v -m644 doc/drafts/* /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.27/drafts &&
install -v -m644 doc/rfc/*    /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.27/rfc &&
cp -v -R doc/guide/*          /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.27/guide

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/sbin: Installs the slapd and slurpd daemon programs in /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec.

--sysconfdir=/etc: Sets the configuration file directory to avoid the default of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/srv/ldap: Sets the directory to use for the LDAP directory database, replication logs and run-time variable data.

--disable-debug: Disable debugging code.

--enable-dynamic: This forces the OpenLDAP libraries to be dynamically linked to the executable programs.

--enable-crypt: Enables crypt(3) passwords.

--enable-modules: Enables dynamic module support.

--enable-ldap: Enables the slapd LDAP backend.

--enable-ldbm: Build slapd with the primary database back end using either Berkeley DB or GNU Database Manager.

--enable-dyngroup: Enables the slapd dynamic group overlay.

--enable-dynlist: Enables the slapd dynamic list overlay.

--enable-ppolicy: Enables the slapd password policy overlay.

--enable-valsort: Enables the slapd value sorting overlay.

make test: Validates the correct build of the package. If you've enabled tcp_wrappers, ensure you add 127.0.0.1 to the slapd line in the /etc/hosts.allow file if you have a restrictive /etc/hosts.deny file.

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libl*-2.3.so.0.2.15: This command adds the executable bit to the shared libraries.

--disable-bdb --disable-hdb --with-ldbm-api=gdbm: Pass these parameters to the configure command if you wish to use GDBM instead of Berkeley DB as the primary backend database.

Note

Run ./configure --help to see if there are other parameters you can pass to the configure command to enable other options or dependency packages.

Configuring OpenLDAP

Config Files

/etc/openldap/*

Configuration Information

Configuring the slapd and slurpd servers can be complex. Securing the LDAP directory, especially if you are storing non-public data such as password databases, can also be a challenging task. You'll need to modify the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf and /etc/openldap/ldap.conf files to set up OpenLDAP for your particular needs.

Resources to assist you with topics such as choosing a directory configuration, backend and database definitions, access control settings, running as a user other than root and setting a chroot environment include:

The slapd man page
The slapd.conf man page
The OpenLDAP 2.3 Administrator's Guide (also installed locally in /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.3.27/guide/admin)
Documents located at http://www.openldap.org/pub/

Utilizing GDBM

To utilize GDBM as the database backend, the “database” entry in /etc/openldap/slapd.conf must be changed from “bdb” to “ldbm”. You can use both by creating an additional database section in /etc/openldap/slapd.conf.

Mozilla Address Directory

By default, LDAPv2 support is disabled in the slapd.conf file. Once the database is properly set up and Mozilla is configured to use the directory, you must add allow bind_v2 to the slapd.conf file.

Boot Script

To automate the startup of the LDAP server at system bootup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/openldap init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package using the following command:

make install-openldap1

Note: The init script you just installed only starts the slapd daemon. If you wish to also start the slurpd daemon at system startup, install a modified version of the script using this command:

make install-openldap2

Note

The init script starts the daemons without any parameters. You'll need to modify the script to include the parameters needed for your specific configuration. See the slapd and slurpd man pages for parameter information.

Testing the Configuration

Start the LDAP server using the init script:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/openldap start

Verify access to the LDAP server with the following command:

ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts

The expected result is:

# extended LDIF
#
# LDAPv3
# base <> with scope base
# filter: (objectclass=*)
# requesting: namingContexts
#

#
dn:
namingContexts: dc=my-domain,dc=com

# search result
search: 2
result: 0 Success

# numResponses: 2
# numEntries: 1

Installed Programs: ldapadd, ldapcompare, ldapdelete, ldapmodify, ldapmodrdn, ldappasswd, ldapsearch, ldapwhoami, slapadd, slapcat, slapd, slapdn, slapindex, slappasswd, slaptest, and slurpd

Installed Libraries: liblber.{so,a}, libldap.{so,a}, and libldap_r.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/openldap, /srv/ldap, and /usr/share/openldap

Short Descriptions

ldapadd	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and adds entries.
ldapcompare	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a compare using specified parameters.
ldapdelete	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and deletes one or more entries.
ldapmodify	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies entries.
ldapmodrdn	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies the RDN of entries.
ldappasswd	is a tool to set the password of an LDAP user.
ldapsearch	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a search using specified parameters.
ldapwhoami	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and displays whoami information.
slapadd	is used to add entries specified in LDAP Directory Interchange Format (LDIF) to an LDAP database.
slapcat	is used to generate an LDAP LDIF output based upon the contents of a slapd database.
slapd	is the stand-alone LDAP server.
slapdn	checks a list of string-represented DNs based on schema syntax.
slapindex	is used to regenerate slapd indices based upon the current contents of a database.
slappasswd	is an OpenLDAP password utility.
slaptest	checks the sanity of the `slapd.conf` file.
slurpd	is the stand-alone LDAP replication server.
`liblber.{so,a}`	is a set of lightweight Basic Encoding Rules routines. These routines are used by the LDAP library routines to encode and decode LDAP protocol elements using the (slightly simplified) Basic Encoding Rules defined by LDAP. They are not normally used directly by an LDAP application program except in the handling of controls and extended operations.
`libldap.{so,a}`	supports the LDAP programs and provide functionality for other programs interacting with LDAP.
`libldap_r.{so,a}`	contains the functions required by the LDAP programs to produce the results from LDAP requests.

rsync-2.6.8

Introduction to rsync

The rsync package contains the rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large file archives over a network.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/old-versions/rsync-2.6.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/rsync-2.6.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 082a9dba1f741e6591e5cd748a1233de
Download size: 760 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

rsync Dependencies

Optional

popt-1.10.4 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rsync

Installation of rsync

For security reasons, running the rsync server as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. If you intend to run rsync as a daemon, create the rsyncd user and group with the following commands issued by the root user:

groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
    -s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd

Install rsync by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have DocBook-Utils installed and wish to build HTML documentation, issue:

cd doc &&
docbook2html rsync.sgml &&
cd ..

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the HTML documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/rsync-2.6.8 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.html /usr/share/doc/rsync-2.6.8

Configuring rsync

Config Files

/etc/rsyncd.conf

Configuration Information

For client access to remote files, you may need to install the OpenSSH-4.5p1 package to connect to the remote server.

This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man-page for additional options (i.e., user authentication).

cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic rsync configuration file
# It exports a single module without user authentication.

motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg
use chroot = yes

[localhost]
    path = /home/rsync
    comment = Default rsync module
    read only = yes
    list = yes
    uid = rsyncd
    gid = rsyncd

EOF

You can find additional configuration information and general documentation about rsync at http://rsync.samba.org/documentation.html.

Boot Script

Note that you only want to start the rsync server if you want to provide an rsync archive on your local machine. You don't need this script to run the rsync client.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rsyncd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-rsyncd

Installed Program: rsync

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: Optionally, /usr/share/doc/rsync-2.6.8

Short Descriptions

rsync

is a replacement for rcp (and scp) that has many more features. It uses the “rsync algorithm” which provides a very fast method of syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both sets of files are present at one end of the link beforehand.

Running a CVS Server

This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a CVS server.

CVS Server Dependencies

Required

CVS-1.11.22 and OpenSSH-4.5p1

Setting up a CVS Server.

A CVS server will be set up using OpenSSH as the remote access method. Other access methods, including :pserver: and :server: will not be used for write access to the CVS repository. The :pserver: method sends clear text passwords over the network and the :server: method is not supported in all CVS ports. Instructions for anonymous, read only CVS access using :pserver: can be found at the end of this section.

Configuration of the CVS server consists of four steps:

1. Create a Repository.

Create a new CVS repository with the following commands:

mkdir /srv/cvsroot &&
chmod 1777 /srv/cvsroot &&
export CVSROOT=/srv/cvsroot &&
cvs init

2. Import Source Code Into the Repository.

Import a source module into the repository with the following commands, issued from a user account on the same machine as the CVS repository:

cd <sourcedir> &&
cvs import -m "<repository test>" <cvstest> <vendortag> <releasetag>

3. Verify Local Repository Access.

Test access to the CVS repository from the same user account with the following command:

cvs co cvstest

4. Verify Remote Repository Access.

Test access to the CVS repository from a remote machine using a user account that has ssh access to the CVS server with the following commands:

Note

Replace <servername> with the IP address or host name of the CVS repository machine. You will be prompted for the user's shell account password before CVS checkout can continue.

export CVS_RSH=/usr/bin/ssh &&
cvs -d:ext:<servername>:/srv/cvsroot co cvstest

Configuring CVS for Anonymous Read Only Access.

CVS can be set up to allow anonymous read only access using the :pserver: method by logging on as root and executing the following commands:

(grep anonymous /etc/passwd || useradd anonymous -s /bin/false -u 98) &&
echo anonymous: > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/passwd &&
echo anonymous > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/readers

If you use inetd, the following command will add the CVS entry to /etc/inetd.conf:

echo "2401  stream  tcp  nowait  root  /usr/bin/cvs cvs -f \
    --allow-root=/srv/cvsroot pserver" >> /etc/inetd.conf

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the CVS file as /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver

     service cvspserver
     {
          port        = 2401
          socket_type = stream
          protocol    = tcp
          wait        = no
          user        = root
          passenv     = PATH
          server      = /usr/bin/cvs
          server_args = -f --allow-root=/srv/cvsroot pserver
     }

# End /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver
EOF

Issue a /etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd reload to reread the changed xinetd.conf file.

Testing anonymous access to the new repository requires an account on another machine that can reach the CVS server via network. No account on the CVS repository is needed. To test anonymous access to the CVS repository, log in to another machine as an unprivileged user and execute the following command:

cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@<servername>:/srv/cvsroot co cvstest

Note

Replace <servername> with the IP address or hostname of the CVS server.

Command Explanations

mkdir /srv/cvsroot: Create the CVS repository directory.

chmod 1777 /srv/cvsroot: Set sticky bit permissions for CVSROOT.

export CVSROOT=/srv/cvsroot: Specify new CVSROOT for all cvs commands.

cvs init: Initialize the new CVS repository.

cvs import -m "repository test" cvstest vendortag releasetag: All source code modules must be imported into the CVS repository before use, with the cvs import command. The -m flags specifies an initial descriptive entry for the new module. The cvstest parameter is the name used for the module in all subsequent cvs commands. The vendortag and releasetag parameters are used to further identify each CVS module and are mandatory whether used or not.

(grep anonymous /etc/passwd || useradd anonymous -s /bin/false -u 98): Check for an existing anonymous user and create one if not found.

echo anonymous: > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/passwd: Add the anonymous user to the CVS passwd file, which is unused for anything else in this configuration.

echo anonymous > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/readers: Add the anonymous user to the CVS readers file, a list of users who have read only access to the repository.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /srv/cvsroot

Running a Subversion Server

This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a Subversion server.

Note

The default build instructions for Subversion disabled the Berkeley DB repository back-end due to the errors encountered in the test suite while building the Subversion-1.3.1 package. This should not present a functionality issue as the FSFS repository back-end is now the default, and recommended by the Subversion development team.

If you have existing repositories based on a Berkeley DB back-end and you followed the BLFS instructions for building Subversion, you'll need to dump the databases, create new repositories using the FSFS back-end, then then reload the data into the new repositories. Instructions for performing these operations can be found at http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.1/ch05s03.html#svn-ch-5-sect-3.5.

Subversion Server Dependencies

Required

Subversion-1.3.1 and OpenSSH-4.5p1

Setting up a Subversion Server.

The following instructions will install a Subversion server, which will be set up to use OpenSSH as the secure remote access method, with svnserve available for anonymous access.

Configuration of the Subversion server consists of the following steps:

1. Setup Users, Groups, and Permissions

You'll need to be user root for the initial portion of configuration. Create the svn user and group with the following commands:

groupadd -g 56 svn &&
useradd -c "SVN Owner" -d /home/svn -m -g svn -s /bin/false -u 56 svn

If you plan to have multiple repositories, you should have a group dedicated to each repository for ease of administration. Create the svntest group for the test repository and add the svn user to that group with the following commands:

groupadd -g 57 svntest &&
usermod -G svntest svn

Additionally you should set umask 002 while working with a repository so that all new files will be writable by owner and group. This is made mandatory by creating a wrapper script for svn and svnserve:

mv /usr/bin/svn /usr/bin/svn.orig &&
mv /usr/bin/svnserve /usr/bin/svnserve.orig &&
cat >> /usr/bin/svn << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
umask 002
/usr/bin/svn.orig "$@"
EOF
cat >> /usr/bin/svnserve << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
umask 002
/usr/bin/svnserve.orig "$@"
EOF
chmod 0755 /usr/bin/svn{,serve}

Note

If you use Apache for working with the repository over HTTP, even for anonymous access, you should wrap /usr/sbin/httpd in a similar script.

2. Create a Subversion repository.

With subversion-1.1.0 and greater, a new type of repository data-store is available, FSFS. There is a tradeoff for speed with the new backend, however, the repository can now be placed on a network mount, and any corruption does not require an admin to recover the repository. For more information and comparison between FSFS and BDB, see http://svnbook.red-bean.com/svnbook-1.1/ch05.html#svn-ch-5-sect-1.2.A.

Create a new Subversion repository with the following commands:

install -v -m 0755 -d /srv &&
install -v -m 0755 -o svn -g svn -d /srv/svn/repositories &&
svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs /srv/svn/repositories/svntest

Now that the repository is created, it should be populated with with something useful. You'll need to have a predefined directory layout set up exactly as you want your repository to look. For example, here is a sample BLFS layout setup with a root of svntest/. You'll need to setup a directory tree similar to the following:

          svntest/            # The name of the repository
             trunk/           # Contains the existing source tree
                BOOK/
                bootscripts/
                edguide/
                patches/
                scripts/
             branches/        # Needed for additional branches
             tags/            # Needed for tagging release points

Once you've created your directory layout as shown above, you are ready to do the initial import:

svn import -m "Initial import." \
    </path/to/source/tree> \
    file:///srv/svn/repositories/svntest

Now change owner and group information on the repository, and add an unprivileged user to the svn and svntest groups:

chown -R svn:svntest /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod -R g+w /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod g+s /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/db &&
usermod -G svn,svntest,<insert existing groups> <username>

svntest is the group assigned to the svntest repository. As mentioned earlier, this eases administration of multiple repositories when using OpenSSH for authentication. Going forward, you'll need to add your unprivileged user, and any additional users that you wish to have write access to the repository, to the svn and svntest groups.

In addition, you'll notice that the new repository's db directory is set-groupID. If the reasoning is not immediately obvious, when using any external authentication method (such as ssh), the sticky bit is set so that all new files will be owned by the user, but group of svntest. Anyone in the svntest group can create files, but still give the entire group write access to those files. This avoids locking out other users from the repository.

Now, return to an unprivileged user account, and take a look at the new repository using svnlook:

svnlook tree /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/

Note

You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your group memberships. 'su <username>' should work around this as well.

3. Configure the Server

As mentioned previously, these instructions will configure the server to use only ssh for write access to the repository and to provide anonymous access using svnserve. There are several other ways to provide access to the repository. These additional configurations are best explained at http://svnbook.red-bean.com/.

Access configuration needs to be done for each repository. Create the svnserve.conf file for the svntest repository using the following commands:

cp /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf \
    /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf.default &&
cat > /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf << "EOF"
[general]
anon-access = read
auth-access = write
EOF

There is not a lot to the configuration file at all. You'll notice that only the general section is required. Take a look at the svnserve.conf.default file for information on using svnserve's built-in authentication method.

4. Starting the Server

There are a couple of ways to start svnserve. The most common way is to start it as an inetd or xinetd process. Alternately, you can use a bootscript to start the service at startup.

Note

If you do not wish to provide anonymous access to your svn repositories or use svnserve's built-in authentication, you do not need to run svnserve.

If you use inetd, add a line to /etc/inetd.conf using the following commands:

cat >> /etc/inetd.conf << "EOF"
svn stream tcp nowait svn /usr/bin/svnserve svnserve -i
EOF

If you use xinetd, the following command will create the Subversion server file as /etc/xinetd.d/svn:

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/svn << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/svn

service svn
{
        port                    = 3690
        socket_type             = stream
        protocol                = tcp
        wait                    = no
        user                    = svn
        server                  = /usr/bin/svnserve
        server_args             = -i -r /srv/svn/repositories
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/svn
EOF

Finally, if you wish to simply start the server at startup, install the svn bootscript included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-svn

Part VII. X + Window Managers

25. X Window System Environment
- Traditional X Window System
- Xorg-6.9.0
- XFree86-4.6.0
- Modular X Window System
- Introduction to Xorg-7.1
- Xorg Protocol Headers
- Xorg Utilities
- Xorg Libraries
- Xbitmaps-1.0.1
- Xorg Applications
- Xorg Data
- Xorg Fonts
- Luit-1.0.2
- Xorg-Server-1.1.1
- Xorg Drivers
- Configuring X Window System
- X Window System Components
- Additional X Window System Configuration
26. X Libraries
27. Window Managers

Chapter 25. X Window System Environment

This chapter contains instructions to build and configure a graphical user environment. You will need to choose one of the three packages in BLFS that implements the X Window System: Xorg X11R6 or X11R7 (Xorg-6.9.0 or Xorg-7.1), or XFree86 (XFree86). These packages are all quite similar. In fact, the base system of Xorg is XFree86-4.4.0RC2. Differences in the licensing philosophies was the original reason for the split.

A second reason for the forking of X packages is the stated goals of the developers. Some developers were unhappy with the administration and progress of XFree86. The X.org Foundation's future plans include significant improvements to the internals of the system and more frequent releases.

Xorg-7.1 introduces a completely autotooled build system, but is otherwise the same codebase as Xorg-6.9.0. Most large commercial distributions have decided to use the Xorg package, but several still provide XFree86.

XFree86 continues to be a solid, conservative application with excellent driver support.

Traditional X Window System

Xorg-6.9.0

Introduction to Xorg

Xorg is a freely redistributable open-source implementation of the X Window System. This system provides a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/X11R6.9.0/src-single/X11R6.9.0-src.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/X11R6.9.0/src-single/X11R6.9.0-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 52ad69832db5c36c7041f90625ed4598
Download size: 45 MB
Estimated disk space required: 864 MB
Estimated build time: 11.68 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/xorg-6.9.0-luit_race-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/xorg-6.9.0-security-4.patch

Xorg Dependencies

Required

libpng-1.2.12 and Fontconfig-2.3.2

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg

Download Instructions

As an alternative to downloading the entire source tree in a single file, there are several smaller files that can be fetched from the download location (directory /pub/X11R6.9.0/src/):

X11R6.9.0-src1.tar.gz
X11R6.9.0-src2.tar.gz
X11R6.9.0-src3.tar.gz
X11R6.9.0-src4.tar.gz
X11R6.9.0-src5.tar.gz
X11R6.9.0-src6.tar.gz
X11R6.9.0-src7.tar.gz

The first package contains the Xorg libraries and support programs, the second contains standard X programs, the third contains the X server, the fourth and fifth are fonts, the sixth is normal documentation, and the seventh is hardcopy documentation.

To check the files for integrity, download the md5sums file. Then:

md5sum -c md5sums

For each file you downloaded, an OK status should be displayed.

Kernel Configuration

If you have an Intel P6 (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later), it is recommended that you compile MTRR (Memory Type Range Registers) support into the kernel. The kernel can map Cyrix and AMD CPUs to the MTRR interface, so selecting this option is useful for those processors also. This option is found in the "Processor type and features" menu. It can increase performance of image write operations 2.5 times or more on PCI or AGP video cards.

In the "Character Devices" section of the "Device Drivers" menu, enable AGP Support and select the chipset support on your motherboard. If you do not know the chipset, you may select all the chip types at the expense of extra kernel size. You can usually determine your motherboard's chipset by running the command lspci, a program from the PCI Utilities-2.2.3 package.

In the "Character Devices" section, disable Direct Rendering Manager unless you have a Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) supported video card. A complete list of DRI supported video cards can be found at http://dri.sourceforge.net in the "Status" section. Currently, supported cards include those from 3dfx (Voodoo, Banshee), 3Dlabs, ATI (Rage Pro, Rage 128, Radeon 7X00, Radeon 2), Intel (i810, i815), and Matrox (G200, G400, G450).

Additionally, NVidia provides their own closed source binary drivers, which do not make use of DRI. If you intend to use these drivers, do not enable DRI.

If you made any changes to the kernel configuration, recompile and install the new kernel.

Installation of Xorg

Various build fixes

The Xorg sources must be patched in order to avoid a race condition with the luit program. Additionally, Xorg contains 5 security vulnerabilities. Fix these issues with the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xorg-6.9.0-luit_race-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../xorg-6.9.0-security-4.patch

Additionally, if you choose to install Xorg to any prefix other than /usr/X11R6, the luit package needs another correction to fix a hard coded path. Execute the following command:

sed -i 's@/usr/X11R6@</usr>@' programs/luit/parser.h

Suppressing Xprint-related Modification to '/etc'

Xorg insists on putting its boot and profile scripts into the /etc directory even if specifically told not to compile anything Xprint server or client related (see host.def below). The following command will suppress any such modifications:

sed -i '/^SUBDIRS =/s/ etc$//' programs/Xserver/Xprint/Imakefile

Setting Up a Shadow Directory

When building Xorg, you should create a shadow directory of symbolic links for the compiled code. To do that, first make lndir. Starting from the xc directory:

pushd config/util &&
make -f Makefile.ini lndir
popd

Now create the shadow tree:

mkdir ../xcbuild &&
cd ../xcbuild &&
../xc/config/util/lndir ../xc

Creating 'host.def'

The next step is to create the config/cf/host.def file. The documentation for Xorg indicates that the application will build without a host.def file, but the included libraries for Fontconfig and FreeType2 do not build properly on a base LFS system. Therefore, you must specify that these libraries, as well as others, should be imported from the system.

Note

config/cf/host.def is a C file, not a shell script. Ensure the comments delimited by /* ... */ are balanced when modifying the file.

cat > config/cf/host.def << "EOF"
/* Begin Xorg host.def file */

/* System Related Information.  If you read and configure only one
 * section then it should be this one.  The Intel architecture defaults
 * are set for a i686 and higher.  Axp is for the Alpha architecture
 * and Ppc is for the Power PC.  AMD64 is for the Opteron processor.
 * Note that there have been reports that the Ppc optimization line
 * causes segmentation faults during build.  If that happens, try
 * building without the DefaultGcc2PpcOpt line.  ***********/

/* #define DefaultGcc2i386Opt  -O2 -fno-strength-reduce \
                               -fno-strict-aliasing -march=i686 */
/* #define DefaultGcc2AMD64Opt -O2 -fno-strength-reduce \
                               -fno-strict-aliasing */
/* #define DefaultGcc2AxpOpt   -O2 -mcpu=ev6 */
/* #define DefaultGcc2PpcOpt   -O2 -mcpu=750 */

#define HasFreetype2            YES
#define HasFontconfig           YES
#define HasExpat                YES
#define HasLibpng               YES
#define HasZlib                 YES

/* Uncomment the following define if you'd like
 * xdm to use Linux-PAM
#define HasPam                  YES
 */

/*
 * Which drivers to build.  When building a static server, each of
 * these will be included in it.  When building the loadable server
 * each of these modules will be built.
 *
#define XF86CardDrivers         mga glint nv tga s3virge sis rendition \
                                neomagic i740 tdfx savage \
                                cirrus vmware tseng trident chips apm \
                                GlideDriver fbdev i128 \
                                ati DevelDrivers ark \
                                cyrix siliconmotion vesa vga \
                                XF86OSCardDrivers XF86ExtraCardDrivers
*/

/*
 * Select the XInput devices you want by uncommenting this.
 *
#define XInputDrivers           mouse keyboard acecad calcomp citron \
                                digitaledge dmc dynapro elographics \
                                microtouch mutouch penmount spaceorb \
                                summa wacom void magictouch aiptek
 */

/* Most installs will only need this */

#define XInputDrivers           mouse keyboard

/* Xterm is no longer built by default */
#define BuildXterm              YES

/* Disable building Xprint server and clients until we get them figured
 * out but build Xprint libraries to allow precompiled binaries such as
 * Acrobat Reader to run.
 */

#define XprtServer              NO
#define BuildXprintClients      NO

/* Uncomment the following define if you would prefer to install X into
 * /usr or change it to any other location that you prefer.
 * The GL related defines disable compatibility symlinks (the links
 * are not needed when X is installed in /usr).
#define ProjectRoot             /usr
#define LinkGLToUsrInclude      NO
#define LinkGLToUsrLib          NO
 */

/* End Xorg host.def file */
EOF

There are several other options that you may want to consider. A well documented example file is config/cf/xorgsite.def.

Build Commands

Install Xorg by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "s@^#include <linux/config.h>@/* & */@" \
    `grep -lr linux/config.h *` &&
( make World 2>&1 | tee xorg-compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS )

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install.man

If you've installed Xorg in the default prefix listed above, run the following commands as the root user:

ln -v -s ../X11R6/bin /usr/bin/X11 &&
ln -v -s ../X11R6/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 &&
ln -v -s ../X11R6/include/X11 /usr/include/X11

The Xorg fonts have been installed outside of Fontconfig's default search path of /usr/share/fonts. In order for Fontconfig to find the installed TrueType fonts, you should make symlinks to their directories. Assuming you've installed Xorg in the default prefix, run the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts &&
ln -svn /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF

You should now continue on to the X Window System Components section to complete the configuration of Xorg.

Command Explanations

sed -i -e "s@^#include <linux/config.h>@...: The Linux-Libc-Headers package installed in LFS installs a /usr/include/linux/config.h file which is not compatible with userspace applications. The recommended fix for applications including this file is to remove it (see linux-libc-headers FAQ). The sed uses grep -lr to replace all occurrences. If you desire, just remove (comment) the line in the appropriate video driver file if you customized host.def.

( make World 2>&1 | tee xorg-compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS ): This command runs multiple Makefiles to completely rebuild the system. 2>&1 redirects error messages to the same location as standard output. The tee command allows viewing of the output while logging the results to a file. The parentheses around the command runs the entire command in a subshell and finally the exit $PIPESTATUS ensures the result of the make is returned as the result and not the result of the tee command.

Note

When rebuilding Xorg, a separate command that may be used if only minor changes are made to the sources is make Everything. This does not automatically remove generated files and only rebuilds those files or programs that are out of date.

ln -v -s ...: These commands are present to enable other (broken) packages to build against Xorg, even though the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard says: “In general, software must not be installed or managed via the above symbolic links. They are intended for utilization by users only.”

For a list of the package contents, see the sections in the XFree86 Contents and Descriptions.

XFree86-4.6.0

Introduction to XFree86

XFree86 is a freely redistributable open-source implementation of the X Window System. XFree86 provides a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gnu.kookel.org/ftp/XFree86/4.6.0/source/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.xfree86.org/pub/XFree86/4.6.0/source/
Download MD5 sum: ftp://ftp.xfree86.org/pub/XFree86/4.6.0/source/SUMS.md5sum
Download size: 51 MB
Estimated disk space required: 740 MB
Estimated build time: 12 SBU

XFree86 Dependencies

Required

libpng-1.2.12

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0; the following packages are included in the XFree86 package, however they are updated more often than the XFree86 package and are highly recommended: expat-2.0.0, FreeType-2.1.10, Fontconfig-2.3.2.

Note

If you choose not to install expat, FreeType2, and Fontconfig, the host.def file below will have to be modified to instruct XFree86 to build them.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/XFree86

Download Instructions

There are several files that need to be fetched from the download location:

XFree86-4.6.0-src-1.tgz
XFree86-4.6.0-src-2.tgz
XFree86-4.6.0-src-3.tgz
XFree86-4.6.0-src-4.tgz
XFree86-4.6.0-src-5.tgz
XFree86-4.6.0-src-6.tgz
XFree86-4.6.0-src-7.tgz

The first three packages are the XFree86 programs, the fourth and fifth are fonts, the sixth is normal documentation, and the seventh is hardcopy documentation.

To check your downloads for integrity, download the SUMS.md5sum file. Then:

md5sum -c SUMS.md5sum

The only errors you should see are for README, doctools-1.3.x.tgz, utils-1.1.x.tgz and XFree86-xtest-4.0.x.tar.bz2 files if you did not download them.

Kernel Configuration

In the "Character Devices" section, enable AGP Support and select the chipset support on your motherboard. If you do not know the chipset, you may select all the chip types at the expense of extra kernel size. You can usually determine your motherboard's chipset by running the command lspci, a program from the PCI Utilities-2.2.3 package.

In the "Character Devices" section, disable Direct Rendering Manager unless you have a Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) supported video card. A complete list of DRI supported video cards can be found at http://dri.sourceforge.net in the Status section. Currently, supported cards include those from 3dfx (Voodoo, Banshee), 3Dlabs, ATI (Rage Pro, Rage 128, Radeon 7X00, Radeon 2), Intel (i810, i815), and Matrox (G200, G400, G450).

Additionally NVidia provides their own closed source binary drivers, which do not make use of DRI. If you intend to use these drivers, do not enable DRI.

If you made any changes to the kernel configuration, recompile and install the new kernel.

Installation of XFree86

Glibc build fix

Xfree86 may have a problem with sys/kd.h installed with some recent versions of Glibc. This has recently been fixed in LFS SVN. Execute the following commands to work around a broken kd.h file. The grep command is to ensure the modification is only made if it is needed. Run these commands from within the xc folder:

grep "__undef_LINUX" \
    /usr/include/sys/kd.h 2>&1 > /dev/null || \
    sed -i.bak '/X.h/i #include <linux/types.h>' \
    programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_agp.c

Setting Up a Shadow Directory

When building XFree86, you should create a shadow directory of symbolic links for the compiled code. To do that, first make lndir. Starting from the xc directory:

make -C config/util -f Makefile.ini lndir

Now create the shadow tree:

mkdir ../xcbuild &&
cd ../xcbuild &&
../xc/config/util/lndir ../xc

Creating 'host.def'

Although XFree86 will compile without a host.def file, the following file is recommended for customizing the installation. Start from the xcbuild directory.

Note

The host.def file is a C file, not the usual configuration file. If you make any changes, be sure the comment characters (/* and */) are balanced. Most of the entries in the file below are commented out with the default settings shown.

cat > config/cf/host.def << "EOF"
/* Begin XFree86 host.def file */

/* This setting reduces compile time a little by omitting rarely used
 * input devices.  You can find the complete list in
 * config/cf/xfree86.cf *********************************************/

#define XInputDrivers                 mouse void

/* VIDEO DRIVERS ****************************************************
 * If you are sure you only want the drivers for one or a few video
 * cards, you can delete the drivers you do not want. ***************/

#define XF86CardDrivers  mga glint nv tga s3 s3virge sis rendition \
                         neomagic i740 tdfx savage \
                         cirrus vmware tseng trident chips apm \
                         GlideDriver fbdev i128 nsc \
                         ati i810 DevelDrivers ark \
                         cyrix siliconmotion \
                         v4l vesa vga \
                         dummy XF86OSCardDrivers XF86ExtraCardDrivers

/* These settings ensure we use our libraries ************************/
#define HasFreetype2             YES
#define HasFontconfig            YES
#define HasExpat                 YES
#define HasLibpng                YES
#define HasZlib                  YES

/* Uncomment the following define if you'd like
 * xdm to use Linux-PAM
#define HasPam                  YES
 */

/* GENERAL SETTINGS */

#define SystemManDirectory        /usr/share/man
#define DocDir                    /usr/share/doc/xfree86-4.6.0

/* Installation prefix. The default is to install into /usr/X11R6. If you
 * would like to install into /usr, uncomment these options. */

/* #define ProjectRoot            /usr */
/* #define LinkGLToUsrLib         NO   */
/* #define LinkGLToUsrInclude     NO   */

/* End XFree86 host.def file */
EOF

Edit the file for your hardware and desires. You can find more options by reading the other files in xc/config/cf and on the wiki. http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/XFree86-4.6.0

Build Commands

Install XFree86 by running the following commands:

sed -i 's:^.*asm.*$:# define PAGE_MASK   (~(getpagesize() - 1)):' \
    ../xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/fbdevhw.c &&
sed -i -e "s@^#include <linux/config.h>@/* & */@" \
    `grep -lr linux/config.h ../xc` &&
( make World 2>&1 | tee xfree-compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS )

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install.man

If you installed XFree86 into the default prefix, /usr/X11R6, make these symlinks to work around some applications which look for things in the wrong place. As root:

ln -v -s ../X11R6/bin /usr/bin/X11 &&
ln -v -s ../X11R6/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 &&
ln -v -s ../X11R6/include/X11 /usr/include/X11

The XFree86 fonts have been installed outside of Fontconfig's default search path of /usr/share/fonts. In order for Fontconfig to find the installed TrueType fonts, you should make symlinks to their directories. If you installed XFree86 with the prefix /usr, omit /X11R6 from the following commands. As root:

install -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts &&
ln -svn /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/OTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-OTF &&
ln -svn /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF

XFree86 installs the XRender and XExtensions extension libraries but does not install the corresponding pkg-config files. Create the files with these commands. If you installed XFree86 with the prefix /usr, omit /X11R6 from the paths. As root:

cat > /usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig/xrender.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr/X11R6
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include

Name: Xrender
Description: X Render Library
Version: 0.8.3
Cflags: -I${includedir} -I/usr/X11R6/include
Libs: -L${libdir} -lXrender  -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11

EOF

cat > /usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig/xextensions.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr/X11R6
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include

Name: XExtensions
Description: Sundry X extension headers
Version: 1.0.1
Cflags: -I${includedir}

EOF

You should now continue on to the X Window System Components section to complete the configuration of XFree86.

Command Explanations

sed -i 's:^.*asm.* ... fbdevhw.c: This sed fixes a problem compiling against headers from kernels newer than linux-2.6.8.

( make World 2>&1 | tee xfree-compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS ): This command runs multiple Makefiles to completely rebuild the system. 2>&1 redirects error messages to the same location as standard output. The tee command allows viewing of the output while logging the results to a file. The parentheses around the command runs the entire command in a subshell and finally the exit $PIPESTATUS ensures the result of the make is returned as the result and not the result of the tee command.

Note

When rebuilding XFree86, a separate command that may be used if only minor changes are made to the sources is make Everything. This does not automatically remove generated files and only rebuilds those files or programs that are out of date.

ln -v -s ...: These commands are present to enable other (broken) packages to build against XFree86, even though the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard says: “In general, software must not be installed or managed via the above symbolic links. They are intended for utilization by users only.”

The XFree86 package contains the X Window System for Linux (and other operating systems). It includes the X server, fonts, xterm, a simple window manager (twm), various utilities, video output drivers, and various input drivers including the mouse and keyboard.

XFree86 also contains libraries and header files for development of the X Window System programs.

Note

The following lists are not comprehensive. The full list of programs is (if you install into /usr/X11R6) in /usr/X11R6/bin. For additional information about these programs, see the respective man page.

Installed Programs: XFree86, xf86config, xf86cfg, startx, xinit, twm, xterm, xwininfo, x11perf, xlsfonts, xvidtune, xload, xcalc, xclock, oclock, and xmodmap

Installed Libraries: libGL.so, libGLU.so, libSM.so, libXi.so, libXrender.so, libXt.so, and libXfont.so

Installed Directories: /usr/X11R6/ and /etc/X11/

Short Descriptions

XFree86	is the X11R6 implementation of the X Window System server.
xf86config	is an interactive program for generating an `XF86Config` file for use with XFree86 X servers.
xf86cfg	is a tool to configure XFree86 that can be used to either write the initial configuration file or make customizations to the current configuration.
startx	is a script to initialize the X session. It runs xinit.
xinit	is used to start the X Window System server.
twm	(Tab Window Manager) is a window manager included with the X Window System.
xterm	is a terminal emulator for X.
xwininfo	is a window information utility for X.
x11perf	is an X11 server performance test program.
xlsfonts	is a program to list fonts available to the X server.
xvidtune	is a video mode tuner for XFree86.
xload	is a system load average display for X.
xcalc	is a scientific calculator for X.
xclock	is a clock programs for X.
oclock	is a clock programs for X.
xmodmap	is a utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X.

Modular X Window System

Introduction to Xorg-7.1

Xorg is a freely redistributable, open-source implementation of the X Window System. This system provides a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7

Xorg Download and Installation Instructions

Xorg-7.0.0 introduced a completely auto-tooled, modular build system. With the new modular build system, it is no longer possible to download the entire package in a single file. In fact, there may be as many as 293 files that need to be fetched from the download location. To assist with such a large task, installing Wget-1.10.2 is strongly recommended for downloading the needed files. A complete wget file list is provided for each section that includes multiple packages.

Given the number of packages available, deciding which packages you need to install for your particular setup may seem a bit overwhelming at first. Take a look at this thread to get an idea of what you will need. If you are unsure, you should install all packages at the cost of extra disk space.

Note

Even if you intend to download only the necessary packages, you should download the wget file lists. The list of files are ordered by dependency, and the package versions listed in the files are known to work well with each other. Newer packages are likely intended for the next release of Xorg and have already proved to be incompatible with current versions of software installed in BLFS. The installed size of Xorg can be reduced considerably by installing only the packages that you will need and use, however, the BLFS book cannot account for all dependencies and build options for the individual Xorg packages. The instructions assume that all packages have been built. A wiki page containing dependency information is under development. You are encouraged to add to these pages if you discover additional information that may be helpful to other users who selectively install individual packages.

Additionally, because of the large number of repetitive commands, you are encouraged to script the build. For most sections, you can use a script with commands similar to the following, to compile and install all packages in a wget file list:

bash -e #exit on all errors
for package in $(cat ../wgetlist.wget)
do
  packagedir=$(echo $package | sed 's/.tar.bz2//')
  tar -xf $package
  cd $packagedir
  ./configure $XORG_CONFIG
  make
  make install
  cd ..
  rm -rf $packagedir
  rm -f $package
done 2>&1 | tee -a ../xorg-compile.log #log the entire loop

The above shell will exit immediately on error. If it runs to completion, you should manually exit the shell before continuing on to the next set of instructions.

Setting up the Xorg Build Environment

First, you'll need to create a working directory:

mkdir xc &&
cd xc

As with previous releases of the X Window System, it may be desirable to install Xorg into an alternate prefix. This is no longer common practice among Linux distributions. The common installation prefix for Xorg on Linux is /usr. There is no standard alternate prefix, nor is there any exception in the current revision of the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard for Release 7 of the X Window System. Alan Coopersmith of Sun Microsystems, has recently stated "At Sun, we were using /usr/X11 and plan to stick with it." Only the /opt/* prefix or the /usr prefix adhere to the current FHS guidelines.

Choose your installation prefix, and set the XORG_PREFIX variable with the following command:

export XORG_PREFIX="<PREFIX>"

Throughout these instructions, you will use the following configure switches for all of the packages. Create the XORG_CONFIG variable to use for this parameter substitution:

export XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --mandir=$XORG_PREFIX/share/man --localstatedir=/var"

If you've decided to use an alternate prefix, be sure to add <PREFIX>/bin to your PATH environment variable and <PREFIX>/lib/pkgconfig to your PKG_CONFIG_PATH variable. For detailed instructions, see The Bash Shell Startup Files. You should also add <PREFIX>/lib to the /etc/ld.so.conf file and <PREFIX>/share/man as a MANDATORY_MANPATH in /etc/man_db.conf.

Xorg Protocol Headers

Introduction to Xorg Protocol Headers

The Xorg protocol headers provide the header files required to build the system, and to allow other applications to build against the installed X Window system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/proto/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7ProtocolHeaders

Downloading Xorg Protocol Headers

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/proto-7.1.wget &&
mkdir proto &&
cd proto &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/ \
     -i ../proto-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Protocol Headers

Install the Xorg protocol headers by running the following commands for each package to be installed.

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: include/X11, include/GL, and lib/pkgconfig

Xorg Utilities

Introduction to Xorg Utilities

The Xorg utility packages provide needed utilities, not for the Xorg installation itself, but for other applications that make use of legacy X11R6 installation methods.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/util/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/util/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 664 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg Utilities Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.20 and Xorg Protocol Headers

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Utilities

Downloading Xorg Utilities

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/util-7.1.wget &&
mkdir util &&
cd util &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/util/ \
     -i ../util-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Utilities

First install the xorg-cf-files package with the following commands:

sed -i "s@/usr/X11R6@$XORG_PREFIX@" X11.tmpl &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-config-dir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/config

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now as the root user:

make install

Next, install the Imake package with these commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-config-dir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/config &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now as the root user:

make install

Finally, build the four remaining packages with the standard build commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: ccmakedep, cleanlinks, gccmakedep, imake, lndir, makedepend, makeg, mergelib, mkdirhier, mkhtmlindex, revpath, xmkmf

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: bin, lib/X11/config, share/aclocal, and share/man

Short Descriptions

ccmakedep	creates dependencies in makefiles using a C compiler.
cleanlinks	removes dangling symbolic links and empty directories.
gccmakedep	creates dependencies in makefiles using gcc -M.
imake	is a C preprocessor interface to the make utility.
lndir	creates a shadow directory of symbolic links to another directory tree.
makedepend	creates dependencies in makefiles.
makeg	makes a debuggable executable.
mergelib	merges one library into another.
mkdirhier	makes a directory hierarchy.
mkhtmlindex	generates index files for HTML man pages.
revpath	generates a relative path that can be used to undo a changedirectory.
xmkmf	creates a Makefile from an Imakefile.

Xorg Libraries

Introduction to Xorg Libraries

The Xorg libraries provide library routines that are used within all X Window applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 186 MB
Estimated build time: 6.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/libXfont-1.1.0-cidfonts-1.patch

Xorg Libraries Dependencies

Required

Ed-0.2, Fontconfig-2.3.2, pkg-config-0.20, and Xorg Protocol Headers

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Libraries

Downloading Xorg Libraries

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/lib-7.1.wget &&
mkdir lib &&
cd lib &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/ \
     -i ../lib-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Libraries

Security vulnerabilities have been identified in the libXfont package. Before building this package with the commands shown below, be sure to apply the supplied patch by issuing the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../libXfont-1.1.0-cidfonts-1.patch

Install the libraries by running the following commands for each of the chosen packages:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install &&
ldconfig

Configuration of Xorg Libraries

If you've chosen to install Xorg into /usr, then no further configuration is necessary and you can skip the rest of this section. If you've opted for an alternate prefix, you should create two symlinks to satisfy the expected environment of several packages. Execute the following commands as the root user:

ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 &&
ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11 /usr/include/X11

Installed Programs: cxpm, makestrs, sxpm, xft-config

Installed Libraries: libAppleWM.{so,a}, libdmx.{so,a}, libfontenc.{so,a}, libFS.{so,a}, libICE.{so,a}, liblbxutil.{so,a}, liboldX.{so,a}, libSM.{so,a}, libWindowsWM.{so,a}, libX11.{so,a}, libXau.{so,a}, libXaw6.{so,a}, libXaw7.{so,a}, libXaw8.{so,a}, libXaw.{so,a}, libXcomposite.{so,a}, libXcursor.{so,a}, libXdamage.{so,a}, libXdmcp.{so,a}, libXevie.{so,a}, libXext.{so,a}, libXfixes.{so,a}, libXfontcache.{so,a}, libXfont.{so,a}, libXft.{so,a}, libXinerama.{so,a}, libXi.{so,a}, libxkbfile.{so,a}, libxkbui.{so,a}, libXmu.{so,a}, libXmuu.{so,a}, libXpm.{so,a}, libXprintAppUtil.{so,a}, libXprintUtil.{so,a}, libXp.{so,a}, libXrandr.{so,a}, libXrender.{so,a}, libXRes.{so,a}, libXss.{so,a}, libXTrap.{so,a}, libXt.{so,a}, libXtst.{so,a}, libXvMC.{so,a}, libXvMCW.{so,a}, libXv.{so,a}, libXxf86dga.{so,a}, libXxf86misc.{so,a}, and libXxf86vm.{so,a}

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11

Short Descriptions

cxpm	checks the format of an XPM file.
makestrs	makes string table C source and header(s).
sxpm	shows an XPM file and/or converts XPM 1 or 2 files to XPM 3.
xft-config	reports Xft version, compiler, linker, and/or installation directory information.
`libAppleWM.{so,a}`	is the Apple rootless window management extension.
`libdmx.{so,a}`	is the X Window System DMX (Distributed Multihead X) extension library.
`libfontenc.{so,a}`	is the X11 font encoding library.
`libFS.{so,a}`	is the library interface to the X Font Server.
`libICE.{so,a}`	is the X Inter Client Exchange Library.
`liblbxutil.{so,a}`	is the library of LBX utilities.
`liboldX.{so,a}`	is the interface library to X10 routines.
`libSM.{so,a}`	is the X Session Management Library.
`libWindowsWM.{so,a}`	is the WindowsWM Library based on AppleWM.
`libX11.{so,a}`	is the Xlib Library.
`libXau.{so,a}`	is the library of X authority database routines.
`libXaw6.{so,a}`	is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 6.
`libXaw7.{so,a}`	is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 7.
`libXaw8.{so,a}`	is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 8.
`libXaw.{so,a}`	are symbolic links to the current X Athena Widgets Library, version 8.
`libXcomposite.{so,a}`	is the X Composite Library.
`libXcursor.{so,a}`	is the X Cursor management library.
`libXdamage.{so,a}`	is the X Damage Library.
`libXdmcp.{so,a}`	is the X Display Manager Control Protocol library.
`libXevie.{so,a}`	is the X Event Interception Extension (XEvIE) Library.
`libXext.{so,a}`	is the Misc X Extension Library.
`libXfixes.{so,a}`	a library to provide augmented versions of core protocol requests.
`libXfontcache.{so,a}`	is the X-TrueType font cache extension client library.
`libXfont.{so,a}`	is the X font library.
`libXft.{so,a}`	is the X FreeType interface library.
`libXinerama.{so,a}`	is the Xinerama Library.
`libXi.{so,a}`	is the X Input Extension Library.
`libxkbfile.{so,a}`	is the xkbfile Library.
`libxkbui.{so,a}`	is the xkbui Library.
`libXmu.{so,a}`	is the X interface library for miscellaneous utilities not part of the Xlib standard.
`libXmuu.{so,a}`	is the Mini Xmu Library.
`libXpm.{so,a}`	is the X Pixmap Library.
`libXprintAppUtil.{so,a}`	is the XprintAppUtil Library.
`libXprintUtil.{so,a}`	is the XprintUtil Library.
`libXp.{so,a}`	is the X Print Client Library.
`libXrandr.{so,a}`	is the X Resize, Rotate and Reflection extension library.
`libXrender.{so,a}`	is the X Render Library.
`libXRes.{so,a}`	is the X-Resource extension client library.
`libXss.{so,a}`	is the X11 Screen Saver extension client library.
`libXTrap.{so,a}`	is the X Trap Library.
`libXt.{so,a}`	is the X Toolkit Library.
`libXtst.{so,a}`	is the Xtst Library.
`libXvMC.{so,a}`	is the X-Video Motion Compensation Library.
`libXvMCW.{so,a}`	is the XvMC Wrapper including the Nonstandard VLD extension.
`libXv.{so,a}`	is the X Window System video extension library.
`libXxf86dga.{so,a}`	is the client library for the XFree86-DGA extension.
`libXxf86misc.{so,a}`	is the client library for the XFree86-Misc X extension.
`libXxf86vm.{so,a}`	is the client library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension.

Xbitmaps-1.0.1

Introduction to Xbitmaps

Xbitmaps provides static graphics needed by Xorg applications to draw screen elements.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.0.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b28a9840cde3c38d7c09716372fea257
Download size: 56 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

Xbitmaps Dependencies

Required

Xorg Utilities

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xbitmaps

Installation of Xbitmaps

First, configure the Xbitmaps package by running the following command:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now install as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/bitmaps

Xorg Applications

Introduction to Xorg Applications

The Xorg applications provide the expected applications available in previous X Window implementations.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 9.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30.7 MB
Estimated build time: 2.9 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/xload-1.0.1-setuid-1.patch

Xorg Applications Dependencies

Required

xbitmaps-1.0.1, libpng-1.2.12, and Xorg Libraries

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 (only used by XDM)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Applications

Downloading Xorg Applications

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/app-7.1.wget &&
mkdir app &&
cd app &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/ \
     -i ../app-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Applications

A security vulnerability has been identified in the xload package. Before building this package with the commands shown below, be sure to apply the supplied patches. The patch can be applied with with the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../xload-1.0.1-setuid-1.patch

Install the applications by running the following commands for each chosen package:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: appres, atobm, bdftopcf, beforelight, bitmap, bmtoa, dga, editres, fontname.sh, fontprop.sh, fonttosfnt, fslsfonts, fstobdf, iceauth, ico, lbxproxy, listres, mkcfm, mkfontdir, mkfontscale, oclock, proxymngr, rstart, rstartd, sessreg, setxkbmap, showfont, showrgb, smproxy, startx, twm, viewres, x11perf, x11perfcomp, xauth, xauth_switch_to_sun-des-1, xbiff, xcalc, xclipboard, xclock, xcmsdb, xconsole, xcursorgen, xcutsel, xdbedizzy, xditview, xdm, xdmshell, xdpr, xdpyinfo, xdriinfo, xedit, xev, xeyes, xfd, xfindproxy, xfontsel, xfs, xfsinfo, xfwp, xgamma, xgc, xhost, xinit, xkbbell, xkbcomp, xkbevd, xkbprint, xkbvleds, xkbwatch, xkill, xload, xlogo, xlsatoms, xlsclients, xlsfonts, xmag, xman, xmessage, xmh, xmodmap, xmore, xon, xphelloworld, xplsprinters, xpr, xprehashprinterlist, xprop, xpsimplehelloworld, xpxthelloworld, xrandr, xrdb, xrefresh, xrx, xset, xsetmode, xsetpointer, xsetroot, xsm, xstdcmap, xtrapchar, xtrapin, xtrapinfo, xtrapout, xtrapproto, xtrapreset, xtrapstats, xvidtune, xvinfo, xwd, xwininfo, and xwud

Installed Libraries: libxrx.{so,a} and libxrxnest.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: lib/X11/{fs,lbxproxy,proxymgr,rstart,x11perfcomp,xdm,xedit,xinit,xsm} and share/X11/{app-defaults,twm}

Short Descriptions

appres	lists the X application resource database.
atobm	is a bitmap converter utility for the X Window System.
bdftopcf	converts an X font from Bitmap Distribution Format to Portable Compiled Format.
beforelight	is a screensaver.
bitmap	is a bitmap editor utility for the X Window System.
bmtoa	is a bitmap converter utility for the X Window System.
dga	is a test program for the XFree86-DGA extension.
editres	is a dynamic resource editor for X Toolkit applications.
fontname.sh	is a script used to generate the FONT properties.
fontprop.sh	is a script used to generate the various XLFD font properties given an XLFD-style font name.
fonttosfnt	wraps a bitmap font in a sfnt (TrueType) wrapper.
fslsfonts	lists fonts served by X font server.
fstobdf	generates a BDF font from X font server.
iceauth	is the ICE authority file utility.
ico	animates an icosahedron or other polyhedron.
lbxproxy	is the Low Bandwidth X proxy.
listres	lists resources in widgets.
mkcfm	creates summaries of font metric files in CID font directories.
mkfontdir	creates an index of X font files in a directory.
mkfontscale	creates an index of scalable font files for X.
oclock	is a round X clock.
proxymngr	is the X proxy manager service.
rstart	is a sample implementation of a Remote Start client.
rstartd	is a sample implementation of a Remote Start rsh helper.
sessreg	manages utmp/wtmp entries for non-init clients.
setxkbmap	sets the keyboard using the X Keyboard Extension.
showfont	is a font dumper for X font server.
showrgb	uncompiles an rgb color-name database.
smproxy	is the Session Manager Proxy.
startx	initializes an X session.
twm	is the Tab Window Manager for the X Window System.
viewres	is a graphical class browser for Xt.
x11perf	is an X11 server performance test program.
x11perfcomp	is an X11 server performance comparison program.
xauth	is the X authority file utility.
xauth_switch_to_sun-des-1	switches the current Xserver's authentification to SUN-DES-1.
xbiff	is a mailbox flag for X.
xcalc	is a scientific calculator for X.
xclipboard	is an X clipboard client.
xclock	is an analog/digital clock for X.
xcmsdb	is the Device Color Characterization utility for the X Color Management System.
xconsole	monitors system console messages with X.
xcursorgen	creates an X cursor file from a collection of PNG images.
xcutsel	interchanges between cut buffer and selection.
xdbedizzy	is a demo of DBE creating a double buffered spinning scene.
xditview	displays ditroff output.
xdm	is the X Display Manager with support for XDMCP and a host chooser.
xdmshell	is a simple program for running xdm from login.
xdpr	dumps an X window directly to a printer.
xdpyinfo	is a display information utility for X.
xdriinfo	queries configuration information of DRI drivers.
xedit	is a simple text editor for X.
xev	prints contents of X events.
xeyes	is a a follow the mouse X demo.
xfd	displays all the characters in an X font.
xfindproxy	locates proxy services.
xfontsel	provides point and click selection of X11 font names.
xfs	is the X font server.
xfsinfo	is the X font server information utility.
xfwp	is the X firewall proxy.
xgamma	alters a monitor's gamma correction through the X server.
xgc	is an X graphics demo.
xhost	is a server access control program for X.
xinit	is the X Window System initializer.
xkbbell	is an XKB utility program that raises a bell event.
xkbcomp	compiles an XKB keyboard description.
xkbevd	is the XKB event daemon.
xkbprint	prints an XKB keyboard description.
xkbvleds	shows the XKB status of keyboard LEDs.
xkbwatch	monitors modifier keys and LEDs.
xkill	kills a client by its X resource.
xload	is a system load average display for X.
xlogo	is the X Window System logo.
xlsatoms	lists interned atoms defined on the server.
xlsclients	lists client applications running on a display.
xlsfonts	is a server font list displayer for X.
xmag	magnifies parts of the screen.
xman	is a manual page display program for the X Window System.
xmessage	displays a message or query in a window.
xmh	sends and reads mail with an X interface to MH.
xmodmap	is a utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X.
xmore	is a plain text display program for the X Window System.
xon	starts an X program on a remote machine.
xphelloworld	sends a test page to an Xprint printer.
xplsprinters	shows a list of Xprint printers and their attributes.
xpr	prints an X window dump.
xprehashprinterlist	recomputes the list of available printers.
xprop	is a property displayer for X.
xpsimplehelloworld	is a "Hello World"-like Xprint sample utility based on plain X11 rendering calls.
xpxthelloworld	is a "Hello World"-like Xprint sample utility based on the Xt toolkit.
xrandr	is a primitive command line interface to RandR extension.
xrdb	is the X server resource database utility.
xrefresh	refreshes all or part of an X screen.
xrx	is an RX MIME type helper program.
xset	is the user preference utility for X.
xsetmode	sets the mode for an X Input device.
xsetpointer	sets an X Input device as the main pointer.
xsetroot	is the root window parameter setting utility for X.
xsm	is the X Session Manager.
xstdcmap	is the X standard colormap utility.
xtrapchar	parses ANSI character sequences to synthesize input events to X Window servers using the XTrap server extension.
xtrapin	tests the input transport to the XTrap server extension.
xtrapinfo	displays general XTrap configuration information.
xtrapout	tests the output transport from the XTrap extension to the XTrap client library.
xtrapproto	tests the XTrap protocol between a client and server.
xtrapreset	queries the XTrap extension.
xtrapstats	configures XTrap to collect usage statistics on all core input events and requests.
xvidtune	is the video mode tuner for Xorg.
xvinfo	prints out X-Video extension adaptor information.
xwd	dumps an image of an X window.
xwininfo	is a window information utility for X.
xwud	is an image displayer for X.
`libxrx.{so,a}`	is the RX MIME type Netscape Navigator Plug-in.
`libxrxnest.{so,a}`	is the RX MIME type Netscape Navigator Plug-in using Xnest.

Xorg Data

Introduction to Xorg Data

The Xorg data packages provide static data such as images and keymaps to the Xorg applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/data/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg Data Dependencies

Required

Xorg Applications

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Data

Downloading Xorg Data

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/data-7.1.wget &&
mkdir data &&
cd data &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/data/ \
     -i ../data-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Data

Compile the selected packages with the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Install the packages as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: share/X11/xkb and share/icons/{handhelds,redglass,whiteglass}/cursors

Xorg Fonts

Introduction to Xorg Fonts

The Xorg font packages provide needed fonts to the Xorg applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/font/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/font/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 13.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 100 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

Required

Xorg Data and Xorg Applications

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Fonts

Downloading Xorg Fonts

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/font-7.1.wget &&
mkdir font &&
cd font &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/font/ \
     -i ../font-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Fonts

Run the following commands for each package:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

When all of the fonts have been installed, the system must be configured so that Fontconfig can find the TrueType fonts since they are outside of the default search path of /usr/share/fonts. Make symlinks to the Xorg TrueType font directories by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts &&
ln -svn $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/fonts/OTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-OTF &&
ln -svn $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/fonts/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF

Installed Programs: bdftruncate and ucs2any

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/fonts and /usr/share/fonts/X11-{TTF,OTF}

Short Descriptions

bdftruncate	generates a truncated BDF font from an ISO 10646-1-encoded BDF font.
ucs2any	generates BDF fonts containing subsets of ISO 10646-1 codepoints.

Luit-1.0.2

Introduction to Luit

Luit provides a filter for displaying and converting UTF-8 characters in text console windows.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/luit-1.0.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/luit-1.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: aacda46598ce3af8ca16e2a8132db1b2
Download size: 97 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Luit Dependencies

Required

Xorg Fonts

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Luit

Installation of Luit

Note

Install luit with the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: luit

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Description

luit

provides locale and ISO 2022 support for Unicode terminals.

Xorg-Server-1.1.1

Introduction to Xorg-Server

The Xorg Server is the core of the X Window system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a8ed678677af8ebb2fba5624602f6b2e
Download size: 6.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 424 MB
Estimated build time: 5.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/xorg-server-1.1.1-security-1.patch

Xorg Server Dependencies

Required

Xorg Fonts

Optional

MesaLib-6.5 and luit-1.0.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Server

Installation of Xorg Server

Note

If you intend to build with Mesa, you must have the Mesa source directory available when building the Xorg-server.

A security vulnerability have been identified in the xorg-server package. Apply a patch to fix this vulnerability with the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../xorg-server-1.1.1-security-1.patch

Install the server by running the following commands:

sed -i \
    's@-I$(top_builddir)/include@-I$(top_builddir)/GL/mesa/main@8' \
    GL/glx/Makefile.in &&
sed -i \
    's@-I$(top_builddir)/include@-I$(top_builddir)/GL/mesa/glapi@7' \
    GL/glx/Makefile.in &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
    --with-mesa-source='</path/to>/Mesa-6.5' \
    --with-fontdir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/fonts \
    --with-module-dir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules \
    --with-dri-driver-path=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/dri \
    --enable-install-setuid &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' GL/glx/Makefile.in: These commands correct the search path for the Mesa headers. The 8th and 7th instance of '-I$(top_builddir)' in the existing search search path are replaced with Mesa paths.

--with-mesa-source=...: This switch directs the build system to the location of the Mesa source directory. If you wish to build without Mesa, omit this switch.

--with-module-dir=...: This parameter sets the destination for the installed modules.

--with-dri-driver-path=...: This is the location of the Mesa DRI drivers.

--enable-install-setuid: The Xorg binary must run as the root user. This switch ensures that the binary is installed setuid when make is run by an unprivileged user.

--disable-glx: Disable building of the GLX extension. This parameter is required if building without Mesa.

--disable-dri: Disable building of the DRI extension. This parameter is required if building without Mesa.

--disable-xprint: Disable building of the Xprint extension and server. This parameter is required if building without Mesa.

Installed Programs: cvt, dmxaddinput, dmxaddscreen, dmxreconfig, dmxresize, dmxrminput, dmxrmscreen, dmxtodmx, dmxwininfo, getconfig, getconfig.pl, gtf, inb, inl, inw, ioport, outb, outl, outw, pcitweak, scanpci, vdltodmx, X, Xdmx, xdmx, xdmxconfig, Xnest, Xorg, xorgcfg, xorgconfig and Xvfb

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /var/lib/xkb and the following subdirectories of $XORG_PREFIX/: include/xorg, include/X11/pixmaps, lib/X11/{getconfig,modules} and lib/xserver

Short Descriptions

cvt	calculates VESA CVT mode lines.
dmxaddinput	adds an input device to an Xdmx server.
dmxaddscreen	adds a screen to an Xdmx server.
dmxreconfig	refreshes the screen attributes in an Xdmx server.
dmxresize	resizes an Xdmx desktop.
dmxrminput	removes an input device from an Xdmx server.
dmxrmscreen	removes a screen from an Xdmx server.
dmxtodmx	is a dmx configuration file parser and printer.
dmxwininfo	queries a window's attributes on an Xdmx server.
getconfig	a wrapper script around getconfig.pl.
getconfig.pl	gets configuration information for the Xorg server.
gtf	calculates VESA GTF mode lines.
inb	is a symbolic link to ioport.
inl	is a symbolic link to ioport.
inw	is a symbolic link to ioport.
ioport	sets input and output ports for the X server.
outb	is a symbolic link to ioport.
outl	is a symbolic link to ioport.
outw	is a symbolic link to ioport.
pcitweak	reads or writes the PCI config space.
scanpci	scans and probes the PCI buses.
vdltodmx	is a VDL format dmx configuration file parser and printer.
X	is a symbolic link to Xorg.
Xdmx	is the Distributed Multi-head X server.
xdmx	prints information about the Xdmx server.
xdmxconfig	is a graphical configuration tool for Xdmx configuration files.
Xnest	is a nested X server.
Xorg	is the X11R7 X Server.
xorgcfg	is a graphical configuration tool for Xorg.
xorgconfig	generates an xorg.conf file.
Xvfb	is the virtual framebuffer X server for X Version 11.

Xorg Drivers

Introduction to Xorg Drivers

The Xorg drivers provide the means for the xserver to take advantage of installed hardware.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/driver/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/
Download MD5 sum: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/md5sums
Download size: 18.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60.3 MB
Estimated build time: 6.9 SBU

Xorg Drivers Dependencies

Required

Xorg-Server-1.1.1

Optional

MesaLib-6.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Drivers

Downloading Xorg Drivers

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

wget http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/xorg/driver-7.1.wget &&
mkdir driver &&
cd driver &&
wget -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/driver/ \
     -i ../driver-7.1.wget

Installation of Xorg Drivers

The xf86-input-evdev, xf86-video-ati, xf86-video-fbdev, xf86-video-glint, and xf86-video-newport packages install man pages in UTF-8 encoding, and they will not display correctly using Man-DB. Issue the following command before building these packages to replace the offending characters with ones that man can properly display.

sed -i -e "s/\xc3\xb8/\\\\[\/o]/" \
       -e "s/\xc3\xa4/\\\\[:a]/" \
       -e "s/\xc3\x9c/\\\\[:U]/" man/*.man

Warning

It is very important not to build display drivers that cannot be used with your hardware. For instance, do not build Sun drivers for an x86 PC as the Sun drivers will expect to see SPARC symbols exported from the kernel. Failure to follow this warning will result in a display lockup, which requires a hard reboot, when configuring Xorg for the first time.

Install the drivers by running the following commands for each package:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
    --with-xorg-module-dir=$XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules &&
make

These packages do not provide test suites.

Now as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-xorg-module-dir=...: This switch ensures that the drivers are installed into the correct directory.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libI810XvMC.so, libviaXvMC.so, and libviaXvMCPro.so

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/{drivers,input}

Short Descriptions

`libI810XvMC.so`	is the X-Video Motion Compensation client library for the Intel i810 video driver.
`libviaXvMC.so`	is the X-Video Motion Compensation client library for the VIA Unichrome video driver.
`libviaXvMCPro.so`	is the X-Video Motion Compensation client library for the VIA Unichrome Pro video driver.

Configuring X Window System

X Window System Components

Configuring The X Window System

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/XWindowSystemComponents

If you've installed the X Window System in any prefix other than /usr, as the root user, add </usr/X11R6>/lib to the /etc/ld.so.conf file and run ldconfig. Additionally, while still the root user, ensure </usr/X11R6>/bin and </usr/X11R6>/lib/pkgconfig are added to your PATH and PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variables, respectively. Instructions for doing this are described in the section The Bash Shell Startup Files.

As the root user create a basic X Window System configuration file with the following commands:

For Xorg:

cd ~ &&
Xorg -configure

For XFree86:

cd ~ &&
XFree86 -configure

The screen will go black and you may hear some clicking of the monitor. This command will create a file in your home directory, xorg.conf.new for Xorg, or XF86Config.new for XFree86.

Edit the newly created configuration file to suit your system. The details of the files are located in the xorg.conf.5x and XF86Config.5x man pages. Some things you may want to do are:

Section "Files". Change the order of the font paths searched. You may want to put 100dpi fonts ahead of 75dpi fonts if your system normally comes up closer to 100 dots per inch. You may want to remove some font directories completely.
Section "Module". If you are going to install NVIDIA drivers, remove the "dri" line.
Sections "InputDevice". You may want to change the keyboard autorepeat rate by adding Option "Autorepeat" "250 30".
Section "Monitor". Specify the VertRefresh and HorizSync values if the system does not automatically detect the monitor and its values.
Section "Device". You may want to set some of the options available for your selected video driver. A description of the driver parameters is in the man page for your driver.
Section "Screen". Add a DefaultDepth statement such as: DefaultDepth 24. In the SubSection for your default depth, add a modes line such as: Modes "1600x1200" "1280x1024" "1024x768". The first mode listed will normally be the starting resolution.

Test the system with one of the following commands:

For Xorg:

X -config ~/xorg.conf.new

For XFree86:

XFree86 -xf86config ~/XF86Config.new

You will only get a gray background with an X-shaped mouse cursor, but it confirms the system is working. Exit with Control+Alt+Backspace. If the system does not work, take a look at /var/log/Xorg.0.log or /var/log/XFree86.0.log to see what went wrong.

As the root user, create the configuration directory and move the configuration file to the new directory:

For Xorg:

install -v -m755 -D ~/xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf

For XFree86:

install -v -m755 -D ~/XF86Config.new /etc/X11/XF86Config

As a convenience, Xorg-7.1 users should populate the /etc/X11 directory with symlinks to various configuration directories that were located in /etc/X11 with previous versions of Xorg. This step is not needed for users of Xorg-6.9.0 or XFree86. Execute the following commands as the root user:

mkdir $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/twm &&
ln -svt /etc/X11 \
    $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/{twm,xkb,fs,lbxproxy,proxymngr} \
    $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/{rstart,xdm,xinit,xserver,xsm} \
    $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults

As the root user, create .xinitrc:

cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
# Begin .xinitrc file
xterm  -g 80x40+0+0   &
xclock -g 100x100-0+0 &
twm
EOF

This provides an initial screen with a small clock that is managed by a simple window manager, Tab Window Manager. For details of twm, see the man page.

Note

Both the default, and the BLFS configuration for Xorg include xterm. Xorg's modular distribution no longer includes xterm, and as a result, the startx command will fail if you have not installed xterm-223 when using the modular X Window System. You can remove the xterm line in the above config file to test the xserver, or install one of the other terminal emulators and make appropriate changes.

When needed, the X Window System creates the directory /tmp/.ICE-unix if it does not exist. If this directory is not owned by root, the X Window System delays startup by a few seconds and also appends a warning to the logfile. This also affects startup of other applications. To improve performance, it is advisable to manually create the directory before the X Window System uses it. Add the file creation to /etc/sysconfig/createfiles that is sourced by the /etc/rc.d/init.d/cleanfs startup script.

cat >> /etc/sysconfig/createfiles << "EOF"
/tmp/.ICE-unix dir 1777 root root
EOF

Start X with:

startx

and a basic functional X Window System should be displayed.

For a list of the package contents and a description of the commands, see the sections in the XFree86 Contents and Descriptions.

Checking Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) Installation

DRI is a framework for allowing software to access graphics hardware in a safe and efficient manner. It is installed in X by default if you have a supported video card. To enable direct rendering using the OpenGL implementation from MesaLib-6.5 (built separately with Xorg-7.1 or included with Xorg-6.9.0 and XFree86), the "glx" and "dri" modules must be loaded. Additionally, the created device nodes in /dev/dri must have proper permissions for your users. A sample XF86config or xorg.conf file might look like this:

Section "Module"
    ...
    Load  "glx"
    Load  "dri"
    ...
EndSection
...
Section "DRI"
    Group "video"
    Mode  0660
EndSection

Note

DRI configuration may differ if you are using alternate drivers, such as those from NVIDIA or ATI.

To check if DRI is installed properly, check the log file /var/log/XFree86.0.log or /var/log/Xorg.0.log for statements like:

(II) R128(0): Direct rendering enabled

From an xterm, run glxinfo and look for the phrase:

direct rendering: Yes

If direct rendering is not enabled, you can add verbosity by running LIBGL_DEBUG=verbose glxinfo. This will show the drivers, device nodes and files used by the DRI system.

You can also run the test program glxgears. This program brings up a window with three gears turning. The xterm will display how many frames were drawn every five seconds, so this is a reasonable benchmark. The window is scalable, and the frames drawn per second is highly dependent on the size of the window.

For troubleshooting problems, check the DRI Users Guide at http://dri.sourceforge.net/doc/DRIuserguide.html.

Setting up Fonts

There are two font systems in the X Window System. The first is the core X font protocol, and the second is Xft. Toolkits that use the core X font protocol include Xt, Xaw, Motif clones and GTK+-1.2. Toolkits that use Xft include GTK+-2 and Qt and use Fontconfig for control. Both font systems should be configured for proper font coverage in the X Window System.

Core X Font Protocol

The core X font protocol finds fonts from the server configuration file (xorg.conf or XF86Config). If no font paths exist in the configuration file, the server will fall back to an internal hard-coded path. Assuming the prefix for your X installation is /usr/X11R6, the core fonts will reside in subdirectories of /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts. For each directory in the path, the server reads three files:

fonts.dir - maps font files to font names; updated with mkfontdir
fonts.alias - defines aliases (such as "9x18") for existing fonts
fonts.scale - lists scalable fonts; updated with mkfontscale

The core X fonts protocol uses names such as -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--13-120-75-75-c-80-iso8859-1. These fonts are rendered by the X server without antialiasing. The server itself uses the "cursor" font for painting the mouse cursor, and the protocol specification requires the font "fixed" to be available.

Scalable fonts, such as Type1 and TrueType, are read from fonts.scale files by the server. The core X font system uses the "freetype" module for non-antialiased rendering of these fonts. Ensure that the "freetype" module is loaded in the XF86config or xorg.conf file by adding it to the "Module" section:

Section "Module"
    ...
    Load  "freetype"
    ...
EndSection

The character set used is part of the font name, e.g. "-iso8859-1". It is important that applications which support a non-English interface specify the character set correctly so that the proper glyphs are used. This can be controlled through the X resources, which will be described later.

In some cases, applications rely upon the fonts named "fixed" or something like "9x18". In these cases, it is important that the fonts.alias file specifies the correct character set. Users of ISO-8859-X encodings where X != 1 should modify the /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/fonts.alias file by replacing the "iso8859-1" string with the proper encoding name. This is accomplished by running the following command as the root user, substituting the proper value for <X>:

sed -i 's,iso8859-1\( \|$\),iso8859-<X>\1,g' \
    /usr/lib/X11/fonts/{75dpi,100dpi,misc}/fonts.alias

Users of Cyrillic fonts have properly defined aliases in /usr/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic/fonts.alias. However, this file will not be used unless the /usr/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic directory is first in the font search path. Otherwise, the /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/fonts.alias file will be used.

Xft Font Protocol

Xft provides antialiased font rendering through Freetype, and fonts are controlled from the client side using Fontconfig. The default search path is /usr/share/fonts and ~/.fonts. Fontconfig searches directories in its path recursively and maintains a cache of the font characteristics in fonts.cache-1 files in each directory. If the cache appears to be out of date, it is ignored, and information is (slowly) fetched from the fonts themselves. This cache can be regenerated using the fc-cache command at any time. You can see the list of fonts known by Fontconfig by running the command fc-list.

The X fonts were not installed in a location known to Fontconfig. This prevents Fontconfig from using the poorly rendered Type 1 fonts or the non-scalable bitmapped fonts. Symlinks were created from the OTF and TTF X font directories to /usr/share/fonts/X11-{OTF,TTF}. This allows Fontconfig to use the OpenType and TrueType fonts provided by X (which are scalable and of higher quality).

Fontconfig uses names such as "Monospace 12" to define fonts. Applications generally use generic font names such as "Monospace", "Sans" and "Serif". Fontconfig resolves these names to a font that has all characters that cover the orthography of the language indicated by the locale settings. Knowledge of these font names is included in /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Fonts that are not listed in this file are still usable by Fontconfig, but they will not be accessible by the generic family names.

Standard scalable fonts that come with X provide very poor Unicode coverage. You may notice in applications that use Xft that some characters appear as a box with four binary digits inside. In this case, a font set with the available glyphs has not been found. Other times, applications that don't use other font families by default and don't accept substitutions from Fontconfig will display blank lines when the default font doesn't cover the orthography of the user's language. This happens, e.g., with Fluxbox in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale.

In order to provide greater Unicode coverage, it is recommended that you install these fonts:

DejaVu fonts - These fonts are replacements for the Bitstream Vera fonts and provide Latin-based scripts with accents and Cyrillic glyphs. The DejaVu fonts by are not aliased to the generic family names by default, so /etc/fonts/fonts.conf will have to be edited for it to be recognized by the generic names such as "Sans". This will be described below.
FreeFont - This set of fonts covers nearly every non-CJK character, but is not visually pleasing. Fontconfig will use it as a last resort to substitute generic font family names.
Microsoft Core fonts - These fonts provide slightly worse Unicode coverage than FreeFont, but are better hinted. Be sure to read the license before using them. These fonts are listed in the /etc/fonts/fonts.conf aliases by default.
Firefly New Sung font - This font provides Chinese coverage. This font is not listed in the /etc/fonts/fonts.conf aliases by default.
Arphic fonts - A similar set of Chinese fonts to the Firefly New Sung font. These fonts are listed in the /etc/fonts/fonts.conf aliases by default.
Kochi fonts - These provide Japanese characters, and they are listed in the aliases in /etc/fonts/fonts.conf by default.
Baekmuk fonts - These fonts provide Korean coverage, and they are listed in the aliases in /etc/fonts/fonts.conf by default.

The list above will not provide complete Unicode coverage. For more information, please visit the Unicode Font Guide.

As an example, consider the installation of the DejaVu fonts. From the unpacked source directory, run the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts/dejavu &&
install -v -m644 *.ttf /usr/share/fonts/dejavu &&
fc-cache -v /usr/share/fonts/dejavu

Earlier it was mentioned that /etc/fonts/fonts.conf could be modified to use DejaVu using the default family names. Since DejaVu is a replacement for Bitstream Vera fonts, it can be substituted for that family. Visually inspect the fonts.conf to see how fonts are grouped together under the generic family names within <alias> tags and a preference list is created within <prefer> tags. To replace Bitstream Vera with DejaVu, run the following command as the root user:

sed -i 's/<family>Bitstream Vera/<family>DejaVu/' /etc/fonts/fonts.conf

To see which fonts will be used as the generic fonts in your locale, run the command fc-match monospace. Substitute "sans" or "serif" to see the fonts that will be used for those aliases.

Setting up Keyboards

In this version of X, non-Latin keyboard layouts do not include Latin configurations as was previous practice. To set up a keyboard for Latin and non-Latin input, change the XkbLayout keyboard driver option in the InputDevice section of the XF86Config or xorg.conf file. For example:

Section "InputDevice"
    Identifier          "Keyboard0"
    Driver              "Keyboard"
    Option "XkbModel"   "pc105"
    Option "XkbLayout"  "en_US,ru"
    Option "XkbOptions" "grp:switch,grp:alt_shift_toggle,grp_led:scroll"
EndSection

In this example, you can use the Alt+Shift combination to switch between keyboard layouts and use the Scroll Lock LED to indicate when the second layout is active.

Setting up XDM

xdm provides a graphical logon capability and is normally set up in /etc/inittab. Most of the information you need to customize xdm is found in its man page. To execute xdm during bootup, change the initdefault level to 5 and add the following lines to /etc/inittab:

# Run xdm as a separate service
x:5:respawn:/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon

If Linux-PAM is installed on your system, you should create a PAM entry for xdm by duplicating the login entry using the following command:

cp -v /etc/pam.d/login /etc/pam.d/xdm

Using X Resources

There are many options that can be set in X and X clients via resources. Typically resources are set in the ~/.Xresources file.

The layout of the ~/.Xresources file consists of a list of specifications in the form of

object.subobject[.subobject...].attribute: value

Components of a resource specification are linked together by either tight, represented by a dot (.), or loose, represented by an asterisk (*), bindings. A tight binding indicates that the components on either side of the dot must be directly next to each other as defined in a specific implementation. An asterisk is a wildcard character that means that any number of levels in a defined hierarchy can be between the components. For example, X offers two special cursors: redglass and whiteglass. To use one of these resources, you need to add the following line:

Xcursor.theme: whiteglass

However, you can specify the background for all clients with:

*background: blue

More specific resource variables will override less specific names.

Resource definitions can be found in the man pages for each respective client.

In order to load your resources, the xrdb program must be called with the appropriate parameters. Typically, the first time resources are loaded, you use:

xrdb -load <filename>

To add resources to X's database in memory, use:

xrdb -merge <filename>

The xrdb instruction is usually placed in ~/.xinitrc or ~/.xsession. To get more information, see the xrdb man page.

Additional X Window System Configuration

Below you will find information on fine tuning the components of both variants of the X Window System. The documentation links are specifically for XFree86, however, the information contained in those documents usually pertains to Xorg as well. Detailed descriptions are also located in the xorg.conf or XF86Config man pages.

Setting up X Input Devices

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/XInputDevices

Keyboards

The following external links provide a good introduction to setting up various keyboards.

How to further enhance XKB configuration

Mice

Multi-button mice can be used to their full potential by mapping the additional buttons to X button events. Wheel mice are a common example. The ordinary ones contain two buttons, and a scroll wheel that doubles as a third button. As far as X is concerned, there are 5 buttons as it counts the 'scroll up' and 'scroll down' functions (internally they are buttons). Here is an example 'InputDevice' section for a typical PS/2 wheel mouse:

Section "InputDevice"
  Identifier  "Mouse 0"
  Driver      "mouse"
  Option      "Device"        "/dev/input/mice"
  Option      "Protocol"      "IMPS/2"
  Option      "ZAxisMapping"  "4 5"
  Option      "Buttons"       "5"
EndSection

Button assignments differ for every mouse type. On more exotic mice, you may find that the rocker wheel buttons are 6 and 7. Simply add those values to the ZAxisMapping option, and set the Buttons option appropriately to enable side to side scrolling. Additional information on button assignment can be found in the following XFree86 document:

Mouse Support in XFree86

Fine Tuning Display Settings

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xdisplay

The 'Monitor' Section

One or more monitor sections specify the characteristics of your monitor(s). Usually, the setup program can probe your monitor and setup a monitor properly, however, this does not always work. The most common entries that need to be updated are HorizSync and VertRefresh. If the configuration program does not set these properly, you will notice a resolution much lower than desired. The default HorizSync setting is 28-33kHz which is very conservative. The default VertRefresh is 43-72Hz. Consult your monitor documentation or search on line for the proper settings for your monitor.

It is also possible to control many detailed timing characteristics of a monitor with a Modeline setting. Most users will not need to do this, but details are in the man page referenced above.

Warning

Incorrect monitor settings can destroy your monitor or even set it on fire! For most newer monitors, the result of overly aggressive settings is a blank screen, but older monitors do not all have built in safeguards.

Other items that may be of interest in this section is the DPMS and associated StandbyTime, SuspendTime, and OffTime options. These parameters control the energy saving features of your monitor. They may also be controlled at runtime with the xset command or via a graphical interface such as KDE's Control Center.

A typical monitor sections will normally look like:

Section "Monitor"
    DisplaySize   400   300 # mm
    Identifier   "Monitor0"
    VendorName   "VSC"
    ModelName    "G810-2"
    HorizSync     30.0 - 92.0
    VertRefresh   50.0 - 180.0
    Option       "DPMS"
    Option       "StandbyTime" "10"
    Option       "SuspendTime" "20"
    Option       "OffTime"     "30"
EndSection

The 'Device' Section

This section basically controls your video card. The key entry is the Driver setting. This can be a driver from the X distribution you are using, from the kernel source, or a proprietary driver for devices such as a Nvidia graphics adaptor. The driver often is a kernel module or built into the kernel itself, but there are also separate non-kernel components usually found in the /usr/X11R6/lib/modules/drivers/ directory. These were either built with the X server or installed via external (i.e., proprietary) programs.

There are many options for device drivers and most are specific to the driver being used. Documentation for many drivers can be found at the XFree86 Driver Manual Pages.

A typical Device section will look like:

Section "Device"
    Identifier  "Videocard0"
    Driver      "radeon"
    VendorName  "Videocard vendor"
    BoardName   "ATI Radeon 7500"
EndSection

Display Layouts

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xlayouts

Within the X Window System configuration file there may be multiple layout sections like:

Section "ServerLayout"
    Identifier     "X.org Configured"
    Screen      0  "Screen0" 0 0
    InputDevice    "Mouse0" "CorePointer"
    InputDevice    "Keyboard0" "CoreKeyboard"
EndSection

The default layout is the first, but if you have special needs, you can create others with different configurations. The Identifier line in each section is the key. Different layouts can be created using different Screen and InputDevice sections.

After the configuration file is updated, an alternate configuration can be specified on the startx line. For instance, to start X with an alternate layout with an Identifier of "layout2", use the following command line:

startx -- -layout layout2

Chapter 26. X Libraries

This chapter does not contain libraries that are required to run X. It does contain libraries that enhance X. In some cases the enhancement is as simple as font support. In others it is as complex as libraries that sit between X and applications that run on X whose purpose is to standardize the look and feel and inter-process communications for different applications. They also assist programmers by supplying common elements.

Qt-3.3.7

Introduction to Qt

The Qt package contains a C++ GUI library. This is useful for creating graphical applications or executing graphical applications that are dynamically linked to the Qt library. One of the major users of Qt is KDE.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.silug.org/mirrors/ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-free-3.3.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-free-3.3.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 655e21cf6a7e66daf8ec6ceda81aae1e
Download size: 13.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 170 MB
Estimated build time: 11.3 SBU (full), 7.5 SBU (sub-tools)

Additional Downloads

Qt Dependencies

Required

Optional

NAS-1.7, CUPS-1.2.7, MySQL-5.0.21, PostgreSQL-8.1.3, unixODBC-2.2.11, SQLite and Firebird

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qt

Installation of Qt

The Qt source hard codes the location of the X Window System installtion to /usr/X11R6. If you've installed the X Window System in any prefix other than /usr/X11R6, then you should correct the qmake configuration files with the following commands, replacing <PREFIX> with the installation prefix of the X Window System:

for file in $(grep -lr "X11R6" *)
do
    sed -i "s@/usr/X11R6@<PREFIX>@g" $file
done

There are several ways to install a complicated package such as Qt. The files are not completely position independent. Installation procedures execute the program pkg-config to determine the location of package executables, libraries, headers, and other files. For Qt, pkg-config will look for the file lib/pkgconfig/qt-mt.pc which must be modified if relocating the package. This file is set up correctly by the build process.

The default installation places the files in /usr/local/qt/. Many commercial distributions place the files in the system's /usr hierarchy. The package can also be installed in an arbitrary directory.

This section will demonstrate two different methods.

Warning

Building Qt in a chroot environment may fail.

Note

The build time for Qt is quite long. If you want to save some time and don't want the tutorials and examples, change the first make command to:

make sub-tools

Method 1 - Installing in the '/usr' Hierarchy

The advantage of this method is that no updates to the /etc/ld.so.conf or /etc/man_db.conf files are required. The package files are distributed within several subdirectories of the /usr hierarchy. This is the method that most commercial distributions use.

Note

If Qt is being reinstalled, run the following commands from a console or non-Qt based window manager. It overwrites Qt libraries that should not be in use during the install process.

sed -i -e 's:$(QTDIR)/include:&/qt:' \
       -e 's:$(QTDIR)/lib:&/qt:' \
    mkspecs/linux*/qmake.conf &&

bash
export PATH=$PWD/bin:$PATH &&
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH &&

./configure -prefix /usr \
            -docdir /usr/share/doc/qt \
            -headerdir /usr/include/qt \
            -plugindir /usr/lib/qt/plugins \
            -datadir /usr/share/qt \
            -translationdir /usr/share/qt/translations \
            -sysconfdir /etc/qt \
            -qt-gif \
            -system-zlib \
            -system-libpng \
            -system-libjpeg \
            -system-libmng \
            -plugin-imgfmt-png \
            -plugin-imgfmt-jpeg \
            -plugin-imgfmt-mng \
            -no-exceptions \
            -thread \
            -tablet &&

find -type f -name Makefile | xargs sed -i "s@-Wl,-rpath,/usr/lib@@g" &&
make &&
exit

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -v -sf libqt-mt.so /usr/lib/libqt.so &&
cp -v -r doc/man /usr/share &&
cp -v -r examples /usr/share/doc/qt

Method 2 - Installing in '/opt'

This is the method recommended by the Qt developers. It has the advantage of keeping all the package files consolidated in a dedicated directory hierarchy. By using this method, an update can be made without overwriting a previous installation and users can easily revert to a previous version by changing one symbolic link.

The Qt developers use a default location of /usr/local/qt/, however this procedure puts the files in /opt/qt-3.3.7/ and then creates a symbolic link to /opt/qt/.

bash
export QTDIR=$PWD &&
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH &&
export PATH=$PWD/bin:$PATH &&

./configure -prefix /opt/qt-3.3.7 \
            -sysconfdir /etc/qt \
            -qt-gif \
            -system-zlib \
            -system-libpng \
            -system-libjpeg \
            -system-libmng \
            -plugin-imgfmt-png \
            -plugin-imgfmt-jpeg \
            -plugin-imgfmt-mng \
            -no-exceptions \
            -thread \
            -tablet &&

make &&
exit

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -v -sfn qt-3.3.7 /opt/qt &&
ln -v -s libqt-mt.so /opt/qt/lib/libqt.so &&
cp -v -r doc/man /opt/qt/doc &&
cp -v -r examples /opt/qt/doc

Note

If you pass the -plugin-sql-<driver> switch to the configure command, you must also pass -I</path/to/sql/headers> so make can find the appropriate header files.

Command Explanations

sed -i -e ... mkspecs/linux*/qmake.conf: Directories in qmake.conf need to be adjusted to match the BLFS Method 1 installation directories.

bash: This command enters a sub-shell to isolate environment changes.

export QTDIR=$PWD: This command defines where the root of the Qt directory is located.

export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH: This command allows the not yet installed Qt libraries to be used by the not yet installed Qt programs.

export PATH=$PWD/bin:$PATH: This command allows the build process to find supporting executables.

-qt-gif: This switch adds support for gif files to the libraries.

-system-zlib -system-libpng -system-libjpeg -system-mng: These switches force the build instructions to use the shared libraries that are on your system instead of creating a custom set of support libraries for these functions.

-plugin-imgfmt-png -plugin-imgfmt-jpeg -plugin-imgfmt-mng: These switches enable run-time linking of the referenced libraries.

-no-exceptions: This switch disables the exceptions coding generated by the C++ compiler.

-thread: This switch adds support for multi-threading.

find -type f -name Makefile | xargs sed -i "s@-Wl,-rpath,/usr/lib@@g": This command removes hardcoded run-time paths. Otherwise, uic always tries to run with Qt libraries in /usr/lib.

ln -v -s libqt-mt.so /usr/lib/libqt.so: This command allows configure scripts to find a working Qt installation.

cp -v -r doc/man /usr/share (or /opt/qt/doc): This command installs the man pages which are missed by make install.

cp -v -r examples /usr/share/doc/qt (or /opt/qt/doc): This command installs the examples which are missed by make install.

exit: This command returns to the parent shell and eliminates environment variables set earlier.

Configuring Qt

Configuration Information

The QTDIR environment variable needs to be set when building packages that depend on Qt. Add the following to the .bash_profile initialization script for each user that builds packages using the Qt libraries. Alternatively, the variable can be set in the system wide /etc/profile file.

For Method 1 (This is optional, only set this if an application is unable to find the installed libraries):

export QTDIR=/usr

or for Method 2:

export QTDIR=/opt/qt

If you installed Qt using Method 2, you also need to update the following configuration files so that Qt is correctly found by other packages and system processes.

Update the /etc/ld.so.conf and /etc/man_db.conf files:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF" &&
# Begin qt addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/qt/lib

# End qt addition
EOF
ldconfig &&
cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"
# Begin qt addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/qt/doc/man

# End qt addition to man_db.conf
EOF

Update the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable in your ~/.bash_profile or /etc/profile with the following:

PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/qt/lib/pkgconfig

If you want the Qt executables in your shell search path, update the PATH environment variable in your ~/.bash_profile or /etc/profile to include /opt/qt/bin.

As with most libraries, there is no explicit configuration to do. After updating /etc/ld.so.conf as explained above, run /sbin/ldconfig so that ldd can find the shared libraries.

Installed Programs: assistant, designer, linguist, lrelease, lupdate, moc, qm2ts, qmake, qtconfig, and uic

Installed Libraries: libqt-mt.so, libqt.so libqui.so, libdesignercore.a, libeditor.a, and libqassistantclient.a

Installed Directories: /opt/qt-3.3.7 or /usr/lib/qt, /usr/share/qt, /usr/share/doc/qt, /usr/include/qt, and /etc/qt

Short Descriptions

assistant	is a tool for presenting on-line documentation.
designer	is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor.
linguist	provides support for translating applications into local languages.
lrelease	is a simple command line tool. It reads a Qt project file and produces message files used by the application.
lupdate	reads a Qt project file, finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer interface files, and produces or updates the translation files listed in the project file.
moc	generates Qt meta object support code.
qm2ts	is a tool for converting Qt message file formats.
qmake	qmake uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it generates.
qtconfig	is used to customize the appearance of Qt applications.
uic	is a Qt user interface compiler.

GTK+-1.2.10

Introduction to GTK+

The GTK+ package contains GTK+ Libraries. This is useful for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/graphics/gimp/gtk/v1.2/gtk+-1.2.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v1.2/gtk+-1.2.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4d5cb2fc7fb7830e4af9747a36bfce20
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51.1 MB
Estimated build time: 1.01 SBU

GTK+ Dependencies

Required

GLib-1.2.10, and X Window System

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk+

Installation of GTK+

Install GTK+ by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gtk+-1.2.10/{html,text} &&
install -v -m644 docs/html/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-1.2.10/html &&
install -v -m644 docs/text/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-1.2.10/text

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This installs the configuration files into /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--with-xinput=xfree: This configuration flag is necessary to utilize alternative input devices.

Installed Program: gtk-config

Installed Libraries: libgdk.{so,a} and libgtk.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/gtk, /usr/include/gtk-1.2, and /usr/share/themes

Short Descriptions

gtk-config	is a tool used by configure scripts to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use GTK+.
`libgtk.{so,a}`	(GIMP Tool Kit) is a library for creating graphical user interfaces similar to the Motif “look and feel”.
`libgdk.{so,a}`	is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It performs many common and desired operations for a programmer instead of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such functionality from Xlib directly.

cairo-1.2.4

Introduction to cairo

cairo is a 2D graphics library with support for multiple output devices. Currently supported output targets include the X Window System, win32, image buffers, PostScript, PDF and SVG. Experimental backends include OpenGL (through glitz), Quartz and XCB file output. cairo is designed to produce consistent output on all output media while taking advantage of display hardware acceleration when available (e.g., through the X Render Extension). The cairo API provides operations similar to the drawing operators of PostScript and PDF. Operations in cairo include stroking and filling cubic Bézier splines, transforming and compositing translucent images, and antialiased text rendering. All drawing operations can be transformed by any affine transformation (scale, rotation, shear, etc.).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/cairo-1.2.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 1222b2bfdf113e2c92f66b3389659f2d
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 56.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 0.9 SBU to run the test suite)

cairo Dependencies

Required

X Window System and pkg-config-0.20

Optional

glitz, DirectFB, XCB, and GTK-Doc-1.6

Optional (to provide extended test suite coverage)

GTK+-2.8.20 (for testing the PDF backend), Poppler-0.4.5 (for testing the PDF backend), librsvg-2.14.4 (for testing the SVG backend), and LTP

Note that the GTK, Poppler and librsvg packages are circular in that using them for test suite coverage requires installing cairo first, then installing the desired package(s), then installing cairo again.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cairo

Installation of cairo

cairo will look for an X Render pkg-config file. If you use XFree86 as your X Window system, ensure this file exists (/usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig/xrender.pc) before beginning the installation.

Install cairo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libcairo.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/cairo and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/cairo

Short Descriptions

libcairo.{so,a}

contains the 2D graphics functions required for rendering to the various output targets.

Pango-1.12.3

Introduction to Pango

The Pango package contains the libpango libraries. These are useful for the layout and rendering of text.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.12/pango-1.12.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.12/pango-1.12.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c8178e11a895166d86990bb2c38d831b
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Pango Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3 and one of cairo-1.2.4 or X Window System or Fontconfig-2.3.2

cairo is not required to build Pango, but it is highly recommended that you install cairo before building Pango. If you don't build Pango with a cairo backend, then GTK+-2 will not build.

Optional (If cairo is Not Installed)

Optional (To Rebuild the API Documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pango

Installation of Pango

Install Pango by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch installs the configuration files into /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring Pango

Config Files

/etc/pango/pangorc, ~/.pangorc, and the file specified in the environment variable PANGO_RC_FILE

Configuration Information

The Pango module path is specified by the key Pango/ModulesPath in the Pango config database, which is read from the config files listed above.

Installed Programs: pango-querymodules and pango-view

Installed Libraries: libpango*-1.0.so and Pango loadable modules.

Installed Directories: /etc/pango, /usr/include/pango-1.0, /usr/lib/pango, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/pango

Short Descriptions

pango-querymodules	is a module registration utility that collects information about Pango loadable modules.
Pango libraries	contain low level layout rendering routines, a high level driver for laying out entire blocks of text, and routines to assist in editing internationalized text.

ATK-1.11.4

Introduction to ATK

The ATK package contains the ATK libraries. They are useful for allowing accessibility solutions to be available for all GTK2 applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/1.11/atk-1.11.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/1.11/atk-1.11.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2f7132e46a62a2586545bca40eeeef39
Download size: 621 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ATK Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/atk

Installation of ATK

Install ATK by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libatk-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/atk-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/atk

Short Descriptions

atklib-1.0.so

contains functions that are used by assistive technologies in order to interact with the desktop and applications.

GTK+-2.8.20

Introduction to GTK+

The GTK+ package contains GTK+ libraries. These are useful for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.8/gtk+-2.8.20.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/v2.8/gtk+-2.8.20.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 74e7ca98194f1fadfe906e66d763d05d
Download size: 12.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 198 MB
Estimated build time: 2.6 SBU

GTK+ Dependencies

Required

cairo-1.2.4, Pango-1.12.3, and ATK-1.11.4

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.6 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk+2

Installation of GTK+

Install GTK+ by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that you must run the tests from a session with X Window Display capability (i.e., not a text-based terminal/console) as the tests attempt to open an X window.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.8.20/{faq,tutorial} &&
cp -v -R docs/faq/html/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.8.20/faq &&
cp -v -R docs/tutorial/html/* /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.8.20/tutorial

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch installs the configuration files into /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--enable-gtk-doc: This switch will rebuild the API documentation during the make command. Ensure you really want to rebuild this documentation (and end up with what is already shipped in the source tree) as it takes a very long time.

--without-libtiff: Use this switch if you don't have libtiff installed.

--without-libjpeg: Use this switch if you don't have libjpeg installed.

Installed Programs: gdk-pixbuf-csource, gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders, gtk-demo, gtk-query-immodules-2.0, and gtk-update-icon-cache

Installed Libraries: libgdk_pixbuf-2.0.so, libgdk-x11-2.0.so, libgtk-x11-2.0.so, libgdk_pixbuf_xlib-2.0.so, and numerous engine, module, and loader plugins

Installed Directories: /etc/gtk-2.0, /usr/include/gtk-2.0, /usr/lib/gtk-2.0, /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.8.20, /usr/share/gtk-2.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{gdk,gdk-pixbuf,gtk}, /usr/share/themes/Default/gtk*, /usr/share/themes/Emacs and /usr/share/themes/Raleigh

Short Descriptions

gdk-pixbuf-csource	generates C code containing images, useful for compiling images directly into programs.
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders	collects information about loadable modules for gdk-pixbuf and writes it to standard output.
gtk-query-immodules-2.0	collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ and writes it to standard output.
gtk-update-icon-cache	creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes.
GTK+ Libraries	provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces.

LessTif-0.94.4

Introduction to LessTif

The LessTif package contains an Open Source version of OSF/Motif®.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/lesstif/lesstif-0.94.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 3096ca456c0bc299d895974d307c82d8
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 160 MB (includes building and running the test suite)
Estimated build time: 2.89 SBU (includes building the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/lesstif-0.94.4-testsuite_fix-1.patch

LessTif Dependencies

Required

Optional

Lynx-2.8.6 or Links-2.1pre23 (used to generate the INSTALL documentation file) and Dmalloc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lesstif

Installation of LessTif

Install LessTif by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../lesstif-0.94.4-testsuite_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-debug \
    --enable-production --with-xdnd &&
make rootdir=/usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.94.4

This package requires that it be installed before the test suite is run. The commands to run the tests are located a bit later in the instructions.

Now, as the root user:

make rootdir=/usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.94.4 install

If your X Window System is XFree86 or Xorg-6.9 issue the following commands:

mv -v /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/mwm /etc/X11 &&
ln -v -s ../../../../etc/X11/mwm /usr/X11R6/lib/X11 &&
ldconfig

If your X Window System is Xorg-7.x issue these commands instead:

mv -v /usr/lib/X11/mwm /etc/X11 &&
ln -v -s ../../../etc/X11/mwm /usr/lib/X11 &&
ldconfig

Command Explanations

--disable-debug: Do not generate debugging information.

--enable-production: Build the release version of the LessTif libraries.

--with-xdnd: Enable XDND GNOME compatibility support.

rootdir=/usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.94.4: This installs the documentation into an appropriate directory instead of the non-FHS compliant /usr/LessTif directory.

mv -v /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/mwm /etc/X11: The mwm configuration directory is moved to its proper FHS location in /etc/X11.

ln -v -s ../../../../etc/X11/mwm /usr/X11R6/lib/X11: A symlink required by some legacy applications is created pointing to the mwm configuration directory moved in the previous command.

Testing LessTif

It is advisable to test the installation of LessTif using the included test suite. It is not required to install any of the resulting binaries to validate the installation. Issue the following commands to build the test suite:

cd test &&
./configure &&
make

To run the tests, issue the following commands:

cd Xm &&
./testall *

You'll need to manually close three of the test windows. The first one is from test28 in the list directory. The second one is from test10 in the menushell directory. You should click on the button in the window and choose “exit” (do it twice) to finish the test. The third test is from test24 in the scrolledwindow directory.

As many as 100 tests are known to fail. The patch applied at the beginning of the installation created a file used to compare known failures to the failures from the test run. This file was created from an installation using the current LFS book and should be a fairly accurate representation of the failures you'll encounter. You could see some minor variances, however.

Configuring LessTif

Config Files

/etc/X11/mwm/system.mwmrc and ~/.mwmrc

Configuration Information

The config files are used to customize the behavior of the mwm window manager. Information about customizing these files can be found in the mwmrc(5) man page.

Installed Programs: motif-config, mwm, mxmkmf, uil, and xmbind

Installed Libraries: libDtPrints.so, libMrm.so, libUil.so, and libXm.so

Installed Directories: /etc/X11/mwm, /usr/include/Xm, /usr/include/Mrm, /usr/include/uil, /usr/include/Dt, /usr/lib/LessTif, and /usr/share/doc/lesstif-0.94.4

Short Descriptions

motif-config	is used to find out configuration information for packages needing to link to the LessTif libraries.
mwm	is a window manager that adheres largely to the Motif mwm specification.
mxmkmf	is the LessTif version of xmkmf which creates a `Makefile` from an `Imakefile`.
uil	is a user interface language compiler which translates a plain text description of the user interface of a Motif application into a machine-readable form.
xmbind	configures the virtual key bindings of LessTif applications.
`libXm.so`	is an OSF/Motif® source code compatible library for the X Window System. You can download an excellent reference guide (mainly for programmers) for the Motif-2.1 specification from http://unc.dl.sourceforge.net/lesstif/6B_book.pdf.

startup-notification-0.8

Introduction to startup-notification

The startup-notification package contains startup-notification libraries. These are useful for building a consistent manner to notify the user through the cursor that the application is loading.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/startup-notification/releases/startup-notification-0.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/startup-notification/0.8/startup-notification-0.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9bba52ffe8c096cfeeaf7a1dcd9b943d
Download size: 335 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

startup-notification Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/startup-notification

Installation of startup-notification

Install startup-notification by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/startup-notification.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.8/startup-notification.txt

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libstartup-notification-1.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/startup-notification-1.0 and /usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.8

Short Descriptions

libstartup-notification-1.{so,a}

provides the functions to assist applications in communicating with the cursor system to provide feedback to the user that the application is loading.

libwnck-2.14.3

Introduction to libwnck

The libwnck package contains a Window Navigator Construction Kit.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.14/libwnck-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.14/libwnck-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5796c0c26c5dfbad6d4fdf77858feae6
Download size: 460 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libwnck Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

startup-notification-0.8, intltool-0.34.2, and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwnck

Installation of libwnck

Install libwnck by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libwnck-1.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libwnck-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libwnck

Short Descriptions

libwnck-1.{so,a}

contains functions for writing pagers and task lists.

shared-mime-info-0.17

Introduction to shared-mime-info

The shared-mime-info package contains a MIME database. This allows central updates of MIME information for all supporting applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/~hadess/shared-mime-info-0.17.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/shared-mime-info-0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f1014ad243b5245279c0abe1b95d9e38
Download size: 571 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

shared-mime-info Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3, libxml2-2.6.26, and XML::Parser-2.34

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shared-mime-info

Installation of shared-mime-info

Install shared-mime-info by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring shared-mime-info

Configuration Information

Some applications (including GNOME-2) require a properly set environment variable to locate the MIME database. Satisfy this requirement by setting the following variable in your local shell profile, or the system-wide profile:

XDG_DATA_DIRS=/usr/share
export XDG_DATA_DIRS

Installed Program: update-mime-database

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/mime

Short Descriptions

update-mime-database

assists in adding MIME data to the database.

hicolor-icon-theme-0.9

Introduction to hicolor-icon-theme

The hicolor-icon-theme package contains a default fallback theme for implementations of the icon theme specification.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://icon-theme.freedesktop.org/releases/hicolor-icon-theme-0.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/hicolor-icon-theme-0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1d0821cb80d394eac30bd8cec5b0b60c
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hicolor-icon-theme

Installation of hicolor-icon-theme

Install hicolor-icon-theme by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/icons/hicolor

Short Descriptions

/usr/share/icons/hicolor/*

contains icon definitions used as defaults.

libxklavier-2.2

Introduction to libxklavier

The libxklavier package contains a utility library for X keyboard.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gswitchit/libxklavier-2.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: a9c2e53ea96ed138b588df5a9b9addaf
Download size: 467 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libxklavier Dependencies

Required

X Window System, pkg-config-0.20, and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxklavier

Installation of libxklavier

Install libxklavier by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxklavier.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libxklavier and /usr/share/libxklavier

Short Descriptions

libxklavier.{so,a}

contains XKB utility functions.

freeglut-2.4.0

Introduction to freeglut

freeglut is intended to be a 100% compatible, completely opensourced clone of the GLUT library. GLUT is a window system independent toolkit for writing OpenGL programs, implementing a simple windowing API, which makes learning about and exploring OpenGL programming very easy.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-2.4.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 6d16873bd876fbf4980a927cfbc496a1
Download size: 459 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

freeglut Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/freeglut

Installation of freeglut

Install freeglut by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/freeglut-2.4.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/freeglut_user_interface.html \
    /usr/share/doc/freeglut-2.4.0

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libglut.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/freeglut-2.4.0

Short Descriptions

libglut.{so,a}

contains functions that implement the OpenGL Utility Toolkit.

GOffice-0.2.1

Introduction to GOffice

The GOffice package contains a library of GLib/GTK document centric objects and utilities. This is useful for performing common operations for document centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully. Some of the operations provided by the GOffice library include support for plugins, load/save routines for application documents and undo/redo functions.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.2/goffice-0.2.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.2/goffice-0.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 73b733556db5721ddfd5c72fc6428a15
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37.8 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

GOffice Dependencies

Required

libgsf-1.14.1 and Pango-1.12.3

Recommended (for the User Interface functionality)

libglade-2.6.0 and libgnomeprint-2.12.1

Note: not installing the recommended dependencies can render the GOffice package incapable of supporting applications which depend on it. If, for whatever reason, you elect not to install the recommended dependencies, you must add the --without-gtk parameter to the configure command in the instructions below.

Optional

cairo-1.2.4 (already installed if you installed the recommended dependencies) and libgnomeui-2.14.1 (with libgsf built to support GNOME by creating the libgsf-gnome-1 library)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/goffice

Installation of GOffice

Install GOffice by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgoffice-1.so and numerous support plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgoffice-1, /usr/lib/goffice, /usr/share/{,pixmaps/}goffice

Short Descriptions

libgoffice-1.so

contains API functions to provide support for document centric objects and utilities.

MesaLib-6.5

Introduction to MesaLib

Mesa is an OpenGL compatible 3-D graphics library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mesa3d/MesaLib-6.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 61beda590bfc5b4a12e979d5f2d70d7a
Download size (including recommended download): 3.3 MB
Estimated disk space required (including recommended download): 157 MB
Estimated build time (including recommended download): 1.7 SBU

MesaLib Dependencies

Required

Xorg Libraries, Xorg Utilities, and libdrm-2.0.1

Note

Recommended Download

Demonstration and diagnostic utilities used to verify that GL is working properly: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mesa3d/MesaDemos-6.5.tar.bz2

Optional Download

MesaLib GLUT library: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mesa3d/MesaGLUT-6.5.tar.bz2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mesalib

Installation of MesaLib

Extract all three tarballs from the same top-level directory as they all will extract to the Mesa-6.5 directory.

Fix an error with output redirection if /bin/sh is not the Bash shell on your system:

sed -i 's%>& /dev/null%>/dev/null%' src/mesa/drivers/dri/Makefile.template

Install MesaLib by running the following commands:

find . -type f -exec sed -i "s@/usr/X11R6@$XORG_PREFIX@g" {} \; &&
sed -i 's@lib/modules@lib/X11/modules@' \
    src/glx/x11/dri_glx.c \
    src/mesa/drivers/dri/Makefile.template &&
make OPT_FLAGS="-O2 -fno-strict-aliasing" linux-dri-x86

If you downloaded and extracted the Demos package, build the programs with the following commands:

sed -i 's@-l$(GLUT_LIB)@@g' configs/default &&
make -C progs/xdemos PROGS='glxinfo glxgears'

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

bin/installmesa $XORG_PREFIX &&
install -v -m755 -d $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/dri &&
install -v -m755 lib/*dri* $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/dri

If you built the demo programs, install them using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m755 progs/xdemos/glx{info,gears} $XORG_PREFIX/bin

Finally, if installing to any prefix other than /usr, you should create symlinks to the GL headers in /usr/include. Execute the following command as the root user:

ln -s -v $XORG_PREFIX/include/GL /usr/include

Tip

Do not remove the Mesa source tree yet, it will be required to build the Xorg-Server-1.1.1.

Command Explanations

find ... sed -i "s@/usr/X11R6@$XORG_PREFIX@" ...: This command corrects several hard coded references to the X11R6 default installation path.

sed -i 's@lib/modules@lib/X11/modules@' ...: This command corrects a hard coded reference to the module directory.

make OPT_FLAGS=... linux-dri-x86: A bug where OpenGL applications are shifted to the left by 50% can be worked around by adding -fno-strict-aliasing to the compiler flags. Also, the linux-dri-x86 target is specified to use a few other helpful flags in addition to the defaults. See the other targets in the configs directory if your architecture is not x86.

sed -i 's@-l$(GLUT_LIB)@@g' configs/default: Disables linking against the GLUT libraries for the demo programs, omit this command if you downloaded and extracted the GLUT tarball.

make ... PROGS='glxinfo glxgears': Only builds the glxinfo and glxgears programs.

bin/installmesa: Mesa uses a custom installation script as opposed to the normal install make target.

install -v -m755 lib/*dri* $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11/modules/dri: installs the DRI modules.

Installed Programs (optional): glxgears and glxinfo

Installed Libraries: libGL.{so,a}, libGLU.{so,a}, libGLw.{so,a}, *_dri.so and optionally, libglut.{so,a}

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/lib/modules/dri

Short Descriptions

`glxgears`	is a GL demo useful for troubleshooting graphics problems.
`glxinfo`	is a diagnostic program that displays information about the graphics hardware and installed GL libraries.

Chapter 27. Window Managers

Introduction

Window Managers and Desktop Environments are the primary user interfaces into the X Window System. A window manager is a program that controls the appearance of windows and provides the means by which the user can interact with them. A Desktop Environment provides a more complete interface to the operating system, and provides a range of integrated utilities and applications.

There are many Window Managers available. Some of the more well known ones include fvwm2, Window Maker, AfterStep, Enlightenment, Sawfish, and Blackbox.

The Desktop Environments available for Linux are GNOME, KDE, and XFce.

Choosing a Window Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel of the packages, the resources (RAM, disk space) required, and the utilities included. One web site that provides a very good summary of what is available, screenshots, and their respective features is Window Managers for X.

In this chapter, the installation instructions of several Window Managers and one lightweight Desktop Environment are presented. Later in the book, both KDE and GNOME have their own sections.

sawfish-1.3

Introduction to sawfish

The sawfish package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows where all window decorations are configurable and all user-interface policy is controlled through the extension language.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sawmill/sawfish-1.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 9e5ce5e76c60acecdb1889c1f173295a
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.26 SBU

sawfish Dependencies

Required

rep-gtk-0.18 and EsounD-0.2.36

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sawfish

Installation of sawfish

Install sawfish by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexec=/usr/sbin \
    --infodir=/usr/share/info --disable-themer &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-themer: This option prevents building the sawfish themer. This program was not migrated to GTK-2.

--with-audiofile: This command directs sawfish to use libaudiofile for sound manipulation.

--with-esd: This command directs sawfish to use the Enlightened Sound Daemon.

Configuring sawfish

Configuration Information

Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.

cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
exec sawfish
EOF

Installed Programs: sawfish, sawfish-client, and sawfish-ui

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/sawfish, /usr/sbin/sawfish, and /usr/lib/rep/*/

Short Descriptions

`sawfish`	is the extensible window manager using a Lisp-based scripting language.
`sawfish-client`	allows you to connect to a window manager process and evaluate arbitrary Lisp forms.
`sawfish-ui`	is the sawfish configurator.

Fluxbox-0.9.15.1

Introduction to Fluxbox

The Fluxbox package contains a window manager.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fluxbox/fluxbox-0.9.15.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 098eb36a09338aabb63b938a5eab9ef6
Download size: 670 KB
Estimated disk space required: 50.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Fluxbox Dependencies

Required

Optional

Imlib2-1.2.2 Image display library

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fluxbox

Installation of Fluxbox

Install Fluxbox by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-imlib2: Use this option if you wish to use other image formats in addition to xpm.

Configuring Fluxbox

Config Files

~/.fluxbox/init, ~/.fluxbox/keys, and ~/.fluxbox/menu

Configuration Information

If Fluxbox is the only Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an .xinitrc file in your home folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.

echo startfluxbox > ~/.xinitrc

Or alternatively, if you use a login manager like GDM-2.14.10 or kdm and would like to be able to choose Fluxbox at the login prompt, create a fluxbox.desktop file like this.

As root:

cat > /usr/share/xsessions/fluxbox.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Fluxbox
Comment=This session logs you into Fluxbox
Exec=startfluxbox
Type=Application
EOF

If you didn't install GDM-2.14.10 or kdm in /usr, then change that command to fit the prefix you chose.

Now create the Fluxbox configuration files:

mkdir -v ~/.fluxbox &&
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/init ~/.fluxbox/init &&
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/keys ~/.fluxbox/keys

Now if you have which-2.16 installed:

cd ~/.fluxbox &&
fluxbox-generate_menu

otherwise:

cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/menu ~/.fluxbox/menu

Menu items are added by editing ~/.fluxbox/menu. The syntax is explained on the fluxbox man page.

If you want to use an image as your desktop background, copy the theme you like into ~/.fluxbox. Then add a line to make it use the correct image. In the following command, change <theme> for the name of the theme you want and change </path/to/nice/image.xpm> to point to the actual image you want to use.

cp /usr/share/fluxbox/styles/<theme> ~/.fluxbox/theme &&
sed -i 's,\(session.styleFile:\).*,\1 ~/.fluxbox/theme,' \
 ~/.fluxbox/init &&
echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.xpm>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme

In some locales the font specified in the theme may not contain the needed characters. This results in menus with blank items. You can fix this by editing ~/.fluxbox/theme with a text editor and altering it so that it names a suitable font.

Installed Programs: fluxbox, fbsetbg, fbsetroot, fluxbox-generate_menu, startfluxbox, and fbrun

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/fluxbox and ~/.fluxbox

Short Descriptions

fluxbox	is a window manager for X11 based on Blackbox 0.61.0.
fbsetbg	is a utility that sets the background image. It requires which to find one of: display, Esetroot, wmsetbg, xv, qiv or xsri.
fbsetroot	is a utility to change root window appearance based on the Blackbox application bsetroot.
fluxbox-generate_menu	is a utility that generates a menu by scanning your `PATH`. It requires which to function properly.
startfluxbox	is a session startup script that allows for command executions prior to fluxbox starting.
fbrun	displays a run dialog window.

Metacity-2.14.5

Introduction to Metacity

The Metacity package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/metacity/2.14/metacity-2.14.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/metacity/2.14/metacity-2.14.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a14c4a07e456a2590452d6c9db2e5153
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 54.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Metacity Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

startup-notification-0.8 (recommended if you are installing GNOME-2), GConf-2.14.0 (recommended if you are installing GNOME-2), intltool-0.34.2, and libXcomposite*

* libXcomposite can optionally be used, but here's what the Metacity package maintainer has to say about it in the configure script if the package is found: “Not building compositing manager by default now, must enable explicitly to get it. And it doesn't work, so don't bother unless you want to hack on it...”

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/metacity

Installation of Metacity

Metacity will look for an X Render pkg-config file. If you use XFree86 as your X Window system, ensure this file exists (/usr/X11R6/lib/pkgconfig/xrender.pc).

Install Metacity by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/metacity \
            --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/metacity-2.14.5 &&
install -v -m644 README rationales.txt doc/*.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/metacity-2.14.5

Command Explanations

--with-gconf-schema-file-dir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3/gconf/schemas: Use this option if you are installing Metacity for a GNOME-2 installation.

Configuring Metacity

Configuration Information

To automatically start the Metacity window manager when you issue the startx command, append to (or create) .xinitrc using the command below (not required if you are installing Metacity for a GNOME-2 installation). Ensure you backup your current ~/.xinitrc before proceeding:

cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
xterm &
exec metacity
EOF

Installed Programs: metacity, metacity-message, metacity-theme-viewer and metacity-window-demo

Installed Library: libmetacity-private.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/metacity-1, /usr/lib/metacity, /usr/share/doc/metacity-2.14.5, /usr/share/gnome/wm-properties, /usr/share/metacity and /usr/share/themes/{AgingGorilla,Atlanta,Bright,Crux,Esco,Metabox,Simple}

Short Descriptions

metacity	is a window manager used mainly by GNOME.
metacity-theme-viewer	allows you to preview any installed Metacity theme. When designing a new Metacity theme, you can use metacity-theme-viewer to measure the performance of a window frame option, and to preview the option.
metacity-window-demo	demonstrates various kinds of windows that window managers and window manager themes should handle.

XFce-4.2.3.2

Introduction to XFce

The XFce package contains a lightweight desktop environment.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/xfce/xfce-4.2.3.2-src.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 44e126e47657969657ff86fb558d54ea
Download size: 25 MB
Estimated disk space required: 219 MB (to build and install everything without deleting any sources)
Estimated build time: 3.5 SBU

XFce Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20 and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

GDM-2.14.10, librsvg-2.14.4 (xffm links to librsvg automatically if librsvg is installed), libgtkhtml-2.11.0, startup-notification-0.8, and a2ps-4.13b (required to build xfprint).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce

Installation of XFce

A bare minimum XFce setup requires installation of the following packages:

libxfce4util-4.2.3.2.2
dbh-1.0.24
libxfcegui4-4.2.3.2
libxfce4mcs-4.2.3.2
xfce-mcs-manager-4.2.3.2
xfwm4-4.2.3.2.2
xfce4-panel-4.2.3.2
xfdesktop-4.2.3.2
xfce-utils-4.2.3.2

Install the minimum applications by issuing the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

If you use GDM-2.14.10 as your display manager and would like to be able to log into an XFce session from the login prompt, pass the --enable-gdm option to the xfce-utils-4.2.3.2 configure script (requires which-2.16 to be installed at run time).

Now, as the root user:

make install

In addition, you may choose to install:

gtk-xfce-engine-2.2.8
xfcalendar-4.2.3.2
xfce-mcs-plugins-4.2.3.2
xfce4-appfinder-4.2.3.2
xfce4-icon-theme-4.2.3.2
xfce4-iconbox-4.2.3.2
xfce4-mixer-4.2.3.2
xfce4-session-4.2.3.2
xfce4-systray-4.2.3.2
xfce4-toys-4.2.3.2
xfce4-trigger-launcher-4.2.3.2
xffm-4.2.3.2
xfprint-4.2.3.2
xfwm4-themes-4.2.3.2

Install the remaining applications using the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
     --libexecdir=/usr/lib/xfce4 &&
make

Also, xfprint can be configured with --enable-cups if you have CUPS-1.2.7 installed.

And then as root:

make install

As the root user, move the help documentation to the standard BLFS location and modify the help script to look for it there:

mv -vf /usr/share/xfce4/doc /usr/share/doc/xfce4 &&
sed -i 's@xfce4/doc@doc/xfce4@' /usr/bin/xfhelp4

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: libxfce4util, xfce4-panel, xfdesktop, xfce-utils and xfce4-session require this parameter because the path is built into the library or they install configuration files in /etc/xdg.

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/xfce4: xfce4-session requires this parameter to install some utility programs to the correct location.

Configuring XFce

Configuration Information

XFce will look for the theme index from hicolor-icon-theme-0.9 at run-time. Ensure you install the package before launching XFce.

Issue the command below to create an .xinitrc file which will automatically run the appropriate XFce programs when the X Window system is launched. Be sure to backup your existing .xinitrc file before proceeding.

cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
xfce-mcs-manager
xfwm4 --daemon
xftaskbar4 &
xfdesktop &
exec xfce4-panel
EOF

Installed Programs: fgr, scramble, startxfce4, xfbook, xfbook4, xfcalendar, xfce-mcs-manager, xfce-setting-show, xfce4-about, xfce4-appfinder, xfce4-iconbox, xfce4-kiosk-query, xfce4-menueditor, xfce4-mixer, xfce4-panel, xfce4-session, xfce4-session-logout, xfce4-tips, xfdesktop, xfdiff4, xffm, xffrequent, xffrequent4, xffstab, xffstab4, xfglob4, xfhelp4, xflock4, xfmime-edit, xfmountdev4, xfrecent, xfrecent4, xfprint-manager, xfprint4, xfrun4, xfsamba4, xftaskbar4, xfterm4, xftrash4, xftree4, and xfwm4

Installed Libraries: libxfce4util.{a,so}, libdbh.{a,so}, libxfcegui4.{a,so}, libxfce4mcs.{a,so}, libxffm_actions.so, libxffm_basic.so, libxffm_calls.so, libxffm_cpy.so, libxffm_on_demand.so, libxffm_secondary.so, libxffm_tubo.so, libxfsm-4.2.{a,so}

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/xfce4, /usr/share/doc/xfce4, /usr/share/xfce4, /usr/share/xffm and /usr/share/xfwm4

Short Descriptions

fgr	is a file content search engine for xffm.
startxfce4	is a script which starts up the XFce Desktop Environment.
xfce-mcs-manager	is the settings manager for XFce.
xfce4-about	displays the about box.
xfce4-session	saves the state of your desktop and restores it when you next start XFce.
xfce-setting-show	displays the settings for XFce.
xfce4-panel	is the panel manager for XFce. It contains the launcher, clock, mail check, desktop switcher and separator programs.
xfdesktop	is the desktop manager for XFce.
xfhelp4	is script that launches a HTML browser to display online documentation. It requires which to run.
xflock4	is a script used to lock the current screen during drag and drop actions.
xfmountdev4	mounts a device on the specified mount point and launches xftree4, then unmounts the device when xftree4 finishes.
xfrun4	is the program launcher for XFce.
xfsamba4	is the Samba front end for XFce.
xftaskbar4	is the taskbar manager for XFce.
xfterm4	is a small terminal wrapper to be used as a drag and drop action for the XFce front panel. It requires which to run.
xftrash4	is a small binary to be used as a drag and drop action for the XFce front panel.
xffm	is the file manager for XFce.
xfwm4	is an X11 window manager for XFce.

Other Window Managers

twm is the Tab Window Manager. This is the default window manager installed by the X Window System packages.

mwm is the Motif® Window Manager. It is an OSF/Motif® clone packaged and installed with LessTif-0.94.4.

Part VIII. KDE

Introduction to KDE

KDE is a comprehensive desktop environment that builds on an X Window System and Qt to provide a window manager and many user tools, including a browser, word processor, spreadsheet, presentation package, games, and numerous other utilities. It provides extensive capabilities for customization.

The KDE instructions are divided into three parts. The first part, the core packages, are needed for the rest of KDE to work. The second part presents additional packages which provide functionality in various areas (multimedia, graphics, etc.) The third part provides resources for software and web developers.

There are two alternatives for installing KDE. Option one, that is used by most of the commercial distributions, is to install KDE in the standard system prefix: /usr. This option allows the use of KDE without the need for any additional configuration such as modification of various environment variables or configuration files. Option two is to install it in a unique prefix such as /opt/kde or /opt/kde-3.5.6. This option allows for easy removal of the KDE version or maintenance of multiple versions for testing.

Tip

All the KDE packages are comprised of various components. The default is to install most of the components. If specific components are to be eliminated, the official way is to set the variable DO_NOT_COMPILE. This comes in handy when there are problems compiling a particular component.

DO_NOT_COMPILE="component1 component2" \
    ./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX ...

The core KDE packages also honor this variable, but omitting components from the core packages is not advisable since it may result in an incomplete KDE installation.

Note

In each of the packages, one other option to configure can be added: --enable-final. This option can speed up the build process, but requires a lot of memory. If you have less than 256MB of RAM, this option may cause swapping and significantly slow compilation.

28. KDE Core Packages
29. KDE Additional Packages
30. KDE Software and WEB Development Packages

Chapter 28. KDE Core Packages

KDE Pre-installation Configuration

Based on your preference, set KDE_PREFIX.

One option is to put KDE into the /usr hierarchy. This creates a simpler setup but is more difficult to try multiple versions of KDE.

export KDE_PREFIX=/usr

A method of building multiple versions installs KDE in the /opt hierarchy:

export KDE_PREFIX=/opt/kde-3.5.6

Remember to execute ldconfig after installation of libraries to update the library cache.

If you are not installing KDE in /usr, you will need to make some configuration changes:

You should consider installing the desktop-file-utils-0.11 package. Though not required, this package will allow you to easily use existing .desktop files in /usr/share/applications (and any other locations identified by XDG_DATA_DIRS), and automatically add these applications to the KDE menu system.

Add to your system or personal profile:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/kde-3.5.6/bin
export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/kde-3.5.6/lib/pkgconfig

Add to your /etc/ld.so.conf:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin kde addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/kde-3.5.6/lib

# End kde addition
EOF

Add to your /etc/man_db.conf:

cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"
# Begin kde addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/kde-3.5.6/man

# End kde addition to man_db.conf
EOF

Tip

If you prefer installing KDE in /opt, one trick to avoid the above configuration changes every time you install a new version is to replace /opt/kde-3.5.6 with /opt/kde and to create a symlink from /opt/kde-3.5.6 to /opt/kde.

ln -v -sf kde-3.5.6 /opt/kde

aRts-1.5.6

Introduction to aRts

The Analog Real-time Synthesizer (aRts) provides sound support for KDE and necessary libraries for kdelibs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/arts-1.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/arts-1.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e986393a5827499bbad04a00b797add0
Download size: 952 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29.7 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

aRts Dependencies

Required

Qt-3.3.7 and GLib-2.10.3

Optional

libvorbis-1.1.2, ALSA-1.0.13, Audio File-0.2.6, libmad-0.15.1b, EsounD-0.2.36, NAS-1.7, MAS, and JACK

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/arts

Installation of aRts

Install aRts by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite that works with GCC-4.0.3.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=$KDE_PREFIX: This option tells the process to install the package in $KDE_PREFIX. aRts is installed here as it's required before installing KDE.

--disable-debug: This option causes the package to be compiled without debugging code.

--disable-dependency-tracking: This option speeds up one time builds.

Installed Programs: artsd, artswrapper, artsshell, artsplay, artsdsp, artscat, arts-control, artsc-config, and mcopidl

Installed Libraries: aRts libraries

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/: bin, include/arts, include/artsc, and lib/mcop

Short Descriptions

artsd	is a daemon that provides access to the sound hardware resources.
artswrapper	is a small wrapper program which simply sets real-time priority (running as `root`) and then executes artsd as a non-root user.
artsshell	is intended as a utility to perform miscellaneous functions related to the sound server.
artsplay	is a simple utility to play a sound file.
artsdsp	provides an interim solution that allows most of legacy sound applications to run unchanged.
artscat	is a simple utility to send raw audio data to the sound server.
artscontrol	is a graphical utility for performing a number of tasks related to the sound server.
artsc-config	is a utility to assist developers using the aRts C API.
mcopidl	is the Interface Definition Language (IDL) file compiler for MCOP, the Multimedia Communication Protocol used by aRts.
`aRts Libraries`	contains functions that support aRts programs.

To find out information about aRts and the various programs included in the package, see The aRts Handbook. For information in languages other then English, see the KDE Documentation and navigate to the aRts documentation in your language.

Kdelibs-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdelibs

This package includes programs and libraries that are central to the development and execution of a KDE program, as well as internationalization files for these libraries, miscellaneous HTML documentation, theme modules and regression tests.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdelibs-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdelibs-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e4d137879a66e92b895b3de5413a61d8
Download size: 14.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 255 MB (additional 659 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 11.3 SBU (additional 3.9 SBU for API docs)

Kdelibs Dependencies

Required

aRts-1.5.6

Optional

LibTIFF-3.8.2, Aspell-0.60.4, CUPS-1.2.7, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, ALSA-1.0.13, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, OpenEXR, JasPer, Lua (version < 5.1), mDNSResponder, LibThai, Hspell, libacl (requires libattr), Graphviz-2.8, and Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdelibs

Installation of Kdelibs

Install kdelibs with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
            --disable-debug \
            --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install. This applies to all packages which can utilize Doxygen.

The make apidox command generates a lot of errors and warnings. In some cases it complains that Helvetica fonts are missing and substitutes a font that does not fit boxes properly. You can add the font by downloading the URW Fonts and unpacking them into ~/.fonts. fc-cache should also be run to update the font properties on your system.

The documents generated are HTML and are found in $KDE_PREFIX/share/doc/HTML/en/kdelibs-apidocs.

This package does not come with a test suite that works with GCC-4.0.3.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=$KDE_PREFIX: This option tells the process to install the package in $KDE_PREFIX.

--disable-debug: This option causes the package to be compiled without debugging code.

--disable-dependency-tracking: This option speeds up one time builds.

--sysconfdir=/etc/kde: This option places configuration files in compliance with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. If you omit this parameter, the configuration files will be placed in $KDE_PREFIX/etc which may be desirable if you have multiple versions of KDE installed.

Run-Time Dependencies

The KDE libraries access other programs at run time. One additional package that has not been mentioned already is pmount. This enables auto-mounting of hotplugged devices at /media/[device_name] for any user without any fstab modification. It is needed to enable the full integration of KDE with HAL-0.5.7.1.

Installed Programs: Numerous KDE support programs: artsmessage, checkXML, cupsdconf, cupsdoprint, dcop, dcopclient, dcopfind, dcopidl, dcopidl2cpp, dcopidlng, dcopobject, dcopquit, dcopref, dcopserver, dcopserver_shutdown, dcopstart, filesharelist, fileshareset, imagetops, kab2kabc, kaddprinterwizard, kbuildsycoca, kcmshell, kconf_update, kconfig_compiler, kcookiejar, kde-config, kde-menu, kded, kdeinit, kdeinit_shutdown, kdeinit_wrapper, kdesu_stub, kdontchangethehostname, kdostartupconfig, kfile, kfmexec, kgrantpty, khotnewstuff, kinstalltheme, kio_http_cache_cleaner, kio_uiserver, kioexec, kioslave, klauncher, kmailservice, kpac_dhcp_helper, ksendbugmail, kshell, kstartupconfig, ksvgtopng, ktelnetservice, ktradertest, kunittestmodrunner, kwrapper, lnusertemp, make_driver_db_cups, make_driver_db_lpr, makekdewidgets, meinproc, and preparetips

Installed Libraries: Numerous KDE libraries and helper modules

Installed Directories: /etc/kde and the following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/: include/{dnssd, dom, kabc, kate, kdeprint, kdesu, khexedit, kio, kjs, kmdi, kmediaplayer, knewstuff, kparts, kresources, ksettings, kspell2, ktexteditor, kunittest, libkmid}, lib/kde3, and share/{applications, apps, autostart, config, doc, emoticons, icons, mimelnk, services}

Short Descriptions

KDE Support Programs	are essential support programs needed by other KDE applications.
KDE Libraries	contain essential functions that are needed by KDE applications.

The number of programs and libraries installed by kdelibs prohibits an explanation of each one in this section. Instead, see the KDE Documentation.

Kdebase-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdebase

kdebase is the last mandatory package required for the K Desktop Environment. It provides various applications, infrastructure files and libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdebase-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdebase-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a53f589f58012e655a52220a6a151019
Download size: 23.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 265 MB (additional 33 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 12.8 SBU (additional 0.4 SBU for API docs)

Kdebase Dependencies

Required

kdelibs-3.5.6

Optional

libusb-0.1.12, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, Cyrus SASL-2.1.21, Samba-3.0.23d, HAL-0.5.7.1, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, krb4, OpenEXR, libraw1394, lm_sensors (requires Sysfs Utilities), mDNSResponder, Graphviz-2.8, and Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdebase

Installation of Kdebase

Note

You should ensure a nogroup group exists on your system before performing the configure command, as kdebase installs a program ($KDE_PREFIX/bin/kdesud) with group ownership of nogroup.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install kdebase with:

Note

The --sysconfdir parameter must be the same as the command used in the installation of kdelibs.

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
    --disable-debug --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Kdebase

Configuration Information

There is no real configuration necessary for this package other than to ensure you follow the steps outlined in the last section of this chapter, the section called “Configuring the Core KDE Packages”.

Run-Time Dependencies

Note that there are two additional packages you can install that are used at run-time for konqueror ioslave protocols. You can install the Mtools package to enable the “floppy” ioslave protocol. This will allow easy access to the floppy disk drives on your system. The hfsplus package can be installed to access HFS+ partitions on a Mac OS system using the “mac” ioslave.

One additional package that can be used at run time is PCI Utilities-2.2.3. This enables the KDE Info Center to use lspci for its "pci" info section.

Installed Programs: appletproxy, drkonqi, extensionproxy, genkdmconf, kaccess, kappfinder, kapplymousetheme, kasbar, kate, kblankscrn.kss, kbookmarkmerger, kcheckpass, kcheckrunning, kcminit, kcontrol, kcontroledit, kdcop, kdebugdialog, kdeeject, kdeinstallktheme, kdepasswd, kdeprintfax, kdesktop, kdesktop_lock, kdesu, kdesud, kdialog, kdm, kdm_config, kdm_greet, kdmctl, keditbookmarks, keditfiletype, kfind, kfmclient, kfontinst, kfontview, khc_docbookdig.pl, khc_htdig.pl, khc_htsearch.pl, khc_indexbuilder, khc_mansearch.pl, khelpcenter, khotkeys, kicker, kinfocenter, kio_media_mounthelper, kio_system_documenthelper, kjobviewer, klipper, klocaldomainurifilterhelper, kmenuedit, knetattach, kompmgr, konqueror, konsole, kpager, kpersonalizer, kpm, kprinter, krandom.kss, krandrtray, krdb, kreadconfig, krootimage, ksmserver, ksplash, ksplashsimple, kstart, ksysguard, ksysguardd, ksystraycmd, ktip, ktrash, kwebdesktop, kwin, kwin_killer_helper, kwin_rules_dialog, kwrite, kwriteconfig, kxkb, nspluginscan, nspluginviewer, and startkde

Installed Libraries: Numerous KDE support libraries, helper modules, and kioslaves

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/menus/applications-merged and the following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/: include/{kate, ksgrd, ksplash, kwin}, lib/kconf_update_bin, share/{applnk, apps/{too many to list}, config, config.kcfg, desktop-directories, doc/kdm, fonts, /mimelnk/{fonts, media, print}, services/{searchproviders, useragentstrings}, sounds, templates, wallpapers, and /var/lib/kdm

Short Descriptions

kate	is a programmer's text editor for KDE.
kcontrol	is the KDE Control Center.
kdebugdialog	is a dialog box for managing diagnostic messages at runtime.
kdesu	is a graphical front end for the Unix su command.
kdm	is the KDE display manager (a replacement for xdm).
kfind	is a utility to find files.
khelpcenter	is the KDE help tool.
kicker	is the KDE control panel.
kinfocenter	provides a centralized and convenient overview of your KDE and system settings.
kioslaves	are support modules designed to be intimately familiar with a certain protocol, so that a standard interface (most often these are used by konqueror) can be used to get at data from any number of places. Examples are the http and ftp kioslaves, which will retrieve data from an http or ftp server respectively.
klipper	is a clipboard utility.
kmenuedit	is a utility to rearrange or add items to the K-menu.
konqueror	is a filesystem and web browser.
konsole	is a highly configurable X terminal emulator.
kpager	provides a thumbnail view of all virtual desktops.
kprinter	is the printing module in KDE. It manages the actual printing from KDE applications. It handles print job administration and handles printer and print system management.
ksplash	is a splash screen that shows the progress of an application that is loading.
ksysguard	is a network enabled task manager and system monitor application, with the additional functionality of top.
kwrite	is a text editor for KDE.
kxkb	is a keyboard layout switching utility based on the X11 xkb extension.

Configuring the Core KDE Packages

Back up your existing ~/.xinitrc file and create a new .xinitrc file to start KDE:

echo "exec startkde" > ~/.xinitrc

If you have D-BUS-0.62 installed, you can start the D-BUS session daemon here as well. Starting the session daemon here has the added bonus that it will exit when you log out of your KDE session. If you wish to start the daemon here, use the following command instead of the one shown above:

echo "exec dbus-launch --exit-with-session startkde" >> ~/.xinitrc

Note

Check the ~/.xinitrc file and ensure you have no other window managers or other X applications mentioned before KDE.

If you installed the desktop-file-utils-0.11 package, ensure the XDG_DATA_DIRS and XDG_CONFIG_DIRS environment variables are configured properly as explained in that package and update the MIME-type application database (as root):

update-desktop-database

Ensure all libraries can be found with (as root):

ldconfig

At this point you can bring up KDE with:

startx

Chapter 29. KDE Additional Packages

Each of the packages in this chapter depend on the base KDE installation procedures, but each is an independent group of programs that can be optionally installed. Few users will want to install every package, but instead review and install only the ones desired.

Kdeadmin-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdeadmin

Kdeadmin provides several KDE clients useful for managing a system. Clients include programs for managing users, initialization files, cron, and network connections.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeadmin-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeadmin-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 13654a93e83b7c8fd2ccce3aceb2d535
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25.9 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Kdeadmin Dependencies

Required

Optional

Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 and LILO

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdeadmin

Installation of Kdeadmin

Install kdeadmin with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: kcron, kdat, kpackage, ksysv, and kuser

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

kcron	is a task scheduler.
kdat	is a tar-based tape archiver.
kpackage	is a package manager.
ksysv	is a Sys V-Init editor.
kuser	is a graphical user manager.

Kdenetwork-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdenetwork

Kdenetwork provides several KDE applications useful in a networking environment. Applications include clients for chat, PPP, news, instant messages, and similar programs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdenetwork-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdenetwork-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0f428cccc4ea16aa53c427530874c591
Download size: 8.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 197 MB
Estimated build time: 11.8 SBU

Kdenetwork Dependencies

Required

Optional

PPP-2.4.4, XMMS-1.2.10, Graphviz-2.8, Doxygen-1.4.6, Wireless Tools-28, OpenSLP, libgadu, and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdenetwork

Installation of Kdenetwork

Install kdenetwork with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Kdenetwork

Config Files

/etc/lisarc and ~/.lisarc

Configuration Information

To utilize the LAN Browser of konqueror you will need to create the /etc/lisarc file and start the lisa daemon. Create /etc/lisarc by filling out the information in the “Guided LISa Setup” section of the “LISa Daemon” tab on the “Control Center” — “Internet & Network” — “Local Network Browsing” dialog box.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/lisa init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-lisa

There is no explicit configuration for the rest of the kdenetwork package, however some individual programs need to be set up with user information.

Installed Programs: kdict, kget, knewsticker, kopete, kpf, kppp, krdc, krfb, ksirc, ktalkd, kwifimanager, and lisa

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

kdict	is a graphical client for the Dictionary Server Protocol (DICT).
kget	allows you to group downloads.
knewsticker	is a news applet for the KDE Application Launcher Panel.
kopete	is KDE's multi-protocol instant messenger client.
kpf	allows you to share files over a network.
kppp	is a dial-up utility.
krdc	is a client application that allows you to view or even control the desktop session on another machine that is running a compatible (VNC) server.
krfb	is a server application that allows you to share your current session with a user on another machine, who can use a VNC client to view or even control the desktop.
ksirc	is a chat client.
ktalkd	is an enhanced talk daemon—a program to handle incoming talk requests, announce them and allow you to respond to them using a talk client.
kwifimanager	is used to configure and monitor wireless LAN cards.
lisa	is intended to provide a kind of network neighborhood, but only relying on the TCP/IP protocol stack.

Kdepim-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdepim

Kdepim provides several KDE programs for managing personal information. Programs include a contact manager, calendar, mail utilities, newsreader, X.509 certificat manager, and sticky notes.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdepim-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdepim-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e37e6173fe9fd7f242c9502a4ae1d7de
Download size: 13.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 290 MB (additional 382 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 20.8 SBU (additional 1.6 SBU for API docs)

Kdepim Dependencies

Required

Optional

pilot-link-0.11.8, GPGME (requires Libgpg-error then Libgcrypt then Libassuan then Libksba, pinentry, Pth, OpenSC and then GnuPG-1.9.x), libmal, gnokii, Bluetooth hardware and driver libraries, Graphviz-2.8, and Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdepim

Installation of Kdepim

Install kdepim with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: akregator, kaddressbook, kalarm, kandy, karm, kitchensync, kleopatra, kmail, knode, knotes, konsolekalendar, kontact, korganizer, korn, kpilot, ktnef, kwatchgnupg, and supporting programs

Installed Libraries: Numerous kdepim specific libraries

Installed Directories: Numerous subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

Short Descriptions

akregator	is a program to read RSS and other online news feeds.
kaddressbook	is the KDE address book.
kalarm	is a system to provide reminder messages.
kandy	is a program to synchronize mobile phone numbers.
karm	is a personal time tracker.
kitchensync	is the universal syncing tool and framework for kde.
kleopatra	is a tool for managing X.509 certificates in a GpgSM keybox and for retrieving certificates from LDAP servers.
kmail	is KDE's email client.
knode	is the KDE newsreader.
knotes	is a popup notes utility.
konsolekalendar	is a command line interface to KDE calendars.
kontact	is the integrated solution to personal information management (PIM) needs.
korganizer	is a personal calendar/todo system.
korn	is a KDE mail checker that has the capabilities to dock itself to kicker.
kpilot	is a program to synchronize a Palm-Pilot.
ktnef	allows handling mail attachments using the TNEF format. Those attachments are usually found in mails coming from Microsoft® mail servers and embed the mail properties as well as the actual attachments.
kwatchgnupg	is simpleGnuPG log viewer.

Kdemultimedia-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdemultimedia

Kdemultimedia provides several KDE programs to work with sound. Programs include applications for a Jukebox, a soundcard mixer, a midi and karaoke player, and a recording application for aRts.

In this version of Kdemultimedia, some of the functionality provided by the package has been moved off into a separate project named Akode. In order for Kdemultimedia to provide the removed functionality, you must install the Akode package first. Instructions to install Akode follow. If you wish to skip the Akode installation, go straight to the Kdemultimedia Instructions.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdemultimedia

Akode-2.0.1

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kde-apps.org/content/download.php?content=30375
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 94a10e7729b20b669bc5c7721f62e162
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Akode Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, FLAC-1.1.2, Speex-1.0.5, libmad-0.15.1b, ALSA-1.0.13, libvorbis-1.1.2, Secret Rabbit Code (a.k.a. libsamplerate), PulseAudio, JACK, and FFmpeg (must be a CVS version, and support is experimental)

Installation of Akode

Install Akode by issuing the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX \
    --disable-debug --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Resuming the Kdemultimedia Instructions

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdemultimedia-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdemultimedia-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 57c50bfcb0147324a1af02ebcc103376
Download size: 6.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 126 MB
Estimated build time: 10.4 SBU

Kdemultimedia Dependencies

Required

Optional

Akode-2.0.1, CDParanoia-III-9.8, LAME-3.96.1, Audio File-0.2.6, libvorbis-1.1.2, xine Libraries-1.1.1, FLAC-1.1.2 (built with libogg-1.1.3 support), GStreamer-0.10.11, Theora, TagLib, and TunePimp (requires libmusicbrainz-2.1.4)

Installation of Kdemultimedia

Install kdemultimedia with:

Note

The --sysconfdir parameter must be the same as the command used in the installation of kdelibs.

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc/kde \
    --disable-debug --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: artsbuilder, artscontrol, juk, kaboodle, kaudiocreator, kmid, kmix, kmixctrl, krec, kscd, midisend, mpeglibartsplay, noatun, workman2cddb.pl, yaf-cdda, yaf-mpgplay, yaf-splay, yaf-tplay, yaf-vorbis, and yaf-yuv

Installed Libraries: Numerous kdemultimedia specific libraries

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX: include/{libkcddb, mpeglib, noatun}, lib/mcop/Noatun, and share/apps/{too many to list}

Short Descriptions

artsbuilder	is a tool to create new structures of small connected aRts modules.
juk	is a jukebox, tagger, and music collection manager.
kaboodle	is a multimedia player.
kaudiocreator	is a front-end tool for ripping audio CDs and encoding the wav files.
kmid	is a midi/karaoke player.
kmix	is a sound mixer.
krec	is a recording frontend for aRts.
kscd	is a CD player.
noatun	is another multimedia player.

Kdegraphics-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdegraphics

Kdegraphics provides KDE programs to manage the video display and graphical output. Applications include PDF, DVI, and Postscript viewers, an application to adjust monitor gamma correction, a 3D modeling application to generate POV-Ray scenes, and a scanner application.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdegraphics-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdegraphics-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 79a1ffb7ae89bede1410411a30be3210
Download size: 7.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 124 MB (additional 82 MB for API documentation)
Estimated build time: 9.2 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU for API documentation)

Kdegraphics Dependencies

Required

Optional

LibTIFF-3.8.2, Imlib-1.9.15, little cms-1.15, Poppler-0.4.5 (libpoppler-qt.so must have been built), SANE-1.0.17, teTeX-3.0, FriBidi-0.10.7, libgphoto2, t1lib, OpenEXR, libpaper, KADMOS (a commercial OCR engine), Graphviz-2.8, and Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdegraphics

Installation of Kdegraphics

Install kdegraphics with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

The kooka utility is a scanning and OCR program. In order for kooka to utilize the OCR capabilities, you must install an OCR engine. kooka provides full OCR support using the KADMOS and GOCR engines and partial support using the Ocrad engine.

Installed Programs: kcolorchooser, kcoloredit, kdvi, kfax, kfaxview, kghostview, kiconedit, kolourpaint, kooka, kpdf, kpovmodeler, kruler, ksnapshot, kuickshow, kview, kviewshell, mrmlsearch, printnodetest, svgdisplay, and xf86gammacfg

Installed Libraries: kio_kamera and several other kdegraphics specific libraries and support modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX: include/{svg, kviewshell, libtext2path-0.1}, share/applnk/Graphics, share/apps/{too many to list}, and share/config/magic

Short Descriptions

kcolorchooser	is a color chooser for a given pallette.
kcoloredit	is a color pallette editor.
kdvi	is a DVI viewer.
kfax	is a FAX viewer.
kfaxview	is a FAX previewer used with kviewshell.
kghostview	is a PS/PDF viewer.
kiconedit	is an icon editor.
kolourpaint	is a paint program.
kooka	is a raster image scan program.
kpdf	is a PDF viewer.
kpovmodeler	is a graphical 3D modeler, which can generate scenes for POV-Ray.
kruler	is a screen ruler.
ksnapshot	is a screen capture program.
kuickshow	is an image viewer.
kview	is another image viewer.
kviewshell	is a generic framework for the KDE viewer applications.
xf86gammacfg	is a simple tool for monitor gamma correction.
kio_kamera	is an ioslave that allows you to view and download images from a digital camera using the `kamera:/` URL in konqueror.

Kdeutils-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdeutils

Kdeutils provides KDE programs for miscellaneous tasks. Programs include a calculator, a note taker, a basic editor, a floppy disk manager, and a binary editor.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeutils-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeutils-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e0ea2c15ccf2bd3d8be5f2bf57cfe14a
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 63 MB
Estimated build time: 4.1 SBU

Kdeutils Dependencies

Required

Optional

Net-SNMP, tpctl (for Thinkpad support)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdeutils

Installation of Kdeutils

Install kdeutils with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: ark, irkick, kcalc, kcharselect, kdf, kedit, kfloppy, kgpg, khexedit, kjots, kregexpeditor, ktimer, kwalletmanager, and superkaramba

Installed Libraries: Several kdeutils specific libraries

Installed Directories: Several subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

ark	is an archiving tool.
irkick	is the infrastructure for KDE's Infrared Remote Control functionality; irkick is the server component of that infrastructure.
kcalc	is a scientific calculator.
kcharselect	is a character selector applet.
kdf	is a disk usage viewer.
kedit	is a text editor.
kfloppy	is a floppy formatter.
kgpg	a simple graphical interface for GnuPG-1.4.3.
khexedit	is a binary editor.
kjots	is a note taker.
kregexpeditor	is an editor for editing regular expressions in a graphical style (in contrast to the ASCII syntax).
ktimer	is a task scheduler.
kwalletmanager	provides a secure way to manage passwords.
superkaramba	is a tool to create interactive widgets on a KDE desktop.

Kdeedu-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdeedu

Kdeedu provides KDE programs useful in learning. Programs include a touch typing tutor, a program to help revise/teach Latin, a desktop planetarium, an application to study Spanish verbforms, and the classic hangman game for children.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeedu-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeedu-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6017317b133d973e7fc8a279a81f37a1
Download size: 28.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 200 MB
Estimated build time: 7.0 SBU

Kdeedu Dependencies

Required

Optional

Boost.Python, OCaml, and FaCiLe module for OCaml.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdeedu

Installation of Kdeedu

Install kdeedu with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: flashkard, kalzium, kbruch, keduca, khangman, kig, kiten, klettres, kmathtool, kmessedwords, kmplot, kpercentage, kstars, ktouch, kverbos, and kvoctrain

Installed Libraries: Several kdeedu specific libraries

Installed Directories: Several subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

kalzium	is a program which shows you the Periodic System of Elements.
kbruch	is a small program to generate tasks with fractions.
keduca	is flash card application, which allows you to make interactive form based tests..
khangman	is the classical hangman game for children, adapted for KDE.
kig	is a KDE application for Interactive Geometry.
kiten	is a Japanese reference/study tool for KDE.
klettres	is an alphabet tutor (French).
kmessedwords	is a simple mind-training word game.
kmplot	is a mathematical function plotter for KDE.
kpercentage	is a small math application that will help pupils to improve their skills in calculating percentages.
kstars	is a desktop planetarium.
ktouch	is a touch typing tutor.
kverbos	is an application specially designed to study Spanish verb forms.
kvoctrain	is a vocabulary trainer.

Kdeaccessibility-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdeaccessibility

Kdeaccessibility provides KDE programs to aid handicapped users. Programs include a screen magnifier, a text to speech plugin service to allow an application to speak using the DCOP interface, and an application for computer speech for mute users.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeaccessibility-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeaccessibility-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 03d3c9f4d8c2fd12b7d0e020e11cd88e
Download size: 8.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57 MB
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Kdeaccessibility Dependencies

Required

Installation of Kdeaccessibility

Install kdeaccessibility with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Run-Time Dependencies

Several KDE accessibility programs access other programs at run time for rendering speech from text. These include FreeTTS-1.2.1, Festival, Festival Lite, Epos, or MBROLA with optionally Txt2pho.

Installed Programs: kmag, kmousetool, and kmouth

Installed Libraries: kdeaccessibility support libraries

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

kmag	is a screen magnifier for KDE.
kmousetool	is a utility which clicks the mouse whenever the mouse cursor pauses briefly.
kmouth	is an application that enables persons that cannot speak to let their computers speak.

Kdetoys-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdetoys

Kdetoys includes KDE applications for a world clock, an applet showing the phases of the moon, and the ability to track weather stations.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdetoys-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdetoys-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7d4f1a33e5379f789fcbf17b9e503bfd
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Kdetoys Dependencies

Required

Installation of Kdetoys

Install kdetoys with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: amor, kmoon, kodo, kteatime, ktux, kweather, and kworldclock

Installed Libraries: kdetoys support libraries

Installed Directories: Support subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

amor	Amusing Misuse of Resources.
kmoon	is a Moon phase indicator.
kodo	measures your desktop mileage.
kteatime	times your tea brewing.
ktux	small Tux crossing stars.
kworldclock	shows which parts of the world are currently experiencing daylight, and which parts are currently in night. It also shows the current time in a range of cities around the world.

Kdegames-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdegames

Kdegames provides many interesting games.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdegames-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdegames-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d6cdf7d9235896670d5299e9e91665e2
Download size: 10.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 94.8 MB (additional 46 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 2.7 SBU (additional 0.1 SBU for API docs)

Kdegames Dependencies

Required

Optional

Graphviz-2.8 and Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdegames

Installation of Kdegames

Install kdegames with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: a compilation of various games

Installed Libraries: Support libraries for kdegames

Installed Directories: Subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

Kdeartwork-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdeartwork

Kdeartwork provides additional KDE themes, screensavers, sounds, wallpapers, widget styles, and window styles.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeartwork-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeartwork-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4c817eab517fba30fce8f3b40a6f019d
Download size: 15.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 97 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Kdeartwork Dependencies

Required

Optional

XScreenSaver-4.24

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdeartwork

Installation of Kdeartwork

Install kdeartwork with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Objects: additional themes, screensavers, sounds, backgrounds, and widget styles for KDE

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Kdeaddons-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdeaddons

Kdeaddons provides additional plugins for konqueror, kate, and kicker.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeaddons-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdeaddons-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 96d6d2a76da2a5232b3b46318456a5bc
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
Estimated build time: 4.6 SBU

Kdeaddons Dependencies

Required

Optional

kdenetwork-3.5.6, kdemultimedia-3.5.6, kdepim-3.5.6, kdegames-3.5.6, XMMS-1.2.10, and SDL-1.2.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdeaddons

Installation of Kdeaddons

Install kdeaddons with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: Miscellaneous KDE support programs

Installed Libraries: Additional plugins, libraries, and scripts for KDE applications

Installed Directories: None

Kde-i18n-3.5.6

Introduction to Kde-i18n

Kde-i18n is a set of internationalization packages to customize KDE for different languages and locales around the world.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kde-i18n/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kde-i18n/
Download MD5 sum: http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/MD5SUMS
Download size: 789 KB to 29 MB (average is about 3 MB)
Estimated disk space required: varies
Estimated build time: varies

Download Details

KDE has 52 separate internationalization packages in the form of:

kde-i18n-<xx>-3.5.6.tar.bz2

where the <xx> is a two to five letter code for the country covered. Download the package(s) you need from the directories above.

Kde-i18n Dependencies

Required

Installation of Kde-i18n

Install kde-i18n with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Kde-i18n

Configuration Information

To use translated programs, select Control Center —> Personalization —> Country & Language —> Language in your K Desktop Environment.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Internationalization support for KDE

Installed Directories: None

Chapter 30. KDE Software and WEB Development Packages

These KDE applications are generally of interest to software or WEB developers. General users can skip them without a loss of functionality.

Kdesdk-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdesdk

Kdesdk provides several applications useful for developers. Programs include a version control system front-end for CVS, a program to view the differences between files, a UML Modeller, and a profile data visualization tool.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdesdk-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdesdk-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1462e1a884fdaa070ed493c10a336728
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 6.7 SBU

Kdesdk Dependencies

Required

Installation of Kdesdk

Install kdesdk with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: cervisia, kbabel, kcachegrind, kompare, and umbrello

Installed Libraries: Several kdesdk specific libraries

Installed Directories: Several subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

Short Descriptions

cervisia	provides a graphical view of CVS.
kbabel	is a suite of an advanced PO file editor comprising kbabel, a multi functional catalogmanager and a dictionary for translators kbabeldict.
kcachegrind	is a KDE frontend for cachegrind, part of Valgrind.
kompare	is a program to view the differences between files.
umbrello	is a UML modelling diagram tool.

Kdevelop-3.3.6

Introduction to Kdevelop

Kdevelop provides an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to be used for a wide variety of programming tasks.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdevelop-3.3.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdevelop-3.3.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0de7c7d82c176456f2adff48981f5d40
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 179 MB (additional 8 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 14.1 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU for API docs)

Kdevelop Dependencies

Required

Optional

Python-2.4.4, DocBase, Graphviz-2.8, and Doxygen-1.4.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdevelop

Installation of Kdevelop

Install kdevelop with:

sed -i -e 's/ kdevutil$//' buildtools/lib/widgets/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chown -v -R root:root $KDE_PREFIX/kdevbdb

If you created the API documentation, install it with:

make install-apidox

Command Explanations

sed -i -e 's/ kdevutil$//' buildtools/lib/widgets/Makefile.in: Remove a duplicate entry on a line in the Makefile that causes the build of the API documentation to fail.

chown -v -R root:root $KDE_PREFIX/kdevbdb: If kdevelop is built by any user other than root the installed Berkeley-DB files will have incorrect ownership. This command changes the ownership to root:root.

Installed Programs: kdevelop and supporting programs

Installed Libraries: Supporting kdevelop libraries

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/kdevbdb and supporting subdirectoies in $KDE_PREFIX/{include,share}

Short Descriptions

kdevelop

is an Integrated Development Environment to be used for a wide variety of programming tasks in many programming languages.

Kdewebdev-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdewebdev

Kdewebdev includes KDE based programmers' utilities to generate GUI dialogs, a Web IDE, a stylesheet debugger, and a utility to search and replace strings.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdewebdev-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdewebdev-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fa1fc2d7c81465c7e1762014a892ced3
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 103 MB
Estimated build time: 5.6 SBU

Kdewebdev Dependencies

Required

Installation of Kdewebdev

Install kdewebdev with:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: kxsldbg and quanta

Installed Libraries: kdewebdev specific libraries

Installed Directories: Several subdirectories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

kxsldbg	is a GUI front-end to xsldbg, the XSLT debugger.
quanta	is a web development tool that strives to be neutral and transparent to all markup languages, while supporting popular web-based scripting languages, CSS, and other emerging W3C recommendations.

Kdebindings-3.5.6

Introduction to Kdebindings

The kdebindings provides the ability to write KDE applications in a variety of languages including Ruby, Perl, Python, Java, JavaScript, C#, and Smoke. For details see http://developer.kde.org/language-bindings/

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdebindings-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/3.5.6/src/kdebindings-3.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d26b5f54f062b765a949d66657c2ab3c
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 407 MB
Estimated build time: 18.1 SBU

Kdebindings Dependencies

Required

Optional

GLib-1.2.10, GTK+-1.2.10, Python-2.4.4, Ruby-1.8.5, JDK-1.5.0_10, SeaMonkey-1.1, Mono, DotGNU Portable.NET, and Rotor

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdebindings

Installation of Kdebindings

Note: If KDE is installed in /opt/kde-3.5.6, you'll need to make a modification before the build using the following command:

sed -i -e 's@/usr@/opt/kde-3.5.6@' \
    python/pykde/configure.py

Install kdebindings with:

sed -i -e '/configure.*pyqt/s/-c//' \
    -e '/configure.*pykde/s/-c/-i/' python/Makefile.in
./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '/configure.*pyqt/s/-c//' -e '/configure.*pykde/s/-c/-i/' python/Makefile.in : Remove a switch that causes concatenation of multiple files for compilation. This fix reduces build time by a factor of five.

Installed Programs: Several support programs for software development

Installed Libraries: KDE bindings for various programming languages

Installed Directories: Subdirectories of /usr/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Part IX. GNOME

Introduction to GNOME

This chapter presents the instructions to install a complete GNOME-2.14.3 desktop environment; and a limited GNOME 1.4 library environment that is sufficient to run GNOME 1.4 applications included in this book. The order of the pages follows the build order defined by the GNOME development team and documented in the Release Notes.

The installation of GNOME-2.14.3 is a large undertaking and one we would like to see you complete with the least amount of stress. One of the first goals in this installation is to protect your previously installed software, especially if you are testing GNOME on your machine. GNOME-2.14 packages utilize the --prefix=option passed to configure, so you will use that and an environment variable (GNOME_PREFIX) to add flexibility to the installation.

To install GNOME as your desktop of choice, it is recommended that you install using --prefix=/usr. If you are not sure that you are going to keep the GNOME installation, or you think you will update to the newest releases as they become available, you should install with --prefix=/opt/gnome-2.14.3. Setting the environment variable and the additional edits required by the second option are covered in the Pre-Installation Configuration section.

If you choose the second option, removal of GNOME-2.14.3 is as easy as removing the edits from the pre-installation page and issuing the following command (you may need to become the root user):

rm -rf /opt/gnome-2.14.3

If your system was completely built per LFS and BLFS instructions, you have a very good chance of using GNOME-2.14.3 after your first installation. If you are a typical LFS user, you have made modifications to the instructions along the way knowing that you have to take those modifications into account on future installations. You should have no problems integrating GNOME-2.14.3 into your unique setup, but you will have to install well over 50 packages before you can run GNOME through any testing (assuming your windowing system is preinstalled and tested). You should anticipate that you will be rebuilding GNOME at least once to make adjustments for your setup.

If you are building a GNOME 1.4 library environment, you would install only those libraries in the GNOME 1.4 chapter and any dependencies listed on those pages, whether labeled or not. GNOME packages without pages in the book are simply installed with:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

These instructions are simplistic to facilitate removal of GNOME 1.4 from BLFS systems when it is no longer necessary. These instructions may be refined later to comply with BLFS standards for file locations, specifically /opt/gnome/etc to /etc and /opt/gnome/var to /var. You should consider using the GNOME 1.4 hint located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints if you have no interest in GNOME-2.14.3.

Alternate Installation Methods

As was previously mentioned, building a GNOME desktop from sources is a significant project. Some may find it too tedious or time-consuming to perform a full installation following the BLFS book. You may wish to review the automated methods mentioned in the GNOME-2.14 Release Notes. Note that using any other method to install GNOME-2.14.3 other than using the BLFS instructions cannot be supported by the BLFS team. Alternate methods are only mentioned as a courtesy to builders who would like to build GNOME from sources but do not have the time/desire/patience/whatever to follow the BLFS book.

31. GNOME Core Packages
32. GNOME Additional Packages
33. GNOME 1.4 Libraries

Chapter 31. GNOME Core Packages

This section contains required elements of the GNOME environment to display a functional desktop.

Caution

The BLFS team recommends that you carefully evaluate the optional dependencies listed for each of the core GNOME packages. You may lose desired functionality if you don't install an optional dependency before the package that lists the dependency, even if you later install it.

Pre-installation Configuration

Set an environment variable to resolve the prefix destination.

If GNOME is your desktop of choice:

export GNOME_PREFIX=/usr

If you want to try-out GNOME, or install it in an easy-to-remove location:

Note

You may wish to create a symbolic link to the actual versioned directory using a non-versioned name. This has the advantage of an easier path to type in all the changes below and also makes it easy to point to a different/newer version of GNOME without changing all the edits below. If you wish to use a non-versioned name in the changes below, issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /opt/gnome-2.14.3 &&
ln -v -s gnome-2.14.3 /opt/gnome

If you created the symbolic link, change all instances of /opt/gnome-2.14.3 to /opt/gnome in the instructions below.

export GNOME_PREFIX=/opt/gnome-2.14.3

The try-out group will also need to make all the following configuration changes:

Add to your system or personal profile:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/gnome-2.14.3/bin
export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/gnome-2.14.3/lib/pkgconfig
export GNOME_LIBCONFIG_PATH=/usr/lib:/opt/gnome-2.14.3/lib

Add to your /etc/ld.so.conf:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin gnome addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/gnome-2.14.3/lib

# End gnome addition
EOF

Add to your /etc/man_db.conf:

cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"
# Begin gnome addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/gnome-2.14.3/share/man

# End gnome addition to man_db.conf
EOF

Tip

Remember to execute ldconfig as the root user after installation of libraries to update the linker's library cache.

ORBit2-2.14.2

Introduction to ORBit2

The ORBit2 package contains a high-performance CORBA Object Request Broker. This allows programs to send requests and receive replies from other programs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ORBit2/2.14/ORBit2-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ORBit2/2.14/ORBit2-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 88ea9b8e686ab0dd27b4199e0f41ac84
Download size: 706 KB
Estimated disk space required: 34.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

ORBit2 Dependencies

Required

libIDL-0.8.7

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.6 and OpenSSL-0.9.8d

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/orbit2

Installation of ORBit2

Install ORBit2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$GNOME_PREFIX \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=$GNOME_PREFIX: This is the base installation for GNOME-2 from which all future package installations will receive their prefix parameter. Be sure that $GNOME_PREFIX is set for this install or globally to your install directory as described in the introduction of this Chapter.

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3: This parameter causes the configuration files to be installed in /etc/gnome/2.14.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. Additionally (if applicable), the parameter ensures that the GConf-2 database is correctly updated.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: ior-decode-2, linc-cleanup-sockets, orbit-idl-2, orbit2-config and typelib-dump

Installed Libraries: libname-server-2.a, libORBit-2.{so,a}, libORBit-imodule-2.{so,a}, libORBitCosNaming-2.{so,a}, and Everything_module.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/orbit-2.0, lib/orbit-2.0 and share/{gtk-doc/html/ORBit2, idl/orbit-2.0}

Short Descriptions

libORBit-2.{so,a}

is the CORBA API.

libbonobo-2.14.0

Introduction to libbonobo

The libbonobo package contains libbonobo libraries. This is a component and compound document system for GNOME-2.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonobo/2.14/libbonobo-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonobo/2.14/libbonobo-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f1f0255f94e3354250d142b688013fad
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 35.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

libbonobo Dependencies

Required

ORBit2-2.14.2, libxml2-2.6.26, popt-1.10.4, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

X Window System and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libbonobo

Installation of libbonobo

Install libbonobo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the package will be installed in the correct location.

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/bonobo instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: activation-client, bonobo-slay, echo-client-2, bonobo-activation-run-query, bonobo-activation-server, and bonobo-activation-sysconf

Installed Libraries: libbonobo-2.{so,a}, libbonobo-activation.{so,a}, ORBit-2 bonobo module, bonobo servers, and libmoniker_std_2.{so,a} bonobo library

Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.14.3/bonobo-activation and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/{bonobo-activation-2.0,libbonobo-2.0}, lib/{bonobo{,-2.0},libbonobo}, and share/{gtk-doc/html/{bonobo-activation,libbonobo}, idl/bonobo-{,activation-}2.0}

Short Descriptions

libbonobo-2.{so,a}

are a set of language and system independent CORBA interfaces for creating reusable components and compound documents.

GConf-2.14.0

Introduction to GConf

The GConf package contains a configuration database system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/2.14/GConf-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/2.14/GConf-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d07c2efcaf477cf34225c604a04b6271
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GConf Dependencies

Required

ORBit2-2.14.2 and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

GTK+-2.8.20, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gconf

Installation of GConf

Install GConf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/GConf \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3: This parameter causes the GConf-2 configuration database to be built in /etc/gnome/2.14.3 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/etc. This installation controls all future installations of GConf-2 schemas. If you change the location (which includes eliminating this parameter), it must be consistent for every subsequent package installation that updates the GConf-2 configuration database.

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/GConf: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/GConf instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gconf-merge-tree and gconftool-2

Installed Library: libgconf-2.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gconf and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gconf, lib/GConf and share/{GConf, gtk-doc/html/gconf, sgml/gconf}

Short Descriptions

gconf-merge-tree	merges an xml filesystem hierarchy.
gconftool-2	is a command line tool for manipulating the GConf database.
`libgconf-2.{so,a}`	provide the functions necessary to maintain the configuration database.

desktop-file-utils-0.11

The desktop-file-utils-0.11 package is located in Chapter 10 — General Utilities and is required by GNOME-2 but is not a direct dependency of any GNOME-2 package, therefore the package is mentioned within the GNOME-2 Core Packages chapter to ensure it is installed.

GNOME MIME Data-2.4.2

Introduction to GNOME MIME Data

The GNOME MIME Data package contains the base set of file types and applications for GNOME-2.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mime-data/2.4/gnome-mime-data-2.4.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mime-data/2.4/gnome-mime-data-2.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 37242776b08625fa10c73c18b790e552
Download size: 849 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME MIME Data Dependencies

Required

GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-mime-data

Installation of GNOME MIME Data

Note

The instructions below are based on installing the package into a GNOME-2 environment. If, for whatever reason, you're installing this package without having ORBit2 and the core GNOME-2 libraries installed, you'll need to modify the --prefix= parameter on the configure script to point to your desired installation path (e.g., --prefix=/usr).

Install GNOME MIME Data by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D man/gnome-vfs-mime.5 \
    $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man/man5/gnome-vfs-mime.5

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{application-registry, share/mime-info}

Short Descriptions

`application-registry`	contains the application mime database.
`mime-info`	contains the mime description database.

shared-mime-info-0.17

The shared-mime-info-0.17 package is located in Chapter 26 — X Libraries and is required by GNOME-2 but is not a direct dependency of any GNOME-2 package, therefore the package is mentioned within the GNOME-2 Core Packages chapter to ensure it is installed.

GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2

Introduction to GNOME Virtual File System

The GNOME Virtual File System package contains virtual file system libraries. This is used as one of the foundations of the Nautilus file manager.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs/2.14/gnome-vfs-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs/2.14/gnome-vfs-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b657e31974d6981adf9b2c4db981f62c
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 54.1 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

GNOME Virtual File System Dependencies

Required

GConf-2.14.0, libbonobo-2.14.0, and GNOME MIME Data-2.4.2

Optional

Samba-3.0.23d, CDParanoia-III-9.8, Gamin-0.1.7, HAL-0.5.7.1, GTK-Doc-1.6, intltool-0.34.2, OpenSSH-4.5p1, OpenSSL-0.9.8d or GnuTLS (which needs libgpg-error then libgcrypt), Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, OpenAFS, and Avahi

If you run ./configure --help for the complete list of dependency requirements and available parameters, you may notice a message about the gnome-mount-0.4 package. This package is not required at build-time, and is only a run-time dependency. If gnome-mount is available at run-time, GNOME-VFS will use it. If it is not available, GNOME-VFS will fall back to using other mounting mechanisms.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-vfs

Installation of GNOME Virtual File System

Install GNOME Virtual File System by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-vfs-2.0 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-vfs-2.0: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-vfs-2.0 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--with-hal-eject=PROGRAM: This parameter does not need to be passed if you have Eject or gnome-mount-0.4 installed, as the eject program is used if gnome-mount is not installed.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gnomevfs-cat, gnomevfs-copy, gnomevfs-info, gnomevfs-ls, gnomevfs-mkdir, gnomevfs-mv, gnomevfs-rm, and gnome-vfs-daemon

Installed Libraries: libgnomevfs-2.{so,a} and modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of /etc/gnome/2.14.3/: gconf/{schemas, gconf.xml.defaults/{desktop, schemas, system}, gnome-vfs-2.0} and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-vfs-{,module-}2.0, lib/gnome-vfs{,-2.0}, share/gtk-doc/html/gnome-vfs-2.0

libgnome-2.14.1

Introduction to libgnome

The libgnome package contains the libgnome library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnome/2.14/libgnome-2.14.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnome/2.14/libgnome-2.14.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf53815df10db62bbf00defd4100b8d8
Download size: 995 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgnome Dependencies

Required

Optional

EsounD-0.2.36, GTK-Doc-1.6, and intltool-0.34.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnome

Installation of libgnome

Install libgnome by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter sets LIBGNOME_LOCALSTATEDIR to /var/lib instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/var to synchronize with the GNOME Games installation and properly record high scores in /var/lib/games.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: gnome-open

Installed Libraries: libgnome-2.{so,a} and the libmoniker_extra_2.{so,a} bonobo library

Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.14.3/sound, and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnome-2.0, share/gtk-doc/html/libgnome

Short Descriptions

libgnome-2.{so,a}

are the non-GUI portion of the GNOME libraries.

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0

Introduction to libgnomecanvas

The libgnomecanvas package contains the GNOME canvas library. It is an engine for structured graphics and one of the essential GNOME libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecanvas/2.14/libgnomecanvas-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecanvas/2.14/libgnomecanvas-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 516c46fb4a1401b05cfef58c350fbd3d
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgnomecanvas Dependencies

Required

libglade-2.6.0 and libart_lgpl-2.3.17

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnomecanvas

Installation of libgnomecanvas

Note

Install libgnomecanvas by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgnomecanvas-2.{so,a} and the libcanvas.{so,a} Glade library

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomecanvas-2.0, lib/libglade and share/gtk-doc/html/libgnomecanvas

libbonoboui-2.14.0

Introduction to libbonoboui

The libbonoboui package contains libbonoboui libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonoboui/2.14/libbonoboui-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libbonoboui/2.14/libbonoboui-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dc26dc17cddc625cac37ecfab263a51a
Download size: 893 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29.1 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

libbonoboui Dependencies

Required

libgnome-2.14.1 and libgnomecanvas-2.14.0

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libbonoboui

Installation of libbonoboui

Install libbonoboui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/libbonoboui-2.14.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{dtd,txt,xml,html} $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/libbonoboui-2.14.0

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: bonobo-browser and test-moniker

Installed Libraries: libbonoboui-2.{so,a} and libbonobo.{so,a} Glade library

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libbonoboui-2.0, share/{doc/libbonoboui-2.14.0, gnome-2.0, gtk-doc/html/libbonoboui}

Short Descriptions

libbonoboui-2.{so,a}

are the GUI portion of the Bonobo libraries.

GNOME Icon Theme-2.14.2

Introduction to GNOME Icon Theme

The GNOME Icon Theme package contains an assortment of scalable and non-scalable icons of different sizes and themes.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/2.14/gnome-icon-theme-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/2.14/gnome-icon-theme-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6f1d33a297bd27e0e9f4c1a5fa956166
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Icon Theme Dependencies

Required

Optional

hicolor-icon-theme-0.9 and pkg-config-0.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme

Installation of GNOME Icon Theme

Install GNOME Icon Theme by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/icons/gnome

Installed Icons: Several icons under the /usr/share/icons/gnome and /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchies.

gnome-keyring-0.4.9

Introduction to gnome-keyring

The gnome-keyring package contains a daemon that keeps passwords and other secrets for users.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/0.4/gnome-keyring-0.4.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/0.4/gnome-keyring-0.4.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9a90820acf11a66e4c3dd9e163231071
Download size: 396 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

gnome-keyring Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-keyring

Installation of gnome-keyring

Note

Install gnome-keyring by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-keyring &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-keyring-0.4.9 &&
install -v -m644 *.txt $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-keyring-0.4.9

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-keyring: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-keyring instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Program: gnome-keyring-daemon

Installed Library: libgnome-keyring.so

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-keyring-1, lib/gnome-keyring and share/doc/gnome-keyring-0.4.9

Short Descriptions

gnome-keyring-daemon	is a session daemon that keeps passwords for users.
`libgnome-keyring.so`	let other applications utilize gnome-keyring-daemon.

libgnomeui-2.14.1

Introduction to libgnomeui

The libgnomeui package contains libgnomeui libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeui/2.14/libgnomeui-2.14.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeui/2.14/libgnomeui-2.14.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ff6b6c25de0e7e39c79998621cdec048
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

libgnomeui Dependencies

Required

libbonoboui-2.14.0 and gnome-keyring-0.4.9

Optional

libjpeg-6b, EsounD-0.2.36, and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnomeui

Installation of libgnomeui

Install libgnomeui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgnomeui &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If your GNOME installation prefix is anything other than /usr, create the following symbolic link as the root user:

ln -v -s $(pkg-config \
      --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtk-2.0/2.4.0/filesystems \
      /usr/lib/gtk-2.0/2.4.0

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgnomeui: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/libgnomeui instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--with-kde-datadir=$KDE_PREFIX/share: Use this parameter if you have KDE installed in any prefix other than /usr.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring libgnomeui

Configuration Information

Some applications cannot properly discover the libglade interface library installed by libgnomeui. Get around this problem by initializing an environment variable which identifies the location of the library. Add the following line to the system-wide /etc/profile file, or to individual user's ~/.profile or ~/.bashrc files:

export LIBGLADE_MODULE_PATH=$GNOME_PREFIX/lib/libglade/2.0

Installed Programs:

Installed Libraries: libgnomeui-2.{so,a}, the libgnome.{so,a} Glade library, and the libgnome-vfs.{so,a} GTK+ library

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomeui-2.0, lib/{gtk-2.0/2.4.0/filesystems, libgnomeui} and share/gtk-doc/html/libgnomeui

Short Descriptions

libgnomeui-2.{so,a}

are the GUI portion of the GNOME libraries.

GTK Engines-2.6.10

Introduction to GTK Engines

The GTK Engines package contains eight themes/engines and two additional engines for GTK2.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.6/gtk-engines-2.6.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.6/gtk-engines-2.6.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f3e2b14b0cff0988277ccba42e69813d
Download size: 472 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GTK Engines Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-engines

Installation of GTK Engines

Install GTK Engines by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: GTK-2 engines libraries

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gtk-2.0/engines and /usr/share/themes/{theme names}

Installed Themes: Clearlooks, Crux, Industrial, LighthouseBlue, Metal, Mist, Redmond and ThinIce

Short Descriptions

engines libraries

are manager systems for specific themes.

GNOME Themes-2.14.3

Introduction to GNOME Themes

The GNOME Themes package contains several more theme sets.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes/2.14/gnome-themes-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes/2.14/gnome-themes-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7c07c4c01404b447f2624e8e400ee787
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Themes Dependencies

Required

XML::Parser-2.34 and GTK Engines-2.6.10

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-themes

Installation of GNOME Themes

Install GNOME Themes by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-all-themes &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-all-themes: Using this parameter enables the installation of additional accessibility themes. Omit this parameter if you have no desire for additional accessibility themes.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: Several directories under /usr/share/{icons,themes}

Installed Themes: Several themes in the /usr/share/themes hierarchy and icons in the /usr/share/icons hierarchy

GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1

Introduction to GNOME Doc Utils

The GNOME Doc Utils package is a collection of documentation utilities for the GNOME project. Notably, it contains utilities for building documentation and all auxiliary files in your source tree, and it contains the DocBook XSLT stylesheets that were once distributed with Yelp. Starting with GNOME 2.8, Yelp requires GNOME Doc Utils for the XSLT. Starting with GNOME 2.12, many of the core GNOME packages require GNOME Doc Utils.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-doc-utils/0.6/gnome-doc-utils-0.6.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-doc-utils/0.6/gnome-doc-utils-0.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c706b807b15e07e58561f903c0f20c26
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME Doc Utils Dependencies

Required

libxslt-1.1.17

The packages are listed as recommended even though GNOME Doc Utils will build fine without them. If you don't install the recommended packages (and you pass the appropriate flags to the configure command so that it will build without them), functionality will be missing that is expected later in other GNOME packages.

Optional

pkg-config-0.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-doc-utils

Installation of GNOME Doc Utils

Note

Install GNOME Doc Utils by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/@.*@pkgconfig/pkgconfig/' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/@.*@pkgconfig/pkgconfig/' Makefile.in: If you build GNOME Doc Utils without Python, the pkg-config support files will not be installed. This command ensures that they are always installed.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Programs: gnome-doc-prepare and xml2po

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/share/: gnome-doc-utils, gnome/help/gnome-doc-{make,xslt}, omf/gnome-doc-{make,xslt}, xml/gnome and xml2po}

Installed Stylesheets: Custom DocBook XSLT stylesheets

Short Descriptions

gnome-doc-prepare	prepares a package to use gnome-doc-utils.
xml2po	is a Python script used to translate XML documents.

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3

Introduction to GNOME Desktop

The GNOME Desktop package contains the gnome-about program, the libgnome-desktop-2 library and GNOME's core graphics files and icons.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/2.14/gnome-desktop-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/2.14/gnome-desktop-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2a8547ab0dcb10a1ad297874ae95b06b
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Desktop Dependencies

Required

Installation of GNOME Desktop

Install GNOME Desktop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-gnome-distributor="Some Name": Use this parameter to supply a custom name in the “Distributor:” field of the “GNOME About” display window.

--with-kde-datadir=$KDE_PREFIX/share: Use this parameter if KDE is installed in any prefix other than /usr.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: gnome-about

Installed Library: libgnome-desktop-2.{so,a}

Installed Directory: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-desktop-2.0, share/{gnome-about, {gnome/help,omf}/{fdl,gnome-feedback,gpl,lgpl}, gtk-doc/html/gnome-desktop}

Short Descriptions

gnome-about	produces the about screen.
`libgnome-desktop-2.{so,a}`	contains APIs being tested for inclusion in libgnome or libgnomeui.

gnome-backgrounds-2.14.2.1

Introduction to gnome-backgrounds

The gnome-backgrounds package contains a collection of graphics files which can be used as backgrounds in the GNOME desktop environment. Additionally, the package creates the proper framework and directory structure so that you can add your own files to the collection.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-backgrounds/2.14/gnome-backgrounds-2.14.2.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-backgrounds/2.14/gnome-backgrounds-2.14.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 10480df7c2e5a08c920c5b0a2ff4f161
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

gnome-backgrounds Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-backgrounds

Installation of gnome-backgrounds

Note

Install gnome-backgrounds by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome-background-properties, pixmaps/backgrounds}

Short Descriptions

GNOME backgrounds

are backgrounds for the GNOME desktop.

gnome-menus-2.14.3

Introduction to gnome-menus

The gnome-menus package contains an implementation of the draft “Desktop Menu Specification” from freedesktop.org (http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec). Also contained are the GNOME menu layout configuration files, .directory files and a menu related utility program.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-menus/2.14/gnome-menus-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-menus/2.14/gnome-menus-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9926e7ad14255d1a08c7e774052f8a3a
Download size: 406 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gnome-menus Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

Python-2.4.4, Gamin-0.1.7, and intltool-0.34.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-menus

Installation of gnome-menus

Note

Install gnome-menus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Configuring gnome-menus

Configuration Information

XDG_CONFIG_DIRS Variable

So that GNOME can find the desktop configuration files, ensure you set the XDG_CONFIG_DIRS environment variable in the system profile, or in individual user's profiles as shown below (you may add additional directories, separated with colons, if desired):

export XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=/etc/gnome/2.14.3/xdg:/etc/xdg

XDG_DATA_DIRS Variable

So that GNOME can find the data to populate the menus, ensure you set the XDG_DATA_DIRS environment variable in the system profile, or in individual user's profiles as shown below (you may add additional directories, separated with colons, if desired):

export XDG_DATA_DIRS=$GNOME_PREFIX/share:/usr/share

PYTHONPATH Variable

If your GNOME-2 installation prefix is anything other than /usr and you have Python installed, you need to update the PYTHONPATH environment variable so that the gmenu module can be located by Python. Set the variable in the system profile, or in individual user's profiles as shown below:

export PYTHONPATH=$PYTHONPATH:$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
       ORBit-2.0)/lib/python2.4/site-packages:$(pkg-config \
       --variable=prefix \
       ORBit-2.0)/lib/python2.4/site-packages/GMenuSimpleEditor

Installed Programs: gmenu-simple-editor and gnome-menu-spec-test

Installed Library: libgnome-menu.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.14.3/xdg and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-menus, lib/python2.4/site-packages/GMenuSimpleEditor, share/{desktop-directories, gnome-menus}

Short Descriptions

gmenu-simple-editor	is a simple front-end script to the Python Gmenu Simple Editor module
gnome-menu-spec-test	is used to test GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification.
`libgnome-menu.{so,a}`	contains functions required to support GNOME's implementation of the Desktop Menu Specification.

GNOME Panel-2.14.3

Introduction to GNOME Panel

The GNOME Panel package contains hooks to the menu sub-system and the applet sub-system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-panel/2.14/gnome-panel-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-panel/2.14/gnome-panel-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 14ab4c3d3ff3d0c1be397b6799a8626c
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58.7 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

GNOME Panel Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3, libwnck-2.14.3, and gnome-menus-2.14.3

Optional

Evolution Data Server-1.6.3 (required if you plan to install Evolution-2.6.3 or Ekiga-2.0.2), intltool-0.34.2, and GTK-Doc-1.6

Note

The libxml2 Python module must have been built during the installation of libxml2 else the GNOME Panel build will fail.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-panel

Installation of GNOME Panel

Install GNOME Panel by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-panel \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-panel: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-panel instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gnome-desktop-item-edit, gnome-panel and panel-test-applets

Installed Library: libpanel-applet-2.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/panel-2.0, lib/gnome-panel, share/{gnome/{help/{too many to list}, panel}, gtk-doc/html/panel-applet, icons, idl/gnome-panel-2.0, omf/{too many too list}}

Short Descriptions

libpanel-applet-2.{so,a}

allow development of small applications (applets) which may be embedded in the panel.

GNOME Session-2.14.3

Introduction to GNOME Session

The GNOME Session package contains the GNOME session manager.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-session/2.14/gnome-session-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-session/2.14/gnome-session-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 34eb4641e2791ae51acf6f1edfcf3d64
Download size: 662 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Session Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3 and EsounD-0.2.36

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6 and libnotify

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-session

Installation of GNOME Session

Install GNOME Session by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Programs: gnome-session, gnome-session-properties, gnome-session-remove, gnome-session-save, and gnome-wm

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/pixmaps/splash

Short Descriptions

gnome-session	starts up the GNOME desktop.
gnome-session-*	session utilities includes a configuration program and other session management related utilities.
gnome-wm	uses the `$WINDOW_MANAGER` environment variable to allow a user to define a window manager of choice. If no `$WINDOW_MANAGER` is defined, gnome-wm defaults to metacity as the default window manager.

VTE-0.12.2

Introduction to VTE

The VTE package contains a termcap file implementation for terminal emulators.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.12/vte-0.12.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.12/vte-0.12.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7cb1bd6ca528bc4db5ec685549fd3eb1
Download size: 974 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

VTE Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20 and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.6, intltool-0.34.2, and PyGTK (requires Python-2.4.4)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vte

Installation of VTE

Install VTE by running the following commands:

sed -i 's%\\177:%&kh=\\EOH:@7=\\EOF:%' termcaps/xterm &&
sed -i 's/FT2_LIBS $LIBS/& $X_LIBS/' configure &&
sed -i -e 's/^ssfe_LDADD =.*$/& -lncurses/' \
       -e 's/^LDFLAGS =.*$/& @X_LIBS@/' \
    src/Makefile.in &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i ... termcaps/xterm: The Home and End keys are broken in the xterm termcap file. This sed command fixes them.

sed -i ... configure: If you pass the --with-glX parameter to the configure script, configure will fail because it doesn't include the X Window System library directory in the LDFLAGS in one of the checks. This command adds the required directory. This command is not required if your X Window System libraries are located in /usr/lib.

sed -i ... src/Makefile.in: For the same reason the previous sed command is used, this one does a similar modification to fix the Makefile used to build the programs and library. This sed also fixes an issue by adding the libncurses library to the LDFLAGS for building the ssfe program. This issue is also caused by passing the additional parameters to the configure script.

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of /usr/lib/vte instead of /usr/libexec.

--with-xft2 --with-pangox --with-glX: These parameters can be passed to the configure script to enable additional drawing methods in the VTE library.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Program: vte

Installed Libraries: libvte.{so,a} and the vtemodule.{so,a} Python module

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vte, /usr/lib/vte, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/vte, and /usr/share/vte

Short Descriptions

vte	is a test application for the VTE libraries.
`libvte.{so,a}`	provide the functions necessary to implement a “termcap file” for terminal emulators.

GNOME Terminal-2.14.2

Introduction to GNOME Terminal

The GNOME Terminal package contains the console. This is useful for executing programs from a command prompt.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/2.14/gnome-terminal-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/2.14/gnome-terminal-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: da80071cd707e89cedcfb476cab8b39a
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Terminal Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, VTE-0.12.2, and startup-notification-0.8

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-terminal

Installation of GNOME Terminal

Install GNOME Terminal by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Program: gnome-terminal

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/,omf/}gnome-terminal

Short Descriptions

gnome-terminal

provides the command prompt in the GNOME environment.

LibGTop-2.14.2

Introduction to LibGTop

The LibGTop package contains the GNOME top libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.14/libgtop-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.14/libgtop-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: adcc07c6d1c115c6d275a3c9bb1f3b68
Download size: 664 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

LibGTop Dependencies

Required

Optional

popt-1.10.4, GDBM-1.8.3, and X Window System

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgtop

Installation of LibGTop

Note

Install LibGTop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --infodir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/info &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you passed --with-libgtop-examples to the configure script to build the example programs, install them using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgtop/examples &&
install -v -m755 examples/.libs/* \
        $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/libgtop/examples

Command Explanations

--infodir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/info: This switch installs the info documentation in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/info instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/info. You may need to add this directory to your $INFOPATH environment variable if your GNOME installation prefix is anything other than /usr.

--with-libgtop-examples: Adding this parameter to the configure script will build numerous example programs.

--with-libgtop-inodedb: Add this parameter to the configure script if you have GDBM installed and wish to build the inodedb programs.

Configuring LibGTop

Configuration Information

If $GNOME_PREFIX is anything other than /usr, update the INFOPATH environment variable by adding the following to your system-wide or personal profile:

export INFOPATH=/usr/share/info:$(pkg-config \
       --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/info

Installed Programs: file_by_inode2 and mkinodedb2

Installed Library: libgtop-2.0.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgtop-2.0 and lib/libgtop/examples

Short Descriptions

libgtop-2.0.{so,a}

contains the functions that allow access to system performance data.

GAIL-1.8.11

Introduction to GAIL

The GAIL package contains the GNOME Accessibility Implementation Libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gail/1.8/gail-1.8.11.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gail/1.8/gail-1.8.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ff79df7dd0cf7a5109c089b9b5fbe17f
Download size: 584 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GAIL Dependencies

Required

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gail

Installation of GAIL

Note

Install GAIL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

GTK+ will look for the GAIL modules in /usr/lib even if $GNOME_PREFIX is NOT /usr. If $GNOME_PREFIX is anything other than /usr, create a symlink to $GNOME_PREFIX to satisfy this requirement:

ln -v -s $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtk-2.0/modules \
         /usr/lib/gtk-2.0

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgailutil.so and GAIL GTK+ modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gail-1.0, lib/gtk-2.0/modules and share/gtk-doc/html/gail-libgail-util

Short Descriptions

libgailutil.so

provides the functions that solve accessibility problems in a consistent manner across GNOME.

GNOME Applets-2.14.3

Introduction to GNOME Applets

The GNOME Applets package contains small applications which generally run in the background and display their output to the GNOME panel.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-applets/2.14/gnome-applets-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-applets/2.14/gnome-applets-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ab96f071db993461533cb740281a7373
Download size: 6.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 111 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

GNOME Applets Dependencies

Required

GAIL-1.8.11, GNOME Panel-2.14.3, and libxklavier-2.2

Optional

LibGTop-2.14.2, GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.11, HAL-0.5.7.1, gucharmap-1.6.0, system-tools-backends-1.4.2, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, libapm, and libnotify

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-applets

Installation of GNOME Applets

Install GNOME Applets by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-applets \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make -C man install-man

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-applets: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of in $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-applets instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

make -C man install-man: This command installs the man-pages that are not installed during make install.

Installed Programs: cpufreq-selector and gswitchit-plugins-capplet

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libg{switchit,weather}, lib/gnome-applets, share/{gnome-applets, {gnome/help,omf}/{too many to list}, pixmaps/{accessx-status-applet, cpufreq-applet, stickynotes}, xmodmap}

EEL-2.14.3

Introduction to EEL

The EEL package contains the Eazel Extensions Library. This is a collection of widgets and extensions to the GNOME platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eel/2.14/eel-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eel/2.14/eel-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cdff898f9a054b35f5e3b7c0142cc2a5
Download size: 640 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

EEL Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3, gnome-menus-2.14.3, and GAIL-1.8.11

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/eel

Installation of EEL

Install EEL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

To test the results, first modify the permissions of the test script by issuing chmod 755 eel/check-eel, then issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libeel-2.{so,a}

Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/include/eel-2

Short Descriptions

libeel-2.{so,a}

is a collection of widgets developed by the Nautilus project.

Nautilus-2.14.3

Introduction to Nautilus

The Nautilus package contains the GNOME shell and file manager.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/2.14/nautilus-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/2.14/nautilus-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e82df2a1cb11719d054959539b74b3c7
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 91.4 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Nautilus Dependencies

Required

EEL-2.14.3, EsounD-0.2.36, libexif-0.6.13, and librsvg-2.14.4

Optional

startup-notification-0.8, Tracker (requires MySQL-5.0.21 and D-BUS-0.62, and can use Gamin-0.1.7 and inotify.h capability), Beagle (uses inotify.h capability), and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nautilus

Installation of Nautilus

Install Nautilus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
    --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/nautilus-2.14.3 &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{txt,dia,pdf,sxw,faq,html} $(pkg-config \
    --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/nautilus-2.14.3

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: nautilus, nautilus-connect-server and nautilus-file-management-properties

Installed Library: libnautilus-extension.so

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/nautilus, share/{doc/nautilus-2.14.3, {,pixmaps}nautilus}

Short Descriptions

nautilus	is the GNOME file manager.
`libnautilus-extension.so`	supplies the functions needed by the file manager.

Control Center-2.14.2

Introduction to Control Center

The Control Center package contains the GNOME settings managers.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/control-center/2.14/control-center-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/control-center/2.14/control-center-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 08711b0f14584e7eaa9f4c275085ab36
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60.2 MB
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU

Control Center Dependencies

Required

libxklavier-2.2, Metacity-2.14.5, GNOME Icon Theme-2.14.2, and Nautilus-2.14.3

Optional

Evolution Data Server-1.6.3, ALSA-1.0.13, and GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.11

Though they are only run-time dependencies and Control Center will compile just fine without them installed, there are two screen saver packages that can be installed which will provide a robust collection of screen savers and screen locking capability. GNOME ScreenSaver (BLFS page is forthcoming) is looked for first, with a fallback to XScreenSaver-4.24 if necessary.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/control-center

Installation of Control Center

Install Control Center by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/control-center &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/control-center: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/control-center instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--enable-aboutme: Enables building the gnome-about-me capplet. Evolution Data Server must be installed to use this parameter.

Installed Programs: gnome-about-me,gnome-accessibility-keyboard-properties, gnome-at-properties, gnome-background-properties, gnome-control-center, gnome-default-applications-properties, gnome-display-properties, gnome-font-properties, gnome-font-viewer, gnome-keybinding-properties, gnome-keyboard-properties, gnome-mouse-properties, gnome-network-preferences, gnome-sound-properties, gnome-theme-manager, gnome-theme-thumbnailer, gnome-thumbnail-font, gnome-typing-monitor, gnome-ui-properties, gnome-window-properties, and themus-theme-applier

Installed Libraries: libgnome-window-settings.{so,a}, GNOME VFS and window manager settings library modules and Nautilus library module extensions

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-window-settings-2.0, lib/{control-center, nautilus, window-manager-settings}, share/{{,gnome/help/,omf/}control-center-2.0, gnome/{default-applications,cursor-fonts}}

Yelp-2.14.3

Introduction to Yelp

The Yelp package contains the help browser. This is useful for viewing help files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/2.14/yelp-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/2.14/yelp-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d3c4300c9a7d38ff2179b934ca5e2d1a
Download size: 779 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Yelp Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, libgnomeprintui-2.12.1, startup-notification-0.8, GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1, and a mozilla.org Gecko layout engine (SeaMonkey-1.1 or Firefox-1.5.0.9 or Thunderbird-1.5.0.9 or Mozilla)

Optional

Beagle

Note

The Yelp package is not required for a functional GNOME desktop. Note, however, that without Yelp you will not be able to view the built-in Help provided by core GNOME and many of the support applications. This is mentioned here because you may not wish to install a Gecko layout engine. Without a Gecko layout engine you will have no graphical browser capability as the default GNOME browser, Epiphany-2.14.2.1, also requires a Gecko layout engine.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yelp

Installation of Yelp

Install Yelp by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: gnome-help and yelp

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/yelp

Short Descriptions

gnome-help	is a symbolic link to yelp.
yelp	is the GNOME help browser.

GNOME User Docs-2.14.2

Introduction to GNOME User Docs

The GNOME User Docs package contains documentation for GNOME.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-user-docs/2.14/gnome-user-docs-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-user-docs/2.14/gnome-user-docs-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4f5a7114ccf9e4e31137da50b7333570
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.4 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

GNOME User Docs Dependencies

Required

GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1 and which-2.16

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-user-docs

Installation of GNOME User Docs

Note

Install GNOME User Docs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help/{gnome-access-guide, system-admin-guide, user-guide}, omf/{gnome-user-docs,user-guide}}

Short Descriptions

OMF files

contain user documentation. These include introductions and help on the core packages.

Configuring the Core GNOME Packages

Create (or append to) a ~/.xinitrc file to start GNOME:

echo "exec gnome-session" >> ~/.xinitrc

If you have D-BUS-0.62 installed, you can start the D-BUS session daemon here as well. Starting the session daemon here has the added bonus that it will exit when you log out of your GNOME session. If you wish to start the daemon here, use the following command instead of the one shown above:

echo "exec dbus-launch --exit-with-session gnome-session" >> ~/.xinitrc

Note

Check the ~/.xinitrc file and ensure you have no other window managers or other X applications mentioned before GNOME.

Ensure all libraries can be found with (as root):

ldconfig

Update the MIME-type application database (as root):

update-desktop-database

At this point you can bring up GNOME with startx.

Chapter 32. GNOME Additional Packages

These packages are modular and add desktop applications and assorted utilities to the GNOME environment. Feel free to install them on an as needed or as desired basis.

Libraries

libgnomecups-0.2.2

Introduction to libgnomecups

The libgnomecups package contains a library used to wrap the CUPS API in a GLib fashion, so CUPS code can be cleanly integrated with GLib code.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecups/0.2/libgnomecups-0.2.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomecups/0.2/libgnomecups-0.2.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 959d5524fe9c37efb55ccfa02e3a063b
Download size: 314 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libgnomecups Dependencies

Required

CUPS-1.2.7, GLib-2.10.3, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnomecups

Installation of libgnomecups

Note

Install libgnomecups by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgnomecups-1.0.{so,a}

Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/include/libgnomecups-1

Short Descriptions

libgnomecups-1.0.{so,a}

libraries are used to wrap the CUPS API in a GLib type interface.

libgnomeprint-2.12.1

Introduction to libgnomeprint

The libgnomeprint package contains libgnomeprint libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprint/2.12/libgnomeprint-2.12.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprint/2.12/libgnomeprint-2.12.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ea729d4968fe2169c84efb12ace5f6cc
Download size: 787 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

libgnomeprint Dependencies

Required

Pango-1.12.3, libart_lgpl-2.3.17, Fontconfig-2.3.2, popt-1.10.4, libxml2-2.6.26, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

libgnomecups-0.2.2, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

If you have CUPS-1.2.7 installed, you must also have libgnomecups-0.2.2 installed or pass --without-cups to the configure command in the instructions below.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnomeprint

Installation of libgnomeprint

Note

Install libgnomeprint by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

The test suite requires Acroread-4 to be installed and passing --with-metadata-printer to the configure script. If the previous requirements are met and you wish to run the regression tests, change directories to the tests directory and issue: ./run-test.pl.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-gtk-doc: This switch prevents rebuilding the documentation during the make command. Remove this parameter if you have GTK-Doc installed and wish to rebuild the documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgnomeprint-2-2.{so,a} and numerous filters and modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomeprint-2.2, lib/libgnomeprint, share/{,gtk-doc/html/}libgnomeprint

Short Descriptions

libgnomeprint-2-2.{so,a}

implements the GNOME Printing Architecture.

libgnomeprintui-2.12.1

Introduction to libgnomeprintui

The libgnomeprintui package contains the libgnomeprintui library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprintui/2.12/libgnomeprintui-2.12.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnomeprintui/2.12/libgnomeprintui-2.12.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fa0b0410c3ba8b6899c5ed278f02cbe5
Download size: 646 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libgnomeprintui Dependencies

Required

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0, GNOME Icon Theme-2.14.2, and libgnomeprint-2.12.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnomeprintui

Installation of libgnomeprintui

Note

Install libgnomeprintui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this option if you have GTK-Doc installed and wish to build the API documentation, as the source tarball does not contain any pre-built docs.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgnomeprintui-2-2.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgnomeprintui-2.2 and share/{,gtk-doc/html/}libgnomeprintui

Short Descriptions

libgnomeprintui-2-2.{so,a}

is the GUI portion of the GNOME Printing Architecture implementation.

GtkHTML-3.10.3

Introduction to GtkHTML

The GtkHTML package contains a lightweight HTML rendering/printing/editing engine.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkhtml/3.10/gtkhtml-3.10.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkhtml/3.10/gtkhtml-3.10.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 90b1807db0ef0e5d69442e1f85610ec4
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57.0 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

GtkHTML Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, GAIL-1.8.11, GNOME Icon Theme-2.14.2, and libgnomeprintui-2.12.1

Optional

libsoup-2.2.96 and intltool-0.34.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtkhtml

Installation of GtkHTML

Install GtkHTML by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtkhtml &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gtkhtml: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gtkhtml instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgtkhtml-3.8.{so,a} and libgnome-gtkhtml-editor-3.8.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libgtkhtml-3.8, lib/gtkhtml, and share/gtkhtml-3.8

Short Descriptions

libgtkhtml-3.8.{so,a}

provide the functions to render HTML within applications.

Evolution Data Server-1.6.3

Introduction to Evolution Data Server

The Evolution Data Server package provides a unified backend for programs that work with contacts, tasks, and calendar information. It was originally developed for Evolution (hence the name), but is now used by other packages as well.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-data-server/1.6/evolution-data-server-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution-data-server/1.6/evolution-data-server-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e40343fa6a80916da3f4d1ba5d118c89
Download size: 7.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 171 MB
Estimated build time: 3.4 SBU (additional 0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

Evolution Data Server Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1 and libsoup-2.2.96

Recommended (For SSL and S/MIME support)

GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2 and libgnomeprintui-2.12.1

The NSS package is not required if you have Firefox-1.5.0.9, Thunderbird-1.5.0.9, SeaMonkey-1.1 or Mozilla installed. These packages contain internal copies of NSS (or they used a system-installed copy). If any of the four packages are installed, one way or another you will already have NSS/NSPR libraries on your system.

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.27, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, krb4, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/evolution-data-server

Installation of Evolution Data Server

Install Evolution Data Server by running the following commands:

Note

The instructions below assume you have the NSS/NSPR libraries installed on your system. If you elected not to install NSS (or one of the other packages mentioned above), you'll need to remove the following two parameter settings from the configure command below:

--enable-nss --enable-smime

The Evolution configure script only looks for the stand-alone NSS package and the Mozilla and Firefox browsers for the NSS/NSPR libraries. If you are using Thunderbird as your source for the NSS/NSPR libraries, you will have to add the following two parameter settings to the configure command below:

--with-nspr-includes=/usr/include/nspr --with-nss-includes=/usr/include/nss

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
                ORBit-2.0)/lib/evolution-data-server-1.2 \
            --enable-nntp \
            --enable-nss \
            --enable-smime &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check. At least one test is known to fail and 18 are known to pass.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/evolution-data-server-1.2: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/evolution-data-server-1.2 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--enable-nntp: This parameter is used to build the Usenet news (NNTP) backend.

--enable-nss: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for SSL support.

--enable-smime: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for S/MIME support.

Note

To enable many of the optional dependencies, review the information from ./configure --help for the necessary parameters you must pass to the configure script.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libcamel-1.2.so, libcamel-provider-1.2.so, libebook-1.2.so, libecal-1.2.so, libedata-book-1.2.so, libedata-cal-1.2.so, libedataserver-1.2.so, libedataserverui-1.2.so, libegroupwise-1.2.so, libexchange-storage-1.2.so and numerous provider and extension modules.

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/evolution-data-server-1.6, lib/evolution-data-server-1.2, share/{evolution-data-server-1.6, gtk-doc/html/libe{book,cal,data{,server}}, idl/evolution-data-server-1.2, pixmaps/evolution-data-server-1.6}

Short Descriptions

libe*.so

libraries are client, backend and utility libraries for the Evolution address books, calendar and data servers.

gtksourceview-1.6.2

Introduction to gtksourceview

The gtksourceview package contains libgtksourceview libraries. This is useful for extending the GTK text functions to include syntax highlighting.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/1.6/gtksourceview-1.6.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/1.6/gtksourceview-1.6.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 57f4ee84f0c494fd943c7badb0a68785
Download size: 756 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gtksourceview Dependencies

Required

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.6 and intltool-0.34.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtksourceview

Installation of gtksourceview

Install gtksourceview by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite, however, after the package is installed you can change to the tests directory in the source tree and issue ./test-widget to test the functionality of the libgtksourceview-1.0 library.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgtksourceview-1.0.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gtksourceview-1.0, share/{gtk-doc/html/gtksourceview, gtksourceview-1.0}

Short Descriptions

libgtksourceview-1.0.{so,a}

contains function extensions for the GtkTextView widget.

system-tools-backends-1.4.2

Introduction to system-tools-backends

The system-tools-backends are a set of cross-platform scripts for Linux and other Unix systems. The backends provide a standard XML interface for modifying the configuration regardless of the distribution being used.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/system-tools-backends/1.4/system-tools-backends-1.4.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/system-tools-backends/1.4/system-tools-backends-1.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a0af1513becdf3b9bfed3535ad8f7dab
Download size: 708 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

system-tools-backends Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/system-tools-backends

Installation of system-tools-backends

Note

Install system-tools-backends by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/setup-tool-backends

Short Descriptions

System tools backend scripts

are configuration files, Perl and shell scripts used to perform setup of various desktop frontend processes and services.

gnome-audio-2.0.0

Introduction to gnome-audio

The gnome-audio package contains a set of default sounds for the GNOME GUI desktop. Sound files for startup, shutdown and many GTK+ events are included. These sounds compliment the GNOME Media package.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-audio/2.0/gnome-audio-2.0.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-audio/2.0/gnome-audio-2.0.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cd14b84af59fb2ec673527d32f4e379f
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-audio

Installation of gnome-audio

Note

Install gnome-audio by running the following command as the root user:

make prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) install

Command Explanations

prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0): Setting the prefix using this parameter instead of with $GNOME_PREFIX will ensure that the prefix is consistent with the installation environment and the package will be installed in the correct location.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/sounds

Utilities

bug-buddy-2.14.0

Introduction to bug-buddy

The bug-buddy package contains a graphical bug reporting tool. This can extract debugging information from a core file or crashed application.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/bug-buddy/2.14/bug-buddy-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/bug-buddy/2.14/bug-buddy-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4fb288adc8f67cbfb8886ddf7b400530
Download size: 577 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

bug-buddy Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3 and gnome-menus-2.14.3

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bug-buddy

Installation of bug-buddy

Install bug-buddy by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Program: bug-buddy

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}bug-buddy

Short Descriptions

bug-buddy

is a graphical bug reporting system.

gedit-2.14.4

Introduction to gedit

The gedit package contains a lightweight UTF-8 text editor for the GNOME desktop.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/2.14/gedit-2.14.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/2.14/gedit-2.14.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 189d4d9128eca1162a782744cb324aea
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 64.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

gedit Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1, gtksourceview-1.6.2, and which-2.16

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, Aspell-0.60.4, PyXML-0.8.4, and gnome-python-desktop (requires PyGTK and can use GNOME-Python and PyORBit)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gedit

Installation of gedit

Install gedit by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Configuring gedit

Configuration Information

There is no way in the preferences to change the color of highlighted (such as when you search for text and it is found) text. If you wish to change the color, issue the following command as the root user (substitute your color of choice):

sed -i 's/FFFF78/<some-color-you-like>/' gedit/gedit-document.c

Installed Programs: gedit and gnome-text-editor

Installed Libraries: gedit plugin modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gedit-2.14, lib/gedit-2, share/{gedit-2, {gnome/help, omf}/gedit}

Short Descriptions

gedit	is a lightweight text editor.
gnome-text-editor	is a symlink to gedit.

EOG-2.14.3

Introduction to EOG

The EOG package contains Eye of GNOME. This is useful for viewing and cataloging image files.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/2.14/eog-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/2.14/eog-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e90e4c1e314cfab04414464088098a16
Download size: 824 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

EOG Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3 and libgnomeprintui-2.12.1

Optional

libexif-0.6.13 and little cms-1.15

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/eog

Installation of EOG

Install EOG by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Program: eog

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/ ,pixmaps/}eog

Short Descriptions

eog

is a fast and functional image viewer as well as an image cataloging program.

Evince-0.5.3

Introduction to Evince

The Evince package contains a document viewer for multiple document formats. It currently supports PDF, Postscript, DjVu, TIFF and DVI. This is useful for viewing documents of various types using one simple application instead of the multiple document viewers that once existed on the GNOME Desktop.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/0.5/evince-0.5.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/0.5/evince-0.5.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 94be73485eeb8584b4aeaa8ac87699f0
Download size: 994 KB
Estimated disk space required: 35.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Evince Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1, and Poppler-0.4.5 (must be a version >= 5.1 and built with GTK+ support)

Run-Time Requirement

shared-mime-info-0.17

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, D-BUS-0.62, LibTIFF-3.8.2, teTeX-3.0 (required to build the DVI viewer), libgnomeprintui-2.12.1 (required to print from Evince), Nautilus-2.14.3 (required to build the Nautilus plugin), ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2 or AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 (required for Postscript ability from Evince), DjVuLibre (required for DjVu graphics from Evince), and t1lib (required for Type1 font support in the DVI viewer)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/evince

Installation of Evince

Install Evince by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --disable-ps \
            --enable-pixbuf &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-ps: This parameter is required if you don't have a Ghostscript package installed. Remove the parameter if you do have a Ghostscript package installed and wish to build the DVI viewer.

--enable-djvu: Use this parameter if you have the DjVuLibre package installed and you wish to build support to view DjVu files.

--enable-dvi: Use this parameter if you have the teTeX package installed and you wish to build support to view DVI files.

--enable-t1lib: Use this parameter if you have the t1lib package installed and you wish to build support for Type1 fonts in the DVI viewer.

Installed Programs: evince and evince-thumbnailer

Installed Library: libevince-properties-page.{so,a} Nautilus extension

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}evince

Short Descriptions

evince	is a multiple format document viewer.
evince-thumbnailer	is a simple program used to create thumbnail images of supported documents.

File Roller-2.14.4

Introduction to File Roller

File Roller is an archive manager for GNOME with support for tar, bzip2, gzip, zip, jar, compress, lzop and many other archive formats.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/2.14/file-roller-2.14.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/2.14/file-roller-2.14.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e86c78b3ecc90af20cf66511f4622c5c
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

File Roller Dependencies

Required

Nautilus CD Burner-2.14.3

Optional

intltool-0.34.2 and Nautilus-2.14.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/file-roller

Installation of File Roller

Install File Roller by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --disable-nautilus-actions &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-nautilus-actions: This parameter is required if Nautilus is not installed. Remove the parameter if Nautilus is installed.

Installed Program: file-roller

Installed Libraries: A Nautilus extension

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}file-roller

Short Descriptions

file-roller

is an archiver for GNOME.

GConf Editor-2.14.0

Introduction to GConf Editor

The GConf Editor package contains a GUI editor for the GConf configuration database.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gconf-editor/2.14/gconf-editor-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gconf-editor/2.14/gconf-editor-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: eb8b979464f6e383e5a27b57ee4e8382
Download size: 541 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GConf Editor Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gconf-editor

Installation of GConf Editor

Install GConf Editor by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Program: gconf-editor

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help, omf, pixmaps}/gconf-editor

Short Descriptions

gconf-editor

allows direct modification of the GConf configuration database.

GNOME Utilities-2.14.0

Introduction to GNOME Utilities

The GNOME Utilities package contains a collection of small applications designed to make your life a little easier.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-utils/2.14/gnome-utils-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-utils/2.14/gnome-utils-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d1d16ff6bfc1f6ddc110d18ec4dfdbfa
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GNOME Utilities Dependencies

Required

GNOME Panel-2.14.3 and libgnomeprintui-2.12.1

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 (only if consolehelper is also installed), and HAL-0.5.7.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-utils

Installation of GNOME Utilities

Install GNOME Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-utils \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

--with-pam-prefix=/etc/pam.d: This parameter causes the PAM files to be installed in the correct location of /etc/pam.d instead of /etc/gnome/2.14.3.

Installed Programs: gfloppy, gnome-dictionary, gnome-panel-screenshot, gnome-screenshot, gnome-search-tool, and gnome-system-log

Installed Libraries: libgdict-1.0.{so,a}

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gdict-1.0, lib/gnome-utils, share/{gnome-{screenshot, system-log, utils}, gnome/help/{gfloppy, gnome-dictionary, gnome-search-tool, gnome-system-log} omf/gnome-utils, pixmaps/gsearchtool}

Short Descriptions

gfloppy	formats floppy disks under Linux.
gnome-dictionary	allows you to look up definitions and spelling of words.
gnome-screenshot	is used to capture the contents of the current desktop as a graphics formatted file.
gnome-search-tool	allows you to search for files on your system using simple and advanced search options.
gnome-system-log	allows you to monitor and view system log files.

GNOME System Monitor-2.14.5

Introduction to GNOME System Monitor

The GNOME System Monitor package contains gnome-system-monitor, GNOME's replacement for gtop.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/2.14/gnome-system-monitor-2.14.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/2.14/gnome-system-monitor-2.14.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1220837542f9c1905ebf3af69a608b07
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME System Monitor Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, libwnck-2.14.3, and LibGTop-2.14.2

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, and libgksu1.2 and libgksuui1.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-system-monitor

Installation of GNOME System Monitor

Install GNOME System Monitor by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Program: gnome-system-monitor

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help, omf}/gnome-system-monitor

Short Descriptions

gnome-system-monitor

displays the process tree and hardware meters.

gnome-mount-0.4

Introduction to gnome-mount

The gnome-mount package contains programs for mounting, unmounting and ejecting storage devices. The goal for gnome-mount is to get the appropriate GNOME software (such as gnome-volume-manager and GNOME-VFS) to use this instead of invoking mount/umount/eject or direct HAL invoking methods.

All the gnome-mount programs utilize the methods on HAL and as such run unprivileged. The rationale for gnome-mount is to have a centralized place (in GConf) where settings (e.g., mount options and mount locations) are maintained.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://people.freedesktop.org/~david/dist/gnome-mount-0.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 75f260ea6b0ec3c5e0af3c722fbd9568
Download size: 364 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

gnome-mount Dependencies

Required

gnome-keyring-0.4.9, libgnomeui-2.14.1, and HAL-0.5.7.1

Optional

intltool-0.34.2 and Nautilus-2.14.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-mount

Installation of gnome-mount

Install gnome-mount by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: gnome-eject, gnome-mount and gnome-umount

Installed Libraries: libgnome-mount.{so,a} Nautilus extention

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/gnome-mount

Short Descriptions

gnome-mount	is used to automatically mount storage media and other removable media.
gnome-umount	is a symbolic link to gnome-mount used to automatically unmount storage media and other removable media.
gnome-eject	is a symbolic link to gnome-mount used to automatically open and close (if supported by the drive) the drive door and tray in CD/DVD drives.

Nautilus CD Burner-2.14.3

Introduction to Nautilus CD Burner

The Nautilus CD Burner package provides an easy method to write files to a CD or DVD burner with GNOME; by drag-and-dropping files using the GNOME file manager, Nautilus.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus-cd-burner/2.14/nautilus-cd-burner-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus-cd-burner/2.14/nautilus-cd-burner-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c85642630b3db5ee0a40e2fdbf4fdf94
Download size: 682 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Nautilus CD Burner Dependencies

Required

Nautilus-2.14.3

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, HAL-0.5.7.1, and gnome-mount-0.4

Though Nautilus CD Burner happily passes all the configure script checks and then builds successfully without them, the Cdrtools-2.01 and dvd+rw-tools-6.1 packages are required to be installed or you won't be able to create ISO filesystems or burn CDs and DVDs.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/NautilusCdBurner

Installation of Nautilus CD Burner

Install Nautilus CD Burner by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/nautilus-cd-burner &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=`pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0`/lib/nautilus-cd-burner: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/nautilus-cd-burner instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Programs: nautilus-cd-burner

Installed Libraries: libnautilus-burn.so and gnome-vfs and nautilus modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/libnautilus-burn, lib/nautilus-cd-burner and share/nautilus-cd-burner

Short Descriptions

nautilus-cd-burner

is an extension to Nautilus that lets you burn CDs easily.

GNOME Media-2.14.2

Introduction to GNOME Media

The GNOME Media package contains GNOME's media applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-media/2.14/gnome-media-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-media/2.14/gnome-media-2.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 16c35916f429c5ea04fb942b4072643b
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

GNOME Media Dependencies

Required

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-media

Installation of GNOME Media

Install GNOME Media by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-media &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-media: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-media instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Programs: CDDBSlave2, cddb-slave2-properties, cddb-track-editor, gnome-audio-profiles-properties, gnome-cd, gnome-sound-recorder, gnome-volume-control, gstreamer-properties and vumeter

Installed Libraries: libcddb-slave2.{so,a}, libgnome-media-profiles.{so,a} and a libgnome-media-profiles.{so,a} Glade library

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/{cddb-slave2,gnome-media}, lib/gnome-media, share/{gnome-{media,sound-recorder}, gnome/help/{gnome-{cd, sound-recorder, volume-control}, grecord, gstreamer-properties}, gstreamer-properties, omf/gnome-media, pixmaps/gnome-{cd, media}}

Short Descriptions

gnome-cd	is GNOME's CD Player.
gnome-sound-recorder	is GNOME's recorder.
gnome-volume-control	is GNOME's mixer with volume applet.
gstreamer-properties	is a GUI front-end to GStreamer's audio/video input/output parameters.
vumeter	is a visual volume meter.

GNOME Netstatus-2.12.0

Introduction to GNOME Netstatus

The GNOME Netstatus package contains a panel applet that monitors network interfaces. It provides indicators for incoming and outgoing data, packets received and transmitted, and information about the network interface such as IP information and Ethernet address.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-netstatus/2.12/gnome-netstatus-2.12.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-netstatus/2.12/gnome-netstatus-2.12.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a5f23731a3bf232969e82afef8792a36
Download size: 473 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GNOME Netstatus Dependencies

Required

GNOME Panel-2.14.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-netstatus

Installation of GNOME Netstatus

Install GNOME Netstatus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-netstatus &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-netstatus: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of in $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-netstatus instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Applet: gnome-netstatus-applet

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}gnome-netstatus

Short Descriptions

gnome-netstatus-applet

displays information about a network interface on your panel.

gcalctool-5.8.19

Introduction to gcalctool

gcalctool is a powerful graphical calculator with financial, logical and scientific modes. It uses a multiple precision package to do its arithmetic to give a high degree of accuracy.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcalctool/5.8/gcalctool-5.8.19.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcalctool/5.8/gcalctool-5.8.19.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9fbf0f2552f6fd1a0fadf54a2125fef2
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gcalctool Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcalctool

Installation of gcalctool

Install gcalctool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Programs: gcalctool and gnome-calculator

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help/, omf/}gcalctool

Short Descriptions

gcalctool	is a desktop calculator for GNOME.
gnome-calculator	is a symlink to the gcalctool program.

gucharmap-1.6.0

Introduction to gucharmap

gucharmap is a Unicode character map and font viewer. It allows you to browse through all the available Unicode characters and categories for the installed fonts, and to examine their detailed properties. It is an easy way to find the character you might only know by its Unicode name or code point.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/1.6/gucharmap-1.6.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/1.6/gucharmap-1.6.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8af03f350c988d1565922b10776bc725
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

gucharmap Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

libgnomeui-2.14.1 and intltool-0.34.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gucharmap

Installation of gucharmap

Note

Install gucharmap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: charmap, gnome-character-map, and gucharmap

Installed Library: libgucharmap.so

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gucharmap and share/{gnome/help/,omf/}/gucharmap

Short Descriptions

gucharmap

is a Unicode character map and font viewer.

Zenity-2.14.3

Introduction to Zenity

Zenity is a rewrite of gdialog, the GNOME port of dialog which allows you to display GTK+ dialog boxes from the command line and shell scripts.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/zenity/2.14/zenity-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/zenity/2.14/zenity-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 00c0930abb905a5552f67ee764bd6177
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Zenity Dependencies

Required

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0 and GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zenity

Installation of Zenity

Install Zenity by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Programs: gdialog and zenity

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}zenity

Short Descriptions

gdialog	is a Perl wrapper script which can be used with legacy scripts.
zenity	is a program that will display GTK+ dialogs, and return the user's input.

Epiphany-2.14.2.1

Introduction to Epiphany

Epiphany is a simple yet powerful GNOME web browser targeted at non-technical users. Its principles are simplicity and standards compliance.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/2.14/epiphany-2.14.2.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/2.14/epiphany-2.14.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 872ef8d5e95cdc359f93b5ded501d98d
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 74.9 MB
Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU

Epiphany Dependencies

Required

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3, libgnomeprintui-2.12.1, startup-notification-0.8, D-BUS-0.62, which-2.16, ISO Codes-0.58-1, and a mozilla.org Gecko layout engine (SeaMonkey-1.1 or Firefox-1.5.0.9 or Thunderbird-1.5.0.9 or Mozilla)

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, GNOME-Python (requires PyGTK and can use PyORBit, see GNOME-Python), and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/epiphany

Installation of Epiphany

Install Epiphany by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

A D-BUS service script was installed in the previous step. If the $GNOME_PREFIX is anything other than /usr, as the root user you should add the $GNOME_PREFIX/share/dbus-1/services directory to the local session configuration as described in the D-BUS-0.62 configuration section.

If you have GNOME-Python installed, the Epiphany Python extension is automatically built. If your $GNOME_PREFIX is anything but /usr and you have GNOME-Python installed, as the root user create the following symbolic link in the PyGTK extensions directory of /usr/share:

ln -v -s $GNOME_PREFIX/share/pygtk/2.0/defs/epiphany.defs \
    /usr/share/pygtk/2.0/defs

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Program: epiphany

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/epiphany-2.14, lib/epiphany, share/{,gnome/help/, gtk-doc/html/, omf/}epiphany

Short Descriptions

epiphany

is a GNOME web browser based on the Mozilla rendering engine.

Ekiga-2.0.2

Introduction to Ekiga

Ekiga is an H.323 and SIP compatible videoconferencing and VOIP/IP-Telephony application that allows you to make audio and video calls to remote users with H.323 hardware or software (such as Microsoft Netmeeting) and SIP compatible software. It supports all modern videoconferencing features, such as registering to an ILS directory, gatekeeper support, making multi-user conference calls using an external MCU, using modern Quicknet telephony cards, and making PC-To-Phone calls.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ekiga/2.0/ekiga-2.0.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ekiga/2.0/ekiga-2.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d593da6ac49dce495ef4c6ada06b54b6
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 64.3 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Ekiga Dependencies

Required

ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, EsounD-0.2.36, Evolution Data Server-1.6.3, PWLib-1.10.1 (compiled with OpenLDAP-2.3.27 support), and OPAL-2.2.2

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1, SDL-1.2.11 (required for full-screen video), D-BUS-0.62, and Avahi

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ekiga

Installation of Ekiga

Install Ekiga by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: ekiga, ekiga-config-tool and ekiga-helper

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{gnome/help/, omf/, pixmaps/, sounds/}ekiga

Short Descriptions

ekiga

is a H.323 and SIP VOIP, telephony and video conferencing application which uses the H.323 and SIP protocols.

GNOME Keyring Manager-2.14.0

Introduction to GNOME Keyring Manager

The GNOME Keyring Manager package contains a keyring management program for the GNOME Desktop. This is useful for maintenance of a keyring database using a graphical user interface.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring-manager/2.14/gnome-keyring-manager-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring-manager/2.14/gnome-keyring-manager-2.14.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d4e38c7b7da99885fa898917e10d8aeb
Download size: 391 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GNOME Keyring Manager Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-keyring-manager

Installation of GNOME Keyring Manager

Install GNOME Keyring Manager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Program: gnome-keyring-manager

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}gnome-keyring-manager

Short Descriptions

gnome-keyring-manager

is a graphical key management tool for GNOME. It allows the user to create, delete, and otherwise manipulate keys and keyrings which can be used to store passwords.

gnome-volume-manager-1.5.15

Introduction to gnome-volume-manager

The gnome-volume-manager package contains a volume manager for GNOME. It is a desktop-level daemon that enforces volume-related policy in response to events received from HAL. This is useful for automatic mounting of floppy diskettes, CDROMs and removable storage devices. It can also be used to automatically run a program in response to other hotplug events such as plugging in USB printers or cameras, or inserting DVDs and music CDs. The goal of gnome-volume-manager is to implement all functionality as a state-machine in response to asynchronous events from HAL. It is one component in a larger plan to fully integrate all levels of the Linux system, from the kernel on up through the desktop and its applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-volume-manager/1.5/gnome-volume-manager-1.5.15.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-volume-manager/1.5/gnome-volume-manager-1.5.15.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0bf3ee007c951a5d833a3c17bbe59ec6
Download size: 311 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

gnome-volume-manager Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1 and HAL-0.5.7.1

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, Nautilus-2.14.3, and libnotify

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-volume-manager

Installation of gnome-volume-manager

Install gnome-volume-manager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --disable-multiuser &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-multiuser: Without this parameter, gnome-volume-manager will only allow the user who is at the active console to manage volumes. This is determined through the Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 module pam_console. If your system is configured to use pam_console, you can drop this parameter.

Configuring gnome-volume-manager

Configuration Information

Proper operation of this package is dependant upon the hald daemon running on the system. Ensure the hald daemon is running before attempting to start or configure gnome-volume-manager. Configuration is accomplished using the “Removable Drives and Media” graphical interface found on the “Desktop”—“Preferences” drop-down menu. You can also run the gnome-volume-properties command from the command line to bring up the configuration interface.

Note that the gnome-volume-manager daemon program should be started when your GNOME desktop environment is started. This should be automatically configured during the installation of gnome-volume-manager.

The “Disk Mounter” applet can be installed in the control panel for visual display status of removable media. Installing this applet in the panel is accomplished using conventional methods.

Installed Programs: gnome-volume-manager and gnome-volume-properties

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/gnome-volume-manager

Short Descriptions

gnome-volume-manager	is the manager daemon, designed to be run at the desktop level. It is a simple policy engine that implements a state machine in response to events from HAL. Responding to these events, it implements automount, autorun, autoplay, automatic photo management, and so on.
gnome-volume-properties	is a control panel applet for gnome-volume-manager. It is also provides a graphical configuration interface.

GNOME Games-2.14.3

Introduction to GNOME Games

The GNOME Games package contains games. Starting with GNOME-2.8, the background graphics, artwork and themes for the games are supplied in a separate package. You can download the GNOME Games Extra Data package from http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-games-extra-data/2.14/.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-games/2.14/gnome-games-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-games/2.14/gnome-games-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 20f7c2e0ee4a65d15733332f34ac3cd4
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 72.5 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

GNOME Games Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, and librsvg-2.14.4

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, EsounD-0.2.36, Guile-1.6.7 (required to build the AisleRiot solitaire games), Avahi or Bonjour, and GOB2

The gnibbles game will attempt to start the network game server daemon games-server.py, which requires Python-2.4.4.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-games

Installation of GNOME Games

Some of the GNOME Games game binaries need to be setgid to track high scores. Create a separate user and group for games. See the README file in the source directory for more information:

install -v -m755 -d /var/lib/games &&
groupadd -g 60 games &&
useradd -c 'Games High Score Owner' -d /var/lib/games \
        -g games -s /bin/false -u 60 games &&
chown -v games:games /var/lib/games

Install GNOME Games by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that all ScrollKeeper files are installed in, and the ScrollKeeper database is properly updated in /var/lib/scrollkeeper instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/var/scrollkeeper and also causes the game programs to use /var/lib/games as the directory holding the high score files.

--disable-setgid: This will prevent the setgid bit on the executables from being set. It provides system administrators with the option to disable setgid binaries, though it also means that the functionality to save high game scores will be disabled.

Installed Programs: blackjack, games-server.py, gataxx, glines, gnect, gnibbles, gnobots2, gnometris, gnomine, gnotravex, gnotski, gtali, iagno, mahjongg, same-gnome, and sol

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: share/{{many game names}, {,omf/}gnome-games, {,help,pixmaps,sound}/{game names}, /var/lib/games

Short Descriptions

See the README file in the source tree for a description of each game.

Sound Juicer-2.14.5

Introduction to Sound Juicer

The Sound Juicer package contains the sound-juicer program, a simple and clean CD ripping tool. This is useful for extracting the audio tracks from audio compact discs and converting them into audio files. It can also play the audio tracks directly from the CD, allowing you to preview the CD before ripping it. Sound Juicer is designed to be easy to use, and to work with little user intervention. When you start sound-juicer it will examine the CD in the drive and try to locate information about the audio tracks using the MusicBrainz service.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/sound-juicer/2.14/sound-juicer-2.14.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/sound-juicer/2.14/sound-juicer-2.14.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2bb23f1bd7751eb9f14f2446beed15e0
Download size: 883 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Sound Juicer Dependencies

Required

GNOME Media-2.14.2, GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.11 (for the cdparanoiasrc, gnomevfssink and vorbisenc plugins), and libmusicbrainz-2.1.4

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.4 (for the flacenc and wavenc plugins), GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.4 (for the lame plugin), libcdio (which can use CDParanoia-III-9.8, libcddb, and VCDImager), and TagLib

Note

At a minimum you should have the following plugins configured into the GStreamer installation: cdparanoiasrc and gnomevfssink. If either of these plugins are not configured into the GStreamer setup, Sound Juicer will fail at run-time. Additionally, if you need to encode in Ogg Vorbis, FLAC, Wave or MP3 formats, you should ensure the vorbisenc, flacenc, wavenc and lame plugins are configured into GStreamer. You can easily determine if you have the necessary plugins configured by using the gst-inspect program. Here is an example:

gst-inspect | grep cdparanoiasrc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sound-juicer

Installation of Sound Juicer

Install Sound_Juicer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Configuring Sound Juicer

Configuration Information

Configuration is accomplished by using the “Preferences” drop-down menu option. For information on how to configure sound-juicer to use LAME as the default encoding method (creating MP3 files as the default) see the Sound Juicer Help section.

Installed Program: sound-juicer

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}sound-juicer

Short Descriptions

sound-juicer

is a graphical CD extraction (ripping) tool based on GNOME-2 and GStreamer.

Totem-1.4.3

Introduction to Totem

The Totem package contains the official movie player of the GNOME desktop environment based on xine-lib or GStreamer. It features a playlist, a full-screen mode, seek and volume controls, as well as keyboard navigation. This is useful for playing any xine-lib or GStreamer supported file, DVD, VCD or digital CD.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem/1.4/totem-1.4.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem/1.4/totem-1.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 971f99d769cb865f9a6b55284357f415
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Totem Dependencies

Required

GNOME Icon Theme-2.14.2, GNOME Desktop-2.14.3, ISO Codes-0.58-1, and xine Libraries-1.1.1 (default back-end) or GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.4 (secondary back-end)

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, Nautilus-2.14.3, D-BUS-0.62, SeaMonkey-1.1 or Firefox-1.5.0.9 (to build the browser plug-in, requires D-BUS-0.62 also), libirman, LIRC, Gromit (required for the telestrator mode), and NvTv Simple

Note: libdvdcss-1.2.9 is a run-time requirement if you wish to play encrypted DVDs

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/totem

Installation of Totem

Install Totem by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/totem \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/totem: This parameter is used so that the movie player browser plugin is installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/totem instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Configuring Totem

Configuration Information

There are no configuration files that need to be directly edited. Configuration is accomplished by setting the desired values in the various menu options accessed via the totem graphical interface.

Installed Programs: totem, totem-video-thumbnailer and optionally, vanity

Installed Libraries: libtotem-plparser.{so,a}, a Nautilus extension plugin and optionally, a Mozilla video plugin

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/totem, lib/totem, share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}totem

Short Descriptions

totem	is a GNOME-desktop movie player.
totem-video-thumbnailer	is a video thumbnailer for the GNOME desktop used internally by GNOME applications such as Nautilus to generate PNG thumbnails of video files. While it is possible to invoke it manually, it is usually done automatically by Nautilus.

GDM-2.14.10

Introduction to GDM

The GDM package contains GNOME's Display Manager daemon. This is useful for allowing configurable graphical logins.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdm/2.14/gdm-2.14.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdm/2.14/gdm-2.14.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e880558dc3574f804f3abca869992a4f
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 54.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GDM Dependencies

Required

libgnomecanvas-2.14.0, GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1, and librsvg-2.14.4

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, Zenity-2.14.3, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, TCP Wrapper-7.6, and OpenAFS

If you configure GDM to offer secure connections to remote machines, you will need to have Zenity-2.14.3, OpenSSH-4.5p1 and which-2.16 installed.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdm

Installation of GDM

It is recommended to have a dedicated user and group to take control of the gdm-binary daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 21 gdm &&
useradd -c "GDM Daemon Owner" -d /dev/null \
        -g gdm -s /bin/bash -u 21 gdm

Install GDM by running the following commands as an unprivileged user:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gdm \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man \
            --with-pam-prefix=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This command puts files in /var/lib instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/var. This also has the downside affect of using /var/lib/log/gdm as the log directory. See the “Configuration Information” section below for instructions on relocating the log file directory.

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gdm: This parameter is used so that the GDM internal support programs are installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gdm instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--with-pam-prefix=/etc: This command puts PAM configuration files in /etc/pam.d instead of /etc/gnome/2.14.3.

Configuring GDM

Config Files

/etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf, $GNOME_PREFIX/share/gdm/defaults.conf

Configuration Information

Starting with the 2.14.x version of GNOME, the default configuration parameters are stored in a static file ($GNOME_PREFIX/share/gdm/defaults.conf). This file is not intended to be edited. If modification of the configuration is necessary, you should add parameters to the /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf file. The settings in this file will override the settings in the static file. The same parameters in the static file are used in the configuration file.

Change the directory containing the GDM log files to the /var/log hierarchy by creating a directory and modifying the /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf configuration file. Issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /var/log/gdm &&
sed -i.orig "/\[daemon\]/ a LogDir=/var/log/gdm" \
    /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf &&
rmdir -v /var/lib/log/gdm &&
rmdir -v /var/lib/log

The GDM PAM configuration files contain modules not present in a BLFS installation. If you have PAM installed, issue the following commands as the root user to replace those files with files containing correctly specified modules:

cat > /etc/pam.d/gdm << "EOF"
auth        required    pam_unix.so
auth        required    pam_nologin.so
account     required    pam_unix.so
password    required    pam_unix.so
session     required    pam_unix.so

EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/gdm-autologin << "EOF"
auth        required    pam_env.so
auth        required    pam_nologin.so
auth        required    pam_permit.so
account     required    pam_unix.so
password    required    pam_unix.so
session     required    pam_unix.so

EOF

If you have D-BUS installed and you want to start the session D-BUS daemon when you start the GNOME desktop environment using gdm, you'll need to create a new Xsession file. Create the file using the following command as the root user.

cat > $GNOME_PREFIX/share/xsessions/gnome-dbus.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=GNOME with D-BUS
Comment=GNOME Desktop with D-BUS support
Exec=dbus-launch --exit-with-session gnome-session
TryExec=/usr/bin/dbus-launch
Icon=
Type=Application

EOF
chmod -v 644 $GNOME_PREFIX/share/xsessions/gnome-dbus.desktop

Choose this session using the session selection dialog on the display manager login screen. You also have the opportunity to make this your default session.

Note

You may use the .desktop file created above as an example to create additional .desktop files and add any other desired items to the GDM display manager session selection menu.

gdm can be tested by executing it as the root user. Use the gdm-stop command if you wish to stop the display manager.

Boot Script

To start a graphical login when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/gdm init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package. If your GNOME_PREFIX environment variable is anything other than /usr or /opt/gnome-2.14.3, you will need to modify the PATH statement in the script to include the path where you have GNOME installed.

make install-gdm

Now edit /etc/inittab so that the line containing:

id:3:initdefault:

is changed to:

id:5:initdefault:

Installed Programs: gdm, gdm-binary, gdm-dmx-reconnect-proxy, gdm-restart, gdm-safe-restart, gdm-stop, gdmXnest, gdmXnestchooser, gdmdynamic, gdmflexiserver, gdmphotosetup, gdmsetup, and gdmthemetester

Installed Libraries: lib*mouselistener.{so,a} GTK+ modules

Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.14.3/{,g}dm, /var/lib/gdm, /var/log/gdm and the following directories in $GNOME_PREFIX/: share/{,gnome/help/ ,omf/}gdm

Short Descriptions

gdm	is a wrapper script to execute the GDM binary, the configurable GNOME based login prompt.
gdm-restart	sends the HUP signal to the GDM daemon so that it restarts. It's used after the config file is edited
gdm-safe-restart	sends the USR1 signal to the GDM daemon so that it restarts. It's used after the config file is edited.
gdmsetup	is a graphical interface to edit the `gdm.conf` file.

gnome-screensaver-2.14.3

Introduction to gnome-screensaver

The gnome-screensaver package contains a screen saver and locker designed to have simple, sane, secure defaults and be well integrated with the desktop. It supports locking down of configuration settings, has translations into many languages and convenient user switching.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screensaver/2.14/gnome-screensaver-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screensaver/2.14/gnome-screensaver-2.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2ed0b9322d284bb1739e037165ca94f2
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

gnome-screensaver Dependencies

Required

D-BUS-0.62, libgnomeui-2.14.1, and gnome-menus-2.14.3

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, libexif-0.6.13, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, XScreenSaver-4.24 (and libxslt-1.1.17), and GDM-2.14.10

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-screensaver

Installation of gnome-screensaver

Note

Optional Features

1. If you have XScreenSaver installed and wish to import any or all of the “hacks” into gnome-screensaver themes, set the following environment variable (modify it if XScreenSaver is installed in a non-standard location):

XSAVERDIR=/usr/share/xscreensaver/config

Also add the following parameter to the configure script below:

            --with-xscreensaverdir=$XSAVERDIR

2. If you have GDM installed and wish to provide user-switching from the gnome-screensaver unlock-screen dialog box, add the following parameter to the configure script below:

            --with-gdm-config=/etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf

Install gnome-screensaver by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|etc/pam\.d"|etc"|' data/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-screensaver \
            --with-pam-prefix=/etc &&
make

If you have XScreenSaver installed and wish to import any or all of the “hacks” into gnome-screensaver themes, you'll need to identify which “hacks” you wish to import. The commands below will import all of them. If you want to import less than all of them, modify the setting of the XSAVERLIST environment variable below (listing the desired hacks by filename without the extension, space delimited) and issue the following commands:

mkdir xscreensavers &&
cd xscreensavers &&

XSAVERLIST="*" &&

for SAVERLIST in $(ls ${XSAVERDIR}/${XSAVERLIST}.xml); do
    ../data/migrate-xscreensaver-config.sh $SAVERLIST
done &&

unset XSAVERDIR
unset XSAVERLIST
unset SAVERLIST

cd ..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/DBUS-API.txt \
    $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
        ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-screensaver-2.14.3/DBUS-API.txt

If you identified some, or all, XScreenSaver hacks to be imported into gnome-screensaver, install them by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
        ORBit-2.0)/share/gnome-screensaver/themes/xscreensaver &&
install -v -m644 xscreensavers/*.desktop \
        $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
            ORBit-2.0)/share/gnome-screensaver/themes/xscreensaver

Command Explanations

sed -i 's|etc/pam\.d"|etc|' data/Makefile.in: This command is used so that an erroneous message to copy the PAM configuration file is not displayed.

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnome-screensaver: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnome-screensaver instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

--with-pam-prefix=/etc: This parameter is used so that the Linux-PAM configuration file for the gnome-screensaver application is installed in the correct location. You may omit this parameter if you don't have Linux-PAM installed, though it won't affect the build if you don't.

Configuring gnome-screensaver

Config Files

/etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver, /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf

Configuration Information

General Configuration

Most of the gnome-screensaver configuration parameters can be modified using the Screensaver menu item from the Desktop—Preferences drop-down menu. Some of the fine-tuning parameters are only available using GConf Editor-2.14.0.

Linux-PAM Configuration

If you have Linux-PAM installed, the just-installed gnome-screensaver configuration file does not work with a BLFS system. Replace the existing file with one that can be used on a BLFS system by issuing the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver << "EOF"
# File: /etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver

auth         required      pam_unix.so
account      required      pam_unix.so
session      required      pam_unix.so
password     required      pam_unix.so

EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/pam.d/gnome-screensaver

User-Switching Configuration

If you have GDM installed and you passed the --with-gdm-config= option to the configure script, the screen-unlocking dialog box will contain an option to “Switch Users”. This user switching option uses the same configuration as GDM to determine what users are displayed in this dialog. You can use the GDM configuration option from the GDM login screen, or you can directly edit the /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gdm/custom.conf file to modify the settings.

Installed Programs: gnome-screensaver, gnome-screensaver-command and gnome-screensaver-preferences

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/{doc/gnome-screensaver-2.14.2, gnome-screensaver, pixmaps/backgrounds/cosmos}

Short Descriptions

gnome-screensaver

is a screensaver and screen-locking program designed to work seamlessly with the GNOME desktop.

Accessibility

AT SPI-1.7.7

Introduction to AT SPI

The AT SPI package contains the Assistive Technology Service Provider Interface. This is useful for redirecting UI events to accessible applications and adaptive/assistive technologies.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi/1.7/at-spi-1.7.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi/1.7/at-spi-1.7.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2988cd21d9f292fd404a8c532fe2723d
Download size: 696 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

AT SPI Dependencies

Required

GAIL-1.8.11 and libbonobo-2.14.0

Optional

intltool-0.34.2 and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at-spi

Installation of AT SPI

Install AT SPI by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
            --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/at-spi &&
make

The test suite cannot be run until after the package is installed. To run the test suite after installation, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/at-spi: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/at-spi instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libspi.{so,a}, libcspi.{so,a}, libloginhelper.{so,a}, the libatk-bridge.so GTK+ module, and ORBit-2.0 Accessibility modules

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/at-spi-1.0, lib/at-spi, share/{gtk-doc/html/at-spi-cspi, idl/at-spi-1.0}

Short Descriptions

at-spi-registryd

is the registry daemon that allows communication between the UI and assistance devices.

Java Access Bridge-1.5.0

Introduction to Java Access Bridge

The Java Access Bridge package contains Java components which connect the built-in accessibility support in Java Swing applications to the GNOME Accessibility framework, specifically the Assistive Technology Service Provider Interface (AT-SPI).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/java-access-bridge/1.5/java-access-bridge-1.5.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/java-access-bridge/1.5/java-access-bridge-1.5.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5099b2c8634d190df15e32f5fcb2a588
Download size: 121 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

Java Access Bridge Dependencies

Required

AT SPI-1.7.7 and JDK-1.5.0_10

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/java-access-bridge

Installation of Java Access Bridge

Install Java Access Bridge by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

cat $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
    ORBit-2.0)/share/jar/accessibility.properties \
    >> $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/accessibility.properties &&
chmod -v 644 $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/accessibility.properties &&

ln -v -sf $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
    ORBit-2.0)/share/jar/gnome-java-bridge.jar \
    $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext

Command Explanations

cat $(pkg-config ...: This command appends to (or creates) the Java runtime accessibility.properties file required for Java Access Bridge.

ln -v -sf $(pkg-config ...: This command creates a link from the Access Bridge jar file to the Java runtime library extensions directory.

Configuring Java Access Bridge

Config Files

~/.orbitrc

Configuration Information

Before running a Java program with the Java Access Bridge, you should ensure that your GNOME 2 installation enables CORBA traffic over IP from the ORBit2 ORB. Do this by adding the following line to ~/.orbitrc using the following command:

cat >> ~/.orbitrc << "EOF"
ORBIIOPIPv4=1

EOF

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: gnome-java-bridge.jar and JNav.jar

Installed Directories: $GNOME_PREFIX/share/jar

Short Descriptions

gnome-java-bridge.jar

is a Java runtime environment extension that connects the built-in accessibility support in Java Swing applications to the GNOME Accessibility framework.

libgail-gnome-1.1.3

Introduction to libgail-gnome

The libgail-gnome package contains the GNOME Accessibility Implementation library additions which implement ATK interfaces for libbonoboui and libgnomeui widgets.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgail-gnome/1.1/libgail-gnome-1.1.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgail-gnome/1.1/libgail-gnome-1.1.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1d12c5375b3404f4f20b214b763e5225
Download size: 215 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libgail-gnome Dependencies

Required

GNOME Panel-2.14.3 and AT SPI-1.7.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgail-gnome

Installation of libgail-gnome

Install libgail-gnome by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgail-gnome.so GTK+ module

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libgail-gnome.so

library module is a GAIL addition which implements ATK interfaces for libbonoboui and libgnomeui widgets.

GNOME Speech-0.4.2

Introduction to GNOME Speech

The GNOME Speech package provides a simple general API for producing text-to-speech output. Multiple backends are supported by the GNOME Speech library, but currently only the Festival backend is built by default; the other backends require either Java or proprietary software.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-speech/0.4/gnome-speech-0.4.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-speech/0.4/gnome-speech-0.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: df06441a5b560830264c0557e3d3c376
Download size: 309 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Speech Dependencies

Required

libbonobo-2.14.0

Optional

Java Access Bridge-1.5.0, FreeTTS-1.2.1, Festival, ViaVoice, Eloquence, DECTalk, and Theta

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-speech

Installation of GNOME Speech

Note

You must install at least one of the backend drivers for GNOME Speech to render speech through the audio hardware. You should test the installation of the backend driver and ensure it produces desired results before installing GNOME Speech.

Install GNOME Speech by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/gnome-speech.html \
    $(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
    ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/gnome-speech-0.4.2/gnome-speech.html

Command Explanations

--with-jab-dir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/jar: Use this option if you have installed the Java Access Bridge package and wish to have GNOME Speech build in Java support.

Note: see the README and INSTALL files in the package source tree for the correct parameters to pass to configure to enable the desired backends.

Testing the Installation

You can test all the available backend drivers, voices and audio hardware using the test-speech command. Invoking test-speech produces a menu allowing you to select a backend driver and the desired voice, then prompts you (with on-screen prompts and text-to-speech audio) for additional information.

If you are using the FreeTTS backend and you do not hear any audio, you may need to use the streaming audio method instead of the clip audio method. As the root user, modify the freetts-synthesis-driver script:

sed -i "s/clip/streaming/" $GNOME_PREFIX/bin/freetts-synthesis-driver

Installed Programs: festival-synthesis-driver, freetts-synthesis-driver, speechd-synthesis-driver and test-speech

Installed Library: libgnomespeech.{so,a}. Other drivers and libraries are also installed if you have enabled additional backends.

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-speech-1.0, share/{doc/gnome-speech-0.4.2, gnome-speech, idl/gnome-speech-1.0}

Short Descriptions

test-speech	is used to test the various backend drivers and voices installed on the system.
`libgnomespeech.{so,a}`	provides the API for programs to convert text into speech.

GNOME Magnifier-0.12.6

Introduction to GNOME Magnifier

The GNOME Magnifier includes a screen magnifier, which allows you to zoom in on portions of the desktop. It is expressly designed for users with low vision who wish to use the GNOME desktop.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mag/0.12/gnome-mag-0.12.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-mag/0.12/gnome-mag-0.12.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c402b06408d3b40843720ae09ad74234
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Magnifier Dependencies

Required

AT SPI-1.7.7

Optional

Optional (For XFree86 Only)

Xdamage (requires FixesExt* then Xfixes then DamageExt)

* Ensure you created the xextensions.pc file as shown in the XFree86 instructions.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-mag

Installation of GNOME Magnifier

Install GNOME Magnifier by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

Installed Program: magnifier

Installed Library: libgnome-mag.so

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnome-mag-1.0, share/{doc/gnome-mag-0.12.6,gnome-mag, idl/gnome-mag-1.0}

Short Descriptions

magnifier

is a screen zooming utility.

Gnopernicus-1.1.1

Introduction to Gnopernicus

Gnopernicus enables users with limited vision, or no vision, to use the GNOME desktop and applications effectively. It provides a number of features, including magnification, focus tracking, braille output, automatic screen reading and more.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnopernicus/1.1/gnopernicus-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnopernicus/1.1/gnopernicus-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e691c408de4ca885a3589a0b6fa297be
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 41.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Gnopernicus Dependencies

Required

libgail-gnome-1.1.3, GNOME Speech-0.4.2, and GNOME Magnifier-0.12.6

Optional

intltool-0.34.2, GTK-Doc-1.6, and BRLTTY

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnopernicus

Installation of Gnopernicus

Install Gnopernicus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnopernicus-1.0 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/gnopernicus-1.0: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/gnopernicus-1.0 instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec.

Installed Programs: gnopernicus, gnopernicus-mag-config and srcore

Installed Libraries: Gnopernicus support libraries

Installed Directories: /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gnopernicus-1.0}, and the following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/gnopernicus-1.0, lib/gnopernicus-1.0, share/{gnome/help/{brlmonitor,gnopernicus}, gnopernicus, omf/gnopernicus}

Short Descriptions

gnopernicus

is a GUI menu interface used to access and configure the various functionality parameters provided for users with limited vision.

GOK-1.0.10

Introduction to GOK

GOK is a dynamic onscreen keyboard. It features Direct Selection, Dwell Selection, Automatic Scanning and Inverse Scanning access methods and includes word completion.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gok/1.0/gok-1.0.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gok/1.0/gok-1.0.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: de6cceaca780e7ad0702c4b3c0fd8d1f
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GOK Dependencies

Required

EsounD-0.2.36, libgnomeui-2.14.1, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, libwnck-2.14.3, AT SPI-1.7.7, and GNOME Speech-0.4.2

Optional

intltool-0.34.2 and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gok

Installation of GOK

Install GOK by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 644 $(pkg-config --variable=prefix
      ORBit-2.0)/share/gnome/help/gok/C/{gok,legal}.xml

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring GOK

Configuration Information

It is recommended that you configure your input device as an “Extended” input device. Exact configuration methods depend on the type of hardware attached to your system. See the README file in the package source tree and GOK Help for information on how to configure your input device.

Installed Programs: gok and create-branching-keyboard

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: share/{,gnome/help/ ,gtk-doc/html ,omf}gok

Short Descriptions

gok

is a dynamic onscreen keyboard utility.

Chapter 33. GNOME 1.4 Libraries

This section contains GNOME 1.4 libraries, needed by some applications that have not yet been ported to GNOME 2.x. None of these libraries are needed for a GNOME desktop installation.

Pre-installation Configuration

Add to your system or personal profile:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/gnome-1.4/bin
export PKG_CONFIG_PATH=$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:/opt/gnome-1.4/lib/pkgconfig
export GNOME_LIBCONFIG_PATH=/usr/lib

if [ -z $INFOPATH ]
then
  export INFOPATH=/usr/share/info:/opt/gnome-1.4/info
else
  export INFOPATH=$INFOPATH:/opt/gnome-1.4/info
fi

Add to your /etc/ld.so.conf:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin GNOME-1 addition to /etc/ld.so.conf

/opt/gnome-1.4/lib

# End GNOME-1 addition
EOF

Remember to execute ldconfig after installation of libraries to update the library cache.

Add to your /etc/man_db.conf:

cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF"
# Begin GNOME-1 addition to man_db.conf

MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/gnome-1.4/man

# END GNOME-1 addition to man_db.conf
EOF

ORBit-0.5.17

Introduction to ORBit

The ORBit package contains a high-performance CORBA Object Request Broker. This allows programs to send requests and receive replies from other programs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ORBit/0.5/ORBit-0.5.17.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ORBit/0.5/ORBit-0.5.17.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 35acc6f8d49d930b566104fcceb893d3
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

ORBit Dependencies

Required

GLib-1.2.10

Optional

TCP Wrapper-7.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/orbit

Installation of ORBit

Install ORBit by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/ORBit-0.5.17 &&
cp -v -R docs/* /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/ORBit-0.5.17

Installed Programs: ior-decode, libIDL-config, name-client, old-name-server, orbit-config, orbit-idl, orbit-ird, orbit-event-server, and orbit-name-server

Installed Libraries: libIDL.{so,a}, libIIOP.{so,a}, libname-server.a, liborbit-c-backend.a, libORBit.{so,a}, libORBitCosNaming.{so,a}, and libORBitutil.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/libIDL-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/orbit-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/ORBit-0.5.17 and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/idl

Short Descriptions

`libIDL.{so,a}`	library is the Interface Definition Language mappings for CORBA.
`libIIOP.{so,a}`	is for low level CORBA communications.
`libORBit.{so,a}`	is the CORBA API.
`libORBitutil.{so,a}`	contains the convenience routines for ORBit.

OAF-0.6.10

Introduction to OAF

The OAF package contains the Object Activation Framework for GNOME.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/oaf/0.6/oaf-0.6.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/oaf/0.6/oaf-0.6.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ed9aa2ceb70bba34034b3134b22d2729
Download size: 435 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2

OAF Dependencies

Required

ORBit-0.5.17, libxml-1.8.17, and popt-1.10.4

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/oaf

Installation of OAF

Install OAF by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 \
            --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtk-doc/html/oaf-0.6.10 \
                    /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/oaf-0.6.10 &&
install -v -m644 api-docs/html/* \
    /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtk-doc/html/oaf-0.6.10 &&
install -v -m644 docs/{INTERNALS,*.txt} \
    /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/oaf-0.6.10

To test the results, issue: make check as an unprivileged user (the package must be installed before running the tests, else many tests fail).

Installed Programs: oaf-client, oaf-config, oaf-empty-server, oaf-run-query, oaf-slay, oaf-sysconf and oafd

Installed Libraries: liboaf.so

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/oaf, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/liboaf, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/oaf-0.6.10 and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtk-doc/html/oaf-0.6.10

GNOME Libraries-1.4.2

Introduction to GNOME Libraries

The GNOME Libraries package contains the GNOME libraries. This is useful as a foundation for the GNOME Desktop and applications.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-libs/1.4/gnome-libs-1.4.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-libs/1.4/gnome-libs-1.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6111e91b143a90afb30f7a8c1e6cbbd6
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 70 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gnome-libs-1.4.2-gcc4-1.patch

GNOME Libraries Dependencies

Required

ORBit-0.5.17, GTK+-1.2.10, and Imlib-1.9.15

Optional

Audio File-0.2.6, EsounD-0.2.36, and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-libs

Installation of GNOME Libraries

The installation process expects a games group to exist on the system. If you have not previously created this group, issue the following command as the root user:

groupadd -g 60 games

Install GNOME Libraries by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gnome-libs-1.4.2-gcc4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring GNOME Libraries

Config Files

/opt/gnome-1.4/etc/mime-magic, /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/paper.config, /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/sound/events/gnome.soundlist and /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/sound/events/gtk-events.soundlist

Installed Programs: dns-helper, gconfigger, gnome-bug, gnome-config, gnome-dump-metadata, gnome-gen-mimedb, gnome-moz-remote, gnome-name-service, gnome-pty-helper, gnome_segv, goad-browser, libart-config, loadshlib and new-object

Installed Libraries: libart_lgpl.{so,a}, libgnome.{so,a}, libgnomeui.{so,a}, libgnomesupport.{so,a}, libgnorba.{so,a}, libgnorbagtk.{so,a}, libgtkxmhtml.{so,a}, and libzvt.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/doc, /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/sound, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gnome-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/gnome-libs, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtk-doc/html/libart, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/mime-info, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/pixmaps, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/type-convert and /opt/gnome-1.4/var

Short Descriptions

`libart_lgpl.{so,a}`	is the LGPL component of libart.
`libgnome.{so,a}`	is the non-GUI part of the GNOME library.
`libgnomeui.{so,a}`	is the GUI part of the GNOME library.
`libgnorbagtk.{so,a}`	is the GNOME CORBA GTK framework.
`libzvt.{so,a}`	provides the functions necessary to emulate xterm.

GDK Pixel Buffer-0.22.0

Introduction to GDK Pixel Buffer

The GDK Pixel Buffer package is the GTK+ pixel buffer library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/0.22/gdk-pixbuf-0.22.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/0.22/gdk-pixbuf-0.22.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 05fcb68ceaa338614ab650c775efc2f2
Download size: 398 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GDK Pixel Buffer Dependencies

Required

Optional

GNOME Libraries-1.4.2, GTK-Doc-1.6 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdk

Installation of GDK Pixel Buffer

The make command attempts to open an X display during the compile, so an X server must be running during this process.

Install GDK Pixel Buffer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gdk-pixbuf-config

Installed Libraries: libgdk_pixbuf.{so,a}, libgdk_pixbuf_xlib.{so,a}, libgnomecanvaspixbuf.{so,a}, and many gdk-pixbuf loader modules

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gdk-pixbuf-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/gdk-pixbuf and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/html/gdk-pixbuf

Short Descriptions

libgdk_pixbuf.{so,a}

contains the GTK+ pixel buffer libraries for the GIMP Toolkit.

GNOME Print-0.37

Introduction to GNOME Print

The GNOME Print package contains the GNOME Printing Architecture, for GNOME 1.4.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-print/0.37/gnome-print-0.37.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-print/0.37/gnome-print-0.37.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f9e13f4f17b04baceec1cdeed0f88eae
Download size: 768 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gnome-print-0.37-ft217_fixes-1.patch

GNOME Print Dependencies

Required

GDK Pixel Buffer-0.22.0, GNOME Libraries-1.4.2 and libxml-1.8.17

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-print

Installation of GNOME Print

Install GNOME Print by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gnome-print-0.37-ft217_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gnome-font-install

Installed Libraries: libgnomeprint.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/gnome, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gnome-1.0/libgnomeprint, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/fonts, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome-print and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/fonts

Bonobo-1.0.22

Introduction to Bonobo

The Bonobo package contains a set of language and system independent CORBA interfaces for creating reusable components, controls and compound documents.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/bonobo/1.0/bonobo-1.0.22.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/bonobo/1.0/bonobo-1.0.22.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7718c374ed82911b24d95fa3ab55dda5
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU

Bonobo Dependencies

Required

OAF-0.6.10 and GNOME Print-0.37

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.6 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bonobo14

Installation of Bonobo

Install Bonobo by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/static \(const struct CORBA\)/\1/' tests/test-any.c &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/bonobo-1.0.22 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{FAQ,Monikers,*.txt} \
    /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/bonobo-1.0.22

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' tests/test-any.c: This command fixes a problem if the package is compiled using GCC-4.0.x.

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Installs Bonobo in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

Installed Programs: bonobo-application-x-mines, bonobo-audio-ulaw, bonobo-echo, bonobo-moniker-gunzip, bonobo-moniker-http, bonobo-sample-canvas-item, bonobo-sample-controls, bonobo-sample-hello, bonobo-sample-paint, bonobo-selector, bonobo-text-plain, echo-client, efstool, gshell, libefs-config, moniker-test, sample-container and sample-control-container

Installed Libraries: libbonobo.{so,a}, libbonobobox.{so,a}, libbonobo-print.{so,a}, libefs.{so,a} and Bonobo plugin and moniker modules

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gnome-1.0/bonobo, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/bonobo, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/bonobo, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/bonobo-1.0.22, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/bonobo, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/ui and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/libefs

GConf-1.0.9

Introduction to GConf

The GConf package contains a configuration database system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/1.0/GConf-1.0.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/1.0/GConf-1.0.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 613aea1d9b7a9c504f52217451c7bf99
Download size: 784 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3

Additional Downloads

Required patch for Berkeley DB: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/GConf-1.0.9-db43-2.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/GConf-1.0.9-gcc4-1.patch

GConf Dependencies

Required

OAF-0.6.10 and popt-1.10.4

Optional

GTK+-1.2.10, Guile-1.6.7, and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gconf1

Installation of GConf

Install GConf by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../GConf-1.0.9-db43-2.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../GConf-1.0.9-gcc4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

If you have GTK-Doc installed and wish to build the HTML documentation, issue the following commands:

cd doc/gconf &&
make templates &&
make sgml &&
make html &&
cd ../..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gconf-config, gconf-config-1, gconf-sanity-check-1, gconfd-1, gconftool, gconftool-1

Installed Libraries: libgconf-1.{so,a}, libgconf-gtk-1.{so,a} and GConf backend modules

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/gconf, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gconf, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/GConf and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gconf

Short Descriptions

libgconf-1.{so,a}

provide the functions necessary to maintain the configuration database.

GNOME Virtual File System-1.0.5

Introduction to GNOME Virtual File System

The GNOME Virtual File System package contains file system libraries.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs/1.0/gnome-vfs-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-vfs/1.0/gnome-vfs-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e2a17a6b178f54c43968241258f3e729
Download size: 781 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gnome-vfs-1.0.5-gcc34-1.patch

GNOME Virtual File System Dependencies

Required

GNOME MIME Data-2.4.2, GNOME Libraries-1.4.2, and GConf-1.0.9

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, OAF-0.6.10, libxml-1.8.17, Bonobo-1.0.22, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, CDParanoia-III-9.8, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-vfs1

Installation of GNOME Virtual File System

Install GNOME Virtual File System by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gnome-vfs-1.0.5-gcc34-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gnome-vfs-config

Installed Libraries: libgnomevfs.{so,a}, libgnomevfs-pthread.{so,a} and GNOME VFS filesystem modules

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/vfs, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gnome-vfs-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/gnome-vfs-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/vfs and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtk-doc/html/gnome-vfs

Libglade-0.17

Introduction to Libglade

The libglade package contains libraries which allow applications to load Glade interface files at runtime.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/0.17/libglade-0.17.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/0.17/libglade-0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 38b2e2cfd813783fe157617813bfe3b3
Download size: 418 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libglade Dependencies

Required

libxml-1.8.17 and GTK+-1.2.10

Optional

GNOME Libraries-1.4.2, Bonobo-1.0.22, Python-2.4.4 (to run the libglade-xgettext script) and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libglade14

Installation of Libglade

The make command attempts to open an X display during the compile, so an X server must be running during this process.

Install libglade by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-bonobo: Enables Bonobo support.

Installed Programs: libglade-config and libglade-xgettext

Installed Libraries: libglade.{so,a} and optionally, libglade-bonobo.{so,a} and libglade-gnome.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/libglade-1.0 and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/html/libglade

GAL-0.24

Introduction to GAL

The GAL package contains library functions that came from Gnumeric and Evolution. GAL is short for GNOME Application Libs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gal/0.24/gal-0.24.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gal/0.24/gal-0.24.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9f9790d4e8763c4ce74e5d59f47aa509
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

GAL Dependencies

Required

GNOME Print-0.37 and libglade-0.17

Optional

GNOME Virtual File System-1.0.5 and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gal1

Installation of GAL

Install GAL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

If you have GTK-Doc installed and wish to build the HTML documentation, issue the following commands:

cd docs &&
make templates &&
make sgml &&
make html &&
cd ..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Installs GAL in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgal.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gal-1.0, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/etable and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gal

Guppi-0.40.3

Introduction to Guppi

The Guppi package contains a Guile scriptable plot library with integrated statistics capabilities.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/Guppi/0.40/Guppi-0.40.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/Guppi/0.40/Guppi-0.40.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 26ec6eb5b6fe7fb4e32ecff64d4f1b16
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/Guppi-0.40.3-gcc34-1.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/Guppi-0.40.3-legend_fix-1.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/Guppi-0.40.3-gcc4-1.patch

Guppi Dependencies

Required

GNOME Print-0.37 and libglade-0.17

Optional

Bonobo-1.0.22, GTK-Doc-1.6 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/guppi

Installation of Guppi

Install Guppi by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../Guppi-0.40.3-gcc34-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../Guppi-0.40.3-legend_fix-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../Guppi-0.40.3-gcc4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Installs Guppi in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libguppi.so, libguppitank.so and numerous plotting plugin modules

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gnome-1.0/libguppi, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/guppi, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/help/guppi, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/guppi and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/pixmaps/guppi

Libcapplet-1.5.11

Introduction to libcapplet

The libcapplet package contains a control panel applet library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcapplet/1.5/libcapplet-1.5.11.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcapplet/1.5/libcapplet-1.5.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c6ba2bd6a08d82cba6b2b5360baab23c
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Libcapplet Dependencies

Required

GNOME Libraries-1.4.2

Optional

pkg-config-0.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcapplet

Installation of Libcapplet

Install libcapplet by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Installs libcapplet in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libcapplet.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/libcapplet-1.4

Soup-0.7.11

Introduction to Soup

The Soup package contains a SOAP (Simple Object Access Protocol) implementation in C.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/soup/0.7/soup-0.7.11.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/soup/0.7/soup-0.7.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 61bb2fef816ce164af62f8a3a5bd782e
Download size: 323 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/soup-0.7.11-gcc_3.4-1.patch
Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/soup-0.7.11-gcc4-1.patch

Soup Dependencies

Required

GLib-1.2.10 or GLib-2.10.3, libxml-1.8.17 or libxml2-2.6.26 and popt-1.10.4

Optional

Apache-2.2.2, OpenSSL-0.9.8d or NSS-3.11.3, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/soup

Installation of Soup

Install Soup by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../soup-0.7.11-gcc_3.4-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../soup-0.7.11-gcc4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Installs Soup in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

--enable-apache=no: This command can be added to prevent building against Apache.

Installed Programs: soup-config, soup-httpd, soup-ssl-proxy and soup-wsdl

Installed Libraries: libsoup.{so,a}, libsoup-apache.{so,a} and libwsdl.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/soup and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtk-doc/html/soup

Libghttp-1.0.9

Introduction to Libghttp

The libghttp package contains a GNOME 1.4 HTTP client library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libghttp/1.0/libghttp-1.0.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libghttp/1.0/libghttp-1.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0690e7456f9a15c635f240f3d6d5dab2
Download size: 147 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libghttp

Installation of Libghttp

Install libghttp by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/ghttp.html \
    /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/libghttp-1.0.9/ghttp.html

Command Explanations

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Installs libghttp in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libghttp.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /opt/gnome-1.4/share/doc/libghttp-1.0.9

GtkHTML-1.1.7

Introduction to GtkHTML

The GtkHTML package contains a lightweight HTML rendering/printing/editing engine.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkhtml/1.1/gtkhtml-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkhtml/1.1/gtkhtml-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 83cd60ab9a108d2a0d65b3bf760affa4
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/gtkhtml-1.1.7-gcc34-1.patch

GtkHTML Dependencies

Required

GAL-0.24, libcapplet-1.5.11, and GConf-1.0.9

Optional

Soup-0.7.11, Bonobo-1.0.22, libghttp-1.0.9, and GTK-Doc-1.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtkhtml1

Installation of GtkHTML

Install GtkHTML by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gtkhtml-1.1.7-gcc34-1.patch &&
sed -i 's/static \(HTMLClueAlignedClass\)/\1/' src/htmlcluealigned.c &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 --disable-gtk-doc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' src/htmlcluealigned.c: This command fixes a build problem when compiling with GCC-4.0.x.

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: Install GtkHTML in the GNOME 1.4 directory structure.

Installed Programs: ebrowser, gnome-gtkhtml-editor-1.1 and gtkhtml-properties-capplet

Installed Libraries: libgtkhtml-1.1.{so,a}, Bonobo plugin modules and Glade rendering components

Installed Directories: /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gtkhtml-1.1, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/control-center, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/apps, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/html/gtkhtml and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gtkhtml-1.1

Part X. X Software

34. Individual Office Programs
35. Office Suites
- KOffice-1.6.1
- OpenOffice-2.0.3
36. Graphical Web Browsers
37. Other X-based Internet Programs

Chapter 34. Individual Office Programs

This chapter is a collection of independent projects that can be installed based on specific needs. Together, they create a respectable office suite. While they may be lacking in user interface consistency, they excel in doing one thing and doing it well.

AbiWord-2.4.4

Introduction to AbiWord

The AbiWord package contains a word processing application. This is useful for writing reports, letters and other formatted documents.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/2.4.4/source/abiword-2.4.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 69dd69179b861a41613291afd10af9ab
Download size: 23.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 217 MB
Estimated build time: 3.6 SBU (to build and install the program, docs and all plugins)

AbiWord Dependencies

Required

FriBidi-0.10.7 and libgnomeprintui-2.12.1

Optional

Enchant (uses Aspell-0.60.4), gucharmap-1.6.0, ImageMagick-6.2.8-0 and wv (with libwmf installed first)

Optional for Plugins

libgsf-1.14.1 (needed to build the OpenDocument/OpenOffice plugin), Poppler-0.4.5 (for the pdf plugin), librsvg-2.14.4, GNOME Utilities-2.14.0, GOffice-0.2.1, Aiksaurus, libgda, libgnomedb, libwmf, libwpd, OTS and Psiconv

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/abiword

Installation of AbiWord

Install AbiWord by running the following commands:

cd abiword-plugins &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --without-inter7eps &&
make &&
cd ../abi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
cp -v -R docs /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/AbiWord &&
cd ../abiword-plugins &&
make install

If you have a GNOME-2 installation, issue the following command as the root user to install the AbiWord Bonobo component description file:

cd .. &&
install -v -m644 abidistfiles/GNOME_AbiWord_Control_2_4.server \
    $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/bonobo/servers

Install The Help Documentation

Build the help files by issuing the following commands as an unprivileged user:

cd abiword-docs &&
sed -i 's@AbiWord-2.0@abiword@' make-gnome-html.sh &&
./make-gnome-html.sh &&
./make-html.sh

Then, as the root user, install the help files:

install -v -m644 man/abiword.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 Manual/en/Abiword_Manual.abw \
    /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/AbiWord/docs  &&
cp -v -R help /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/AbiWord &&
find /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/AbiWord/help \
    -type d -exec chmod -v 755 {} \;

Command Explanations

--without-inter7eps: Some of the headers from the EPS package are not compatible with GCC-4.0.3. This parameter prevents linking to the package and incurring a build failure.

sed -i 's@AbiWord-2.0@abiword@' make-gnome-html.sh: This command alters the make-gnome-html.sh script to look for the current version of abiword.

Configuring AbiWord

Config File

~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt

Configuration Information

Choose the right template for your language and locale from the list produced by the following command:

ls /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/templates

Create the folder ~/.AbiSuite/templates then copy the normal.awt you want into it:

mkdir -p -v ~/.AbiSuite/templates &&
cp -v /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4/templates/normal.awt-<lang> \
      ~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt

Change <lang> in the above command to fit the name of the file you want.

Installed Programs: abiword, AbiWord-2.4, ttfadmin.sh, and ttftool

Installed Libraries: Numerous plugin library support modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/AbiWord-2.4 and /usr/share/AbiSuite-2.4

Short Descriptions

abiword	is a symbolic link to the main AbiWord-2.4 executable.
AbiWord-2.4	is the word-processing program executable.
ttfadmin.sh	generates support files required by AbiWord for each TrueType font in a given directory.
ttftool	is a utility for processing TrueType fonts.

Gnumeric-1.6.3

Introduction to Gnumeric

The Gnumeric package contains a spreadsheet program. This is useful for financial analysis.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.6/gnumeric-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.6/gnumeric-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 78ffd75ae6abc3bb20dd04407a082a26
Download size: 12.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 187.0 MB
Estimated build time: 2.8 SBU (includes creating HTML documentation)

Gnumeric Dependencies

Required

libgnomeprintui-2.12.1 and GOffice-0.2.1

Optional

Python-2.4.4, PyGTK, libgnomeui-2.14.1 (combined with the libgsf-gnome-1 library from the libgsf-1.14.1 package will provide GNOME-2 support), GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1 (to convert the XML help documentation into HTML), libgnomedb (requires libgda), pxlib, Psiconv, Hildon, and Gnome Basic (this package is no longer under active development)

Note

Though only a run-time dependency, if you don't install the Yelp-2.14.3 package, the built-in help functionality in Gnumeric will not be available.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnumeric

Installation of Gnumeric

Install Gnumeric by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

There is a bug in the program. The help system looks for the docs in one location, but they are actually installed in the wrong place. See http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=330339. If you have Yelp-2.14.3 installed and would like to be able to use it to view the help documentation from within Gnumeric, work around the problem by creating a symbolic link. As root:

ln -vsf /usr/share/gnome/help/gnumeric \
        /usr/share/gnumeric/1.6.3/doc

If you have GNOME installed in a prefix other than /usr, as the root user create the following symlink for the Gnumeric Bonobo server file:

ln -v -s /usr/lib/bonobo/servers/GNOME_Gnumeric.server \
    $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib/bonobo/servers

If you have GNOME Doc Utils-0.6.1 installed you can convert the XML help files into HTML by issuing the following commands:

./configure \
    --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix gnome-doc-utils) &&
make -C doc html

Now, as the root user, install the documentation files:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3/figures &&
install -v -m644 doc/C/html/* /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/C/figures/* \
    /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3/figures &&
ln -v -s /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.69.1/images \
    /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3/stylesheet

If you wish to install the Developer documentation, issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3/developer &&
install -v -m644 doc/developer/* \
    /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3/developer &&
rm -v /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3/developer/Makefile*

Command Explanations

--prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix gnome-doc-utils): This rebuilds the Makefiles with the same prefix as GNOME Doc Utils

make -C doc html: This command runs make in the doc directory with html as the Makefile target.

Installed Programs: gnumeric, gnumeric-1.6.3, and ssconvert

Installed Libraries: numerous filters, plugins and GNOME components

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnumeric, /usr/share/doc/gnumeric-1.6.3, and /usr/share/{{,gnome/help/, omf/, pixmaps/}gnumeric,mc}

Short Descriptions

gnumeric	is a symlink to gnumeric-1.6.3
gnumeric-1.6.3	is GNOME's spreadsheet application.
ssconvert	is a command line utility to convert spreadsheet files between various spreadsheet file formats.

GnuCash-1.8.12

Introduction to GnuCash

GnuCash is a personal finance manager.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.gnucash.org/pub/gnucash/sources/stable/gnucash-1.8.12.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.at.gnucash.org/pub/gnucash/gnucash/sources/stable/gnucash-1.8.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81e7c703db56bb203e106664157779cc
Download size: 8.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 123 MB (additional 22 MB for Help documentation)
Estimated build time: 3.2 SBU (additional 0.3 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Help documentation: http://www.gnucash.org/pub/gnucash/sources/stable/gnucash-docs-1.8.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9758d8e523530c2509912761e327a9d5

GnuCash Dependencies

Required

GtkHTML-1.1.7, libghttp-1.0.9, G-Wrap-1.3.4, and XML::Parser-2.34

Optional

PostgreSQL-8.1.3, Guppi-0.40.3, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, Doxygen-1.4.6, Graphviz-2.8, Guile-www, and Electric Fence

Optional (for On-Line Banking)

LibOFX (requires OpenSP-1.5.2 and cURL-7.15.3), KtoBlzCheck, and AqBanking (requires Gwenhywfar and also see libchipcard2)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnucash

Installation of GnuCash

Install GnuCash by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/^host_os=.*$/&-gnu/' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-guppi \
            --disable-error-on-warning &&
make

To test the results, issue make check. All tests should pass. An easy way to look at the results of the tests is to issue grep -A1 ============== check.log (this is assuming you redirected the output from the tests to the aforementioned filename).

Now, as the root user:

make install

If desired, create a symbolic link from the GnuCash documentation directory to the system-wide documentation directory using the following command as the root user:

ln -v -s /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnucash/doc \
         /usr/share/doc/gnucash-1.8.12

If desired, create symbolic links to the GnuCash .desktop and icon files in the system-wide directories using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/pixmaps/gnucash &&
ln -v -s /opt/gnome-1.4/share/pixmaps/gnucash/gnucash-icon.png \
         /usr/share/pixmaps/gnucash &&
ln -v -s /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/apps/Applications/gnucash.desktop \
         /usr/share/applications

If you want to install the Help documentation (requires ScrollKeeper-0.3.14 to be installed), unpack the additional tarball, change into the gnucash-docs-1.8.5 source directory and issue the following commands as an unprivileged user:

./configure --prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/^$host_os=.*$$/\1-gnu/' configure: This command is used to fix a broken configure script. Without it, no shared libraries are built, and the program will not function properly.

--prefix=/opt/gnome-1.4: GnuCash-1.8.12 is a GNOME-1.4 application.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This installs configuration files in /etc/gnucash instead of /opt/gnome-1.4/etc/gnucash.

--disable-guppi: This compiles GnuCash without support for creating GUI graphs and plots. Remove this option if you have Guppi installed.

-disable-error-on-warning: Without this parameter the build will fail because a warning is generated. This option forces the build to ignore the warning.

--enable-sql: This parameter is required if you want to build in SQL support using PostgreSQL.

--enable-ofx: This parameter is required if you want to build in on-line banking support using LibOFX.

--enable-hbci: This parameter is required if you want to build in on-line banking support using AqBanking. See doc/README.HBCI in the GnuCash source tree for complete information.

Configuring GnuCash

Configuration Information

If you wish to use GnuCash to retrieve stock price quotes and stock historical information, you'll need to install the following Perl modules: libwww-perl-5.805, Date::Manip-5.44, HTML::Parser-3.54, Finance::Quote-1.11 and Finance::QuoteHist-1.07.

Installed Programs: dump-finance-quote, gnc-prices, gnc-test-env, gnucash, gnucash-config, gnucash-env, gnucash-make-guids, gnucash-run-script and update-finance-quote

Installed Libraries: libcore-utils.so, libgnc-app-file-gnome.so, libgncgnome.so, libgncmodule.so, libgw-core-utils.so, libgw-gnc.so and numerous support libraries installed in /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/gnucash

Installed Directories: /etc/gnucash, /opt/gnome-1.4/include/gnucash, /opt/gnome-1.4/lib/gnucash, /opt/gnome-1.4/libexec/gnucash, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/apps/Applications, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnome/help/gnucash, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/gnucash, /opt/gnome-1.4/share/omf/gnucash-docs and /opt/gnome-1.4/share/pixmaps/gnucash

Short Descriptions

gnucash

is a personal finance manager.

GIMP-2.2.12

Introduction to GIMP

The GIMP package contains the GNU Image Manipulation Program. This is useful for photo retouching, image composition and image authoring.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/misc/grafik/gimp/gimp/v2.2/gimp-2.2.12.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gimp/v2.2/gimp-2.2.12.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6a1906db60166a88317f2df5f195a57d
Download size: 12.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 508 MB (includes installing the help system)
Estimated build time: 4.9 SBU (additional 0.7 SBU to run the test suite and additional 7.1 SBU to build the help files)

Additional Downloads

Help System

Optional help files: ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gimp/help/gimp-help-2-0.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 22a1e10c314c5547fe8721c4f6f0b30a
Download size: 39.9 MB

GIMP Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, libart_lgpl-2.3.17, and XML::Parser-2.34

Note

If the recommended dependencies are not installed, the configure switches below will need to be modified as explained in the section called “Command Explanations” below.

Optional

libmng-1.0.9, librsvg-2.14.4, AAlib-1.4rc5, little cms-1.15, libexif-0.6.13, libgtkhtml-2.11.0 (required to build the help system browser plugin), libxslt-1.1.17, PyGTK (requires Python-2.4.4), GTK-Doc-1.6, an MTA (that provides a sendmail program), ALSA-1.0.13, and libwmf

Optional (for Building Documentation from the Help Tarball)

libxslt-1.1.17, DocBook XML DTD-4.4, DocBook XSL Stylesheets-1.69.1, and ImageMagick-6.2.8-0 (only needed to optimize PNG images)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gimp

Installation of GIMP

Install GIMP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --datadir=/usr/share &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gimp-2.2.12 &&
install -v -m644 docs/{Wilber*,keybindings.txt,quick_reference.ps} \
    /usr/share/doc/gimp-2.2.12

The gimp-help tarball contains a help system designed for use with external web browsers, the internal GIMP help browser, and HTML renderers. The tarball only contains the XML sources, so you will need the xsltproc program from libxslt-1.1.17 to build the HTML files.

If you downloaded the gimp-help tarball, change directories out of the GIMP source tree to the root of your build directory. Now unpack the gimp-help tarball and change directories to the root of the newly created source tree (as an unprivileged user). Issue the following commands to install the help files:

./configure &&
make

In order to use the --enable-convert parameter to the configure script, you must have the convert program from ImageMagick-6.2.8-0 installed.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--datadir=/usr/share: This parameter is required because there is a subtle bug in Autoconf-2.59 which causes the configure script to mishandle the datarootdir variable. Fortunately, passing --datadir= works around the problem.

--disable-print: This option will disable print support and is necessary if Gimp-Print is not installed.

--without-libjpeg: This option is necessary if libjpeg is not installed.

--without-libtiff: This option is necessary if libtiff is not installed.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild the API documentation.

Configuring GIMP

Config Files

/etc/gimp/2.0/* and ~/.gimp-2.0/gimprc

Configuration Information

GIMP executes a configuration wizard for each user upon their initial use of the program.

GIMP executes the mozilla web browser by default to view the help files. If you do not have Mozilla, or prefer a different web browser, you can set a new system value in /etc/gimp/2.0/gimprc. Execute the following command as the root user, replacing <browser> with your preferred web browser:

echo '(web-browser "<browser> %s")' >> /etc/gimp/2.0/gimprc

Installed Programs: gimp, gimp-2.2, gimp-remote, gimp-remote-2.2, and gimptool-2.0

Installed Libraries: libgimp-2.0.so, libgimpbase-2.0.so, libgimpcolor-2.0.so, libgimpmath-2.0.so, libgimpmodule-2.0.so, libgimpthumb-2.0.so, libgimpui-2.0.so, libgimpwidgets-2.0.so, and many other modules and plugin libraries

Installed Directories: /etc/gimp, /usr/include/gimp-2.0, /usr/lib/gimp, /usr/share/doc/gimp-2.2.12, /usr/share/gimp and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libgimp{,base,color,math,module,thumb,widgets}

Short Descriptions

gimp	is a symbolic link to gimp-2.2.
gimp-2.2	is an image manipulation program. It works with a variety of image formats and provides a large selection of tools.
gimp-remote	is a symbolic link to gimp-remote-2.2.
gimp-remote-2.2	is a small utility that tells a running GIMP to open a local or remote image file.
gimptool-2.0	is a tool that can build plug-ins or scripts and install them if they are distributed in one source file. gimptool-2.0 can also be used by programs that need to know what libraries and include-paths GIMP was compiled with.
`libgimp-2.0.so`	provides C bindings for GIMP's Procedural Database (PDB) which offers an interface to core functions and to functionality provided by plug-ins.
`libgimpbase-2.0.so`	provides the C functions for basic GIMP functionality such as determining enumeration data types, gettext translation, determining GIMP's version number and capabilities, handling data files and accessing the environment.
`libgimpcolor-2.0.so`	provides the C functions relating to RGB, HSV and CMYK colors as well as converting colors between different color models and performing adaptive supersampling on an area.
`libgimpmath-2.0.so`	contains C functions which provide mathematical definitions and macros, manipulate 3x3 transformation matrices, set up and manipulate vectors and the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
`libgimpmodule-2.0.so`	provides the C functions which implements module loading using GModule and keeps a list of GimpModule's found in a given searchpath.
`libgimpthumb-2.0.so`	provides the C functions for handling GIMP's thumbnail objects.
`libgimpui-2.0.so`	contains the GIMP common user interface functions.
`libgimpwidgets-2.0.so`	contains GIMP and GTK widget creation and manipulation functions.

Evolution-2.6.3

Introduction to Evolution

The Evolution package contains an integrated mail, calendar and address book suite designed for the GNOME-2 environment.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution/2.6/evolution-2.6.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evolution/2.6/evolution-2.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d7db71aaff2764f03083e6ce74c8ebde
Download size: 12.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 276 MB
Estimated build time: 9.2 SBU

Evolution Dependencies

Required

GtkHTML-3.10.3 and Evolution Data Server-1.6.3

Recommended (For SSL and S/MIME support)

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.3.27, HAL-0.5.7.1, D-BUS-0.62, Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, krb4, GNOME Pilot conduits (requires pilot-link-0.11.8 then GNOME Pilot), GNOME Spell, GStreamer-0.8.x, NetworkManager (download), libnotify, Mono, intltool-0.34.2, GTK-Doc-1.6, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/evolution

Installation of Evolution

Install Evolution by running the following commands:

Note

--enable-nss --enable-smime

--with-nspr-includes=/usr/include/nspr --with-nss-includes=/usr/include/nss

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --libexecdir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib \
            --enable-nntp \
            --enable-nss \
            --enable-smime &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -v -s evolution-2.6 \
    $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/bin/evolution

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/lib: This parameter causes the libexec files to be installed in the preferred location of $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/evolution instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/libexec/evolution.

--enable-nntp: This parameter is used to build the Usenet news (NNTP) backend.

--enable-nss: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for SSL support.

--enable-smime: This parameter is used to pull in the Mozilla Network Security Services libraries for S/MIME support.

--with-openldap: This parameter will compile LDAP support into Evolution.

--with-krb5: This parameter will compile Kerberos5 support into Evolution.

--with-pilot-conduits: This parameter will build the GNOME Pilot conduits allowing you to synchronize Evolution data on a Palm device.

ln -v -s evolution-2.6 $(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/bin/evolution: This optional command creates a convenience symlink to the evolution-2.6 binary.

Installed Programs: evolution and evolution-2.6

Installed Libraries: $GNOME_PREFIX/lib/evolution/2.6/* (contains support libraries, conduits, and other components)

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/: include/evolution-2.6, lib/evolution, share/{{,omf/}evolution, {gnome/help,idl}/evolution-2.6}

Short Descriptions

evolution	is a symlink to the evolution-2.6 program.
evolution-2.6	is an email, calendar and address book suite.

Chapter 35. Office Suites

This chapter contains applications that bundle all the essential needs of everyday office workers into one neat 'little' package. The benefits are a consistent user interface and cooperation between applications.

KOffice-1.6.1

Introduction to KOffice

KOffice is the integrated office suite for KDE. It provides native OASIS OpenDocument format support.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/koffice-1.6.1/src/koffice-1.6.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/koffice-1.6.1/src/koffice-1.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum:
Download size: 54 MB
Estimated disk space required: 420 MB (additional 867 MB for API docs)
Estimated build time: 40 SBU (additional 4.4 SBU for API docs)

Additional Downloads

KOffice has many localization packages in the form of: koffice-l10n-<xx>-1.6.1.tar.bz2. The <xx> is a two to seven character code for the country covered. The sizes of these files range from about 0.4 MB to 4.6 MB.

KOffice l10n package listing: http://download.kde.org/stable/koffice-1.6.1/src/koffice-l10n/
Download MD5 sums: http://mirrors.isc.org/pub/kde/stable/koffice-1.6.1/src/MD5SUMS

KOffice Dependencies

Required

Optional

Aspell-0.60.4, Python-2.4.4, PostgreSQL-8.1.3 (for kexi), MySQL-5.0.21 (plugin), little cms-1.15 and ImageMagick-6.2.8-0 (required for krita), OpenEXR (for enhanced image processing), libwv2 (for MS Word filter), libwpd (for Wordperfect filter), libpaper, Graphviz-2.8, and Doxygen-1.4.6 (the last two to build API documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/koffice

Installation of KOffice

Install KOffice with the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$KDE_PREFIX --disable-debug \
    --disable-dependency-tracking &&
make

Note

If you wish to create the API documentation and you have Doxygen and Graphviz installed, make apidox must be done before make install.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: karbon, kchart, kexi, kformula, kivio, koconverter, koshell, kplato, kprconverter.pl, kpresenter, krita, krossrunner, kspread, ksqlite, ksqlite2, ksqlite2to3, kthesaurus, kudesigner, kugar, and kword

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries (about 50) in $KDE_PREFIX/lib

Installed Directory: Numerous directories in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

kchart	is a chart drawing application.
kexi	is an integrated data management application.
kformula	is a formula editor.
kivio	is a flowchart program.
kplato	is a project management application.
kpresenter	is a presentation builder/display program.
krita	is a painting and image editing application for KOffice..
kspread	is a scriptable spreadsheet program.
kugar	is a tool for creating reports.
kword	is a framemaker-like word processing and desktop publishing program.

OpenOffice-2.0.3

Introduction to OpenOffice

OpenOffice is an office suite, the open source sibling of StarOffice.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/6.2.0/o/OOo_2.0.3_src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/6.2.0/o/OOo_2.0.3_src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f68832ff3458664ae2b741ec67d30104
Download size: 294 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6 GB
Estimated build time: 129 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/OOo_2.0.3-xauth-1.patch
Required patch if Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0 is not installed: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/OOo_2.0.3-no_pam-1.patch
Required patch if building against the system-installed Mozilla products (NSS, Firefox, or Seamonkey): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/OOo_2.0.3-system_mozilla_fixes-1.patch
Required download if you wish to build the in-tree Mozilla browser: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mozilla/releases/mozilla1.7.5/source/mozilla-source-1.7.5.tar.gz

OpenOffice Dependencies

Required

Apache Ant-1.6.5, GTK+-2.8.20, libIDL-0.8.7, libxml2-2.6.26, Perl Modules XML::Parser-2.34 and Archive::Zip-1.16, Tcsh-6.14.00, UnZip-5.52, which-2.16, and Zip-2.32

Optional

ALTLinuxhyph, boost, CUPS-1.2.7, cURL-7.15.3, desktop-file-utils-0.11, EPM, Evolution-2.6.3, GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2, GPC, KDE, libjpeg-6b, libsndfile, LibTIFF-3.8.2, libwpd, Linux-PAM-0.99.4.0, SeaMonkey-1.1 (must be built against the system NSS-3.11.3) or Firefox-1.5.0.9 (with ldap support), MySpell, MyThes, NAS-1.7, neon, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, PortAudio, Python-2.4.4, Sablotron, SANE-1.0.17, startup-notification-0.8, STLPort, and unixODBC-2.2.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openoffice

Installation of OpenOffice

Apply all of the downloaded patches:

for PATCH in ../OOo_2.0.3-*.patch
    do patch -Np1 -i ${PATCH}
done

If you wish to build an in-tree Mozilla, as opposed to using a system wide installation, copy the Mozilla source tarball into the source tree:

cp ../mozilla-source-1.7.5.tar.gz moz/download/

If you want to optimize the build, edit the appropriate makefile in solenv/inc/ and add the desired optimization flags to the CFLAGSOPT variable. The makefiles are arch specific, for instance edit solenv/inc/unxlngi6.mk for i686. Some users have reported problems with -fomit-frame-pointer. The best option is to not use any custom optimizations. The following command removes an incorrect -mcpu option in several of the makefiles:

sed -i '/^ARCH_FLAGS\*=/d' solenv/inc/unx{lngi{4,5,6},fbsdi}.mk

Configure OpenOffice using the following commands:

Note

Because of the complexity of the OpenOffice build system, it is not possible to provide generic build instructions for all systems. You should review the output of config_office/configure --help and take advantage of any system installed programs and libraries available using the --enable, --disable, and --with-system-* parameters.

Warning

Do not use the --with-system-db or --disable-odk switches. Both are known to cause build failures.

cd config_office/ &&
autoreconf &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/openoffice-2.0.3 \
    --enable-libart --disable-fontooo --disable-gnome-vfs \
    --without-fonts --with-system-stdlibs --with-system-freetype \
    --with-system-expat --with-system-libxml --with-system-zlib \
    --enable-build-mozilla --with-build-version=BLFS \
    --with-package-format=native --disable-binfilter &&
cd ..

OpenOffice fails to compile if umask is set to something exotic. The build can also fail if the LANG or LC_ALL environment variables are set. Use the following commands to change your environment accordingly:

umask 0022 &&
unset LANG LC_ALL

Compile OpenOffice using the following commands:

./bootstrap &&
. LinuxIntelEnv.Set.sh &&
dmake

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install OpenOffice as the root user with the following commands:

cd instsetoo_native/unxlngi6.pro/OpenOffice/\
native/install/en-US/linux-2.6-intel/buildroot/opt &&
cp -r -v openoffice.org2.0 /opt/openoffice-2.0.3

Still as the root user:

for appl in sbase scalc sdraw simpress smath soffice spadmin swriter
do
    ln -v -sf /opt/openoffice-2.0.3/program/$appl /usr/bin/$appl
done

The icons are not installed by default. While still the root user, install the icons with the following commands:

cd ../../../../../../../../../sysui/desktop/icons &&
install -v -d /usr/share/icons/{HighContrast,hicolor,locolor} -m755 &&
cp -r -v HighContrast/*x* /usr/share/icons/HighContrast &&
cp -r -v hicolor/*x* /usr/share/icons/hicolor &&
cp -r -v locolor/*x* /usr/share/icons/locolor

If you have installed desktop-file-utils-0.11 and use KDE, there is no further configuration necessary. If you use Gnome, you should copy the *.desktop files to /usr/share/applications with the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d /usr/share/applications -m 755 &&
cd /opt/openoffice-2.0.3/share/xdg/ &&
for appl in *.desktop
do
    sed -i '/Exec/d' $appl
    echo "Exec=/usr/bin/s`echo $appl | sed 's/.desktop//'`" >> $appl
    sed -i '/Icon/d' $appl
    echo "Icon=`echo $appl | sed 's/.desktop//'`" >> $appl
done &&
sed -i 's@bin/sprinteradmin@bin/spadmin@' printeradmin.desktop &&
cp -v *.desktop /usr/share/applications

Finally, if you'd like to edit OpenOffice documents directly from Mozilla or Firefox, create a symbolic link in your plugins directory to /opt/openoffice-2.0.3/program/libnpsoplugin.so. Additionally, you must enable the plugin from the Internet Options within any OpenOffice application.

Command Explanations

--enable-libart: This switch forces the use of libart instead of gpc for polygon clipping.

--enable-libsn: This switch enables the use of startup-notification.

--disable-fontooo: Use Fontconfig instead of FontOOo.

--disable-gnome-vfs: Disable the use of Gnome Virtual File System libraries. Omit this switch if you have Gnome installed.

--without-fonts: Do not install Bitstream Vera fonts since they are already included in X Window System Environment.

--with-system-*: Use the system libraries and programs instead of building the source packages included in the build tree.

--enable-build-mozilla: Build the in-tree Mozilla suite.

--with-build-version=BLFS: Appends "BLFS" to the end of the version string.

--with-package-format=native: This switch disables the build of RPM packages.

--disable-binfilter: This switch disables the build of legacy StarOffice-5 import filters.

--with-firefox: Enables the use of Firefox in place of the full Mozilla suite. This will disable the use of a Thunderbird address book as a data source.

--disable-cups: Disable the use of CUPS for printing.

--with-lang=<LANG>: Makes an install set for the desired language. ENUS is the default.

--with-dict=<LANG>: This switch installs dictionaries for the desired languages. ENUS is the default.

./bootstrap: Build the dmake utility required to complete the build.

dmake: Compile the package.

for appl in *.desktop...: Edit the *.desktop files for use with a standard BLFS system.

Installed Programs: scalc, sdraw, simpress, smath, soffice, spadmin, and swriter.

Installed Libraries: OpenOffice libraries

Installed Directory: /opt/openoffice-2.0.3

Short Descriptions

sbase	is a database application.
scalc	is a spreadsheet application.
sdraw	is a drawing application.
simpress	is a presentation application.
smath	is a mathematical formula editor.
soffice	opens a base window with access to all OpenOffice applications.
spadmin	is the OpenOffice printer configuration utility.
swriter	is a word processing application.

Chapter 36. Graphical Web Browsers

This chapter contains a wonderful selection of browsers. We hope you can find one you enjoy using or give them each a trial run.

SeaMonkey-1.1

Introduction to SeaMonkey

SeaMonkey is a browser suite, the Open Source sibling of Netscape. It includes the browser, composer, mail and news clients, and an IRC client. It is the follow-on to the Mozilla browser suite.

The Mozilla project also hosts two subprojects that aim to satisfy the needs of users who don't need the complete browser suite or prefer to have separate applications for browsing and e-mail. These subprojects are Mozilla Firefox, (a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla source code) and Mozilla Thunderbird, (a stand-alone mail/newsgroup client based on the Mozilla source code). The build instructions for these two applications are discussed in separate sections:

Firefox-1.5.0.9
Thunderbird-1.5.0.9

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/releases/1.1/seamonkey-1.1.source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/releases/1.1/seamonkey-1.1.source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2d78434affe9e4499e3cfceae2d8522f
Download size: 33.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 620 MB
Estimated build time: 17.1 SBU

To enable the Enigmail extension to the SeaMonkey mail client, you'll need to download the tarball listed below. The Enigmail extension allows users to access the authentication and encryption features provided by the GnuPG package. The Enigmail extension will not operate correctly unless you have GnuPG-1.4.3 installed.

http://www.mozilla-enigmail.org/downloads/src/enigmail-0.94.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum (Enigmail): cc1ba2bec7c3a2ac408ef24fbf1884de

SeaMonkey Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, libIDL-0.8.7, and Zip-2.32

Note

libjpeg-6b should have been installed before GTK+ and should exist on your system. If for some reason you haven't installed libjpeg, you should remove the --with-system-jpeg option from the .mozconfig file created below.

Optional

UnZip-5.52 and libgnomeui-2.14.1 (to build the gnomevfs extension)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/seamonkey

Installation of SeaMonkey

The configuration of SeaMonkey is accomplished by creating a .mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default .mozconfig file is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. Additional information can also be found below in the section titled Additional .mozconfig Options. If you are going to use system-installed versions of the NSS and NSPR libraries, ensure you uncomment the two lines near the bottom of the file. If you would prefer to download the file instead of creating it by typing or cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/seamonkey-1.1-mozconfig (the file must be installed in the root of the source tree mozilla directory, and named .mozconfig). Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > .mozconfig << "EOF"
# This file contains the options used in the SeaMonkey build. You may
# need to specify additional options for your specific build needs.
# Use the information provided by running './configure --help' to
# help you determine if you need to add any additional options.
# Some additional options can be added by uncommenting the examples
# in this file or adding options by inserting a line containing
# 'ac_add_options --some-option-you-need'.


# Create an object directory and specify to build the package in that
# directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory
# to a directory inside the source tree by removing '../' from the
# line below.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../seamonkey-build

# This option is used to specify that the SeaMonkey suite is
# being built and to use all the default options for SeaMonkey.
ac_add_options --enable-application=suite

# Specify the installation prefix. If you would prefer SeaMonkey
# installed in a different prefix, modify the line below to fit
# your needs. You'll also need to modify some of the instructions in
# the BLFS book to point to your desired prefix.
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

# These options are used so that the SeaMonkey binaries are linked to
# the system-installed copies of the specified libraries instead of
# the source tree code which may not be the most recent versions.
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# This option specifies to include support for rendering the HTML
# <canvas></canvas> tag in the SeaMonkey browser.
ac_add_options --enable-canvas

# This option is used so that the debugging symbols are removed from
# the installed binaries during the installation process. Comment out
# this option if you may have a need to retain the debugging symbols
# in the installed binaries. Note that this can substantially
# increase the size of the installed binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-strip

# This option is added so that test libraries and programs are not
# built. These would only be required for debugging purposes.
ac_add_options --disable-tests

# This option is added so that the Mozilla Installer program is not
# built or installed. The program is not required for a BLFS
# installation of SeaMonkey.
ac_add_options --disable-installer

# This option is used to disable the a11y support in the SeaMonkey
# binaries. Comment out this option if you require a11y support.
ac_add_options --disable-accessibility

# This option is used to enable support for rendering SVG files in the
# SeaMonkey browser.
ac_add_options --enable-svg

# This option is used to enable source tree included LDAP support in
# the SeaMonkey binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-ldap

# These two options enable support for building SeaMonkey with
# system-installed versions of the Network Security Services (NSS)
# and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. Uncomment both
# lines to enable support for system-installed NSS/NSPR.
#ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
#ac_add_options --with-system-nss

# Uncomment this option if you desire support for dual-monitor
# display of SeaMonkey using the X-Window Xinerama libraries.
#ac_add_options --enable-xinerama

# Complex scripts such as Thai can only be rendered in SeaMonkey with the
# help of Pango. This option significantly slows rendering, so only use
# it if necessary.
#ac_add_options --enable-pango

# This option identifies the default binary directory of the SeaMonkey
# installation and is used to locate SeaMonkey's installed files. This
# option is not required for end-user browsing, and is only used for
# development purposes.
#ac_add_options --with-default-mozilla-five-home=/usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1

EOF

Now clean up one Makefile to add required libraries to a build step. Note that the command requires two separate lines as shown.

sed -i -e '/MOZ_JS_LIBS/a\
\t\t$(MOZ_XFT_LIBS) \\' layout/build/Makefile.in

Compile SeaMonkey by running the following command:

make -f client.mk build

If you're building the SeaMonkey mail/newsgroup client and plan to install the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands:

tar -xf ../enigmail-0.94.2.tar.gz -C mailnews/extensions &&

pushd mailnews/extensions/enigmail &&
./makemake -r &&
popd &&

make -C ../seamonkey-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail &&
make -C ../seamonkey-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail xpi

This package does not come with a test suite. However, it cn be launched fom the build directory before installing with the command line: ../seamonkey-build/dist/bin/seamonkey.

Install SeaMonkey by issuing the following commands as the root user:

make -f client.mk install &&

install -v -m644 ../seamonkey-build/dist/public/ldap-private/* \
    /usr/include/seamonkey-1.1/ldap &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/defaults/isp/US &&
install -v -m644 mailnews/base/ispdata/movemail.rdf \
    /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/defaults/isp &&
ln -v -s ../movemail.rdf /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/defaults/isp/US

If you built SeaMonkey utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, the seamonkey-ns*.pc pkgconfig files are broken as they point to the wrong directories where the actual libraries and interface headers are located. Issue the following commands as the root user to replace the broken files with symbolic links to known good files:

ln -v -sf nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/seamonkey-nss.pc &&
ln -v -sf nspr.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/seamonkey-nspr.pc

If you did NOT build seamonkey utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, issue the following commands as the root user to install the NSS interface headers:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/seamonkey-1.1/nss &&
cp -v -Lf ../seamonkey-build/dist/{private,public}/nss/*.h \
   /usr/include/seamonkey-1.1/nss

If you built the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands as the root user to install the .xpi file into the /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1 directory:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/xpi_store &&
install -v -m644 ../seamonkey-build/dist/bin/enigmail-0.94.2-*.xpi \
    /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/xpi_store

There are two methods you can use to install the Enigmail extension. Both are shown here and provide similar functionality with one major difference. The first method will install the extension system-wide and all users of SeaMonkey will have an Enigmail-enabled mail client. The method shown later only installs it on a per-user basis. The first method must be accomplished now (before the object directory is removed) and uses the conventional make install command to install the Enigmail files straight from the distribution directory of the object directory. The alternate method is shown as it installs using the .xpi file created earlier and can be done later (at any time you desire) as the file used to install Enigmail was copied into /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/xpi_store in the previous step. This method can be used to install any downloaded Mozilla extension distributed in a .xpi file. There are many extensions available for SeaMonkey. A list containing many of them can be found at http://extensionroom.mozdev.org/.

If you want to install the Enigmail extension now, which offers system-wide access, issue the following commands as the root user:

make -C ../seamonkey-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail install

To install an extension from a created or download .xpi file, you simply need to “open” the .xpi file using the “Open File” option of the “File” menu of the browser window. You can browse to find the file (for example, the Enigmail .xpi file is located in /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/xpi_store), select it, then follow the prompts to install the extension.

Note

You should run /usr/bin/seamonkey once as the root user (or any user with write privileges) to create some necessary additional files in the /usr hierarchy. Also do this each time you install additional system-wide extensions.

Additional .mozconfig Options

Information about some of the additional options which can be added to the .mozconfig configuration file is shown below. Note that this is just a few of the options. You may wish to run ./configure --help and review each of the listed options to discover what affect they have on the build. Feel free to add or remove options to tailor the build to your desires. Listed below are some common options not in the default .mozconfig file but can be added in order to have the described effect on the SeaMonkey compile.

ac_add_options --enable-elf-dynstr-gc: Removes un-referenced strings from ELF shared objects generated during the build. Note that this option breaks the build on alpha.

ac_add_options --disable-mailnews: Disables the mail and news clients.

ac_add_options --disable-ldap: Disables LDAP support, recommended if mail is disabled.

ac_add_options --enable-xterm-updates: Displays the current command in the xterm window title during the compilation.

ac_add_options --enable-plaintext-editor-only: Disables support for HTML editing. Do not use this switch if you are building the mail-news component.

.mozconfig Option Explanations

To simplify reading the options below, they are labeled without ac_add_options inserted at the beginning of the option. These options are also described in the .mozconfig file created earlier.

mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../seamonkey-build: Creates an object directory and specifies to build the package in that directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory to a directory inside the source tree by removing “../” from the line.

--enable-application=suite: Identifies the build as a SeaMonkey suite build.

--with-system-zlib --with-system-png --with-system-jpeg --enable-system-cairo: Uses the system-installed versions of these packages.

--enable-xinerama --enable-reorder --enable-strip --enable-cpp-rtti --disable-accessibility --disable-tests --disable-logging --disable-pedantic --disable-installer: Various options that affect what components are built and some optimization options. You can pick and choose from these options. More information on them, and many other available options, can be found by running ./configure --help.

Command Explanations

make -f client.mk ...: Mozilla products are packaged to allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to pass the configuration settings to the configure command. make uses the client.mk file to get initial configuration and setup parameters, then depending on the target parameter (build or install), either runs the configure script and compiles the package or installs the package.

./makemake -r: This command is used to recursively create Makefiles in the appropriate subdirectory of seamonkey-build.

make -C ... xpi: This command builds the Enigmail .xpi file which can be used to install Enigmail.

install .../movemail.rdf ...: This command is used to install a file inadvertently left out of the installation script.

Configuring SeaMonkey

No specific configuration is required as long as the seamonkey script is in the user's path. If SeaMonkey is installed in a non-standard location, then make a symlink to the seamonkey script in the /usr/bin directory.

Many applications look for netscape when they need to open a browser. You may make the following symlink for convenience (as the root user).

ln -v -sf seamonkey /usr/bin/netscape

For installing various SeaMonkey plugins, refer to Mozdev's PluginDoc Project. If you have JDK-1.5.0_10 already installed, create the following link as the root user to utilize the JAVA plugin:

ln -v -s $JAVA_HOME/jre/plugin/i386/ns7/libjavaplugin_oji.so \
    /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/plugins

Some packages install SeaMonkey plugins into the default system-wide directory /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins. If desired, create symbolic links in the SeaMonkey plugin directory /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/plugins to the files in the default plugin directory (you should link to the actual files and not other links). Alternatively, you can move or copy the files in the default plugin directory to the SeaMonkey plugin directory. An example of creating a symbolic link is shown below. Create the links as the root user:

ln -v -s ../../seamonkey/plugins/<plugin.so> \
    /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1/plugins

Along with using the “Preferences” menu to configure SeaMonkey's options and preferences to suit individual tastes, finer grain control of many options is only available using a tool not available from the general menu system. To access this tool, you'll need to open a browser window and enter about:config in the address bar. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.

Tip

There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize SeaMonkey. A very extensive and up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

Installed Programs: seamonkey and seamonkey-config

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser, and email/newsgroup components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1

Installed Directories: /usr/include/seamonkey-1.1, /usr/lib/seamonkey-1.1, and /usr/share/idl/seamonkey-1.1

Short Descriptions

seamonkey

is a browser/email/newsgroup/chat client suite. The various components such as the Composer, mail-news client, IRC chat client, and address book can be accessed from the menu after seamonkey starts or via command-line switches to the seamonkey script. Issue man seamonkey for additional information.

Firefox-1.5.0.9

Introduction to Firefox

Firefox is a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla codebase.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://releases.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/1.5.0.9/source/firefox-1.5.0.9-source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/1.5.0.9/source/firefox-1.5.0.9-source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 383d3f3a17ba819ead94c2edc6739773
Download size: 34.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 548 MB
Estimated build time: 13.9 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch (if using system-installed versions of NSS and NSPR): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/firefox-1.5.0.9-system_nss-1.patch
Required patch (if enabling Pango font rendering): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/firefox-1.5.0.9-pangoxft-1.patch

Firefox Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, libIDL-0.8.7, and Zip-2.32

Note: libjpeg should have been installed before GTK+ and should exist on your system. If for some reason you haven't installed libjpeg, you should remove the --with-system-jpeg option from the .mozconfig file created below.

Recommended (if you will be installing any other package that utilizes NSS/NSPR, such as Thunderbird, Mozilla, Evolution, or OpenOffice)

Optional

UnZip-5.52 and libgnomeui-2.14.1 (to build the gnomevfs extension)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/firefox

Installation of Firefox

The configuration of Firefox is accomplished by creating a .mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default .mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. If you are going to use system-installed versions of the NSS and NSPR libraries, ensure you uncomment the two lines near the bottom of the file. If you are going to build the OpenOffice package and you want to use this Firefox installation as the default Mozilla source, ensure you uncomment the --enable-ldap option in the file created below. You may also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other desired options. If you would prefer to download the file instead of creating it by typing or cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/firefox-1.5.0.9-mozconfig (the file must be installed in the root of the source tree mozilla directory, and named .mozconfig). Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > .mozconfig << "EOF"
# This file contains the options used in the Firefox build. You may
# need to specify additional options for your specific build needs.
# Use the information provided by running './configure --help' to
# help you determine if you need to add any additional options.
# Some additional options can be added by uncommenting the examples
# in this file or adding options by inserting a line containing
# 'ac_add_options --some-option-you-need'.


# Use the default settings specified in the source tree
. $topsrcdir/browser/config/mozconfig

# Create an object directory and specify to build the package in that
# directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory
# to a directory inside the source tree by removing '../' from the
# line below.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../firefox-build

# Specify the installation prefix. If you would prefer Firefox
# installed in a different prefix, modify the line below to fit
# your needs. You'll also need to modify some of the instructions in
# the BLFS book to point to your desired prefix.
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

# These options are used so that the Firefox binaries are linked to
# the system-installed copies of the specified libraries instead of
# the source tree code which may not be the most recent versions.
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# This option causes the installed binaries to have the official
# Firefox name embedded in them. Due to license restrictions, you
# may not distribute binaries created using this option.
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding

# This option specifies to include support for rendering the HTML
# <canvas></canvas> tag in the Firefox browser.
ac_add_options --enable-canvas

# This option is used to enable support for rendering SVG files in the
# Firefox browser. Comment out the line to disable the option.
ac_add_options --enable-svg

# This option is used so that the debugging symbols are removed from
# the installed binaries during the installation process. Comment out
# this option if you may have a need to retain the debugging symbols
# in the installed binaries. Note that this can substantially
# increase the size of the installed binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-strip

# This option is added so that test libraries and programs are not
# built. These would only be required for debugging purposes.
ac_add_options --disable-tests

# This option is added so that the Mozilla Installer program is not
# built or installed. The program is not required for a BLFS
# installation of Firefox.
ac_add_options --disable-installer

# This option is used to disable the a11y support in the Firefox
# binaries. Comment out this option if you require a11y support.
ac_add_options --disable-accessibility

# This option is used to enable source tree included LDAP support in
# the Firefox binaries.
###################################################################
#
# NOTE: You must uncomment this option if there is any chance of
# compiling the OpenOffice package from source code using this copy
# of Firefox for your Mozilla support.
#
###################################################################
#ac_add_options --enable-ldap

# Uncomment this option if you desire support for dual-monitor
# display of Firefox using the X-Window Xinerama libraries.
#ac_add_options --enable-xinerama

# These two options enable support for building Firefox with
# system-installed versions of the Network Security Services (NSS)
# and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. Uncomment both
# lines to enable support for system-installed NSS/NSPR.
#ac_add_options --with-system-nss
#ac_add_options --with-system-nspr

# Complex scripts such as Thai can only be rendered in Firefox with the
# help of Pango. This option significantly slows rendering, so only use
# it if necessary.
#ac_add_options --enable-pango

# This option identifies the default binary directory of the Firefox
# installation and is used to locate Firefox's installed files. This
# option is not required for end-user browsing, and is only used for
# development purposes.
#ac_add_options --with-default-mozilla-five-home=/usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9

EOF

If you wish to use Pango for font rendering and have uncommented the appropriate option in .mozconfig, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../firefox-1.5.0.9-pangoxft-1.patch

If you have system-installed Network Security Services (NSS) and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries and you uncommented the appropriate lines in the .mozconfig file to utilize them, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../firefox-1.5.0.9-system_nss-1.patch

Compile Firefox by issuing the following commands:

sed -i "s/^    enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" \
    xpcom/reflect/xptinfo/public/xptinfo.h &&
make -f client.mk build

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user, install the package:

make -f client.mk install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9/chrome/icons/default &&
ln -v -s ../../../icons/default.xpm \
    /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9/chrome/icons/default &&

chown -v -R root:root \
    /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9/extensions/inspector@mozilla.org/*

If you enabled LDAP support in the Firefox build, install some additional interface headers as the root user:

install -v -m644 ../firefox-build/dist/public/ldap-private/* \
    /usr/include/firefox-1.5.0.9/ldap

If you built Firefox utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, the firefox-ns*.pc pkgconfig files are broken as they point to the wrong directories where the actual libraries and interface headers are located. Issue the following commands as the root user to replace the broken files with symbolic links to known good files:

ln -v -sf nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/firefox-nss.pc &&
ln -v -sf nspr.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/firefox-nspr.pc

If you did NOT build Firefox utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, issue the following commands as the root user to install the NSS interface headers:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/firefox-1.5.0.9/nss &&
cp -v -Lf ../firefox-build/dist/{private,public}/nss/*.h \
    /usr/include/firefox-1.5.0.9/nss

Note

You should run /usr/bin/firefox once as the root user (or any user with write privileges) to create some necessary additional files in the /usr hierarchy.

Command Explanations

sed -i "s/^ enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" ...: This command is used to fix an anonymous enum in an external/public interface header file.

install -v -m755 -d .../chrome/icons/default and ln -v -s ../../../icons/default.xpm ...: These two commands are used to create a symlink in the required directory so that the proper icon is displayed in the taskbar and when Firefox windows are minimized.

chown -v -R root:root ...: This command changes the ownership of some installed files to more appropriate user:group names.

Configuring Firefox

No specific configuration is required as long as the firefox script is in the user's path. If Firefox is installed in a non-standard location, then make a symlink to the firefox script in the /usr/bin directory.

If your Window or Desktop Manager does not allow you to configure a default mail client, you can add a configuration parameter to Firefox so that an email client will start when you click on a mailto: URL. There are two parameters you need to check. The procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the instructions here can be used to view or modify any of the parameters.

First, open the configuration dialog by entering about:config in the address bar. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.

The two configuration preference items you need to check so that Firefox uses a specified default mail client are the network.protocol-handler.external.mailto which should be set to True and the network.protocol-handler.app.mailto which should be set to the path of the desired mail client, e.g., /usr/bin/thunderbird.

Tip

There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize Firefox. A very extensive and up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

Many applications look for netscape when they need to open a browser. You may wish to make the following symlink for convenience (as the root user).

ln -v -sf firefox /usr/bin/netscape

For installing various Firefox plugins, refer to Mozdev's PluginDoc Project. If you have the JDK-1.5.0_10 already installed, create the following link as the root user to utilize the installed Java plugin:

ln -v -s $JAVA_HOME/jre/plugin/i386/ns7/libjavaplugin_oji.so \
    /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9/plugins

Some packages install Mozilla plugins into the default system-wide directory /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins. If desired, create symbolic links in the Firefox plugin directory /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9/plugins to the files in the default plugin directory (you should link to the actual files and not other links). Alternatively, you can move or copy the files in the default plugin directory to the Firefox plugin directory. An example of creating a symbolic link is shown below. Create the links as the root user:

ln -v -s ../../mozilla/plugins/<plugin.so> \
    /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9/plugins

Installed Programs: firefox and firefox-config

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9

Installed Directories: /usr/include/firefox-1.5.0.9, /usr/lib/firefox-1.5.0.9, and /usr/share/idl/firefox-1.5.0.9

Short Descriptions

firefox	is a shell script that sets up the environment and calls the `firefox-bin` binary.
firefox-config	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use Firefox libraries and browser components.

Galeon-2.0.1

Introduction to Galeon

The Galeon package contains a GNOME-2 browser that utilizes the mozilla.org Gecko layout engine and presents the simplest interface possible for a browser.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/galeon/galeon-2.0.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/galeon-2.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 34d6e3a6ee78f9e4d12736e5d81b462b
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75.4 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

Galeon Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1 and a mozilla.org Gecko layout engine (SeaMonkey-1.1 or Firefox-1.5.0.9 or Thunderbird-1.5.0.9 or Mozilla)

Optional

GNOME Desktop-2.14.3, libgtkhtml-2.11.0, and ISO Codes-0.58-1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/galeon

Installation of Galeon

Compiling must be done with the same compiler version and optimization settings that were used to compile the Gecko layout engine package.

Install Galeon by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config \
                --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/galeon-2.0.1 &&
install -v -m644 FAQ README* doc/*.txt $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/galeon-2.0.1 &&
ln -v -s ../../$PACKAGE_NAME/FAQ.html $(pkg-config \
        --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/doc/galeon-2.0.1

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

Installed Programs: galeon and galeon-config-tool

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/share/: galeon, {gnome/help, omf, sounds}/galeon

Short Descriptions

galeon	is a GNOME-2 web browser using a Gecko-based rendering/security/networking engine.
galeon-config-tool	clears settings, installs schemas, removes schemas and fixes permissions in the GConf database.

Konqueror-3.5.6

konqueror is the default graphical web browser for the KDE desktop environment. It is packaged and installed with kdebase-3.5.6.

Dillo-0.8.5

Introduction to Dillo

Dillo is a fast, small footprint graphical browser. Version 0.8.5 is now considered a very stable beta. Dillo does not support Java, JavaScript or CSS, and the current version does not support FTP, HTTPS or frames. It is, however, very fast and so is useful on older, slower machines. It supports downloads and can support cookies.

Caution

Dillo always interprets web pages as if they had the ISO-8859-1 encoding. Thus, it is useless for reading non-English web pages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.dillo.org/download/dillo-0.8.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/dillo-0.8.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d0ab7fa1d40b310deb891388604188f8
Download size: 415 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Dillo Dependencies

Required

Optional

OpenSSL-0.9.8d and Electric Fence

Optional (Run-Time Requirement for FTP Downloading)

Wget-1.10.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dillo

Installation of Dillo

Support for secure connections is considered experimental by Dillo's author. If you want the optional HTTPS support for Dillo and have OpenSSL-0.9.8d installed, run the following command:

sed -i -e "/#undef ENABLE_SSL/d" dpi/https.c

Install Dillo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/dillo &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -d -v -m755 /usr/share/doc/dillo-0.8.5 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{README,*.txt} /usr/share/doc/dillo-0.8.5

Configuring Dillo

Config Files

/etc/dillo/dillorc, /etc/dillo/dpidrc, and ~/.dillo/*

Configuration Information

Dillo stores its configuration in the system wide /etc/dillo/dillorc file and the ~/.dillo directory which is created automatically when dillo is run for the first time. Note that cookies are turned off by default. To enable cookies, edit the ~/.dillo/cookiesrc file.

Installed Programs: dillo, dpid, and dpidc

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: ~/.dillo, /etc/dillo, /usr/share/doc/dillo-0.8.5, and /usr/lib/dillo

Short Descriptions

dillo	is a GTK+ graphical WWW browser with limited facilities, but a small footprint and runs fast on slower machines.
dpid	is a Dillo plugin daemon.
dpidc	is a control program for dpid.

Chapter 37. Other X-based Internet Programs

The Internet isn't just about browsing. Here are more graphical applications that utilize other areas of the Internet.

Thunderbird-1.5.0.9

Introduction to Thunderbird

Thunderbird is a stand-alone mail/news client based on the Mozilla codebase.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://releases.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/thunderbird/releases/1.5.0.9/source/thunderbird-1.5.0.9-source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/thunderbird/releases/1.5.0.9/source/thunderbird-1.5.0.9-source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bb74629a8d99a6653c5ab978cf9c6227
Download size: 34.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 597 MB
Estimated build time: 18.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch (if using system-installed versions of NSS and NSPR:) http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/thunderbird-1.5.0.9-system_nss-1.patch
Required patch (if enabling Pango font rendering): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/thunderbird-1.5.0.9-pangoxft-1.patch

To enable the Enigmail extension to the Thunderbird mail client, you'll need to download the tarball shown below. The Enigmail extension allows users to access the authentication and encryption features provided by the GnuPG package. The Enigmail extension will not operate correctly unless you have GnuPG-1.4.3 installed.

http://www.mozilla-enigmail.org/downloads/src/enigmail-0.94.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cc1ba2bec7c3a2ac408ef24fbf1884de

Thunderbird Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, libIDL-0.8.7, and Zip-2.32

Recommended (if you will be installing any other package that utilizes NSS/NSPR, such as Firefox, Mozilla, Evolution, or OpenOffice)

Optional

UnZip-5.52 and libgnomeui-2.14.1 (to build the gnomevfs extension)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Thunderbird

Installation of Thunderbird

The configuration of Thunderbird is accomplished by creating a .mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default .mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. If you are going to use system-installed versions of the NSS and NSPR libraries, ensure you uncomment the two lines near the bottom of the file. You may also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other desired options. If you would prefer to download the file instead of creating it by typing or cut-and-pasting, you can find it at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/thunderbird-1.5.0.9-mozconfig (the file must be installed in the root of the source tree mozilla directory, and named .mozconfig). Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > .mozconfig << "EOF"
# This file contains the options used in the Thunderbird build. You may
# need to specify additional options for your specific build needs.
# Use the information provided by running './configure --help' to
# help you determine if you need to add any additional options.
# Some additional options can be added by uncommenting the examples
# in this file or adding options by inserting a line containing
# 'ac_add_options --some-option-you-need'.


# Use the default settings specified in the source tree
. $topsrcdir/mail/config/mozconfig

# Create an object directory and specify to build the package in that
# directory. If desired, modify the location of the object directory
# to a directory inside the source tree by removing '../' from the
# line below.
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/../thunderbird-build

# Specify the installation prefix. If you would prefer Thunderbird
# installed in a different prefix, modify the line below to fit
# your needs. You'll also need to modify some of the instructions in
# the BLFS book to point to your desired prefix.
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

# These options are used so that the Thunderbird binaries are linked to
# the system-installed copies of the specified libraries instead of
# the source tree code which may not be the most recent versions.
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# This option causes the installed binaries to have the official
# Thunderbird name embedded in them. Due to license restrictions, you
# may not distribute binaries created using this option.
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding

# This option specifies to include support for rendering the HTML
# <canvas></canvas> tag in the Thunderbird mail client.
#ac_add_options --enable-canvas

# This option is used so that the debugging symbols are removed from
# the installed binaries during the installation process. Comment out
# this option if you may have a need to retain the debugging symbols
# in the installed binaries. Note that this can substantially
# increase the size of the installed binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-strip

# This option is added so that test libraries and programs are not
# built. These would only be required for debugging purposes.
ac_add_options --disable-tests

# This option is added so that the Mozilla Installer program is not
# built or installed. The program is not required for a BLFS
# installation of Thunderbird.
ac_add_options --disable-installer

# This option is used to disable the a11y support in the Thunderbird
# binaries. Comment out this option if you require a11y support.
ac_add_options --disable-accessibility

# This option is used to enable source tree included LDAP support in
# the Thunderbird binaries.
ac_add_options --enable-ldap

# This option is used to enable support for rendering SVG files in the
# Thunderbird mail client. Uncomment the line below to enable the option.
#ac_add_options --enable-svg

# Uncomment this option if you desire support for dual-monitor
# display of Thunderbird using the X-Window Xinerama libraries.
#ac_add_options --enable-xinerama

# Complex scripts such as Thai can only be rendered in Thunderbird with
# the help of Pango. This option significantly slows rendering, so only
# use it if necessary.
#ac_add_options --enable-pango

# These two options enable support for building Thunderbird with
# system-installed versions of the Network Security Services (NSS)
# and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries. Uncomment both
# lines to enable support for system-installed NSS/NSPR.
#ac_add_options --with-system-nss
#ac_add_options --with-system-nspr

# This option identifies the default binary directory of the Thunderbird
# installation and is used to locate Thunderbird's installed files. This
# option is not required for end-user use, and is only used for
# development purposes.
#ac_add_options --with-default-mozilla-five-home=/usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9

EOF

If you wish to use Pango for font rendering and have uncommented the appropriate option in .mozconfig, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../thunderbird-1.5.0.9-pangoxft-1.patch

patch -Np1 -i ../thunderbird-1.5.0.9-system_nss-1.patch

Compile Thunderbird by issuing the following commands:

sed -i "s/^    enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" \
    xpcom/reflect/xptinfo/public/xptinfo.h &&
make -f client.mk build

This package does not come with a test suite.

If you're building the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands:

tar -xf ../enigmail-0.94.2.tar.gz -C mailnews/extensions &&
( cd mailnews/extensions/enigmail && ./makemake -r ) &&

make -C ../thunderbird-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail &&
make -C ../thunderbird-build/mailnews/extensions/enigmail \
        XPIFILE=enigmail.xpi xpi

Install Thunderbird by running the following commands as the root user:

make -f client.mk install &&

install -v -m644 ../thunderbird-build/dist/public/ldap-private/* \
    /usr/include/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/ldap &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/defaults/isp/US &&
install -v -m644 mailnews/base/ispdata/movemail.rdf \
                 mail/extensions/newsblog/rss.rdf \
    /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/defaults/isp &&
ln -v -s ../{movemail,rss}.rdf \
    /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/defaults/isp/US

If you built Thunderbird utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, the thunderbird-ns*.pc pkgconfig files are broken as they point to the wrong directories where the actual libraries and interface headers are located. Issue the following commands as the root user to replace the broken files with symbolic links to known good files:

ln -v -sf nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/thunderbird-nss.pc &&
ln -v -sf nspr.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/thunderbird-nspr.pc

If you did NOT build Thunderbird utilizing system-installed NSS and NSPR libraries, issue the following commands as the root user to install the NSS interface headers:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/nss &&
cp -v -Lf ../thunderbird-build/dist/{private,public}/nss/*.h \
    /usr/include/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/nss

If you built the Enigmail extension, issue the following commands as the root user to install the .xpi file:

install -v -m644 -D ../thunderbird-build/dist/bin/enigmail.xpi \
    /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/xpi_store/enigmail.xpi

If you want to install Enigmail globally so that all users who run Thunderbird will have access to the extension, issue the command shown below. Note that this procedure starts an instance of Thunderbird and you must have an X server running. Issue the following command as the root user:

/usr/bin/thunderbird -install-global-extension \
    /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/xpi_store/$ENIGMAIL_FILENAME

Global installation of other extensions can be done using the same basic method as the Enigmail extension. See the “Configuring Thunderbird” section below for information about configuring Enigmail for individual users if you did not not install it globally.

Note

You should run /usr/bin/thunderbird once as the root user (or any user with write privileges) to create some necessary additional files in the /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9 directory.

Command Explanations

sed -i "s/^ enum$/& xptinfo_enum_1/" ...: This command is used to fix an anonymous enum in an external/public interface header file.

( cd mailnews/... && ./makemake -r ): This command is used to recursively create Makefiles in the enigmail directory.

make -C ... xpi: This command builds the Enigmail .xpi file which is used to install Enigmail.

install .../movemail.rdf .../rss.rdf ...: These commands are used to install two files inadvertently left out of the installation script.

Configuring Thunderbird

Configuration Information

No specific configuration is required as long as the thunderbird script is in the user's path. If Thunderbird is installed in a non-standard location, then make a symlink to the thunderbird script in the /usr/bin directory.

If you don't have privileges to install extensions globally, or you prefer to not install global extensions, you can configure Thunderbird on an individual user basis for access to extensions. For example, if you built the Enigmail extension and did not install it globally, it can be installed on an as-needed basis for each user of the system who may use Thunderbird. It is accomplished through the Thunderbird “Tools” menu. Choose the “Extensions” – “Install” option and fill in the “Look in:” field with /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9/xpi_store. You'll then see the enigmail-0.94.2-linux-????.xpi file listed. Choose this file and click on “Open”, then click on “Install now”. The Enigmail extension will install and you will be prompted to restart Thunderbird.

If your Window or Desktop Manager does not allow you to configure a default browser, you can add a configuration parameter to Thunderbird so that a browser will start when when you click on an Internet/intranet/local URL. The procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the instructions here can be used to view or modify any of the parameters.

First, open the configuration dialog by opening the “Edit” drop-down menu. Choose “Preferences” and then click on the “Advanced” icon on the top menu bar. Choose the “General” tab and click on the “Config Editor” button. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.

The configuration preference item you need to check so that Thunderbird uses a specified browser is the network.protocol-handler.app.http which should be set to the path of the desired browser, e.g., /usr/bin/firefox.

Tip

There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize Thunderbird. A very extensive and up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

Installed Programs: thunderbird and thunderbird-config

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, email/newsgroups components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9

Installed Directories: /usr/include/thunderbird-1.5.0.9, /usr/lib/thunderbird-1.5.0.9, and /usr/share/idl/thunderbird-1.5.0.9

Short Descriptions

thunderbird

is Mozilla's next-generation email and newsgroup client.

Pan-0.14.2

Introduction to Pan

The Pan package contains a graphical newsreader. This is useful for reading and writing news, threading articles and replying via email.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pan.rebelbase.com/download/releases/0.14.2/SOURCE/pan-0.14.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: ed3188e7059bb6d6c209ee5d46ac1852
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 67.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.72 SBU

Pan Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20, GNet-2.0.7, intltool-0.34.2 and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

gtkspell-2.0.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pan

Installation of Pan

Install Pan by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: pan

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gnome/apps/Internet

Short Descriptions

pan

is a graphical newsreader.

Balsa-2.3.13

Introduction to Balsa

The Balsa package contains a GNOME-2 based mail client.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://balsa.gnome.org/balsa-2.3.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: a1c7fe3454243f1719a19fcdb0905948
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Balsa Dependencies

Required

libgnomeui-2.14.1, libgnomeprintui-2.12.1, ScrollKeeper-0.3.14, Aspell-0.60.4, and GMime-2.2.2

Optional

libgtkhtml-2.11.0, gtksourceview-1.6.2, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, OpenLDAP-2.3.27, PCRE-6.7, Compface-1.4, GtkSpell (provides on-the-fly as you type spell checking), an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), Heimdal-0.7.2 or MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, and SQLite

Optional to Build Experimental S/MIME Support

Libksba, GnuPG-1.9.x, and GPGME

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/balsa

Installation of Balsa

Install Balsa by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0) \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix \
                    ORBit-2.0)/share/man \
            --with-gtkhtml=no &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--mandir=$(pkg-config --variable=prefix ORBit-2.0)/share/man: This parameter causes the man.(X) files to be installed in $GNOME_PREFIX/share/man/man(X) instead of $GNOME_PREFIX/man/man(X).

--with-gtkhtml=no: This parameter is used if you don't have libgtkhtml installed. Remove this parameter if the package is installed. Note that you won't be able to read or write HTML formatted mail messages if you use this parameter.

--with-esmtp=no: Use this parameter if you don't have libESMTP installed.

--with-ssl: Use this option to enable SSL support if OpenSSL is installed.

--with-ldap: Use this option to enable LDAP address book support if OpenLDAP is installed.

--with-sqlite: Use this option to enable SQLite address book support if SQLite is installed.

--with-gpgme: Use this option to enable GPG support if “GnuPG Made Easy” (GPGME) is installed.

--enable-smime: Use this option to enable S/MIME support if Libksba and GnuPG-1.9.x is installed.

Configuring Balsa

Configuration Information

All configuration of Balsa is done through the Balsa menu system, with mailbox configuration done with the Settings—>Preferences menu.

If you are unable to connect to your ISP, they probably don't support APOP. Disable it in Settings/Preferences/POP3/advanced.

If you enable filters for your incoming POP3 mail, you must have Procmail-3.22 installed, as the incoming mail will be handed off to procmail for processing.

Installed Programs: balsa and balsa-ab

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $GNOME_PREFIX/share/: {gnome/help, omf, sounds}/balsa

Short Descriptions

balsa

is a GNOME-2 based mail client.

Gaim-1.5.0

Introduction to Gaim

Gaim is an instant messaging client that can connect with a wide range of networks including AIM, ICQ, MSN, Jabber, IRC, Napster, Gadu-Gadu, Zephyr and Yahoo!

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gaim/gaim-1.5.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 9205321ac11fad271c90f2f0d7c5e7ce
Download size: 6.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 179 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Gaim Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.8.20

Optional

libao-0.8.6, GnuTLS (requires libgpg-error and libgcrypt in that order), Gtkspell, Tcl-8.4.13, Tk-8.4.13, startup-notification-0.8, Audio File-0.2.6, D-BUS-0.62, MIT Kerberos V5-1.6, NAS-1.7, Doxygen-1.4.6, and Avahi

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gaim

Installation of Gaim

To connect with MSN you will need to compile Gaim with SSL support. For this you will need to have already installed libgpg-error, libgcrypt and GnuTLS compiled in that order. Use of the Mozilla SSL library is deprecated.

To compile Gaim with audio support, first install libao-0.8.6.

Compile Gaim by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you want to compile Gaim with support for NAS-1.7, configure it like this:

CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/X11R6/include" ./configure --prefix=/usr \
    --enable-nas &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

CPPFLAGS=...--enable-nas: To avoid a compilation error the configure script needs to be told to look for the NAS header files in /usr/X11R6/include.

Installed Programs: gaim and gaim-remote

Installed Library: libgaim-remote.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gaim, /usr/lib/gaim, /usr/share/pixmaps/gaim, and /usr/share/sounds/gaim

Short Descriptions

gaim	is an instant messaging client
gaim-remote	is a command-line interface for controlling an already running instance of gaim
`libgaim-remote.so`	contains functions that are used by gaim-remote

XChat-2.6.2

Introduction to XChat

XChat is an IRC chat program. It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, talk publicly, have private one-on-one conversations, etc. File transfers are also possible.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.xchat.org/files/source/2.6/xchat-2.6.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/xchat-2.6.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6b534baf9a4df6bf23d7d16f7e4eb379
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

XChat Dependencies

Required

Optional

D-BUS-0.62, OpenSSL-0.9.8d, Python-2.4.4, and Tcl-8.4.13

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xchat

Installation of XChat

Install XChat by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

XChat does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xchat and xchat-remote

Installed Libraries: xchat plugins

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/xchat

Short Descriptions

xchat	is a graphical Internet Relay Chat (IRC) client.
xchat-remote	is a program for remote access XChat using DBUS.

Part XI. Multimedia

38. Multimedia Libraries and Drivers
39. Audio Utilities
40. Video Utilities
41. CD/DVD-Writing Utilities

Chapter 38. Multimedia Libraries and Drivers

Many multimedia programs require libraries and/or drivers in order to function properly. The packages in this section fall into this category. Generally you only need to install these if you are installing a program which has the library listed as either a requirement, or as an option to enable it to support certain functionality.

ALSA-1.0.13

The Linux kernel now provides ALSA support by default. However, applications need to interface to that capability. The following five sections of the book deal with the five separate components of ALSA: the libraries, the utilities, the tools, the firmware and the OSS compatibility libraries.

ALSA Library-1.0.13

Introduction to ALSA Library

The ALSA Library package contains the ALSA library. This is used by programs (including ALSA Utilities) requiring access to the ALSA sound interface.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/lib/alsa-lib-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/lib/alsa-lib-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d55a9d7d2a79d738a1b7a511cffda4b6
Download size: 694 KB
Estimated disk space required: 34.9 MB (additional 22.2 MB to build and install docs)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (less than 0.1 SBU to build and install docs)

ALSA Library Dependencies

Optional

Doxygen-1.4.6 and resmgr

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-lib

Kernel Configuration

In the Device Drivers ⇒ Sound ⇒ Advanced Linux Sound Architecture section of the kernel configuration, select the settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware. Ensure that the deprecated Device Drivers ⇒ Sound ⇒ Open Sound System is not selected. If necessary, recompile and install your new kernel.

Installation of ALSA Library

Install ALSA Library by running the following commands:

./configure --enable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/asoundrc.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.0.13/asoundrc.txt

If you have Doxygen installed and you wish to build the library API documentation, run the following commands from the top-level directory of the source tree:

make doc

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/alsa-1.0.13/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/alsa-1.0.13/html

Command Explanations

--enable-static: This switch is used to enable building the static library as some programs link against it.

Configuring ALSA Library

Config Files

~/.asoundrc, /etc/asound.conf, /usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf, and /usr/share/alsa/{cards,pcm}/*.conf

Configuration Information

The default alsa.conf is adequate for most installations. For extra functionality and/or advanced control of your sound device, you may need to create additional configuration files. For information on the available configuration parameters, visit http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-doc/doc-php/asoundrc.php.

Installed Programs: aserver

Installed Library: libasound.{so,a} and smixer-*.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/alsa, /usr/lib/alsa-lib, /usr/share/alsa and /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.0.13

Short Descriptions

aserver	provides the ALSA server.
`libasound.{so,a}`	provides ALSA functions for application programs.
`smixer-*.{so,a}`	provides hardware dependent ALSA mixer functions.

ALSA Plugins-1.0.13

Introduction to ALSA Plugins

The ALSA Plugins package contains plugins for various audio libraries and sound servers.

Note

The ALSA Plugins package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7ef5e429b4a2756d0b5f0d7ce5bba0c8
Download size: 225 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA Plugins Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.20 and ALSA Library-1.0.13

Optional

FFmpeg-0.4.9-pre1, JACK, PulseAudio, Secret Rabbit Code (a.k.a. libsamplerate)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-plugins

Installation of ALSA Plugins

Install ALSA Plugins by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/alsa-plugins-1.0.13 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{README*,*.txt} \
                    /usr/share/doc/alsa-plugins-1.0.13

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Numerous libasound_module_<module>.so modules including ctl_oss, pcm_oss, pcm_upmix, pcm_vdownmix and optionally ctl_pulse, pcm_pulse, pcm_a52, pcm_jack and rate_samplerate*

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/alsa-plugins-1.0.13

Short Descriptions

`libasound_module_pcm_oss.so`	Allows native ALSA applications to run on OSS.
`libasound_module_pcm_upmix.so`	Allows upmixing sound to 4 or 6 channels.
`libasound_module_pcm_vdownmix.so`	Allows downmixing sound from 4-6 channels to 2 channel stereo output.
`libasound_module_pcm_jack.so`	Allows native ALSA applications to work with jackd.
`libasound_module_pcm_pulse.so`	Allows native ALSA applications to access a PulseAudio sound daemon.
`libasound_module_pcm_a52.so`	Converts S16 linear sound format to A52 compressed format and sends it to an SPDIF output.
`libasound_module_rate_samplerate.so`	Provides an external rate converter through `libsamplerate`.

ALSA Utilities-1.0.13

Introduction to ALSA Utilities

The ALSA Utilities package contains various utilities which are useful for controlling your sound card.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/utils/alsa-utils-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/utils/alsa-utils-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dfe4bb5d3217f3ec662b172ce8397cf0
Download size: 958 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ALSA Utilities Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-utils

Installation of ALSA Utilities

Install ALSA Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring ALSA Utilities

Config Files

/etc/asound.state

Configuration Information

Use a bootscript to store the values at shutdown.

As the root user, install the init script /etc/rc.d/init.d/alsa included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-alsa

Note that all channels of your sound card are muted by default. You can use the alsamixer program from the ALSA Utilities to change this. Use speaker-test to check that your settings have been applied correctly.

The first time the alsactl program is run from the udev rule below, it will complain that there is no state in /etc/asound.state. You can prevent this by running the following commands as the root user:

touch /etc/asound.state &&
alsactl store

The volume settings will be restored from the saved state by Udev when the device is detected (during boot or when plugged in for USB devices).

As the root user, install a new Udev rules file to create the audio device nodes and run the restore script:

cat > /etc/udev/rules.d/40-alsa.rules << "EOF"
# /etc/udev/rules.d/40-alsa.rules

# When a sound device is detected, restore the volume settings
KERNEL=="controlC[0-9]*", ACTION=="add", RUN+="/usr/sbin/alsactl restore %n"
EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/udev/rules.d/40-alsa.rules

Installed Programs: aconnect, alsaconf, alsactl, alsamixer, amidi, amixer, aplay, aplaymidi, arecord, arecordmidi, aseqnet, aseqdump, iecset, and speaker-test

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

aconnect	is a utility for connecting and disconnecting two existing ports in the ALSA sequencer system.
alsaconf	is a configuration tool which tries to detect the sound cards on your system and write a suitable configuration file for ALSA. This program is incompatible with udev and hotplug.
alsactl	is used to control advanced settings for the ALSA sound card drivers.
alsamixer	is an ncurses-based mixer program for use with the ALSA sound card drivers.
amidi	is used to read from and write to ALSA RawMIDI ports.
amixer	allows command-line control of the mixers for the ALSA sound card drivers.
aplay	is a command-line soundfile player for the ALSA sound card drivers.
aplaymidi	is a command-line utility that plays the specified MIDI file(s) to one or more ALSA sequencer ports.
arecord	is a command-line soundfile recorder for the ALSA sound card drivers.
arecordmidi	is a command-line utility that records a standard MIDI file from one or more ALSA sequencer ports.
aseqdump	is a command-line utility that prints the sequencer events it receives as text.
aseqnet	is an ALSA sequencer client which sends and receives event packets over a network.
iecset	is a small utility to set or dump the IEC958 (or so-called “S/PDIF”) status bits of the specified sound card via the ALSA control API.
speaker-test	is a command-line speaker test tone generator for ALSA.

ALSA Tools-1.0.13

Introduction to ALSA Tools

The ALSA Tools package contains advanced tools for certain sound cards.

Note

The ALSA Tools package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/tools/alsa-tools-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/tools/alsa-tools-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3f30a884848a21910195a3c77f1dbde2
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14-17 MB depending on the tool being built
Estimated build time: 0.1-0.5 SBU depending on the tool being built

ALSA Tools Dependencies

Required

Optional

pkg-config-0.20 and GTK+-2.8.20 or GTK+-1.2.10 (to build echomixer, envy24control and rmedigicontrol), FLTK (to build hdspconf and hdspmixer), and Qt-3.3.7 (to build qlo10k1).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-tools

Installation of ALSA Tools

The ALSA Tools package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. The tools are not all built together, instead you need to cd into the directory of each tool you wish to compile and run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

The ac3dec tool comes with a test suite, but it is not functional since it does not contain the reference results for the dither_test program.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: ac3dec, extract_ac3, as10k1, dl10k1, echomixer, envy24control, hdspconf, hdsploader, hdspmixer, init_audigy, init_audigy_eq10, init_live, lo10k1, ld10k1, ld10k1d, mixartloader, pcxhrloader, qlo10k1, rmedigicontrol, cspctl, sbiload, sscape_ctl, us428control, usx2yloader, and vxloader

Installed Library: liblo10k1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/applications, /usr/share/pixmaps, /usr/include/lo10k1, /usr/share/ld10k1, and /usr/share/sounds

Short Descriptions

ac3dec	is a free AC-3 stream decoder.
extract_ac3	will take an MPEG-2 stream and produce AC-3 audio to stdout if it exists.
as10k1	is an assembler for the emu10k1 DSP chip present in the Creative SB Live, PCI 512, and emu APS sound cards. It is used to make audio effects such as a flanger, chorus or reverb.
echomixer	is the Linux equivalent of the Echoaudio console application from Echoaudio. It is a tool to control all the features of any Echoaudio soundcard. This includes clock sources, input and output gains, mixers, etc.
envy24control	is a control tool for Envy24 (ice1712) based sound cards.
hdspconf	is a GUI to control the Hammerfall HDSP Alsa Settings. Up to four hdsp cards are supported.
hdsploader	is used to load the firmware required by the Hammerfall HDSP sound cards.
hdspmixer	is the Linux equivalent of the Totalmix application from RME. It is a tool to control the advanced routing features of the RME Hammerfall DSP soundcard series.
ld10k1	is the server of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA.
lo10k1	is the client of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA.
dl10k1	loads config dumps generated by lo10k1 and ld10k1.
ld10k1d	is an init script for the ld10k1 patch loader.
qlo10k1	is a Qt GUI for the ld10k1 patch loader.
mixartloader	is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's miXart board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-mixart. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.
pcxhrloader	is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto Digigram's pcxhr compatible board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-pcxhr. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.
rmedigicontrol	is a control tool for RME Digi32 and RME Digi96 sound cards. It provides a graphical frontend for all the sound card controls and switches.
cspctl	is an SB16/AWE32 Creative Signal Processor (ASP/CSP) control program.
sbiload	is an OPL2/3 FM instrument loader for the ALSA sequencer.
sscape_ctl	is an ALSA SoundScape control utility.
us428control	is a Tascam US-428 control program.
usx2yloader	is a helper program to load the 2nd Phase firmware binaries onto the Tascam USX2Y USB sound cards. It has proven to work so far for the US122, US224 and US428. The snd-usb-usx2y module requires this program.
vxloader	is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's VX-board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-vx222, snd-vxpocket, snd-vxp440. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.

ALSA Firmware-1.0.13

Introduction to ALSA Firmware

The ALSA Firmware package contains firmware for certain sound cards.

Note

The ALSA Firmware package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 97de41a923e68c3d6c52c14f1a2843df
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA Firmware Dependencies

Required

ALSA Tools-1.0.13

Optional

AS31 (for rebuilding the firmware from source)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-firmware

Installation of ALSA Firmware

The ALSA Firmware package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. See the README for configure options.

Install ALSA Firmware by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /lib/firmware and/or /usr/share/alsa/firmware

ALSA OSS-1.0.12

Introduction to ALSA OSS

The ALSA OSS package contains the ALSA OSS compatibility library. This is used by programs which wish to use the ALSA OSS sound interface.

Note

The ALSA OSS package has not been tested by the BLFS editors.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/opsys/linux/alsa/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.0.12.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.0.12.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d4d18bbf63a866d6e065b90e16acd676
Download size: 231 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA OSS Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-oss

Installation of ALSA OSS

Install ALSA OSS by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring ALSA OSS

Configuration Information

Installed Program: aoss

Installed Libraries: libalsatoss.{so,a}, libaoss.{so,a}, and libossredir.a

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

aoss

is a simple wrapper script which facilitates the use of the ALSA OSS compatibility library. It just sets the appropriate LD_PRELOAD path and then runs the command.

aRts-1.5.6

The Analog Real-time Synthesizer (aRts) provides software that can simulate a complete “modular analog synthesizer” on your computer. It creates sounds and music using small modules like oscillators for creating waveforms, various filters, modules for playing data on your speakers, mixers, and faders. You can build a complete setup with the GUI of the system, using the modules: generators, effects and output — connected to each other.

aRts provides necessary libraries for KDE, however it can be installed as a standalone package. The installation instructions for aRts can be found in the aRts-1.5.6 portion of the KDE installation instructions.

Audio File-0.2.6

Introduction to Audio File

The Audio File package contains the audio file libraries and two sound file support programs. These are useful to support basic sound file formats.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.68k.org/~michael/audiofile/audiofile-0.2.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 9c1049876cd51c0f1b12c2886cce4d42
Download size: 374 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.23 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/audiofile

Installation of Audio File

Install Audio File by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: audiofile-config, sfinfo, and sfconvert

Installed Library: libaudiofile.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

audiofile-config	is used during the compile process by programs linking to this library.
sfinfo	displays the sound file format, audio encoding, sampling rate and duration for audio formats supported by this library.
sfconvert	converts sound file formats where the original format and destination format are supported by this library.
`libaudiofile.{so,a}`	contains functions used by programs to support AIFF, AIFF-compressed, Sun/NeXT, WAV and BIC audio formats.

EsounD-0.2.36

Introduction to EsounD

The EsounD package contains the Enlightened Sound Daemon. This is useful for mixing together several digitized audio streams for playback by a single device.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/esound/0.2/esound-0.2.36.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/esound/0.2/esound-0.2.36.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3facb5aa0115cc1c31771b9ad454ae76
Download size: 369 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

EsounD Dependencies

Required

Audio File-0.2.6

Optional

ALSA-1.0.13, aRts-1.5.6, TCP Wrapper-7.6 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/esound

Installation of EsounD

Install EsounD by running the following commands:

sed -i 's@doc/esound@&-0.2.36@' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed, the HTML documentation should have been built. Install it with the following command as the root user:

cp -v -R docs/html /usr/share/doc/esound-0.2.36

Command Explanations

sed -i '...': This appends the version string to the documentation installation directory.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch puts configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

Configuring EsounD

Config Files

/etc/esd.conf

Configuration Information

Instructions and information about the configuration file is located in the TIPS file in the EsounD source directory.

Installed Programs: esd, esdcat, esdctl, esd-config, esddsp, esdfilt, esdloop, esdmon, esdplay, esdrec, and esdsample

Installed Libraries: libesd.{so,a} and libesddsp.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/esound-0.2.36

Short Descriptions

esd	is the Enlightened Sound Daemon.
esd-config	is used by configure to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use EsounD.
esdcat	plays a RAW audio stream through the daemon.
esdctl	controls certain aspects of the sound daemon.
esdfilt	is an EsoundD filter.
esdloop	is test scaffolding for sample cache, loop and free.
esdmon	outputs the mixed stream from the daemon.
esdplay	plays the named file on EsoundD.
esdrec	outputs from the sound device's current input.
esdsample	is test scaffolding for sample cache, playback, and free.
`libesd.{so,a}`	contains functions used by the EsounD programs as well as other programs to read, write and play various sound format files.

SDL-1.2.11

Introduction to SDL

The Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia software, such as games and emulators.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL-1.2.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 418b42956b7cd103bfab1b9077ccc149
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

SDL Dependencies

Optional

ALSA-1.0.13, EsounD-0.2.36, aRts-1.5.6, NAS-1.7, NASM-0.98.39, X Window System, AAlib-1.4rc5, DirectFB, SVGAlib, GNU Pth, and PicoGUI

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sdl

Installation of SDL

If your X Window System is installed into any prefix other than /usr/X11R6, execute the following command, replacing <PREFIX> with the installation prefix of the X Window System:

sed -i 's:/usr/X11R6:<PREFIX>:' configure

Install SDL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.11/html &&
install -v -m644 docs/html/*.html /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.11/html

Testing SDL

It is advisable to test the installation of SDL using the included test programs. It is not required to install any of the resulting binaries to validate the installation. Issue the following commands to build the test programs:

cd test &&
./configure &&
make

You'll need to manually run all the test programs.

Configuring SDL

Configuration Information

Installed Program: sdl-config

Installed Libraries: libSDL*.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/SDL and /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.11

Short Descriptions

sdl-config	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use `libSDL`.
`libSDL*.{so,a}`	libraries provide low level access to audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, 3D hardware via OpenGL, and 2D frame buffer across multiple platforms.

Libao-0.8.6

Introduction to Libao

The libao package contains a cross-platform audio library. This is useful to output audio on a wide variety of platforms. It currently supports WAV files, OSS (Open Sound System), ESD (Enlighten Sound Daemon), ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture), NAS (Network Audio system) and PulseAudio (next generation GNOME sound architecture).

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ao/libao-0.8.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libao-0.8.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 12e136a4c0995068ff134997c84421ed
Download size: 387 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Libao Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, EsounD-0.2.36, ALSA-1.0.13, aRts-1.5.6, NAS-1.7, and PulseAudio

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libao

Installation of Libao

Install libao by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Libao

Config Files

/etc/libao.conf and ~/.libao

Configuration Information

Currently, the only configuration option available is setting the default output device. Issue man libao.conf for details.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libao.{so,a} and plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ao, /usr/lib/ao and /usr/share/doc/libao-0.8.6

Short Descriptions

libao.{so,a}

provide functions for programs wishing to output sound over supported platforms.

libogg-1.1.3

Introduction to libogg

The libogg package contains the Ogg file structure. This is useful for creating (encoding) or playing (decoding) a single physical bit stream.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ogg/libogg-1.1.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: eaf7dc6ebbff30975de7527a80831585
Download size: 403 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libogg

Installation of libogg

Install libogg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libogg.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ogg and /usr/share/doc/libogg-1.1.3

Short Descriptions

libogg.{so,a}

libraries provide the functions required for programs to read or write Ogg formatted bit streams.

libvorbis-1.1.2

Introduction to libvorbis

The libvorbis package contains a general purpose audio and music encoding format. This is useful for creating (encoding) and playing (decoding) sound in an open (patent free) format.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/libvorbis-1.1.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 37847626b8e1b53ae79a34714c7b3211
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libvorbis Dependencies

Required

libogg-1.1.3

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, and libxslt-1.1.17 and PassiveTeX (to build the PDF documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Libvorbis

Installation of libvorbis

Install libvorbis by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

libvorbis is known to cause compiler errors on certain machines. If you get errors, insert this command after running the configure script:

sed -i.bak -e 's/-mno-ieee-fp//' lib/Makefile

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/Vorbis* /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.1.2

Command Explanations

--enable-docs: This switch enables building the documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libvorbis.{so,a}, libvorbisenc.{so,a}, and libvorbisfile.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vorbis and /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.1.2

Short Descriptions

libvorbis*.{so,a}

libraries provide the functions to read and write sound files.

NAS-1.7

Introduction to NAS

The Network Audio System is a network transparent, client/server audio transport system used to read , write and play audio files in many formats including .au, .snd, .voc, .wav, .aiff, .aif and .iff. It can be described as the audio equivalent of an X server.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://nas.codebrilliance.com/nas/nas-1.7.src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/nas-1.7.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c9918e9c9c95d587a95b455bbabe3b49
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/nas-1.7-gcc4-1.patch

NAS Dependencies

Required

X Window System and rman-3.2 (if using Xorg7)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nas

Installation of NAS

Install NAS by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../nas-1.7-gcc4-1.patch &&
xmkmf &&
make World

Now, as the root user:

make install install.man &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nas-1.7/pdf &&
install -v -m644 doc/pdf/* /usr/share/doc/nas-1.7/pdf &&
install -v -m644 doc/{README,actions,*.{ps,txt}} \
    /usr/share/doc/nas-1.7

Command Explanations

xmkmf; make World: These commands use the standard for compiling X based applications.

Configuring NAS

Config Files

/etc/nas/nasd.conf

Configuration Information

Create the NAS configuration file using the following command:

install -v -m644 /etc/nas/nasd.conf.eg /etc/nas/nasd.conf

Edit the new configuration file to suit your network and system needs.

Boot Script

Note

The NAS server cannot run simultaneously with other sound servers, such as MAS or JACK.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nas init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20060910 package.

make install-nas

The init script uses a default prefix of /usr/X11R6. If you've installed the X Window System into any other prefix, execute the following command, replacing <PREFIX> with the installation prefix of the X Window System.

sed -i 's@/usr/X11R6@<PREFIX>@' /etc/rc.d/init.d/nas

The init script uses a default parameter to allow access to all hosts on the network. Review the nasd man page for other available parameters if you need to modify the script.

Installed Programs: auconvert, auctl, audemo, audial, auedit, auinfo, aupanel, auphone, auplay, aurecord, auscope, autool, auwave, checkmail, issndfile, nasd, playbucket, and soundtoh

Installed Library: libaudio.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /etc/nas and /usr/X11R6/include/audio

Short Descriptions

au{utilities}	are a collection of tools to convert, play, edit, record, and manipulate sound files. See the respective man page for each utility for a full description of each one.
checkmail	plays a sound file when the user receives mail.
issndfile	checks if a file is in a recognized audio file format.
nasd	is the Network Audio System server daemon.
playbucket	plays, or creates, the bucket corresponding to the specified file.
soundtoh	converts a sound file to a C language header file.
`libaudio.{so,a}`	contains API functions to read and write audio files.

LibMPEG3-1.6

Introduction to LibMPEG3

LibMPEG3 supports advanced editing and manipulation of MPEG streams.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/heroines/libmpeg3-1.6-src.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 08ad35f5a88a59eb2b85ed7d912257e0
Download size: 496 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/libmpeg3-1.6-blfs_install-1.patch

LibMPEG3 Dependencies

Required

NASM-0.98.39

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmpeg3

Installation of LibMPEG3

Install LibMPEG3 by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmpeg3-1.6-blfs_install-1.patch &&
./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

patch -Np1 -i ...: The patch modifies the Makefile so that everything is installed with the make install command instead of just the executables being installed and manual commands used to install the library, interface headers and documentation.

./configure: This is not a typical Autotools script. It is only used to check for the availability of the NASM compiler.

Installed Programs: mpeg3cat, mpeg3dump, mpeg3peek and mpeg3toc

Installed Library: libmpeg3.a

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmpeg3-1.6

Short Descriptions

mpeg3cat	concatenates elementary streams or demultiplexes a program stream (separates components of the stream).
mpeg3dump	dumps information or extracts audio to a 24 bit PCM file.
mpeg3peek	prints the byte offset of a given frame. It only works for video and requires a table of contents.
mpeg3toc	creates a table of contents for a DVD or MPEG stream.
`libmpeg3.a`	decodes several MPEG standards into uncompressed data suitable for editing and playback.

libmad-0.15.1b

Introduction to libmad

libmad is a high-quality MPEG audio decoder capable of 24-bit output.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mad/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mars.org/pub/mpeg/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1be543bc30c56fb6bea1d7bf6a64e66c
Download size: 494 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmad

Installation of libmad

Install libmad by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Some packages check for the pkg-config file for libmad. This file is particularly needed so that Cdrdao can recognize the installed libmad.

As the root user:

cat > /usr/lib/pkgconfig/mad.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include

Name: mad
Description: MPEG audio decoder
Requires:
Version: 0.15.1b
Libs: -L${libdir} -lmad
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmad.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libmad.{so,a}

is a MPEG audio decoder library.

libquicktime-0.9.9

Introduction to libquicktime

The libquicktime package contains the libquicktime library, various plugins and codecs, along with graphical and command line utilities used for encoding and decoding Quicktime files. This is useful for reading and writing files in the Quicktime format. The goal of the project is to enhance, while providing compatibility with, the Quicktime 4 Linux library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libquicktime/libquicktime-0.9.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libquicktime-0.9.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4ac23264f22a22ff013722aa9d188190
Download size: 926 KB
Estimated disk space required: 45.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (includes building with FFmpeg support)

libquicktime Dependencies

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, libpng-1.2.12, libjpeg-6b, X Window System, GTK+-2.8.20, ALSA-1.0.13, libvorbis-1.1.2, LAME-3.96.1, libdv-0.104, FFmpeg from CVS, x264, FAAC and FAAD2 (a CVS version required to play all files)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libquicktime

Installation of libquicktime

Install libquicktime by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.4.6 installed and wish to create the API documentation, issue: doxygen.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-0.9.9/api &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{*.html,mainpage.incl} \
    /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-0.9.9

If you created the API documentation, install it by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-0.9.9/api

Command Explanations

--with-avcodec=<DIRECTORY NAME>: This option can be used to force libquicktime to use a specified version of FFmpeg to build the FFmpeg plugin module. Tip: build FFmpeg (don't use --enable-shared) and install it in a private directory. Then build libquicktime, substituting the private directory name for <DIRECTORY NAME>. You can now safely remove <DIRECTORY_NAME>, as the FFmpeg libavcodec library was statically linked into the libquicktime FFmpeg module.

Installed Programs: libquicktime_config, lqt-config, lqt_transcode, lqtplay, qtdechunk, qtdump, qtinfo, qtrechunk, qtstreamize and qtyuv4toyuv

Installed Libraries: libquicktime.so and several plugin codec libraries

Installed Directories: /usr/include/lqt, /usr/lib/libquicktime and /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-0.9.9

Short Descriptions

libquicktime_config	is a graphical front end to examine and configure the available libquicktime audio and video codecs.
lqt-config	is a simple program used to query the libquicktime installation settings and plugin information.
lqt_transcode	is a command-line program used to encode video and/or audio files from one format to another.
lqtplay	is a simple Quicktime movie player for X11.
qtdechunk	can take movies containing rgb frames and write them out as ppm images.
qtrechunk	concatenates input frames into a Quicktime movie.
qtyuv4toyuv	is used to write a YUV4 encoded movie as a planar YUV 4:2:0 file.
`libquicktime.so`	is a library for reading and writing Quicktime files. It provides convenient access to Quicktime files with a variety of supported codecs. The library contains new functions integrated with all the original Quicktime 4 Linux library functions used to encode and decode Quicktime files.

libFAME-0.9.1

Introduction to libFAME

libFAME is a fast (real-time) MPEG-1 as well as MPEG-4 rectangular and arbitrary shaped video encoding library.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fame/libfame-0.9.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libfame-0.9.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 880085761e17a3b4fc41f4f6f198fd3b
Download size: 290 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/libfame-0.9.1-gcc34-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libfame

Installation of libFAME

Install libFAME by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libfame-0.9.1-gcc34-1.patch &&
sed -i 's/$CC --version/$CC -dumpversion/' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/$CC --version/$CC -dumpversion/' configure: This command causes the configure script to use a different command to find out the version of the compiler. Without this command, the -fstrict-aliasing flag is not added to the CFLAGS variable in the various Makefiles.

--enable-sse: This option is off by default and should be set on if your machine has SSE capability. One way to find out if you have SSE is to issue cat /proc/cpuinfo and see if sse is listed in the flags.

Installed Programs: libfame-config

Installed Libraries: libfame.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libfame-config	provides configuration information for `libfame`.
`libfame.{so,a}`	provides functions for the video encoding programs.

Speex-1.0.5

Introduction to Speex

Speex is an audio compression format designed especially for speech. It is well-adapted to Internet applications and provides useful features that are not present in most other CODECs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.us.xiph.org/releases/speex/speex-1.0.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 01d6a2de0a88a861304bf517615dea79
Download size: 535 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.12 SBU

Speex Dependencies

Optional

libogg-1.1.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/speex

Installation of Speex

Install Speex by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: speexdec and speexenc

Installed Libraries: libspeex.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/speex-1.0.4

Short Descriptions

speexdec	decodes a Speex file and produces a WAV or raw file.
speexenc	encodes a WAV or raw files using Speex.
`libspeex.{so,a}`	provides functions for the audio encoding/decoding programs.

Id3lib-3.8.3

Introduction to Id3lib

id3lib is a library for reading, writing and manipulating ID3v1 and ID3v2 tags.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/id3lib/id3lib-3.8.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 19f27ddd2dda4b2d26a559a4f0f402a7
Download size: 950 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/id3lib-3.8.3-test_suite-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/id3lib

Installation of Id3lib

Install id3lib by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../id3lib-3.8.3-test_suite-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{gif,jpg,png,ico,css,txt,php,html} \
    /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3

Installed Programs: id3convert, id3cp, id3info, and id3tag

Installed Library: libid3.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/id3 and /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3

Short Descriptions

id3convert	converts between ID3v1/v2 tagging formats.
id3cp	extracts ID3v1/v2 tags from digital audio files.
id3info	prints ID3v1/v2 tag contents.
id3tag	is an utility for editing ID3v1/v2 tags.
`libid3.{so,a}`	provides functions for the ID3v1/v2 tag editing programs as well as other external programs and libraries.

FLAC-1.1.2

Introduction to FLAC

FLAC is an audio CODEC similar to MP3, but lossless, meaning that audio is compressed without losing any information.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/flac/flac-1.1.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 2bfc127cdda02834d0491ab531a20960
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/flac-1.1.2-xmms_plugin_fix-1.patch

FLAC Dependencies

Optional

libogg-1.1.3, XMMS-1.2.10, NASM-0.98.39, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Doxygen-1.4.6 and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/flac

Installation of FLAC

Install FLAC by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../flac-1.1.2-xmms_plugin_fix-1.patch &&
LIBS=-lm ./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Valgrind version 3.0.0 or higher installed and you plan on running the test suites after passing the --enable-valgrind-testing parameter to configure, you need to issue the following command to change some test scripts:

sed -i -e "s/logfile-fd/log-fd/" `grep -lr logfile-fd test/*sh`

To test the results, issue: make check. This test suite will take quite a while. Note that if you passed the --enable-exhaustive-tests and --enable-valgrind-testing parameters to configure and then run the test suite, it will take a very long time (up to 300 SBUs) and use about 375 MB of disk space.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

LIBS=-lm ./configure --prefix=/usr: libFLAC uses a function from the math library but is not linked with libm. Passing the environment variable to configure satisfies this dependency.

Installed Programs: flac and metaflac

Installed Libraries: libFLAC.{so,a}, libFLAC++.{so,a}, libOggFLAC.{so,a}, libOggFLAC++.{so,a}, and libxmms-flac.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/flac-1.1.2

Short Descriptions

flac	is a command-line utility for encoding, decoding and converting FLAC files.
metaflac	is a program for listing, adding, removing, or editing metadata in one or more FLAC files.
`lib{,Ogg}FLAC{,++}.{so,a}`	these libraries provide native FLAC and Ogg FLAC C/C++ APIs for programs utilizing FLAC.
`libxmms-flac.{so,a}`	is a plugin for XMMS.

libdvdcss-1.2.9

Introduction to libdvdcss

libdvdcss is a simple library designed for accessing DVDs as a block device without having to bother about the decryption.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.videolan.org/pub/libdvdcss/1.2.9/libdvdcss-1.2.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libdvdcss-1.2.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 553383d898826c285afb2ee453b07868
Download size: 283 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libdvdcss Dependencies

Optional (to Create Documentation)

Doxygen-1.4.6 and teTeX-3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdcss

Installation of libdvdcss

Install libdvdcss by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Doxygen and teTeX installed, HTML and Postscript documentation was created during the build. If you also want to install a PDF version of the reference manual, issue the following command:

make -C doc/latex pdf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you have Doxygen and teTeX installed, install the documentation using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/latex/*.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
    /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libdvdcss.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/dvdcss and /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.9

Short Descriptions

libdvdcss.{so,a}

provides the functionality that is required for transparent DVD access with CSS decryption.

Libdvdread-0.9.6

Introduction to Libdvdread

libdvdread is a library which provides a simple foundation for reading DVDs.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.dtek.chalmers.se/groups/dvd/dist/libdvdread-0.9.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libdvdread-0.9.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 329401b84ad0b00aaccaad58f2fc393c
Download size: 383 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Libdvdread Dependencies

Optional

libdvdcss-1.2.9

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdread

Installation of Libdvdread

Install libdvdread by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-libdvdcss: This switch is needed if you want libdvdread to link to the libdvdcss library so it can read CSS encrypted DVDs. If you do not pass this switch, libdvdread will dlopen the libdvdcss library at runtime, if it is available, in order to read CSS encrypted DVDs.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libdvdread.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/dvdread

Short Descriptions

libdvdread.{so,a}

provides functionality required to access DVDs.

Libdv-0.104

Introduction to Libdv

libdv (Quasar DV) is a software CODEC for DV video, the encoding format used by most digital camcorders.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libdv/libdv-0.104.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: f6b08efce7472daa20685e6e8431f542
Download size: 554 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libdv Dependencies

Optional

popt-1.10.4, pkg-config-0.20, SDL-1.2.11, GTK+-1.2.10, and X Window System

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdv

Installation of Libdv

Install libdv by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdv-0.104 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/libdv-0.104

Note

The configure check for GTK+ is broken. If GTK+ is not installed, also pass --disable-gtk to the configure script.

Installed Programs: dubdv, dvconnect, encodedv, and playdv

Installed Library: libdv.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libdv and /usr/share/doc/libdv-0.104

Short Descriptions

dubdv	inserts audio into a digital video stream.
dvconnect	is a small utility to send or capture raw data from and to the camcorder.
encodedv	encodes a series of images to a digital video stream.
playdv	displays digital video streams on the screen.
`libdv.{so,a}`	provides functions for programs interacting with the Quasar DV CODEC.

Liba52-0.7.4

Introduction to Liba52

liba52 is a free library for decoding ATSC A/52 (also known as AC-3) streams. The A/52 standard is used in a variety of applications, including digital television and DVD.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://liba52.sourceforge.net/files/a52dec-0.7.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: caa9f5bc44232dc8aeea773fea56be80
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/liba52

Installation of Liba52

Install liba52 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/liba52.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4/liba52.txt

Installed Programs: a52dec and extract_a52

Installed Library: liba52.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/a52dec and /usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4

Short Descriptions

a52dec	plays ATSC A/52 audio streams.
extract_a52	extracts ATSC A/52 audio from an MPEG stream.
`liba52.{so,a}`	provides functions for the programs dealing with ATSC A/52 streams.

XviD-1.1.0

Introduction to XviD

XviD is an MPEG-4 compliant video CODEC.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xvid.org/downloads/xvidcore-1.1.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 359eebc5fb496a2bf7b15010059e7897
Download size: 598 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

XviD Dependencies

Optional

NASM-0.98.39

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xvid

Installation of XviD

Install XviD by running the following commands:

cd build/generic &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4.1 &&
ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4.1 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4 &&
ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.0/examples &&
install -v -m644 ../../doc/* /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.0 &&
install -v -m644 ../../examples/* \
    /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.0/examples

Command Explanations

ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so: This command makes applications linked against .so names, link to .so.<MAJOR>. This ensures better binary compatibility, as XviD developers take care not changing the <MAJOR> number until there is an incompatible ABI change.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxvidcore.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.1.0

Short Descriptions

libxvidcore.{so,a}

provides functions to encode and decode most MPEG-4 video data.

Xine Libraries-1.1.1

Introduction to Xine Libraries

The xine Libraries package contains xine libraries. These are useful for interfacing with external plug-ins that allow the flow of information from the source to the screen and speakers.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-lib-1.1.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/xine-lib-1.1.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b1f42602c776bb93e3cbf127e220cbfd
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB
Estimated build time: 5.0 SBU (with all optional dependencies installed)

Xine Libraries Dependencies

Required

X Window System and EsounD-0.2.36 or OSS or ALSA-1.0.13 or aRts-1.5.6 or PulseAudio

Optional

pkg-config-0.20, FFmpeg-0.4.9-pre1, AAlib-1.4rc5, libmng-1.0.9, SDL-1.2.11, FLAC-1.1.2, libFAME-0.9.1, libogg-1.1.3, libvorbis-1.1.2, Speex-1.0.5, libmad-0.15.1b, liba52-0.7.4, GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2, Samba-3.0.23d, ImageMagick-6.2.8-0, DirectFB, Theora, LibSTK, libcaca, libdvdnav, libmodplug, XvMC Wrapper (only if you have XFree86 installed), libcdio, VCDImager, sgmltools-lite, and Transfig

It is recommended that you use the internal source tree versions of FFmpeg, liba52, libdvdnav and libmad and not system-installed versions.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xine-lib

Installation of Xine Libraries

Install xine Libraries by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-static &&
make

Trying to use the locally installed FFmpeg library by passing --with-external-ffmpeg to configure may not compile cleanly.

You will need to pass --with-xv-path=</directory/path> to configure if you didn't install Xorg or XFree86 in /usr/X11R6. For example, if you installed Xorg in /usr, you will need to use --with-xv-path=/usr/lib.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-static: This switch is used to enable building the static library as some programs link against it.

Installed Program: xine-config

Installed Libraries: libxine.{a,so} and numerous plugin modules and video extensions

Installed Fonts: Output display engine fonts located in /usr/share/xine/libxine1/fonts

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xine, /usr/lib/xine, /usr/share/xine, and /usr/share/doc/xine

Short Descriptions

xine-config	provides information to programs trying to link with the xine libraries.
`libxine.so`	provides the API for processing audio/video files.

Libmikmod-3.1.11

Introduction to Libmikmod

libmikmod is a sound library capable of playing audio samples as well as tracker modules. Supported module formats include MOD, S3M, XM, IT, MED, MTM and 669.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mikmod.raphnet.net/files/libmikmod-3.1.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/libmikmod-3.1.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 705106da305e8de191549f1e7393185c
Download size: 604 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Recommended Patch: http://mikmod.raphnet.net/files/libmikmod-3.1.11-a.diff

Libmikmod Dependencies

Optional

ALSA-1.0.13, EsounD-0.2.36, libGUS, AFlib and SAM9407 driver

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmikmod

Installation of Libmikmod

Install libmikmod by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmikmod-3.1.11-a.diff &&
sed -i -e "s/VERSION=10/VERSION=11/" \
       -e "s/sys_asoundlib/alsa_asoundlib/" \
       -e "s/snd_cards/snd_card_load/g" \
       -e "s|sys/asoundlib.h|alsa/asoundlib.h|g" \
       -e "s/^LIBOBJS/#LIBOBJS/" \
    configure.in &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod 755 /usr/lib/libmikmod.so.2.0.4 &&
install -v -m644 -D docs/mikmod.html \
    /usr/share/doc/libmikmod-3.1.11/mikmod.html

Command Explanations

sed -i -e ...: This increments the package micro version and also modifies the ALSA header search routine so that the package properly discovers the ALSA library. It also fixes a problem which makes autoconf fail.

autoconf: This generates a new configure script, required because of the changes to configure.in.

Installed Program: libmikmod-config

Installed Library: libmikmod.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmikmod-3.1.11

Short Descriptions

libmikmod-config	provides version information, compiler, and linker flags to programs that utilize libmikmod.
`libmikmod.{so,a}`	contains functions that are required to play various tracker module files.

GStreamer-0.10.11

Introduction to GStreamer

The GStreamer package contains a streaming media framework that enables applications to share a common set of plugins for things like video decoding and encoding, audio encoding and decoding, audio and video filters, audio visualisation, Web streaming and anything else that streams in real-time or otherwise. It is modelled after research software worked on at the Oregon Graduate Institute. After installing GStreamer, you'll likely need to install one or more of the GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.4, GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.4, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer/gstreamer-0.10.11.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 67240094e08c845b7bbcfba755c95695
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 71.8 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (includes building manuals, additional 1.0 SBU to rebuild API docs and 0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

GStreamer Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.10.3 and libxml2-2.6.26

Optional

Check (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionally used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

Optional (Required to Build Manuals)

libxslt-1.1.17, teTeX-3.0, AFPL Ghostscript-8.53 or ESP Ghostscript-8.15.2, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Transfig, and Netpbm

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gstreamer

Installation of GStreamer

Install GStreamer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/design &&
install -v -m644 docs/design/*.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/design &&
if [ -d /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/faq/html ]; then
    chown -v -R root:root \
        /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/*/html
fi

If you did not rebuild the API documentation by passing --enable-gtk-doc to the configure script and you wish to install the pre-built documentation, issue the following command as the root user:

for DOCS in gst libs plugins; do make -C docs/$DOCS install-data; done

Testing the Installation

To test the functionality of the GStreamer installation, you can run a simple test as an unprivileged user (you may have to run ldconfig as the root user before attempting the test).

gst-launch -v fakesrc num_buffers=5 ! fakesink

If the command outputs a series of messages from fakesrc and fakesink, everything is okay.

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: This parameter is used to rebuild and install the API documentation.

--enable-docbook: This parameter is used to build HTML, PDF and PostScript versions of the GStreamer User's Manual, FAQ and Writer's Guide. Note that you must have all the listed dependencies installed.

chown -v -R root:root ...: The documentation is installed with ownerships of the user who untarred and built the package. This command changes the ownerships of the installed documentation files to root:root and is only executed if the documentation files were built and installed.

Installed Programs: gst-feedback{,-0.10}, gst-inspect{,-0.10}, gst-launch{,-0.10}, gst-typefind{,-0.10}, gst-xmllaunch{,-0.10} and gst-xmlinspect{,-0.10}

Installed Libraries: libgstbase-0.10.{so,a}, libgstcheck-0.10.{so,a}, libgstcontroller-0.10.{so,a}, libgstdataprotocol-0.10.{so,a}, libgstnet-0.10.{so,a}, libgstreamer-0.10.{so,a}, and libgst*.{so,a} plugin modules

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/lib/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer{,-libs,-plugins}-0.10

Short Descriptions

gst-feedback-0.10	generates debug info for GStreamer bug reports.
gst-inspect-0.10	prints information about a GStreamer plugin or element.
gst-launch-0.10	is a tool that builds and runs basic GStreamer pipelines.
gst-typefind-0.10	uses the GStreamer type finding system to determine the relevant GStreamer plugin to parse or decode a file, and determine the corresponding MIME type.
gst-xmlinspect-0.10	prints information about a GStreamer plugin or element in XML document format.
gst-xmllaunch-0.10	is used to build and run a basic GStreamer pipeline, loading it from an XML description.

GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.11

Introduction to GStreamer Base Plug-ins

The GStreamer Base Plug-ins is a well-groomed and well-maintained collection of GStreamer plug-ins and elements, spanning the range of possible types of elements one would want to write for GStreamer. It also contains helper libraries and base classes useful for writing elements. A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included. Also see the GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.4, GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.4, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-base/gst-plugins-base-0.10.11.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 2e78ff25635b31d948def7c2b2d79054
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: up to 60 MB (depends on what dependencies are installed)
Estimated build time: up to 1.5 SBU (0.5 SBU to run the test suite)

GStreamer Base Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

GStreamer-0.10.11 and liboil

Optional

ALSA-1.0.13, libogg-1.1.3, libvorbis-1.1.2, Theora, CDParanoia-III-9.8, FreeType-2.1.10, Pango-1.12.3, GTK+-2.8.20 (required to build the examples), X Window System, GNOME Virtual File System-2.14.2, libvisual, Check (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionally used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-base

Installation of GStreamer Base Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Base Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

Now, as the root user:

make install

make -C docs/libs install-data &&
make -C docs/plugins install-data

Installed Programs: gst-visualise-0.10

Installed Libraries: libgst*.{so,a} and numerous GStreamer plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10/gst/{too numerous to list} and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-base-libs-0.10

Short Descriptions

gst-visualise-0.10

is used to run a basic GStreamer pipeline to display a graphical visualisation of an audio stream.

GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.4

Introduction to GStreamer Good Plug-ins

The GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality code, correct functionality, and the preferred license (LGPL for the plug-in code, LGPL or LGPL-compatible for the supporting library). A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included. Also see the GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.4, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-good/gst-plugins-good-0.10.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: e189496e7987898823d28d26b79f63dc
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: up to 61.2 MB (depends on what dependencies are installed)
Estimated build time: up to 1.5 SBU

GStreamer Good Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

Optional

AAlib-1.4rc5, cairo-1.2.4, libcdio (which can use CDParanoia-III-9.8, libcddb, and VCDImager), libavc1394 (requires libraw1394), libdv-0.104, EsounD-0.2.36, FLAC-1.1.2, GConf-2.14.0, GTK+-2.8.20 (required to build the examples), HAL-0.5.7.1, MMX Jpeg (preferred, but will fall back to libjpeg-6b), LADSPA, libcaca, libpng-1.2.12, libshout, Speex-1.0.5, TagLib, X Window System, Check (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionally used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GStreamer Base Plug-ins-0.10.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-good

Installation of GStreamer Good Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Good Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

Now, as the root user:

make install

make -C docs/plugins install-data

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/gnome/2.14.3: This parameter is used so that the GConf configuration files are installed in the system-wide GNOME GConf database located in /etc/gnome/2.14.3/gconf instead of /usr/etc. You may omit this parameter if you don't have GConf installed.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Numerous GStreamer plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-good-plugins-0.10

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins-0.10.4

Introduction to GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

The GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality and correct functionality, but distributing them might pose problems. The license on either the plug-ins or the supporting libraries might not be how the GStreamer developers would like. The code might be widely known to present patent problems. Also see the GStreamer Good Plug-ins-0.10.4, GStreamer Bad Plug-ins and GStreamer FFmpeg plug-in packages.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-ugly/gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: c10f40e3641d827ca7853b0a3d560257
Download size: 720 KB
Estimated disk space required: up to 17.6 MB (depends on what dependencies are installed)
Estimated build time: up to 0.4 SBU

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

Optional

LAME-3.96.1, liba52-0.7.4, libamrnb, libdvdnav, libdvdread-0.9.6, libmad-0.15.1b (and libid3tag), libmpeg2-0.4.0b, and libsidplay

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-ugly

Installation of GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

make -C docs/plugins install-data

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Several GStreamer plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-ugly-plugins-0.10

libmusicbrainz-2.1.4

Introduction to libmusicbrainz

The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server. This is useful for adding MusicBrainz lookup capabilities to other applications.

MusicBrainz is a community music metadatabase that attempts to create a comprehensive music information site. You can use the MusicBrainz data either by browsing the web site, or you can access the data from a client program — for example, a CD player program can use MusicBrainz to identify CDs and provide information about the CD, about the artist or other related information.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libmusicbrainz-2.1.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libmusicbrainz-2.1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 98bf1e102dda3b6ec3e72e1426445489
Download size: 509 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libmusicbrainz Dependencies

Required

expat-2.0.0

Optional to Build the Python Bindings

Python-2.4.4 and ctypes

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmusicbrainz

Installation of libmusicbrainz

Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

Build the Python bindings with the following commands:

(cd python && python setup.py build)

To test the Python bindings, issue the command (cd python && python setup.py test).

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D docs/mb_howto.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.4/mb_howto.txt

If you built the Python bindings, issue the following command as the root user to intstall them:

(cd python && python setup.py install)

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmusicbrainz.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/musicbrainz and /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.4

Short Descriptions

libmusicbrainz.{so,a}

contains API functions to access the MusicBrainz database, both for looking up data and also for submitting new data.

libmpeg2-0.4.0b

Introduction to libmpeg2

The libmpeg2 package contains a library for decoding MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams. The library is able to decode all MPEG streams that conform to certain restrictions: “constrained parameters” for MPEG-1, and “main profile” for MPEG-2. This is useful for programs and applications needing to decode MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://libmpeg2.sourceforge.net/files/mpeg2dec-0.4.0b.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles//mpeg2dec-0.4.0b.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 52d10ea80595ec83d8557ba7ac6dc8e6
Download size: 473 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libmpeg2 Dependencies

Optional

X Window System and SDL-1.2.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmpeg2

Installation of libmpeg2

Install libmpeg2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. To perform a more comprehensive regression test, see the file test/README in the source tree.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.0b &&
install -v -m644 README doc/libmpeg2.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.0b &&
install -v -m755 doc/sample? /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.0b

Command Explanations

--enable-shared: This parameter forces building shared versions of the libraries as well as the static versions.

Installed Programs: corrupt_mpeg2, extract_mpeg2 and mpeg2dec

Installed Libraries: libmpeg2.{so,a} and libmpeg2convert.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/mpeg2dec and /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.4.0b

Short Descriptions

extract_mpeg2	extracts MPEG video streams from a multiplexed stream.
mpeg2dec	decodes MPEG1 and MPEG2 video streams.
`libmpeg2.{so,a}`	contains API functions used to decode MPEG video streams.
`libmpeg2convert.{so,a}`	contains API functions used for color conversions of MPEG video streams.

Chapter 39. Audio Utilities

This chapter contains programs involved with audio file manipulation; that is to say playing, recording, ripping and the other common things which people want to do. It also includes a package used to render text to speech using your system's audio hardware. To use much of this software, you will need to have the kernel sound drivers installed.

Mpg123-0.60

Introduction to Mpg123

The mpg123 package contains a console-based MP3 player. It claims to be the fastest MP3 decoder for Unix.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mpg123/mpg123-0.60.tar.bz2
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 14fa52ba192104a990e206493d9d771b
Download size: 589 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Mpg123 Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mpg123

Installation of Mpg123

Install mpg123 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: mpg123

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

mpg123

is used for playing MP3 files via the console.

Vorbis Tools-1.1.1

Introduction to Vorbis Tools

The Vorbis Tools package contains command-line tools for Ogg audio files. This is useful for encoding, playing or editing files using the Ogg CODEC.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/vorbis-tools-1.1.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 47845fd76f5f2354a3619c4097575487
Download size: 701 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.13 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/vorbis-tools-1.1.1-utf8-1.patch

Vorbis Tools Dependencies

Required

libvorbis-1.1.2

Recommended (Required to Build the 'ogg123' Program)

cURL-7.15.3 and libao-0.8.6

Optional

FLAC-1.1.2 and Speex-1.0.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vorbistools

Installation of Vorbis Tools

Install Vorbis Tools by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../vorbis-tools-1.1.1-utf8-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-vcut &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-vcut: This parameter is used so that the vcut program is built, as it is not by default.

Configuring Vorbis Tools

Config Files

/etc/libao.conf, ~/.libao, and ~/.ogg123rc

Configuration Information

Issue man libao.conf for information about setting the default output device. Also see /usr/share/doc/vorbis-tools-1.1.1/ogg123rc-example.

Installed Programs: ogg123, oggdec, oggenc, ogginfo, vcut, and vorbiscomment

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/vorbis-tools-1.1.1

Short Descriptions

ogg123	is a command-line audio player for Ogg Vorbis streams.
oggdec	is a simple decoder which converts Ogg Vorbis files into PCM audio files (WAV or raw).
oggenc	is an encoder that turns raw, WAV or AIFF files into an Ogg Vorbis stream.
ogginfo	prints information stored in an audio file.
vcut	will split a file into two files at a designated cut point.
vorbiscomment	is an editor that changes information in the audio file metadata tags.

XMMS-1.2.10

Introduction to XMMS

XMMS is an audio player for the X Window System.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.xmms.org/files/1.2.x/xmms-1.2.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/unix/linux/mirrors/gentoo/distfiles/xmms-1.2.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 03a85cfc5e1877a2e1f7be4fa1d3f63c
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: 0.84 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/6.2.0/xmms-1.2.10-gcc4-1.patch

XMMS Dependencies

Required